Meas - ABCelectronique

Meas - ABCelectronique
89601X VXA Signal Analyzer
User’s and Programmer’s Reference
Option 205 Basic VSA-lite
Option 333 Connectivity to X-Series Analyzers
Option AYA Vector Modulation Analysis
Option B7R WLAN Modulation Analysis
Agilent EXA and MXA Signal Analyzers
This manual provides documentation for the following X-Series Analyzers:
MXA Signal Analyzer N9020A
EXA Signal Analyzer N9010A
Manufacturing Part Number: 89601-90001
Printed in USA
August 2008
© Copyright 2008 Agilent Technologies, Inc.
The information contained in this document is subject to change
without notice.
Agilent Technologies makes no warranty of any kind with regard to this
material, including but not limited to, the implied warranties of
merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose. Agilent
Technologies shall not be liable for errors contained herein or for
incidental or consequential damages in connection with the furnishing,
performance, or use of this material.
2
Contents
1. Introduction
What Does the Agilent 89601X VXA Signal Analyzer Measurement Application Do? . . . . .
Installing Application Software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Viewing a License Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Obtaining and Installing a License Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Missing and Old Measurement Application Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
38
40
40
40
41
2. Utility Functions
Window Control Keys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Multi-Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Zoom. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Next Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Mouse and Keyboard Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Right-Click. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
PC Keyboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Show. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Power On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Alignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
I/O Config . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Restore Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Control Panel… . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Licensing… . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
List installed Options (Remote Command Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Lock the Front Panel keys (Remote Command Only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
List SCPI Commands (Remote Command Only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
SCPI Version Query (Remote Command Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Date (Remote Command Only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Time (Remote Command Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Preset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Mode Preset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Restore Mode Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
*RST (Remote Command Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
User Preset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
User Preset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
User Preset All Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Save User Preset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
File Explorer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Page Setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Exit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
STATus Subsystem (No equivalent front panel keys) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Detailed Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
STATus Subsystem Command Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
IEEE Common GPIB Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
3
Contents
Calibration Query . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154
Clear Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154
Standard Event Status Enable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154
Standard Event Status Register Query . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155
Identification Query . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156
Operation Complete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156
Query Instrument Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157
Recall Instrument State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157
Save Instrument State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157
Service Request Enable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158
Status Byte Query . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158
Trigger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159
Self Test Query . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159
Wait-to-Continue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159
Quick Save . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161
Save . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163
State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163
Trace (+State) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .166
Data (Mode Specific) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168
Screen Image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .176
Save As . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179
Recall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .183
State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .183
Trace (+State) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186
Data (Mode Specific) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .188
File Open Dialog and Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .194
3. Analyzer Setup Functions
AMPTD Y Scale (Amplitude) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .200
Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .200
Y Axis Scaling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .201
BW (Bandwidth) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208
Res BW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208
Res BW Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .209
FFT Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211
FREQ Channel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212
Center Freq. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212
Start Freq . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .213
Stop Freq. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .214
CF Step . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .214
Source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .216
SPAN X Scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .217
Span . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .217
Full Span. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .217
Signal Track . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .218
X Axis Scaling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .219
Trace/Detector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .226
Select Trace. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .226
Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .228
4
Contents
Auto Couple . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input/Output. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RF Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RF Calibrator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
External Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restore Input/Output Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Data Source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freq Ref In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Output Config . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format Data: Numeric Data (Remote Command Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format Data: Byte Order (Remote Command Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
View/Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Full Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Display Enable (Remote Command Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
269
271
272
273
275
278
278
283
285
288
289
291
293
293
301
303
303
4. Marker Functions
Marker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Select Marker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Control Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Marker Position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Marker Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Marker Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Couple Markers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
All Markers Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Peak Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Next Peak (Next Lower Amptd) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Next Higher Amptd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Next Right . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Next Left . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mkr -> CF (Center Frequency) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Continuous Peak Search. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Min Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mkr -> Ref Lvl (Reference Level) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Marker To . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mkr -> CF (Center Frequency) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mkr -> CF Step . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mkr -> Start. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mkr -> Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mkr Delta -> Span. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mkr -> Ref Lvl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Counter -> CF (Center Frequency) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mkr Delta -> CF (Center Frequency). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Marker Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Band/Interval Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Band/Interval Density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Band Adjust. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
306
306
307
310
317
320
321
322
323
324
324
324
325
325
326
326
327
328
328
328
329
329
329
330
330
330
332
333
335
337
5
Contents
Band Power and Delta Markers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .339
5. Measurement Functions
Meas (Measure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .342
:CALCulate:DATA (Remote Command Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .350
:CALCulate:DATA:RAW (Remote Command Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .351
:CALCulate:DATA:RAW:COMPlex (Remote Command Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .352
:CALCulate:DATA:POINts commands (Remote Command Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .352
:CALCulate:DATA:TABL (Remote Command Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .353
:CALCulate:DATA:HEADer (Remote Command Only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .357
Current Measurement Query (Remote Command Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .359
Test current results against all limits (Remote Command Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .359
Meas Setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .360
Avg Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .360
Average Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .361
Average Setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .362
Mode Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .365
Spectrum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .365
Fixed Equalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .365
Sweep / Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .368
Main Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .368
Pause / Resume. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .369
Gate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .369
Freq Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .371
Trigger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .373
Trig Reference Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .373
Hardware Trigger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .374
Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .383
Application Mode Number Selection (Remote command only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .383
Application Mode Catalog Query (Remote command only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .384
Application Identification (Remote commands only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .385
Application Identification Catalog (Remote commands only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .386
Spectrum Analyzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .388
IQ Analyzer (Basic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .388
Phase Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .389
Noise Figure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .389
Analog Demod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .389
W-CDMA with HSDPA/HSUPA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .390
802.16 OFDMA (WiMAX/WiBro) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .390
GSM with EDGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .390
cdma2000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .391
TD-SCDMA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .391
89601X VXA Signal Analyzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .391
89601A VSA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .392
Restart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .393
Single (Single Measurement/Sweep) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .395
Cont (Continuous Measurement/Sweep) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .397
6
Contents
6. Vector Analysis
View/Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preset View: Spectrum/Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preset View: Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Meas Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trigger. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sweep/Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AMPTD Y Scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Auto Couple . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FREQ Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Output. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPAN X Scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trace/Detector. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Marker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Marker Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Marker To . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Peak Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
400
400
401
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
413
416
417
418
419
7. Analog Demod
View/Display (View Presets) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preset View: Demod Spectrum/Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preset View: Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Meas Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Avg Number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Average Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Average Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Demod Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Meas Preset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trigger. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sweep/Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AMPTD Y Scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Attenuation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Internal Preamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FREQ Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input/Output. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPAN X Scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trace/Detector. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Select Trace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Marker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Marker Fctn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Marker To . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Peak Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
422
422
423
425
425
425
426
426
430
431
432
433
433
433
434
435
436
437
438
438
438
441
442
443
444
7
Contents
8. Digital Demod (Option AYA)
View/Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .448
Preset View: Demod Quad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .448
Meas Setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .450
Averaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .450
Demod Setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .452
Adaptive Equalizer Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .472
Preset to Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .477
Meas Preset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .478
Sweep/Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .479
AMPTD Y Scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .480
Attenuation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .480
Internal Preamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .480
Auto Couple . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .481
BW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .482
FFT Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .482
FREQ Channel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .483
Input/Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .484
Source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .485
SPAN X Scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .486
Trace/Detector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .487
Select Trace. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .487
Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .487
Table data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .491
Marker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .494
Marker Fctn (Function). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .495
Marker To. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .496
Peak Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .497
9. WLAN OFDM (Option B7R)
View/Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .501
Preset View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .501
Meas Setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .506
Avg Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .506
Average Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .507
Demod Setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .507
Preset to Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .509
Meas Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .512
Subcarriers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .516
Advanced. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .518
Meas Preset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .527
Amplitude (AMPTD) Y Scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .528
Auto Couple . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .529
BW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .530
FFT Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .530
FREQ Channel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .531
Input/Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .532
SPAN X Scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .533
Span . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .533
8
Contents
Trace/Detector. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 535
Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 535
10. WLAN DSSS (Option B7R)
View/Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preset View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Meas Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Demod Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preset to Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Meas Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advanced . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Meas Preset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Amplitude (AMPTD) Y Scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Auto Couple . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FFT Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FREQ Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input/Output. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPAN X Scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Span . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trace/Detector. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
549
549
554
554
559
560
564
569
570
571
572
572
573
574
575
575
576
576
9
Contents
10
List of Commands
*CAL? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
*CLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
*ESE <integer> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
*ESE? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
*ESR? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
*IDN?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
*OPC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
*OPC? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
*OPT? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
*RCL <register #>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
*RST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
*SAV <register #> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
*SRE <integer> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
*SRE? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
*STB?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
*TRG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
*TST? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
*WAI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
:CALCulate:<meas>:DATA[1]|2|3|4:HEADer:NAMes? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
:CALCulate:<meas>:DATA[1]|2|3|4:HEADer:STRing? <string> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
:CALCulate:<meas>:DATA[1]|2|3|4:HEADer:TYPE? <string> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
:CALCulate:<meas>:DATA[1]|2|3|4:HEADer[:NUMBer]? <string>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
:CALCulate:<meas>:DATA[1]|2|3|4:NAMes?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
:CALCulate:<meas>:DATA[1]|2|3|4:POINts? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
:CALCulate:<meas>:DATA[1]|2|3|4:RAW:COMPlex? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
:CALCulate:<meas>:DATA[1]|2|3|4:RAW:POINts? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
:CALCulate:<meas>:DATA[1]|2|3|4:RAW?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
:CALCulate:<meas>:DATA[1]|2|3|4:TABLe:NAMes? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
:CALCulate:<meas>:DATA[1]|2|3|4:TABLe:UNIT?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
:CALCulate:<meas>:DATA[1]|2|3|4:TABLe[:NUMBer]? [<string>] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
:CALCulate:<meas>:DATA[1]|2|3|4? [Y|X|XY[,OFF|ON|0|1]] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
11
List of Commands
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer:AOFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .322
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer:COUPle[:STATe] OFF|ON|0|1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .322
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer:COUPle[:STATe]?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .322
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer:TABLe[:STATe] OFF|ON|0|1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .321
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer:TABLe[:STATe]?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .321
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12:CFORmat RECTangular|POLar . .
318
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12:CFORmat? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .318
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12:CPSearch[:STATe] ON|OFF|1|0 .
326
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12:CPSearch[:STATe]? . . . . . . . . . .326
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12:FCOunt:X? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .320
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12:FCOunt[:STATe] OFF|ON|0|1 . . .
320
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12:FCOunt[:STATe]?. . . . . . . . . . . .320
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12:FUNCtion BPOWer|BDENsity|=OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .332
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12:FUNCtion:BAND:CENTer <real> .
337
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12:FUNCtion:BAND:CENTer? . . .337
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12:FUNCtion:BAND:LEFT <real> 338
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12:FUNCtion:BAND:LEFT? . . . . .338
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12:FUNCtion:BAND:RIGHt <real> . .
339
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12:FUNCtion:BAND:RIGHt?. . . . .339
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12:FUNCtion:BAND:SPAN <real> 338
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12:FUNCtion:BAND:SPAN? . . . . .338
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12:FUNCtion:BDENsity:CTYPe
MEAN|RMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .336
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12:FUNCtion:BDENsity:CTYPe? .336
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12:FUNCtion:BPOWer:CTYPe
MEAN|RMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .334
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12:FUNCtion:BPOWer:CTYPe?. . .334
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12:FUNCtion? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .332
12
List of Commands
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12:MAXimum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12:MAXimum:LEFT . . . . . . . . . . . 325
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12:MAXimum:NEXT . . . . . . . . . . . 324
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12:MAXimum:PREVious. . . . . . . . 324
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12:MAXimum:RIGHt . . . . . . . . . . 325
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12:MINimum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12:MODE POSition|DELTa|FIXed|=OFF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12:MODE? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12:REFerence <integer> . . . . . . . . 317
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12:REFerence?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12:TRACe <integer> . . . . . . . . . . . 319
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12:TRACe? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12:X <real> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12:X:UNIT? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12:X?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12:Y:IMAGinary <real> . . . . . . . . 315
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12:Y:IMAGinary?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12:Y:UNIT? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12:Y[:REAL] <real>. . . . . . . . . . . . 314
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12:Y[:REAL]? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12:Z <real>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12:Z:UNIT? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12:Z?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12[:X]:POSition <real> . . . . . . . . . 313
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12[:X]:POSition? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
:CALCulate:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:ACPower:CARRier:BANDwidth|BWIDth:INTegration
<bandwidth> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
:CALCulate:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:ACPower:CARRier:BANDwidth|BWIDth:INTegration?. 257
:CALCulate:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:ACPower:CARRier:FILTer:RRC:ALPHa <real>. . . . . . . . 258
:CALCulate:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:ACPower:CARRier:FILTer:RRC:ALPHa? . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
:CALCulate:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:ACPower:CARRier:FILTer:RRC:STATe OFF|ON|0|1 . . 257
13
List of Commands
:CALCulate:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:ACPower:CARRier:FILTer:RRC:STATe? . . . . . . . . . . . . . .257
:CALCulate:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:ACPower:CARRier:FREQuency <freq> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .256
:CALCulate:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:ACPower:CARRier:FREQuency? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .256
:CALCulate:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:ACPower:OFFSet:FILTer:RRC:STATe OFF|ON|0|1 . . .262
:CALCulate:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:ACPower:OFFSet:FILTer:RRC:STATe? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .262
:CALCulate:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:ACPower:OFFSet:LIST:BANDwidth|BWIDth:INTegration
<bandwidth>,… . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .260
:CALCulate:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:ACPower:OFFSet:LIST:BANDwidth|BWIDth:INTegration?
260
:CALCulate:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:ACPower:OFFSet:LIST:FILTer:RRC:ALPHa <real>,… . .260
:CALCulate:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:ACPower:OFFSet:LIST:FILTer:RRC:ALPHa?. . . . . . . . . .260
:CALCulate:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:ACPower:OFFSet:LIST:FREQuency <freq>,… . . . . . . . . .259
:CALCulate:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:ACPower:OFFSet:LIST:FREQuency? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .259
:CALCulate:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:ACPower:OFFSet:LIST:RCARrier <reall>,… . . . . . . . . . .261
:CALCulate:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:ACPower:OFFSet:LIST:RCARrier:TEST OFF|ON|0|1,… . .
261
:CALCulate:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:ACPower:OFFSet:LIST:RCARrier:TEST? . . . . . . . . . . . . .261
:CALCulate:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:ACPower:OFFSet:LIST:RCARrier? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .261
:CALCulate:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:ACPower:OFFSet:LIST:STATe OFF|ON|0|1,… . . . . . . .259
:CALCulate:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:ACPower:OFFSet:LIST:STATe? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .259
:CALCulate:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:ACPower:STATe OFF|ON|0|1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .256
:CALCulate:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:ACPower:STATe? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .256
:CALCulate:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:OBWidth:CENTroid?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .265
:CALCulate:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:OBWidth:LIMit:FBLimit <freq> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .266
:CALCulate:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:OBWidth:LIMit:FBLimit?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .266
:CALCulate:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:OBWidth:LIMit[:TEST] OFF|ON|0|1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .266
:CALCulate:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:OBWidth:LIMit[:TEST]? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .266
:CALCulate:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:OBWidth:PERCent <real> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .265
:CALCulate:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:OBWidth:PERCent? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .265
:CALCulate:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:OBWidth:STATe OFF|ON|0|1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .265
:CALCulate:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:OBWidth:STATe? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .265
:CALCulate:CLIMits:FAIL?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .359
14
List of Commands
:CALCulate:DATA:REGister:ALL:REMove. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
:CALCulate:DATA:REGister[1]|2|3|4|5|6:EMPTy? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
:CALCulate:DATA:REGister[1]|2|3|4|5|6:REMove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
:CALCulate:DDEMod:IQRotation <real> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
:CALCulate:DDEMod:IQRotation? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
:CALCulate:DDEMod:NORMalize OFF|ON|0|1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470
:CALCulate:DDEMod:NORMalize:? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470
:CALCulate:DDEMod:PPSYmbol:COUPle OFF|ON|0|1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456
:CALCulate:DDEMod:PPSYmbol:COUPle? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456
:CALCulate:W11A:NORMalize OFF|ON|0|1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 525
:CALCulate:W11A:NORMalize?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 525
:CALCulate:W11B:NORMalize OFF|ON|0|1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 569
:CALCulate:W11B:NORMalize?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 569
:CALibration:AUTO ON|PARTial|OFF|ALERt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
:CALibration:AUTO:ALERt TTEMperature|DAY|WEEK|NONE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
:CALibration:AUTO:ALERt? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
:CALibration:AUTO:MODE ALL|NRF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
:CALibration:AUTO:MODE? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
:CALibration:AUTO:TIME:OFF?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
:CALibration:AUTO? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
:CALibration:DATA:DEFault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
:CALibration:FREQuency:REFerence:COARse <integer>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
:CALibration:FREQuency:REFerence:COARse? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
:CALibration:FREQuency:REFerence:FINE <integer> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
:CALibration:FREQuency:REFerence:FINE? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
:CALibration:FREQuency:REFerence:MODE CALibrated|USER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
:CALibration:FREQuency:REFerence:MODE?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
:CALibration:NRF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
:CALibration:NRF? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
:CALibration:RF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
:CALibration:RF? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
15
List of Commands
:CALibration:TEMPerature:CURRent? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
:CALibration:TEMPerature:LALL? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
:CALibration:TEMPerature:LPReselector? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76
:CALibration:TEMPerature:LRF?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76
:CALibration:TIME:LALL? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
:CALibration:TIME:LPReselector? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76
:CALibration:TIME:LRF? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
:CALibration:YTF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72
:CALibration:YTF?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72
:CALibration[:ALL] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67
:CALibration[:ALL]? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67
:CONFigure:ADEMod:NDEFault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .421
:CONFigure:ADEMod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .421
:CONFigure:DDEMod:NDEFault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .445
:CONFigure:DDEMod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .445
:CONFigure:VECTor:NDEFault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .399
:CONFigure:VECTor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .399
:CONFigure:W11A:NDEFault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .499
:CONFigure:W11A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .499
:CONFigure:W11B:NDEFault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .545
:CONFigure:W11B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .545
:CONFigure?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .359
:DISPlay:<meas>:AFPoints OFF|ON|0|1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .224
:DISPlay:<meas>:AFPoints? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .224
:DISPlay:<meas>:FANNotation CSPan|SSTop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .224
:DISPlay:<meas>:FANNotation?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .224
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:COPY D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .250
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:DDEMod:EYE:COUNt <real> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .248
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:DDEMod:EYE:COUNt? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .248
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:DDEMod:SYMBol BARS|DOTS|OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .245
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:DDEMod:SYMBol:FORMat HEXadecimal|BINary . . . . . . .248
16
List of Commands
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:DDEMod:SYMBol:FORMat? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:DDEMod:SYMBol:SHAPe CIRCle|CROSs|OFF . . . . . . . . . 246
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:DDEMod:SYMBol:SHAPe?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:DDEMod:SYMBol:SIZE <real> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:DDEMod:SYMBol:SIZE? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:DDEMod:SYMBol? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:DDEMod:UNIT:FREQuency CARRier|HZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:DDEMod:UNIT:FREQuency?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:DDEMod:UNIT:TIME SEC|SYMBol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:DDEMod:UNIT:TIME? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:FEED <string> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:FEED? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:FORMat MLOG|MLINear|REAL|IMAGinary|VECTor|CONS|PHASe|UPHase|IEYE|QEYE|TRELlis|GDELay|MLGLinear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:FORMat:DELay:APERture <real> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:FORMat:DELay:APERture? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:FORMat:PHASe:OFFSet <real> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:FORMat:PHASe:OFFSet? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:FORMat:PHASe:UNWRap:REFerence <real> . . . . . . . . . . . 252
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:FORMat:PHASe:UNWRap:REFerence? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:FORMat? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:RLINe OFF|ON|0|1 :DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:RLINe? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:VHCenter <real>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:VHCenter?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:X[:SCALe]:COUPle OFF|ON|0|1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:X[:SCALe]:COUPle? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:X[:SCALe]:RLEVel <real> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:X[:SCALe]:RLEVel? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:X[:SCALe]:RPOSition LEFT|CENTer|RIGHt . . . . . . . . . . . 223
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:X[:SCALe]:RPOSition? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:X[:SCALe]:SPAN <real> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
17
List of Commands
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:X[:SCALe]:SPAN?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .222
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:Y:LRATio <real> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .205
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:Y:LRATio? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .205
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:Y:UNIT:PREFerence AUTO|PEAK|RMS|POWer|MRMS .204
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:Y:UNIT:PREFerence?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .204
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:Y:UNIT? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .205
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:Y[:SCALe]:AUTO:ONCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .201
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:Y[:SCALe]:PDIVision <real> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:Y[:SCALe]:PDIVision? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel <real> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel:AUTO OFF|ON|0|1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .203
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel:AUTO? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .203
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:Y[:SCALe]:RPOSition TOP|CENTer|BOTTom . . . . . . . . . . .204
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:Y[:SCALe]:RPOSition?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .204
:DISPlay:<meas>:WINDow:FORMat SINGle|TWO|TRI|QUAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .302
:DISPlay:<meas>:WINDow:FORMat? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .302
:DISPlay:ACTivefunc[:STATe] ON|OFF|1|0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .296
:DISPlay:ACTivefunc[:STATe]? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .296
:DISPlay:ADEMod:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:CARRier:FREQuency?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .429
:DISPlay:ADEMod:VIEW:PRESet DSPectrum|STATistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .422
:DISPlay:ANNotation:MBAR[:STATe] OFF|ON|0|1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .295
:DISPlay:ANNotation:MBAR[:STATe]? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .295
:DISPlay:ANNotation:SCReen[:STATe] OFF|ON|0|1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .295
:DISPlay:ANNotation:SCReen[:STATe]? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .295
:DISPlay:ANNotation:TITLe:DATA <string>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .297
:DISPlay:ANNotation:TITLe:DATA? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .297
:DISPlay:ANNotation:TRACe[:STATe] ON|OFF|1|0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .296
:DISPlay:ANNotation:TRACe[:STATe]? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .296
:DISPlay:BACKlight ON|OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .300
:DISPlay:BACKlight:INTensity <integer> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .301
18
List of Commands
:DISPlay:BACKlight:INTensity? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
:DISPlay:BACKlight? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
:DISPlay:DDEMod:VIEW:PRESet QUAD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448
:DISPlay:ENABle OFF|ON|0|1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
:DISPlay:ENABle? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
:DISPlay:FSCReen[:STATe] OFF|ON|0|1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
:DISPlay:FSCReen[:STATe]? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
:DISPlay:THEMe TDColor|TDMonochrome|FCOLor|FMONochrome. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
:DISPlay:THEMe?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
:DISPlay:VECTor:VIEW:PRESet SPECtrum|STATistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
:DISPlay:W11A:VIEW:PRESet BASic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
:DISPlay:W11A:VIEW:PRESet BASic|EVM|POWer|DIAGnostic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
:DISPlay:W11A:VIEW:PRESet DIAGnostic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505
:DISPlay:W11A:VIEW:PRESet EVM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502
:DISPlay:W11A:VIEW:PRESet POWer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504
:DISPlay:W11B:VIEW:PRESet BASic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549
:DISPlay:W11B:VIEW:PRESet BASic|EVM|POWer|DIAGnostic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549
:DISPlay:W11B:VIEW:PRESet DIAGnostic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 553
:DISPlay:W11B:VIEW:PRESet EVM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 550
:DISPlay:W11B:VIEW:PRESet POWer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 552
:DISPlay:WINDow:FORMat:TILE|ZOOM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
:DISPlay:WINDow[:SELect] <number> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
:DISPlay:WINDow[:SELect]? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
:DISPlay:WINDow[1]:ANNotation[:ALL] OFF|ON|0|1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
:DISPlay:WINDow[1]:ANNotation[:ALL]? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
:DISPlay:WINDow[1]:TRACe:GRATicule:GRID[:STATe] OFF|ON|0|1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
:DISPlay:WINDow[1]:TRACe:GRATicule:GRID[:STATe]? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
:DISPlay:WINDow[1]:TRACe:Y:DLINe <ampl> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
:DISPlay:WINDow[1]:TRACe:Y:DLINe:STATe OFF|ON|0|1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
:DISPlay:WINDow[1]:TRACe:Y:DLINe:STATe? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
:DISPlay:WINDow[1]:TRACe:Y:DLINe? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
19
List of Commands
:FETCh:ADEMod[n]? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .421
:FETCh:DDEMod[n]?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .445
:FETCh:VECTor[n]? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .399
:FETCh:W11A[n]? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .499
:FETCh:W11B[n]? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .545
:FORMat:BORDer NORMal|SWAPped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .289
:FORMat:BORDer? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .289
:FORMat[:TRACe][:DATA] ASCii|REAL,32 |REAL,64 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .288
:FORMat[:TRACe][:DATA]?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .288
:INITiate:ADEMod. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .421
:INITiate:CONTinuous OFF|ON|0|1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .397
:INITiate:CONTinuous?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .397
:INITiate:DDEMod. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .445
:INITiate:RESTart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .393
:INITiate:VECTor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .399
:INITiate:W11A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .499
:INITiate:W11B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .545
:INITiate[:IMMediate] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .393
:INPut:COUPling AC|DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .273
:INPut:COUPling? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .273
:INSTrument:CATalog? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .384
:INSTrument:DEFault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102
:INSTrument:NSELect <integer> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .384
:INSTrument:NSELect?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .384
:INSTrument[:SELect] SA|BASIC|ADEMOD|NFIGURE|PNOISE|CDMA2K|TDSCDMA|VSA|VSA89601|WCDMA|WIMAXOFDMA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .383
:INSTrument[:SELect]? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .383
:MEASure:W11A[n]? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .499
:MEASure:W11B[n]? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .545
:MMEMory:LOAD:CAPTured <filename> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .193
:MMEMory:LOAD:STATe <filename> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .185
20
List of Commands
:MMEMory:LOAD:TRACe TRACE1|TRACE2|TRACE3|TRACE4|TRACE5|TRACE6,<filename>
188
:MMEMory:LOAD:TRACe:DATA D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6,<filename>[,CSV|TXT|SDF] . . . . . . 193
:MMEMory:LOAD:TRACe:DATA TRACE1|TRACE2|TRACE3|TRACE4|TRACE5|TRACE6,<filename> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
:MMEMory:LOAD:ZMAP <filename> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
:MMEMory:STORe:CAPTured <filename> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
:MMEMory:STORe:RECording <filename>[,SDF|SDFX|CSV|TXT|MAT4|MAT|HDF5|BIN[,OFF|ON|0|1[,OFF|ON|0|1[,OFF|ON|0|1]]] . . . . 176
:MMEMory:STORe:RESults <filename>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
:MMEMory:STORe:SCReen <filename> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
:MMEMory:STORe:SCReen:THEMe TDColor|TDMonochrome|FCOLor|FMONochrome . . . . . 177
:MMEMory:STORe:SCReen:THEMe? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
:MMEMory:STORe:STATe <filename> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
:MMEMory:STORe:TRACe TRACE1|TRACE2|TRACE3|TRACE4|TRACE5|TRACE6|ALL,<filename> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
:MMEMory:STORe:TRACe:DATA
TRACE1|TRACE2|TRACE3|TRACE4|TRACE5|TRACE6,"<filename>"[,CSV|TXT|SDF[,OFF|
ON|0|1]] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
:MMEMory:STORe:TRACe:DATA
TRACE1|TRACE2|TRACE3|TRACE4|TRACE5|TRACE6|ALL,<filename> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
:MMEMory:STORe:ZMAP <filename> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
:READ:ADEMod[n]? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
:READ:DDEMod[n]? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445
:READ:VECTor[n]? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
:READ:W11A[n]?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 499
:READ:W11B[n]?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 545
:STATus:OPERation:CONDition? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
:STATus:OPERation:ENABle <integer> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
:STATus:OPERation:ENABle? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
:STATus:OPERation:NTRansition <integer> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
:STATus:OPERation:NTRansition? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
:STATus:OPERation:PTRansition <integer> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
:STATus:OPERation:PTRansition? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
21
List of Commands
:STATus:OPERation[:EVENt]? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124
:STATus:PRESet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:CONDition? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:ENABle <integer> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:ENABle? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:EXTended:FAILure:CONDition? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:EXTended:FAILure:ENABle <integer>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:EXTended:FAILure:ENABle? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:EXTended:FAILure:NTRansition <integer>. . . . . . . . . . . . .135
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:EXTended:FAILure:NTRansition? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:EXTended:FAILure:PTRansition <integer> . . . . . . . . . . . . .135
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:EXTended:FAILure:PTRansition? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:EXTended:FAILure[:EVENt]? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:EXTended:NEEDed:CONDition?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:EXTended:NEEDed:ENABle <integer> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:EXTended:NEEDed:ENABle? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:EXTended:NEEDed:NTRansition <integer> . . . . . . . . . . . .137
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:EXTended:NEEDed:NTRansition? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:EXTended:NEEDed:PTRansition <integer>. . . . . . . . . . . . .138
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:EXTended:NEEDed:PTRansition? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .138
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:EXTended:NEEDed[:EVENt]?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:NTRansition <integer> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:NTRansition? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:PTRansition <integer>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:PTRansition? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:SKIPped:CONDition?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .131
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:SKIPped:ENABle <integer> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .131
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:SKIPped:ENABle? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .131
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:SKIPped:NTRansition <integer> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:SKIPped:NTRansition? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:SKIPped:PTRansition <integer>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133
22
List of Commands
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:SKIPped:PTRansition? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:SKIPped[:EVENt]? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration[:EVENt]? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
:STATus:QUEStionable:CONDition? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
:STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle 16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
:STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
:STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:CONDition? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
:STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:ENABle <integer> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
:STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:ENABle? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
:STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:NTRansition <integer> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
:STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:NTRansition? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
:STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:PTRansition <integer> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
:STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:PTRansition? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
:STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency[:EVENt]? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
:STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:CONDition? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
:STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:ENABle <integer> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
:STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:ENABle? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
:STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:NTRansition <integer> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
:STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:NTRansition? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
:STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:PTRansition <integer> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
:STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:PTRansition? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
:STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:SIGNal:CONDition? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
:STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:SIGNal:ENABle <integer> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
:STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:SIGNal:ENABle? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
:STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:SIGNal:NTRansition <integer> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
:STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:SIGNal:NTRansition? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
:STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:SIGNal:PTRansition <integer> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
:STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:SIGNal:PTRansition? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
:STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:SIGNal[:EVENt]? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
:STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:UNCalibrated:CONDition? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
:STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:UNCalibrated:ENABle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
23
List of Commands
:STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:UNCalibrated:ENABle? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .146
:STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:UNCalibrated:NTRansition <integer> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .147
:STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:UNCalibrated:NTRansition? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .147
:STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:UNCalibrated:PTRansition <integer>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148
:STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:UNCalibrated:PTRansition? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148
:STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:UNCalibrated[:EVENt]?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .147
:STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity[:EVENt]? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142
:STATus:QUEStionable:NTRansition 16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128
:STATus:QUEStionable:NTRansition? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128
:STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:CONDition? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149
:STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:ENABle <integer> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149
:STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:ENABle? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149
:STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:NTRansition <integer> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150
:STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:NTRansition?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150
:STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:PTRansition <integer> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151
:STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:PTRansition?> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151
:STATus:QUEStionable:POWer[:EVENt]? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150
:STATus:QUEStionable:PTRansition <integer>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128
:STATus:QUEStionable:PTRansition? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128
:STATus:QUEStionable:TEMPerature:CONDition? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151
:STATus:QUEStionable:TEMPerature:ENABle <integer> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152
:STATus:QUEStionable:TEMPerature:ENABle? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152
:STATus:QUEStionable:TEMPerature:NTRansition <integer> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153
:STATus:QUEStionable:TEMPerature:NTRansition? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153
:STATus:QUEStionable:TEMPerature:PTRansition <integer> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153
:STATus:QUEStionable:TEMPerature:PTRansition? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153
:STATus:QUEStionable:TEMPerature[:EVENt]? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152
:STATus:QUEStionable[:EVENt]?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127
:SYSTem:APPLication:CATalog:OPTion? <model> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .387
:SYSTem:APPLication:CATalog:REVision? <model>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .387
:SYSTem:APPLication:CATalog[:NAME]:COUNt? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .386
24
List of Commands
:SYSTem:APPLication:CATalog[:NAME]?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
:SYSTem:APPLication[:CURRent]:OPTion? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
:SYSTem:APPLication[:CURRent]:REVision? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
:SYSTem:APPLication[:CURRent][:NAME]? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
:SYSTem:COMMunicate:GPIB[1][:SELF]:ADDRess <integer> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
:SYSTem:COMMunicate:GPIB[1][:SELF]:ADDRess? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:SCPI:SICL:ENABle OFF|ON|0|1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:SCPI:SICL:ENABle? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:SCPI:SOCKet:CONTrol? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:SCPI:SOCKet:ENABle OFF|ON|0|1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:SCPI:SOCKet:ENABle? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:SCPI:TELNet:ENABle OFF|ON|0|1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:SCPI:TELNet:ENABle? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
:SYSTem:COMMunicate:USB:CONNection? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
:SYSTem:COMMunicate:USB:PACKets? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
:SYSTem:COMMunicate:USB:STATus? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
:SYSTem:DATE “<year>,<month>,<day>” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
:SYSTem:DATE? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
:SYSTem:DEFault [ALL] | ALIGn | INPut | MISC | MODes | PON. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
:SYSTem:ERRor:VERBose OFF|ON|0|1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
:SYSTem:ERRor:VERBose? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
:SYSTem:ERRor[:NEXT]?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
:SYSTem:HELP:HEADers? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
:SYSTem:HID? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
:SYSTem:KLOCk OFF|ON|0|1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
:SYSTem:KLOCk? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
:SYSTem:LKEY <”OptionInfo”>, <”LicenseInfo”> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
:SYSTem:LKEY:DELete <”OptionInfo”>,<”LicenseInfo”> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
:SYSTem:LKEY:LIST? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
:SYSTem:LKEY? <”OptionInfo”> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
:SYSTem:MRELay:COUNt? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
25
List of Commands
:SYSTem:OPTions?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97
:SYSTem:PON:ETIMe? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96
:SYSTem:PON:MODE SA|PNOISE|EDGEGSM|BASIC|WIMAXOFDMA|PNOISE|WCDMA|VSA|VSA89601 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59
:SYSTem:PON:MODE? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59
:SYSTem:PON:TIME? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74
:SYSTem:PON:TYPE MODE|USER|LAST|PRESet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57
:SYSTem:PON:TYPE? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57
:SYSTem:PRESet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100
:SYSTem:PRESet:USER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103
:SYSTem:PRESet:USER:ALL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104
:SYSTem:PRESet:USER:SAVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105
:SYSTem:PRINt:THEMe TDColor | TDMonochrome | FCOLor | FMONochrome . . . . . . . . . . . .106
:SYSTem:PRINt:THEMe? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106
:SYSTem:SHOW OFF| ERRor | SYSTem | HARDware | LXI | HWSTatistics | ALIGNment |
SOFTware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52
:SYSTem:SHOW? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52
:SYSTem:TEMPerature:HEXTreme? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95
:SYSTem:TEMPerature:LEXTreme?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95
:SYSTem:TIME “<hour>,<minute>,<second>” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99
:SYSTem:TIME? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99
:SYSTem:VERSion? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98
:TRIGger:<meas>[:SEQuence]:SOURce IMMediate|VIDeo|IF|EXTernal1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .374
:TRIGger:<meas>[:SEQuence]:SOURce? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .374
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:EXTernal1:DELay <time> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .380
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:EXTernal1:DELay:STATe OFF|ON|0|1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .380
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:EXTernal1:DELay:STATe? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .380
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:EXTernal1:DELay? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .380
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:EXTernal1:HOLDoff <time> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .381
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:EXTernal1:HOLDoff:STATe OFF|ON|0|1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .381
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:EXTernal1:HOLDoff:STATe? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .381
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:EXTernal1:HOLDoff:TYPE BELow|ABOVe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .382
26
List of Commands
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:EXTernal1:HOLDoff:TYPE? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:EXTernal1:HOLDoff? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:EXTernal1:LEVel <voltage> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:EXTernal1:LEVel? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:EXTernal1:SLOPe POSitive|NEGative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:EXTernal1:SLOPe? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:RLINe OFF|ON|0|1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:RLINe? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:DELay <time> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:DELay:STATe OFF|ON|0|1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:DELay:STATe? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:DELay? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:HOLDoff <time>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:HOLDoff:STATe OFF|ON|0|1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:HOLDoff:STATe? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:HOLDoff:TYPE BELow|ABOVe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:HOLDoff:TYPE? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:HOLDoff? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:LEVel <voltage> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:LEVel? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:SLOPe POSitive|NEGative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:SLOPe? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
:TRIGger|TRIGger1|TRIGger2[:SEQuence]:OUTPut HSWP|MEASuring|MAIN|GATE|GTRigger|OEVen|OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
:TRIGger|TRIGger1|TRIGger2[:SEQuence]:OUTPut:POLarity POSitive|NEGative . . . . . . . . . 286
:TRIGger|TRIGger1|TRIGger2[:SEQuence]:OUTPut:POLarity? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
:TRIGger|TRIGger1|TRIGger2[:SEQuence]:OUTPut? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
[:SENSe]:<meas>:AVERage:COUNt <integer> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
[:SENSe]:<meas>:AVERage:COUNt? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
[:SENSe]:<meas>:AVERage:FAST OFF|ON|0|1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
[:SENSe]:<meas>:AVERage:FAST:URATe <integer> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
27
List of Commands
[:SENSe]:<meas>:AVERage:FAST:URATe:AUTO OFF|ON|0|1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .364
[:SENSe]:<meas>:AVERage:FAST:URATe:AUTO? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .364
[:SENSe]:<meas>:AVERage:FAST:URATe? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .364
[:SENSe]:<meas>:AVERage:FAST?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .363
[:SENSe]:<meas>:AVERage:TCONtrol EXPonential|REPeat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .361
[:SENSe]:<meas>:AVERage:TCONtrol? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .361
[:SENSe]:<meas>:AVERage:TYPE RMS|TIME|MAXimum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .363
[:SENSe]:<meas>:AVERage:TYPE? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .363
[:SENSe]:<meas>:AVERage[:STATe] OFF|ON|0|1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .360
[:SENSe]:<meas>:AVERage[:STATe]? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .360
[:SENSe]:<meas>:BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution] <bandwidth> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .209
[:SENSe]:<meas>:BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution]:COUPle SPAN|MIN|FIXed . . . . . . . . . . .210
[:SENSe]:<meas>:BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution]:COUPle? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210
[:SENSe]:<meas>:BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution]? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .209
[:SENSe]:<meas>:FFT:WINDow[:TYPE] UNIForm|HANNing|GAUSsian|FLATtop. . . . . . . . . .211
[:SENSe]:<meas>:FFT:WINDow[:TYPE]? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211
[:SENSe]:<meas>:SWEep:EGATe:DELay <time> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .371
[:SENSe]:<meas>:SWEep:EGATe:DELay? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .371
[:SENSe]:<meas>:SWEep:EGATe:STATe OFF|ON|0|1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .370
[:SENSe]:<meas>:SWEep:EGATe:STATe? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .370
[:SENSe]:<meas>:SWEep:EGATe[:SPAN] <time> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .370
[:SENSe]:<meas>:SWEep:EGATe[:SPAN]? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .370
[:SENSe]:<meas>:SWEep:POINts <integer> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .372
[:SENSe]:<meas>:SWEep:POINts:AUTO OFF|ON|0|1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .372
[:SENSe]:<meas>:SWEep:POINts:AUTO? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .372
[:SENSe]:<meas>:SWEep:POINts?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .372
[:SENSe]:<meas>:SWEep:TIME <time> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .369
[:SENSe]:<meas>:SWEep:TIME? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .369
[:SENSe]:ADEMod:AM:UNIT AM|PCT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .427
[:SENSe]:ADEMod:AM:UNIT? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .427
[:SENSe]:ADEMod:CARRier:FREQuency:AUTO OFF|ON|0|1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .429
28
List of Commands
[:SENSe]:ADEMod:CARRier:FREQuency:AUTO? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
[:SENSe]:ADEMod:CARRier:PHASe:AUTO OFF|ON|0|1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
[:SENSe]:ADEMod:CARRier:PHASe:AUTO? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
[:SENSe]:ADEMod:MODulation AM|FM|PM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
[:SENSe]:ADEMod:MODulation? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
[:SENSe]:CORRection:BTS[:RF]:GAIN <rel_ampl> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
[:SENSe]:CORRection:BTS[:RF]:GAIN? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
[:SENSe]:CORRection:FEQualizer OFF|NORMal|INVert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
[:SENSe]:CORRection:FEQualizer:REGister D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
[:SENSe]:CORRection:FEQualizer:REGister? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
[:SENSe]:CORRection:FEQualizer:RELative? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
[:SENSe]:CORRection:FEQualizer?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
[:SENSe]:CORRection:IMPedance[:INPut][:MAGNitude] 50|75 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
[:SENSe]:CORRection:IMPedance[:INPut][:MAGNitude]? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
[:SENSe]:CORRection:MS[:RF]:GAIN <rel_ampl>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
[:SENSe]:CORRection:MS[:RF]:GAIN? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
[:SENSe]:CORRection:SA[:RF]:GAIN <rel_ampl> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
[:SENSe]:CORRection:SA[:RF]:GAIN? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:ALPHa <real> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:ALPHa?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:APSK:R2Ratio <real> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:APSK:R2Ratio? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:APSK:R3Ratio <real> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:APSK:R3Ratio? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:CADJust <real> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:CADJust? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:EQUalization:CONVergence <real> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:EQUalization:CONVergence? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:EQUalization:FLENgth <integer> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:EQUalization:FLENgth? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:EQUalization:HOLD OFF|ON|0|1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476
29
List of Commands
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:EQUalization:HOLD? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .476
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:EQUalization:RESet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .477
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:EQUalization:STATe OFF|ON|0|1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .474
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:EQUalization:STATe? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .474
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:FILTer:MEASurement NONE|RRCosine|GAUSsian|EDGE|IS95EQ|RECTangle|LPASs|USER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .458
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:FILTer:MEASurement:REGister D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .459
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:FILTer:MEASurement:REGister? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .459
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:FILTer:MEASurement?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .458
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:FILTer:REFerence RCOSine|RRCosine|GAUSsian|EDGE|IS95BB|RECTangle|HSINe|USER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .461
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:FILTer:REFerence:REGister D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .462
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:FILTer:REFerence:REGister?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .462
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:FILTer:REFerence? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .461
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:LSNR OFF|ON|0|1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .472
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:LSNR? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .472
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:MODulation
BPSK|QPSK|OQPSK|PI4DQPSK|DQPSK|PSK8|PI8DPSK8|DPSK8|QAM16|QAM32|QAM6
4|QAM128|QAM256|QAM512|QAM1024|FSK2|FSK4|FSK8|FSK16|MSK1|MSK2|EDGE|A
PSK16|APSK32|DVBAPSK16|DVBAPSK32|DVBQAM16|DVBQAM32|DVBQAM64|DVBQAM
128|DVBQAM256|VSB8|VSB16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .452
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:MODulation? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .452
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:PPSYmbol <integer> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .456
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:PPSYmbol?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .456
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:SRATe <frequency> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .454
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:SRATe? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .454
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:STANdard:PRESet CDMABTS|CDMAMS|CDPD|EDGE|GSM|NADC|PDC|PHS|WCDMA|BLUETOOTH|HIPERLANHBR|HIPERLANLBR
|WLAN11B|ZIGBEE2450|ZIGBEE868|ZIGBEE915|DTV8|DTV16|DVB16|DVB32|DVB64|D
VB128|DVB256|DVB16APSK23|DVB16APSK34|DVB16APSK45|DVB16APSK56|DVB16APSK
89|DVB16APSK910|DVB32APSK34|DVB32APSK45|DVB32APSK56|DVB32APSK89|DVB32A
PSK910|APCO|DECT|TETRA|VDL3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .477
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:SWEep:POINts <integer>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .454
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:SWEep:POINts? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .454
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:SYNC:BURSt:STATe OFF|ON|0|1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .464
30
List of Commands
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:SYNC:BURSt:STATe? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:SYNC:SLENgth <time>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:SYNC:SLENgth? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:SYNC:SWORd:OFFSet <integer>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:SYNC:SWORd:OFFSet? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:SYNC:SWORd:PATTern <string> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:SYNC:SWORd:PATTern? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:SYNC:SWORd:STATe OFF|ON|0|1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:SYNC:SWORd:STATe?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464
[:SENSe]:FEED RF|AREFerence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
[:SENSe]:FEED:AREFerence REF50|REF4800|COMB|OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
[:SENSe]:FEED:AREFerence? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
[:SENSe]:FEED:DATA INPut|STORed|RECorded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
[:SENSe]:FEED:DATA:STORe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
[:SENSe]:FEED:DATA? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
[:SENSe]:FEED? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
[:SENSe]:FREQuency:CENTer <freq> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
[:SENSe]:FREQuency:CENTer:STEP:AUTO OFF|ON|0|1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
[:SENSe]:FREQuency:CENTer:STEP:AUTO? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
[:SENSe]:FREQuency:CENTer:STEP[:INCRement] <freq> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
[:SENSe]:FREQuency:CENTer:STEP[:INCRement]?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
[:SENSe]:FREQuency:CENTer?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
[:SENSe]:FREQuency:SPAN <freq> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
[:SENSe]:FREQuency:SPAN:FULL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
[:SENSe]:FREQuency:SPAN? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
[:SENSe]:FREQuency:STARt <freq> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
[:SENSe]:FREQuency:STARt? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
[:SENSe]:FREQuency:STOP <freq> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
[:SENSe]:FREQuency:STOP?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
[:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:RANGe <real> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
[:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:RANGe? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
31
List of Commands
[:SENSe]:RECording:ABORt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .281
[:SENSe]:RECording:INITiate[:IMMediate] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .281
[:SENSe]:RECording:LENGth <real>,SEConds|RECords|POINts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .282
[:SENSe]:RECording:LENGth:STATe MAX|MANual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .282
[:SENSe]:RECording:LENGth:STATe? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .282
[:SENSe]:RECording:LENGth:UNIT? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .282
[:SENSe]:RECording:LENGth:VALue?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .282
[:SENSe]:ROSCillator:EXTernal:FREQuency <freq> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .285
[:SENSe]:ROSCillator:EXTernal:FREQuency? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .285
[:SENSe]:ROSCillator:SOURce:TYPE INTernal|EXTernal|SENSe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .283
[:SENSe]:ROSCillator:SOURce:TYPE? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .283
[:SENSe]:ROSCillator:SOURce? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .284
[:SENSe]:SPECtrum NORMal|INVert. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .365
[:SENSe]:SPECtrum? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .365
[:SENSe]:VECTor|ADEMod:FREQuency:CENTer:TRACk OFF|ON|0|1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .218
[:SENSe]:VECTor|ADEMod:FREQuency:CENTer:TRACk? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .218
[:SENSe]:W11A:EQUalizer:TRAining CHANnel|CDATa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .522
[:SENSe]:W11A:EQUalizer:TRAining? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .522
[:SENSe]:W11A:GINTerval <real> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .509
[:SENSe]:W11A:GINTerval? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .509
[:SENSe]:W11A:STANdard
I11AGOFDM|HIPERLAN2|I11GDSSSOFDM|I11AGTURBO|I11PDSRC|I11J10MHZ. . . . . . .525
[:SENSe]:W11A:STANdard:PRESet
I11AGOFDM|HIPERLAN2|I11GDSSSOFDM|I11AGTURBO|I11PDSRC|I11J10MHZ. . . . . . .510
[:SENSe]:W11A:STANdard? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .525
[:SENSe]:W11A:SUBCarrier:NUMBer <integer> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .517
[:SENSe]:W11A:SUBCarrier:NUMBer? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .517
[:SENSe]:W11A:SUBCarrier:SELect ALL|PILot|SINGle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .516
[:SENSe]:W11A:SUBCarrier:SELect?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .516
[:SENSe]:W11A:SUBCarrier:SPACing <freq> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .518
[:SENSe]:W11A:SUBCarrier:SPACing? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .518
[:SENSe]:W11A:SYNC:SEQuence LONG|SHORt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .524
32
List of Commands
[:SENSe]:W11A:SYNC:SEQuence? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 524
[:SENSe]:W11A:SYNC:SLENgth <time> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 513
[:SENSe]:W11A:SYNC:SLENgth? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 513
[:SENSe]:W11A:TADJust <real> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520
[:SENSe]:W11A:TADJust? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520
[:SENSe]:W11A:TIME:INTerval <integer> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 516
[:SENSe]:W11A:TIME:INTerval?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 516
[:SENSe]:W11A:TIME:OFFSet <integer> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515
[:SENSe]:W11A:TIME:OFFSet?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515
[:SENSe]:W11A:TIME:RESult:AUTO OFF|ON|0|1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 514
[:SENSe]:W11A:TIME:RESult:AUTO? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 514
[:SENSe]:W11A:TIME:RESult:LENGth <integer>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 514
[:SENSe]:W11A:TIME:RESult:LENGth? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 514
[:SENSe]:W11A:TIME:RESult:MAX <integer> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515
[:SENSe]:W11A:TIME:RESult:MAX ? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515
[:SENSe]:W11A:TRACk:AMPLitude OFF|ON|0|1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521
[:SENSe]:W11A:TRACk:AMPLitude? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521
[:SENSe]:W11A:TRACk:PHASe OFF|ON|0|1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521
[:SENSe]:W11A:TRACk:PHASe? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521
[:SENSe]:W11A:TRACk:TIMing OFF|ON|0|1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 522
[:SENSe]:W11A:TRACk:TIMing?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 522
[:SENSe]:W11A[:SUBCarrier]:DEMod BPSK|QPSK|QAM16|QAM64. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508
[:SENSe]:W11A[:SUBCarrier]:DEMod:AUTO OFF|ON|0|1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507
[:SENSe]:W11A[:SUBCarrier]:DEMod:AUTO?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507
[:SENSe]:W11A[:SUBCarrier]:DEMod? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508
[:SENSe]:W11B:ALPHa <real> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 559
[:SENSe]:W11B:ALPHa? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 559
[:SENSe]:W11B:CADJust <real> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 565
[:SENSe]:W11B:CADJust? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 565
[:SENSe]:W11B:CRATe <freq>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 564
[:SENSe]:W11B:CRATe? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 564
33
List of Commands
[:SENSe]:W11B:DEMod
DSSS1M|DSSS2M|CCK5M5|CCK11M|PBCC5M5|PBCC11M|PBCC22M|PBCC33M. . . . . . .555
[:SENSe]:W11B:DEMod:AUTO OFF|ON|0|1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .554
[:SENSe]:W11B:DEMod:AUTO? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .554
[:SENSe]:W11B:DEMod? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .555
[:SENSe]:W11B:DESCramble ALL|NONE|PREamble|PHEader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .567
[:SENSe]:W11B:DESCramble? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .567
[:SENSe]:W11B:EQUalization:FLENgth <integer> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .567
[:SENSe]:W11B:EQUalization:FLENgth? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .567
[:SENSe]:W11B:EQUalization[:STATe] OFF|ON|0|1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .567
[:SENSe]:W11B:EQUalization[:STATe]?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .567
[:SENSe]:W11B:FILTer:REFerence RECTangular|GAUSsian|RCOSine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .558
[:SENSe]:W11B:FILTer:REFerence? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .558
[:SENSe]:W11B:STANdard:PRESet I11BGDSSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .559
[:SENSe]:W11B:SYNC:SLENgth <time> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .560
[:SENSe]:W11B:SYNC:SLENgth?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .560
[:SENSe]:W11B:TIME:INTerval <integer> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .564
[:SENSe]:W11B:TIME:INTerval? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .564
[:SENSe]:W11B:TIME:OFFSet <integer> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .563
[:SENSe]:W11B:TIME:OFFSet? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .563
[:SENSe]:W11B:TIME:RESult:AUTO OFF|ON|0|1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .561
[:SENSe]:W11B:TIME:RESult:AUTO OFF|ON|0|1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .562
[:SENSe]:W11B:TIME:RESult:AUTO? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .561
[:SENSe]:W11B:TIME:RESult:AUTO? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .562
[:SENSe]:W11B:TIME:RESult:LENGth <integer> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .561
[:SENSe]:W11B:TIME:RESult:LENGth <integer> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .562
[:SENSe]:W11B:TIME:RESult:LENGth? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .561
[:SENSe]:W11B:TIME:RESult:LENGth? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .562
[:SENSe]:W11B:TIME:RESult:MAX <integer> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .562
[:SENSe]:W11B:TIME:RESult:MAX ? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .562
[:SENSe]:W11B:TRACk:PHASe OFF|ON|0|1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .566
34
List of Commands
[:SENSe]:W11B:TRACk:PHASe? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 566
35
List of Commands
36
1
Introduction
This chapter provides overall information on the Agilent 89601X VXA Signal Analyzer
Measurement Application and describes the measurements made by the analyzer.
Installation instructions for adding this option to your analyzer are provided in this
section, in case you purchased this option separately.
37
Introduction
What Does the Agilent 89601X VXA Signal Analyzer Measurement Application Do?
What Does the Agilent 89601X VXA Signal Analyzer
Measurement Application Do?
The 89601X VXA is a full-featured vector signal analyzer that can help determine if an RF
modulated source or transmitter is working correctly. There are standard and optional
measurements for complete analysis and demodulation of most communications signals.
• The Vector Analysis measurement (included in Option 205) provides:
— Spectrum analysis and Time Domain analysis with Signal Tracking
— Band Power, Occupied Bandwidth, and ACP measurements
— Markers, Marker Coupling, Triggering
— Time Gating
— Frequency Counter
• The Analog Demodulation measurement (included in Option 205) will perform all the
above and will also analyze and demodulate signals that use the following modulation
formats:
— AM, FM, PM
• The Digital Demodulation measurement (Option AYA) will analyze and demodulate
signals that use the following modulation formats:
— MSK
— QPSK
— 8PSK
— BPSK
— π/4 DQPSK
— DQPSK
— π/8 D8PSK
— D8PSK
— Offset QPSK
— QAM16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024
— DVB QAM 16, 32, 64, 128, 256
— FSK 2, 4, 8, 16 states
— VSB8, VSB16
— APSK16, 32, 16 w/dub, 32 w/dub
38
Chapter 1
Introduction
What Does the Agilent 89601X VXA Signal Analyzer Measurement Application Do?
— Standard communications formats provided by Option AYA include:
• Cellular: IS–95 Base and Mobile, GSM, EDGE, CDPD, NADC, PDC, PHP, 3GPP
(W-CDMA)
• Wireless Networking: 802.11b, HIPERLAN/1 (HBR and LBR), Bluetooth, ZigBee
868, 915, and 2450
• Digital Video: DTV8, DTV16, DVB16, DVB32, DVB64, DVB128, DVB256, DVB
16APSK with code rates 2/3 to 9/10, DVB 32 APSK with code rates 3/4 to 9/10.
• Other: APCO 25, DECT, TETRA, VDL Mode 3
• With other digital demod options, the 89601X VXA will also demodulate more
complicated signals that conform to the following standard communications formats:
— Option B7R - WLAN 802.11 a/b/g, OFDM and DSSS
NOTE
For CDMA signals, 89601X VXA can analyze digital modulation for a
single code channel only. If multiple code channels are transmitted,
synchronization will fail, and incorrect EVM results will be obtained.
For modulation quality measurements of multiple code channels,
Modulation Accuracy and Code Domain measurements must be
performed by a full-featured standard-based measurement application,
like N9073for W-CDMA.
Chapter 1
39
Introduction
Installing Application Software
Installing Application Software
When you want to install a measurement application after your initial hardware purchase,
you actually only need to license it. All of the available applications are loaded in your
analyzer at the time of purchase.
So when you purchase an application, you will receive an entitlement certificate that is
used to obtain a license key for that particular measurement application. Enter the license
key that you obtain into the N9020A Signal Analyzer to activate the new measurement
application. See below for more information.
For the latest information on Agilent Signal Analyzer measurement applications and
upgrade kits, visit the following internet URL.
http://www.agilent.com/find/sa_upgrades
Viewing a License Key
Measurement personalities purchased with your instrument have been installed and
activated at the factory before shipment. The instrument requires a unique License Key
for every measurement application purchased. The license key is a hexadecimal string that
is specific to your measurement application, instrument model number and serial number.
It enables you to install, or reactivate that particular application.
Press System, Show, System to display which measurement applications are currently
licensed in your analyzer.
Press System, More, Licensing. . . to view the license keys for the installed measurement
applications.
NOTE
You may want to keep a copy of your license key in a secure location.
You can print out a copy of the display showing the license numbers to
do this. If you should lose your license key, call your nearest Agilent
Technologies service or sales office for assistance.
Obtaining and Installing a License Key
If you purchase an additional application that requires installation, you will receive an
“Entitlement Certificate” which may be redeemed for a license key for one instrument.
Follow the instructions that accompany the certificate to obtain your license key.
Installing a license key for the selected application can be done automatically using a USB
memory device. To do this, you would put the license file on the USB memory device at the
root level. Follow the instructions that come with your software installation kit.
Installing a license key can also be done manually using the license management
application in the instrument. It is found through the instrument front panel keys at
System, Licensing. . . , or internally at C:\Programming Files\Agilent\Licensing.
40
Chapter 1
Introduction
Installing Application Software
NOTE
You can also use these procedures to reinstall a license key that has
been accidentally deleted, or lost due to a memory failure.
Missing and Old Measurement Application Software
All the software applications were loaded at the time of original instrument manufacture.
It is a good idea to regularly update your software with the latest available version. This
assures that you get any improvements and expanded functionality that is available.
Because the software was loaded at the initial purchase, there may be additional
measurement applications that are now available. If the application you are interested in
licensing is not available, you will need to do a software update. (Press System, Show,
System.)
Check the Agilent internet website for the latest software versions available for
downloading:
http://www.agilent.com/find/mxa_software
http://www.agilent.com/find/exa_software
You must load the updated software package into the analyzer from a USB drive, or
directly from the internet. An automatic loading program is included with the files.
Chapter 1
41
Introduction
Installing Application Software
42
Chapter 1
2
Utility Functions
43
Utility Functions
Window Control Keys
Window Control Keys
The instrument provides three front-panel keys for controlling windows. They are Multi
Window, Zoom, and Next Window. These are all “immediate action” keys.
Multi-Window
The Multi Window front-panel key is not used at this time. It is there to support future
functionality.
Front-panel key
Key Path
Zoom
Zoom is a toggle function. Pressing once Zooms the selected window; pressing again
un-zooms.
When Zoom is on for a window, that window will get the entire primary display area. The
zoomed window, since it is the selected window, is outlined in green.
Zoom is local to each Measurement. Each Measurement remembers its Zoom state. The
Zoom state of each Measurement is part of the Mode’s state.
The state of zoom, and which window is zoomed, is saved in State.
Data acquisition and processing for the other windows continues while a window is
zoomed, as does all SCPI communication with the other windows.
Remote
Command
:DISPlay:WINDow:FORMat:TILE|ZOOM
Example
:DISP:WIND:FORM:ZOOM sets zoomed
:DISP:WIND:FORM:TILE sets un-zoomed
44
Chapter 2
Utility Functions
Window Control Keys
Preset
TILE
Next Window
This key selects the next window of the current view. When this key is selected in Help
Mode, it toggles focus between the table of contents window and the topic pane window.
Remote Command
:DISPlay:WINDow[:SELect] <number>
:DISPlay:WINDow[:SELect]?
Example
:DISP:WIND 1
Preset
1
Min
1
Max
If <number> is greater than the number of windows, limit to <number of
windows>
Selected Window
One and only one window is always selected. The selected window has the focus; as far as
the user is concerned, all key presses are going to that window.
If a window is not selected, its boundary is gray. The selected window has a green
boundary.
If a window in a multi-window display is zoomed it is still outlined in green. If there is only
one window, the green outline is not used. This allows the user to distinguish between a
zoomed window and a display with only one window.
The selected window is local to each Measurement. Each Measurement remembers which
window is selected. The selected window for each Measurement is remembered in Mode
state.
Navigating Windows
When the Next Window key is pressed, the next window in the order of precedence (see
below) becomes selected. If the selected window was zoomed, the next window will also be
zoomed.
The window navigation does NOT use the arrow and select keys. Those are reserved for
navigation within a window.
Chapter 2
45
Utility Functions
Mouse and Keyboard Control
Mouse and Keyboard Control
If you do not have access to the instrument front-panel, there are several ways that a
mouse and PC Keyboard can give you access to functions normally accessed using the front
panel keys.
Right-Click
If the user plugs in a mouse and right-clicks on the analyzer screen, a menu will appear as
below:
Placing the mouse on one of the rows marked with a right arrow symbol will cause that
row to expand, as for example below where the mouse is hovered over the “Utility” row:
46
Chapter 2
Utility Functions
Mouse and Keyboard Control
This method can be used to access any of the front-panel keys by using a mouse; as for
example if the user is accessing the instrument through Remote Desktop.
The array of keys thus available is shown below:
Setup
Frequency
Marker
Control
(list of Modes)
Mode
Meas
(list of
Measurements)
Marker
Span
Trigger
Peak Search
Amplitude
Sweep-Control
Marker To
Restart
Marker Function
Mode Preset
Single
User Preset
Continuous
Utility
System
Zoom
Quick Save
Split Screen
Return
Next
Local
Full Screen
Exit
View-Display
Trace-Detector
Auto Couple
BW
Window
Help
Input-Output
File
Save
Recall
Mode Setup
Meas Setup
Page Setup
Print
Virtual Front Panel
Chapter 2
47
Utility Functions
Mouse and Keyboard Control
PC Keyboard
If you have a PC keyboard plugged in (or via Remote Desktop), certain key codes on the PC
keyboard map to front-panel keys on the GPSA front panel. These key codes are shown
below:
Function
Keyboard
Frequency
CTRL+SHIFT+F
Span
CTRL+SHIFT+S
Amplitude
CTRL+SHIFT+A
Input/Output
CTRL+SHIFT+O
View/Display
CTRL+SHIFT+V
Trace/Detector
CTRL+ALT+T
Auto Couple
CTRL+SHIFT+C
Bandwidth
CTRL+ALT+B
Source
CTRL+SHIFT+E
Marker
CTRL+SHIFT+K
Peak Search
CTRL+SHIFT+P
Marker To
CTRL+ALT+N
Marker Function
CTRL+ALT+F
System
CTRL+SHIFT+Y
QuickSave
CTRL+SHIFT+Q
Save
CTRL+S
Recall
CTRL+R
Mode Preset
CTRL+M
User Preset
CTRL+U
Print
CTRL+P
File
CTRL+F
Mode
CTRL+SHIFT+M
Measure
CTRL+ALT+M
Mode Setup
CTRL+ALT+E
Meas Setup
CTRL+ALT+U
Trigger
CTRL+SHIFT+T
Sweep/Control
CTRL+SHIFT+W
48
Chapter 2
Utility Functions
Mouse and Keyboard Control
Function
Keyboard
Restart
CTRL+ALT+R
Single
CTRL+ALT+S
Cont
CTRL+ALT+C
Zoom
CTRL+SHIFT+Z
NextWindow
CTRL+SHIFT+N
SplitScreen
CTRL+SHIFT+L
FullScreen
CTRL+SHIFT+B
Return
CTRL+SHIFT+R
Mute
Mute
Inc Audio
Volume Up
Dec Audio
Volume Down
Help
F1
Control
CTRL
Alt
ALT
Enter
Return
Cancel
Esc
Del
Delete
Backspace
Backspace
Select
Space
Up Arrow
Up
Down Arrow
Down
Left Arrow
Left
Right Arrow
Right
Menu key1
CTRL+SHIFT+F1
Menu key2
CTRL+SHIFT+F2
Menu key3
CTRL+SHIFT+F3
Menu key4
CTRL+SHIFT+F4
Menu key5
CTRL+SHIFT+F5
Menu key6
CTRL+SHIFT+F6
Menu key7
CTRL+SHIFT+F7
Chapter 2
49
Utility Functions
Mouse and Keyboard Control
Function
Keyboard
Backspace
BACKSPACE
Enter
ENTER
Tab
Tab
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
8
8
9
9
0
0
Here is a pictorial view of the table above:
50
Chapter 2
Utility Functions
Mouse and Keyboard Control
Chapter 2
51
Utility Functions
System
System
Opens a menu of keys that access various configuration menus and dialogs.
Remote Command Notes
No remote command for this key specifically.
Key Path
Front-panel key
Show
Opens a menu of choices that enable you to select the information window you want to
view.
Mode
All
Remote Command
:SYSTem:SHOW OFF| ERRor | SYSTem | HARDware | LXI |
HWSTatistics | ALIGNment | SOFTware
:SYSTem:SHOW?
Example
:SYST:SHOW SYST
Remote Command Notes
This command displays (or exits) the various System
information screens.
Preset
OFF
State Saved
No
Range
OFF| ERRor | SYSTem | HARDware | LXI | HWSTatistics
| ALIGNment | SOFTware
Key Path
System
Errors
There are two modes for the Errors selection, History and Status.
The list of errors displayed in the Errors screen does not automatically refresh; you must
press the Refresh button or leave the screen and return to it to refresh it.
History brings up a screen displaying the event log in chronological order, with the newest
event at the top. The history queue can hold up to 100 messages (if a message has a repeat
count greater than 1 it only counts once against this number of 100). Note that this count
bears no relation to the size of the SCPI queue. If the queue extends onto a second page, a
scroll bar appears to allow scrolling with a mouse. Time is displayed to the second.
Status brings up a screen summarizing the status conditions currently in effect. Note that
time is displayed to the second.
52
Chapter 2
Utility Functions
System
The fields on the Errors display are:
Type (unlabelled) - Displays the icon identifying the event or condition as an error or
warning.
ID - Displays the error number.
Message - Displays the message text.
Repeat (RPT) - This field shows the number of consecutive instances of the event,
uninterrupted by other events. In other words, if an event occurs 5 times with no other
intervening event, the value of repeat will be 5.
If the value of Repeat is 1 the field does not display. If the value of Repeat is >1, the time
and date shown are those of the most recent occurrence. If the value of repeat reaches
999,999 it stops there.
Time - Shows the most recent time (including the date) at which the event occurred.
Mode
All
Remote Command
:SYSTem:ERRor[:NEXT]?
Example
:SYST:ERR?
Restriction and Notes
The return string has the format:
“<Error Number>,<Error>”
Where <Error Number> and <Error> are defined in the Master
Error Messages document.
State Saved
No
Key Path
System, Show
Next Page
Next Page and Previous Page menu keys move the user between pages of the log, if it fills
more than one page. These keys are grayed out in some cases:
If on the last page of the log, the Next Page key is grayed out
If on the first page of the log, the Previous Page key is grayed out.
If there is only one page, both keys are grayed out.
System, Show, Show Errors
Key Path
Previous Page See Next Page.
History
Chapter 2
53
Utility Functions
System
The History and Status keys select the Errors view. The Status key has a second line
which shows a number in [square brackets]. This is the number of currently open status
items.
System, Show, Show Errors
Key Path
Status See History.
Verbose SCPI On/Off
This is a capability that will allow the SCPI data stream to be displayed when a SCPI error
is detected, showing the characters which stimulated the error and several of the
characters preceding the error.
Mode
All
Remote Command
:SYSTem:ERRor:VERBose OFF|ON|0|1
:SYSTem:ERRor:VERBose?
Example
:SYST:ERR:VERB ON
Preset
This is unaffected by Preset but is set to OFF on a “Restore
System Defaults->Misc”
State Saved
No
Range
On | Off
Key Path
System, Show, Show Errors
Refresh
When pressed, refreshes the Show Errors display.
System, Show, Show Errors
Key Path
Clear Error Queue
This clears all errors in all error queues.
Clear Error Queue does not affect the current status conditions.
Mode Preset does not clear the error queue.
Restore System Defaults will clear all error queues.
*CLS only clears the queue if it is sent remotely and *RST does not affect any error queue.
54
Chapter 2
Utility Functions
System
Switching modes does not affect any error queues.
System, Show, Show Errors
Key Path
System
The System screen is formatted into three groupings: product descriptive information,
options tied to the hardware, and software products:
<Product Name> <Product Description>
Product Number: N9020A
Serial Number: US46220924
Firmware Revision: A.01.01
Computer Name: <hostname>
Host ID: N9020A,US44220924
N9020A-503
N9020A-PFR
N9020A-P03
Frequency Range to 3.6 GHz
Precison Frequency Reference
Preamp 3.6 GHz
N9060A-2FP
N9073A-1FP
N9073A-2FP
Spectrum Analysis Measurement Suite 1.0.0.0
WCDMA
1.0.0.0
WCDMA with HSDPA
1.0.0.0
The Previous Page is grayed-out if the first page of information is presently displayed. The
Next Page menu key is grayed-out if the last page is information is presently displayed.
Mode
All
Example
SYST:SHOW SYST
Key Path
System, Show
Hardware
The show hardware screen is used to view details of the installed hardware. This
information can be used to determine versions of hardware assemblies and field
programmable devices, in the advent of future upgrades or potential repair needs.
The screen is formatted into two groupings: product descriptive information and hardware
information. The hardware information is listed in a table format:
Chapter 2
55
Utility Functions
System
The Previous Page is grayed-out if the first page of information is presently displayed. The
Next Page menu key is grayed-out if the last page is information is presently displayed.
Mode
All
Example
SYST:SHOW HARD
Key Path
System, Show
LXI
This key shows you the product number, serial number, firmware revision, computer
name, IP address, Host ID, LXI Class, LXI Version, MAC Address, and the Auto-MDIX
Capability.
System, Show
Key Path
LAN Reset
56
Chapter 2
Utility Functions
System
This key resets the LAN connection.
System, Show, LXI
Key Path
Power On
The Power On menu key enables you to select how the instrument should power on. The
options are: Mode and Input/Output Defaults, User Preset and Last State.
Mode
All
Remote Command
:SYSTem:PON:TYPE MODE|USER|LAST|PRESet
:SYSTem:PON:TYPE?
Example
:SYST:PON:TYPE MODE
Preset
This is unaffected by Preset but is set to Mode on a “Restore
System Defaults->All”
State Saved
No
Key Path
System
Mode and Input/Output Defaults
When the analyzer is powered on in Mode and Input/Output Defaults, it will perform a
Restore Mode Defaults to all modes in the instrument and a Restore Input/Output
Defaults as well.
Mode
All
Example
SYST:PON:TYPE MODE
Key Path
System, Power On
User Preset
Sets Power On to User Preset. When the analyzer is powered on in User Preset, it will User
Preset each mode and switch to the power-on mode. Power On User Preset will not affect
any settings beyond what a normal User Preset affects. NOTE: An instrument could never
power up for the first time in User Preset.
Mode
All
Example
SYST:PON:TYPE USER
Chapter 2
57
Utility Functions
System
System, Power On
Key Path
Last State
Sets Power On to Last. When the analyzer is powered on, it will put all modes in the last
state they were in prior to when the analyzer was put into Power Standby and it will wake
up in the mode it was last in prior to powering off the instrument. The saving of the active
mode prior to shutdown happens behind the scenes when a controlled shutdown is
requested by using the front panel power Standby key or by using the remote command
SYSTem:PDOWn. The non-active modes are saved as they are deactivated and recalled by
Power On Last State.
NOTE: An instrument could never power up for the first time in Last.
NOTE: If line power to the analyzer is interrupted, for example by pulling the line cord
plug or by switching off power to a test rack, Power On Last State will not work properly.
For more information see Power Standby (Instrument Shutdown).
Mode
All
Example
SYST:PON:TYPE LAST
Restriction and Notes
Power on Last State only works if the user has done a controlled
shutdown prior to powering on in Last. If a controlled shutdown
is not done when in Power On Last State, the instrument will
power up in the last active mode, but it may not power up in the
active mode’s last state. If an invalid mode state is detected, a
Mode Preset will occur. To control the shutdown under remote
control use the :SYSTem:PDOWn command.
Key Path
System, Power On
Power On Mode
This menu key brings up a Mode Menu that lists the available modes and lets you select
which Mode to be the power-on mode. This Mode Menu is a 1-of-N list of available modes;
not the Mode Menu under the Mode front-panel key. They will look the same, but have
very different behavior.
This Mode will be used for Power On Mode and Input/Output Defaults and Restore System
Defaults All.
Mode
All
58
Chapter 2
Utility Functions
System
Remote Command
:SYSTem:PON:MODE
SA|PNOISE|EDGEGSM|BASIC|WIMAXOFDMA|PNOISE|WCDMA|VSA|
VSA89601
:SYSTem:PON:MODE?
Example
SYST:PON:MODE SA
Restriction and Notes
The list of possible modes (and remote parameters) to choose
from is dependent on which modes are installed in the
instrument.
Preset
This is unaffected by Preset but is set on a “Restore System
Defaults->All” to SA unless Spectrum Analysis mode is not
installed in the instrument in which case the factory will load
the default power-on mode.
State Saved
No
Key Path
System, Power On
Restore Power On Defaults
This selection causes the Power On Type and Power On Mode settings to be a reset to their
default value. This level of Restore System Defaults does not affect any other system
settings, mode settings and does not cause a mode switch. The Power On menu key under
the Restore System Defaults menu causes the same action.
If you press any key other than OK or Enter, it is construed as a Cancel, because the only
path that will actually cause the reset to be executed is through OK or Enter.
Example
:SYST:DEF PON
Key Path
System, Power On
Chapter 2
59
Utility Functions
System
Alignments
The Alignments Menu controls and displays the automatic alignment of the instrument,
and provides the ability to restore the default alignment values.
System
Key Path
Auto Align
Configures the method for which the automatic background alignment is run.
Automatic background alignments are run periodically between measurement
acquisitions. The instrument’s software determines when alignments are to be performed
to maintain warranted operation. The recommended setting for Auto Align is Normal.
An Auto Align execution cannot be aborted with the Cancel (ESC) key. To interrupt an
Auto Align execution, select Auto Align Off.
Mode
All
Remote Command
:CALibration:AUTO ON|PARTial|OFF|ALERt
:CALibration:AUTO?
Example
:CAL:AUTO ON
Restriction and Notes
While Auto Align is executing, bit 0 of Status Operation register
is set.
Dependencies/Couplings
Auto Align is set to Off if Restore Align Data is invoked.
Preset
This is unaffected by Preset but is set to ON upon a “Restore
System Defaults->Align”.
State Saved
No
Key Path
System, Alignments
SCPI Status Bits/OPC
Dependencies
When Auto Align is executing Bit 0 in the Status Operational
register is set.
Normal
Auto Align, Normal turns on the automatic alignment of all measurement systems. Auto
Align, Normal maintains the instrument in warranted operation across varying
temperature and over time.
If the condition “Align Now, All required” is set, transition to Auto Align, Normal will
perform the required alignments and clear the “Align Now, All required” condition and
then continue with further alignments as required to maintain the instrument adequately
aligned for warranted operation.
60
Chapter 2
Utility Functions
System
When Auto Align, Normal is selected the Auto Align Off time is set to zero.
When Auto Align, Normal is selected the Settings Panel indicates ALIGN AUTO:
Mode
All
Example
:CAL:AUTO ON
Restriction and Notes
Alignment processing as a result of the transition to Normal
will be executed sequentially. Thus, *OPC? or *WAI following
CAL:AUTO ON will return when the alignment processing is
complete.
The presence of an external signal may interfere with the RF
portion of the alignment. If so, the Error Condition “Align
skipped: 50 MHz interference” or “Align skipped: 4.8 GHz
interference” is reported, and bit 11 is set in the Status
Questionable Calibration register. A subsequent alignment of
the RF will clear the condition, and clear bit 11 in the Status
Questionable Calibration register.
Key Path
System, Alignments, Auto Align
SCPI Status Bits/OPC
Dependencies
An interfering user signal may prevent automatic alignment of
the RF subsystem. If this occurs, the Error Condition “Align
skipped: 50 MHz interference” or “Align skipped: 4.8 GHz
interference” is reported, the Status Questionable Calibration
bit 11 is set, and the alignment proceeds. When a subsequent
alignment of the RF subsystem succeeds, either by the next
cycle of automatic alignment or from an Align Now, RF, the Error
Condition and Status Questionable Calibration bit 11 are
cleared.
Partial
Auto Align, Partial disables the full automatic alignment and the maintenance of warranted
operation for the benefit of improved measurement throughput. Accuracy is retained for
the Resolution Bandwidth filters and the IF Passband which is critical to FFT accuracy,
demodulation and many personalities. With Auto Align set to Partial, you are now
responsible for maintaining warranted operation by updating the alignments when they
expire. The Auto Align, Alert mechanism will notify you when alignments have expired. One
solution to expired alignments is to perform the Align All, Now operation. Another is to
return the Auto Align selection to Normal.
Auto Align, Partial is recommended for measurements where the throughput is so important
that a few percent improvement is more valued than an increase in the accuracy errors of a
few tenths of a decibel. One good application of Auto Align, Partial would be an automated
environment where the alignments can be called during overhead time when the
device-under-test is exchanged.
When Auto Align, Partial is selected the elapsed time counter begins for Auto Align Off time.
Chapter 2
61
Utility Functions
System
When Auto Align, Partial is selected the Settings Panel indicates ALIGN PARTIAL with a
warning icon. The warning icon is to inform the operator that they are responsible for
maintaining the warranted operation of the instrument:
Mode
All
Example
:CAL:AUTO PART
Restriction and Notes
Auto Align Partial begins the elapsed time counter for Auto
Align Off time.
Key Path
System, Alignments, Auto Align
Off
Auto Align, Off disables automatic alignment and the maintenance of warranted operation,
for the benefit of maximum measurement throughput. With Auto Align set to Off, you are
now responsible for maintaining warranted operation by updating the alignments when
they expire. The Auto Align, Alert mechanism will notify you when alignments have
expired. One solution to expired alignments is to perform the Align All, Now operation.
Another is to return the Auto Align selection to Normal.
The Auto Align, Off setting is rarely the best choice, because Partial gives almost the same
improvement in throughput while maintaining the warranted performance for a much
longer time. The Off choice is intended for unusual circumstances such as the
measurement of radar pulses where you might like the revisit time to be as consistent as
possible.
When Auto Align, Off is selected the Auto Align Off time is initialized and the elapsed time
counter begins.
When Auto Align, Off is selected the Settings Panel indicates ALIGN OFF with a warning
icon. The warning icon is to inform the operator that they are responsible for maintaining
the warranted operation of the instrument:
Mode
All
Example
:CAL:AUTO OFF
Restriction and Notes
Auto Align Off begins the elapsed time counter for Auto Align
Off time.
Dependencies/Couplings
Auto Align is set to Off if Restore Align Data is invoked.
Key Path
System, Alignments, Auto Align
62
Chapter 2
Utility Functions
System
All but RF
Auto Align, All but RF, configures automatic alignment to include or exclude the RF
subsystem. (Eliminating the automatic alignment of the RF subsystem prevents the input
impedance from changing. The normal input impedance of 50 ohms can change to an open
circuit when alignments are being used. Some devices under test do not behave acceptably
under such circumstances, for example by showing instability.) When Auto Align, All but RF
ON is selected, the operator is responsible for performing an Align Now, RF when
RF-related alignments expire. The Auto Align, Alert mechanism will notify the operator to
perform an Align Now, All when the combination of time and temperature variation is
exceeded.
When Auto Align, All but RF ON is selected the Settings Panel indicates ALIGN AUTO/NO
RF with a warning icon (warning icon is intended to inform the operator they are
responsible for the maintaining the RF alignment of the instrument):
Mode
All
Remote Command
:CALibration:AUTO:MODE ALL|NRF
:CALibration:AUTO:MODE?
Example
:CAL:AUTO:MODE NRF
Preset
This is unaffected by Preset but is set to ALL on a “Restore
System Defaults->Align”.
State Saved
No
Key Path
System, Alignments, Auto Align
Alert
The instrument will signal an Alert when conditions exist such that you will need to
perform a full alignment (for example, Align Now, All). The Alert can be configured in one of
four settings; Time & Temperature, 24 hours, 7 days, or None. A confirmation is required
when a selection other than Time & Temperature is chosen. This prevents accidental
deactivation of alerts.
With Auto Align set to Normal, the configuration of Alert is not relevant because the
instrument’s software maintains the instrument in warranted operation.
Mode
All
Remote Command
:CALibration:AUTO:ALERt TTEMperature|DAY|WEEK|NONE
:CALibration:AUTO:ALERt?
Example
:CAL:AUTO:ALER TTEM
Chapter 2
63
Utility Functions
System
Remote Command
Notes
The alert that alignment is needed is the setting of bit 14 in the
Status Questionable Calibration register.
Preset
This is unaffected by Preset but is set to TTEMperature on a
“Restore System Defaults->Align”.
State Saved
No
Key Path
System, Alignments, Auto Align
SCPI Status Bits/OPC
Dependencies
The alert is the Error Condition “Align Now, All required” and
bit 14 is set in the Status Questionable Calibration register.
Time & Temperature
With Auto Align Alert set to Time & Temperature the instrument will signal an alert when
alignments expire due to the combination of the passage of time and changes in temperature. The
alert is the Error Condition “Align Now, All required”. If this choice for Alert is selected, the absence
of an alert means that the analyzer alignment is sufficiently up-to-date to maintain warranted
accuracy.
Mode
All
Example
:CAL:AUTO:ALER TTEM
Key Path
System, Alignments, Auto Align, Alert
SCPI Status Bits/OPC
Dependencies
Bit 14 is set in the Status Questionable Calibration register.
24 hours
With Auto Align Alert set to 24 Hours the instrument will signal an alert after a time span of 24
hours since the last successful full alignment (for example, Align Now, All or completion of a full Auto
Align). You may choose this selection in an environment where the temperature is stable on a daily
basis at a small risk of accuracy errors in excess of the warranted specifications. The alert is the
Error Condition “Align Now, All required”.
For front panel operation, confirmation is required to transition into this setting of Alert. The
confirmation dialog is:
64
Chapter 2
Utility Functions
System
No confirmation is required when Alert is configured through a remote command.
Mode
All
Example
:CAL:AUTO:ALER DAY
Key Path
System, Alignments, Auto Align, Alert
SCPI Status Bits/OPC
Dependencies
Bit 14 is set in the Status Questionable Calibration register.
7 days
With Auto Align Alert is set to 7 days the instrument will signal an alert after a time span of 168
hours since the last successful full alignment (for example, Align Now, All or completion of a full Auto
Align). You may choose this selection in an environment where the temperature is stable on a
weekly basis, at a modest risk of accuracy degradations in excess of warranted performance. The
alert is the Error Condition “Align Now, All required”.
For front panel operation, confirmation is required for the customer to transition into this setting of
Alert. The confirmation dialog is:
No confirmation is required when Alert is configured through a remote command.
Mode
All
Chapter 2
65
Utility Functions
System
Example
:CAL:AUTO:ALER WEEK
Key Path
System, Alignments, Auto Align, Alert
SCPI Status Bits/OPC
Dependencies
Bit 14 is set in the Status Questionable Calibration register.
None
With Auto Align Alert set to None the instrument will not signal an alert. This is provided for rare
occasions where you are making a long measurement which cannot tolerate Auto Align
interruptions, and must have the ability to capture a screen image at the end of the measurement
without an alert posted to the display. Agilent does not recommends using this selection in any
other circumstances, because of the risk of accuracy performance drifting well beyond expected
levels without the operator being informed.
For front panel operation, confirmation is required to transition into this setting of Alert. The
confirmation dialog is:
No confirmation is required when Alert is configured through a remote command.
Mode
All
Example
:CAL:AUTO:ALER NONE
Key Path
System, Alignments, Auto Align, Alert
Align Now
Accesses alignment processes that are immediate action operations. They perform
complete operations and run until they are complete.
System, Alignments
Key Path
All
66
Chapter 2
Utility Functions
System
Immediately executes an alignment of all subsystems. The instrument stops any
measurement currently underway, performs the alignment, then restarts the
measurement from the beginning (similar to pressing the Restart key).
If an interfering user signal is present at the RF Input, the alignment is performed on all
subsystems except the RF. After completion, the Error Condition “Align skipped: 50 MHz
interference” or “Align skipped: 4.8 GHz interference” is set. In addition the Error
Condition “Align Now, RF required” is set, and bits 11 and 12 are set in the Status
Questionable Calibration register.
The query form of the remote commands (:CALibration[:ALL]? or *CAL?) invokes the
alignment of all subsystems and returns a success or failure value. An interfering user
signal is not grounds for failure; if the alignment was able to succeed on all portions but
unable to align the RF because of an interfering signal, the resultant will be the success
value.
Successful completion of Align Now, All will clear the “Align Now, All required” Error
Condition, and clear bit 14 in the Status Questionable Calibration register. It will also
begin the elapsed time counter for Last Align Now, All Time, and capture the Last Align
Now, All Temperature.
If the Align RF subsystem succeeded in aligning (no interfering signal present), the
elapsed time counter begins for Last Align Now, RF Time, and the temperature is captured
for the Last Align Now, RF Temperature. In addition the Error Conditions “Align skipped:
50 MHz interference” and “Align skipped: 4.8 GHz interference” are cleared, the Error
Condition “Align Now, RF required” is cleared, and bits 11 and 12 are cleared in the Status
Questionable Calibration register
Align Now, All can be interrupted by pressing the Cancel (ESC) front panel key or remotely
with Device Clear followed by the :ABORt SCPI command. When this occurs the Error
Condition “Align Now, All required” is set, and bit 14 is set in the Status Questionable
Condition register. This is because new alignment data may be employed for an individual
subsystem, but not a cohesive set of data for all subsystems.
In many cases, you might find it more convenient to change alignments to Normal, instead
of executing Align Now, All. When the Auto Align process transitions to Normal, the
analyzer will immediately start to update only the alignments that have expired, thus
efficiently restoring the alignment process.
Mode
All
Remote Command
:CALibration[:ALL]
:CALibration[:ALL]?
Example
:CAL
Restriction and Notes
An interfering user supplied signal will result in the
instrument requiring an Align Now, RF with the interfering
signal removed.
Chapter 2
67
Utility Functions
System
Dependencies/Couplings
Initializes the time for the Last Align Now, All Time.
Records the temperature for the Last Align Now, All
Temperature.
If Align RF component succeeded, initializes the time for the
Last Align Now, RF Time.
If Align RF component succeeded, records the temperature for
the Last Align Now, RF Temperature.
Remote Command
Notes
:CALibration[:ALL]? returns 0 if successful
:CALibration[:ALL]? returns 1 if failed
:CALibration[:ALL]? is the same as *CAL?
While Align Now, All is performing the alignment, bit 0 in the
Status Operation register is set. Completion, or termination,
will clear bit 0 in the Status Operation register.
This command is sequential; it must complete before further
SCPI commands are processed. Interrupting the alignment
from remote is accomplished by invoking Device Clear followed
by the :ABORt command.
Successful completion will clear bit 14 in the Status
Questionable Calibration register.
An interfering user signal is not grounds for failure of Align
Now, All. However, bits 11 and 12 are set in the Status
Questionable Calibration register to indicate Align Now, RF is
required.
Key Path
System, Alignments, Align Now
SCPI Status Bits/OPC
Dependencies
Bits 11, 12 or 14 may be set in the Status Questionable
Calibration register.
Mode
All
Remote Command
*CAL?
Example
*CAL?
Restriction and Notes
Everything about :CALibration[:ALL]? is synonymous with
*CAL? including all conditions, status register bits, and
couplings
Remote Command
Notes
*CAL? returns 0 if successful
*CAL? returns 1 if failed
:CALibration[:ALL]? is the same as *CAL?
See additional remarks described with :CALibration[:ALL]?
68
Chapter 2
Utility Functions
System
All but RF
Immediately executes an alignment of all subsystems except the RF subsystem. The
instrument will stop any measurement currently underway, perform the alignment, then
restart the measurement from the beginning (similar to pressing the Restart key). This can
be used to align portions of the instrument that are not impacted by an interfering user
input signal.
This operation might be chosen instead of All if you do not want the device under test to
experience a large change in input impedance, such as a temporary open circuit at the
analyzer input.
The query form of the remote commands (:CALibration:NRF?) will invoke the alignment
and return a success or failure value.
Successful completion of Align Now, All but RF will clear the “Align Now, All required” Error
Condition, and clear bit 14 in the Status Questionable Calibration register. If “Align Now,
All required” was in effect prior to executing the All but RF, the Error Condition “Align
Now, RF required” is asserted and bit 12 in the Status Questionable Calibration register is
set. It will also begin the elapsed time counter for Last Align Now, All Time, and capture
the Last Align Now, All Temperature.
Align Now, All but RF can be interrupted by pressing the Cancel (ESC) front panel key or
remotely with Device Clear followed by the :ABORt SCPI command. When this occurs the
Error Condition “Align Now, All required” is set, and bit 14 is set in the Status
Questionable Condition register. This is because new alignment data may be used for an
individual subsystem, but not a full new set of data for all subsystems.
Mode
All
Remote Command
:CALibration:NRF
:CALibration:NRF?
Example
:CAL:NRF
Dependencies/Couplings
Initializes the time for the Last Align Now, All Time.
Records the temperature for the Last Align Now, All
Temperature.
Chapter 2
69
Utility Functions
System
Remote Command
Notes
:CALibration:NRF? returns 0 if successful
:CALibration:NRF? returns 1 if failed
While Align Now, All but RF is performing the alignment, bit 0
in the Status Operation register is set. Completion, or
termination, will clear bit 0 in the Status Operation register.
This command is sequential; it must complete before further
SCPI commands are processed. Interrupting the alignment
from remote is accomplished by invoking Device Clear followed
by the :ABORt command.
Successful completion will clear bit 14 in the Status
Questionable Calibration register and set bit 12 if invoked with
“Align Now, All required”.
Key Path
System, Alignments, Align Now
SCPI Status Bits/OPC
Dependencies
Bits 12 or 14 may be set in the Status Questionable Calibration
register.
RF
Immediately executes an alignment of the RF subsystem. The instrument stops any
measurement currently underway, performs the alignment, then restarts the
measurement from the beginning (similar to pressing the Restart key).
This operation might be desirable if the alignments had been set to not include RF
alignments, or if previous RF alignments could not complete because of interference which
has since been removed.
If an interfering user signal is present at the RF Input, the alignment will terminate and
raise the Error Condition “Align skipped: 50 MHz interference” or “Align skipped: 4.8 GHz
interference”, and Error Condition “Align Now, RF required”. In addition, bits 11 and 12
will be set in the Status Questionable Calibration register.
The query form of the remote commands (:CALibration:RF?) will invoke the alignment of
the RF subsystem and return a success or failure value. An interfering user signal is
grounds for failure.
A failure encountered during alignment will set the Error Condition “Align RF failed” and
set bit 3 in the Status Questionable Calibration register.
Successful completion of Align Now, RF clears the Error Conditions “Align skipped: 50 MHz
interference” and “Align skipped: 4800 MHz interference” and the Error Conditions “Align
RF failed” and “Align Now, RF required”, and clears bits 3, 11, and 12 in the Status
Questionable Calibration register. It will also begin the elapsed time counter for Last Align
Now, RF Time, and capture the Last Align Now, RF Temperature.
Align Now, RF can be interrupted by pressing the Cancel (ESC) front panel key or remotely
with Device Clear followed by the :ABORt SCPI command. When this occurs, the Error
Condition “Align Now, RF required” is set, and bit 12 is set in the Status Questionable
Condition register. None of the new alignment data is used.
70
Chapter 2
Utility Functions
System
Mode
All
Remote Command
:CALibration:RF
:CALibration:RF?
Example
:CAL:RF
Restriction and Notes
An interfering user supplied signal will result in the
instrument requiring an Align Now, RF with the interfering
signal removed.
Dependencies/Couplings
Initializes the time for the Last Align Now, RF Time.
Records the temperature for the Last Align Now, RF
Temperature.
Remote Command
Notes
:CALibration:RF? returns 0 if successful
:CALibration:RF? returns 1 if failed (including interfering user
signal)
While Align Now, RF is performing the alignment, bit 0 in the
Status Operation register is set. Completion, or termination,
will clear bit 0 in the Status Operation register.
This command is sequential; it must complete before further
SCPI commands are processed. Interrupting the alignment
from remote is accomplished by invoking Device Clear followed
by the :ABORt command.
Successful completion will clear bits 3, 11, and 12 in the Status
Questionable Calibration register.
A failure encountered during alignment will set the Error
Condition “Align RF failed” and set bit 3 in the Status
Questionable Calibration register.
An interfering user signal will result in bits 11 and 12 to be set
in the Status Questionable Calibration register to indicate
Align Now, RF is required.
Key Path
System, Alignments, Align Now
SCPI Status Bits/OPC
Dependencies
Bits 11, 12 or 14 may be set in the Status Questionable
Calibration register.
Advanced
Advanced accesses alignment processes that are immediate action operations that perform
operations that run until complete. Advanced alignments are performed on an irregular
basis, or require additional operator interaction
System, Alignments
Key Path
Chapter 2
71
Utility Functions
System
Characterize Preselector (Only with Option 507, 508, 513, or 526)
The Preselector tuning curve drifts over temperature and time. Recognize that the
Amplitude, Presel Center function adjusts the preselector for accurate amplitude
measurements at an individual frequency. Characterize Preselector improves the amplitude
accuracy by ensuring the Preselector is approximately centered at all frequencies without
the use of the Amplitude, Presel Center function. Characterize Preselector can be useful in
situations where absolute amplitude accuracy is not of utmost importance, and the
throughput savings or convenience of not performing a Presel Center is desired. Presel
Center is required prior to any measurement for best (and warranted) amplitude accuracy.
Agilent recommends that the Characterize Preselector operation be performed yearly as
part of any calibration, but performing this operation every three months can be
worthwhile.
Characterize Preselector immediately executes a characterization of the Preselector, which
is a YIG-tuned filter (YTF). The instrument stops any measurement currently underway,
performs the characterization, then restarts the measurement from the beginning (similar
to pressing the Restart key).
The query form of the remote commands (:CALibration:YTF?) will invoke the alignment of
the YTF subsystem and return a success or failure value.
A failure encountered during alignment will set the Error Condition “Characterize YTF
failed” and set bit 9 in the Status Questionable Calibration register.
Successful completion of Advanced, Characterize Preselector will clear the Error Condition
“Characterize YTF failed”, and clear bit 9 in the Status Questionable Calibration register.
It will also begin the elapsed time counter for Last Characterize Preselector Time, and
capture the Last Characterize Preselector Temperature.
The last Characterize Preselector Time and Temperature must survive across the power
cycle as this operation is performed infrequently.
Advanced, Characterize Preselector can be interrupted by pressing the Cancel (ESC) front
panel key or remotely with Device Clear followed by the :ABORt SCPI command. None of
the new characterization data is then used.
Mode
All
Remote Command
:CALibration:YTF
:CALibration:YTF?
Example
:CAL:YTF
Restriction and Notes
For Option 507, 508, 513, and 526 only.
Dependencies/Couplings
Initializes the time for the Last Characterize Preselector Time.
Records the temperature for the Last Characterize Preselector
Temperature.
72
Chapter 2
Utility Functions
System
Remote Command
Notes
:CALibration:YTF? returns 0 if successful
:CALibration:YTF? returns 1 if failed (including interfering
user signal)
While Advanced, Characterize Preselector is performing the
alignment, bit 0 in the Status Operation register is set.
Completion, or termination, will clear bit 0 in the Status
Operation register.
This command is sequential; it must complete before further
SCPI commands are processed. Interrupting the alignment
from remote is accomplished by invoking Device Clear followed
by the :ABORt command.
Successful completion will clear bit 9 in the Status
Questionable Calibration register.
A failure encountered during alignment will set the Error
Condition “Characterize Preselector failed” and set bit 9 in the
Status Questionable Calibration register.
System, Alignments, Align Now
Key Path
Show Alignment Statistics
Shows alignment information you can use to ensure that the instrument is operating in a
specific manner. The Show Alignment Statistics screen is where you can view time and
temperature information.
Values which are displayed are only updated when the Show Alignment Statistics screen is
invoked, they are not updated while the Show Alignment Statistics screen is being
displayed. The remote commands which access this information obtain current values.
An example of the Show Alignment Statistics screen would be similar to:
Chapter 2
73
Utility Functions
System
A successful Align Now, RF will set the Last Align RF temperature to the current
temperature, and reset the Last Align RF time. A successful Align Now, All or Align Now,
All but RF will set the Last Align Now All temperature to the current temperature, and
reset the Last Align Now All time. A successful Align Now, All will also reset the Last
Align RF items if the RF portion of the Align Now succeeded.
Mode
All
Example
SYST:SHOW ALIGN
Restriction and Notes
The values displayed on the screen are only updated upon entry
to the screen and not updated while the screen is being
displayed.
State Saved
No
Key Path
Visual annotation in the Show Alignment Statistics screen
Mode
All
Remote Command
:SYSTem:PON:TIME?
Example
:SYST:PON:TIME?
Restriction and Notes
Value is the time since the present application start-upon in
seconds.
State Saved
No
Key Path
Visual annotation in the Show Alignment Statistics screen
74
Chapter 2
Utility Functions
System
Mode
All
Remote Command
:CALibration:TEMPerature:CURRent?
Example
:CAL:TEMP:CURR?
Restriction and Notes
Value is in degrees Centigrade.
Value is invalid if using default alignment data (Align Now, All
required)
State Saved
No
Key Path
Visual annotation in the Show Alignment Statistics screen
Mode
All
Remote Command
:CALibration:TIME:LALL?
Example
:CAL:TIME:LALL?
Restriction and Notes
Value is the elapsed time, in seconds, since the last successful
Align Now, All or Align Now, All but RF was executed.
State Saved
No
Key Path
Visual annotation in the Show Alignment Statistics screen
Mode
All
Remote Command
:CALibration:TEMPerature:LALL?
Example
:CAL:TEMP:LALL?
Restriction and Notes
Value is in degrees Centigrade at which the last successful
Align Now, All or Align Now, All but RF was executed.
State Saved
No
Key Path
Visual annotation in the Show Alignment Statistics screen
Mode
All
Remote Command
:CALibration:TIME:LRF?
Example
:CAL:TIME:LRF?
Chapter 2
75
Utility Functions
System
Restriction and Notes
Value is the elapsed time, in seconds, since the last successful
Align Now, RF was executed, either individually or as a
component of Align Now, All.
State Saved
No
Key Path
Visual annotation in the Show Alignment Statistics screen
Mode
All
Remote Command
:CALibration:TEMPerature:LRF?
Example
:CAL:TEMP:LRF?
Restriction and Notes
Value is in degrees Centigrade at which the last successful
Align Now, RF was executed, either individually or as a
component of Align Now, All.
State Saved
No
Key Path
Visual annotation in the Show Alignment Statistics screen
Mode
All
Remote Command
:CALibration:TIME:LPReselector?
Example
:CAL:TIME:LPR?
Restriction and Notes
Value is date and time the last successful Characterize
Preselector was executed. The date is separated from the time
by a space character. Returns “” if no Characterize Preselector
has ever been performed on the instrument.
State Saved
No
Key Path
Visual annotation in the Show Alignment Statistics screen
Mode
All
Remote Command
:CALibration:TEMPerature:LPReselector?
Example
:CAL:TEMP:LPR?
Restriction and Notes
Value is in degrees Centigrade at which the last successful
Characterize Preselector was executed.
State Saved
No
Key Path
Visual annotation in the Show Alignment Statistics screen
76
Chapter 2
Utility Functions
System
Mode
All
Remote Command
:CALibration:AUTO:TIME:OFF?
Example
:CAL:AUTO:TIME:OFF?
Restriction and Notes
Value is the elapsed time, in seconds, since Auto Align has been
set to Off or Off with Alert. The value is 0 if Auto Align is ALL
or NORF.
State Saved
No
Key Path
Visual annotation in the Show Alignment Statistics screen
Timebase DAC
Allows control of the internal 10 MHz reference oscillator timebase. This may be used to
adjust for minor frequency alignment between the signal and the internal frequency
reference. This adjustment has no effect if the instrument is operating with an External
Frequency Reference.
If the value of the Timebase DAC changes (by switching to Calibrated from User with User
set to a different value, or in User with a new value entered) an alignment may be
necessary. The alignment system will take appropriate action; which will either invoke an
alignment or cause an Alert.
Mode
All
Remote Command
:CALibration:FREQuency:REFerence:MODE
CALibrated|USER
:CALibration:FREQuency:REFerence:MODE?
Example
:CAL:FREQ:REF:MODE CAL
Restriction and Notes
If the value of the timebase is changed the alignment system
automatically performs an alignment or alerts that an
alignment is due.
Remote Command
Notes
If the value of the timebase is changed the alignment system
automatically performs an alignment or alerts that an
alignment is due.
Preset
This is unaffected by Preset but is set to CALibrated on a
“Restore System Defaults->Align”.
State Saved
No
Key Path
System, Alignments
Chapter 2
77
Utility Functions
System
Calibrated
Sets the Timebase DAC to the value established during factory or field calibration. The
value displayed on the menu key is the calibrated value.
Mode
All
Example
:CAL:FREQ:REF:MODE CAL
Key Path
System, Alignments, Timebase DAC
User
Allows setting the Timebase DAC to a value other than the value established during the
factory or field calibration. The value displayed on the menu key is the calibrated value.
Mode
All
Example
:CAL:FREQ:REF:MODE USER
Key Path
System, Alignments, Timebase DAC
Mode
All
Remote Command
:CALibration:FREQuency:REFerence:FINE <integer>
:CALibration:FREQuency:REFerence:FINE?
Example
:CAL:FREQ:REF:FINE 8191
Restriction and Notes
If the value of the timebase is changed the alignment system
automatically performs an alignment or alerts that an
alignment is due.
Dependencies/Couplings
Setting :CAL:FREQ:REF:FINE sets :CAL:FREQ:REF:MODE
USER
Preset
This is unaffected by Preset but is set to the factory setting on a
“Restore System Defaults->Align”.
State Saved
No
Min
0
Max
16383
Key Path
System, Alignments, Timebase DAC
78
Chapter 2
Utility Functions
System
Remote Command
:CALibration:FREQuency:REFerence:COARse <integer>
:CALibration:FREQuency:REFerence:COARse?
Example
:CAL:FREQ:REF:COAR 8191
Dependencies/Couplings
Setting :CAL:FREQ:REF:COAR sets :CAL:FREQ:REF:MODE
USER
Remote Command
Notes
This is an alias for CAL:FREQ:REF:FINE any change to
COARse is reflected in FINE and vice-versa. See
CAL:FREQ:REF:FINE for description of functionality.
Restore Align Defaults
Initializes the alignment user interface settings, not alignment data, to the factory default
values. Align Now, All must be executed if the value of the Timebase DAC results in a
change.
For front panel operation, you are prompted to confirm action before setting the alignment
parameters to factory defaults:
The parameters affected are:
Parameter
Setting
Timebase DAC
Calibrated
Timebase DAC setting
Calibrated value
Auto Align State
Normal (if the instrument is not operating
with default alignment data, Off otherwise)
Auto Align All but RF
Off
Auto Align Alert
Time & Temperature
Chapter 2
79
Utility Functions
System
Mode
All
Example
:SYST:DEF ALIG
Restriction and Notes
Alignment processing that results as the transition to Auto
Alignment Normal will be executed sequentially; thus *OPC? or
*WAI will wait until the alignment processing is complete.
Key Path
System, Alignments
Restore Align Data
Initializes the alignment data to the factory default values. This action is normally not
necessary. It is recommended if alignment errors occur. If alignment errors continue to
occur after Restore Align Data, the instrument is in need of repair. Align Now, All must be
executed to regain warranted operation, and the user is responsible for configuring Auto
Align thereafter.
For front panel operation, confirmation is required before setting the alignment data to
factory defaults. The confirmation dialog is:
The Error Condition “Align Now, All required” is set, and bit 14 in the Status Questionable
Calibration register is set. Auto Align is set to Off.
Mode
All
Remote Command
:CALibration:DATA:DEFault
Example
:CAL:DATA:DEF
Dependencies/Couplings
Sets Auto Align to Off. Sets bit 14 in the Status Questionable
Calibration register. The Error Condition “Align Now, All
required” is set.
Key Path
System, Alignments
80
Chapter 2
Utility Functions
System
I/O Config
Activates a menu for identifying and changing the I/O configuration for remote control.
System
Key Path
GPIB Address
Select the GPIB remote address.
Mode
All
Remote Command
:SYSTem:COMMunicate:GPIB[1][:SELF]:ADDRess <integer>
:SYSTem:COMMunicate:GPIB[1][:SELF]:ADDRess?
Example
:SYST:COMM:GPIB:ADDR 17
Remote Command
Notes
NOTE: Changing the Address on the GPIB port requires all
further communication to use the new address.
Preset
This is unaffected by Preset but is set to 18 on a “Restore
System Defaults->Misc”
State Saved
No
Range
0 to 30
Key Path
System, I/O Config
SCPI LAN Menu
Activates a menu for identifying and changing the SCPI over LAN configuration. There
are a number of different ways to send SCPI remote commands to the instrument over
LAN. It can be a problem to have multiple users simultaneously accessing the instrument
over the LAN. These keys limit that somewhat by disabling the telnet, socket, and/or SICL
capability.
System, I/O Config
Key Path
SCPI Telnet
Turns the SCPI LAN telnet capability On or Off allowing you to limit SCPI access over
Chapter 2
81
Utility Functions
System
LAN through telnet.
Mode
All
Remote Command
:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:SCPI:TELNet:ENABle OFF|ON|0|1
:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:SCPI:TELNet:ENABle?
Example
:SYST:COMM:LAN:SCPI:TELN:ENAB OFF
Preset
This is unaffected by Preset but is set to ON on a “Restore System
Defaults->Misc”
State Saved
No
Range
On | Off
Key Path
System, I/O Config, SCPI LAN
SCPI Socket
Turns the capability of establishing Socket LAN sessions On or Off. This allows you to
limit SCPI access over LAN through socket sessions.
Mode
All
Remote Command
:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:SCPI:SOCKet:ENABle OFF|ON|0|1
:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:SCPI:SOCKet:ENABle?
Example
:SYST:COMM:LAN:SCPI:SOCK:ENAB OFF
Preset
This is unaffected by Preset but is set to ON on a “Restore System
Defaults->Misc”
State Saved
No
Range
On | Off
Key Path
System, I/O Config, SCPI LAN
SCPI Socket Control Port (remote command only)
Returns the TCP/IP port number of the control socket associated with the SCPI socket
session. This query enables you to obtain the unique port number to open when a device
clear is to be sent to the instrument. Every time a connection is made to the SCPI socket,
the instrument creates a peer control socket. The port number for this socket is random.
The user must use this command to obtain the port number of the control socket. To force a
device clear on this socket, open the port and send the string “DCL” to the instrument.
82
Chapter 2
Utility Functions
System
If this SCPI command is sent to a non SCPI Socket interface, then 0 is returned.
Mode
All
Remote Command
:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:SCPI:SOCKet:CONTrol?
Example
:SYST:COMM:LAN:SCPI:SOCK:CONT?
Preset
This is unaffected by Preset or “Restore System Defaults->Misc”.
State Saved
No
Range
0 to 65534
SICL Server
Turns the SICL server capability On or Off, enabling you to limit SCPI access over LAN
through the SICL server. (SICL IEEE 488.2 protocol.)
Parameter
Description
Setting
Maximum Connections
The maximum number of connections that can be
accessed simultaneously
5
Instrument Name
The name (same as the remote SICL address) of your
analyzer
inst0
Instrument Logical Unit
The unique integer assigned to your analyzer when
using SICL LAN
8
Emulated GPIB Name
The name (same as the remote SICL address) of the
device used when communicating with your analyzer
gpib7
Emulated GPIB Logical
Unit
The unique integer assigned to your device when it is
being controlled using SICL LAN
8
Emulated GPIB Address
The emulated GPIB address assigned to your
transmitter tester when it is a SICL server (the same
as your GPIB address)
18
Mode
All
Remote Command
:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:SCPI:SICL:ENABle OFF|ON|0|1
:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:SCPI:SICL:ENABle?
Example
:SYST:COMM:LAN:SCPI:SICL:ENAB OFF
Preset
This is unaffected by Preset, but is set to ON on a “Restore
System Defaults->Misc”
State Saved
No
Chapter 2
83
Utility Functions
System
Range
On | Off
Key Path
System, I/O Config, SCPI LAN
Query USB Connection (Remote Command Only)
Enables you to determine the speed of USB connection.
Mode
All
Remote Command
:SYSTem:COMMunicate:USB:CONNection?
Example
:SYST:COMM:USB:CONN?
Remote Command
Notes
NONE – Indicates no USB connection has been made.
LSPeed – Indicates a USB low speed connection (1.5 Mbps).
Note: this is reserved for future use, the T+M488 protocol is not
supported on low speed connections.
HSPeed – Indicates that a USB high speed connection (480 Mbps)
has been negotiated.
FSPeed – Indicates that a USB full speed connection (12 Mbps)
has been negotiated.
State Saved
No
Range
NONE|LSPeed|HSPeed|FSPeed
USB Connection Status (Remote Command Only)
Enables you to determine the current status of the USB connection.
Mode
All
Remote Command
:SYSTem:COMMunicate:USB:STATus?
Example
:SYST:COMM:USB:STAT?
84
Chapter 2
Utility Functions
System
Remote Command
Notes
SUSPended – Indicates that the USB bus is currently in its
suspended state. The bus is in the suspended state when:
The bus is not connected to any controller
The controller is currently powered off
The controller has explicitly placed the USB device into the
suspended state.
When in the suspended state, no USB activity, including start of
frame packets are received.
ACTive – Indicates that the USB device is in the active state.
When the device is in the active state, it is receiving periodic start
of frames but it isn’t necessarily receiving or transmitting data.
State Saved
No
Range
SUSPended|ACTive
USB Packet Count (Remote Command Only)
Enables you to determine the number of packets received and transmitted on the USB bus.
Mode
All
Remote Command
:SYSTem:COMMunicate:USB:PACKets?
Example
:SYST:COMM:USB:PACK?
Remote Command
Notes
Two integers are returned. The first is the number of packets
received since application invocation, the second is the number of
packets transmitted since application invocation. If no packets
have been received or transmitted the response is 0,0.
The packet count is initialized to 0,0 when the instrument
application is started.
State Saved
No
Restore Defaults
Provides incremental initialization of the system setting groups along with supporting a
comprehensive reset of the entire instrument back to a factory default state. The menu
selections are the groups of system settings and when one is selected, that particular group
of system settings is reset back to their default values. The menu options are:
Input/Output Settings, Power On, Alignments, Misc, All Modes, and All.
Mode
All
Chapter 2
85
Utility Functions
System
Remote Command
:SYSTem:DEFault [ALL] | ALIGn | INPut | MISC | MODes
| PON
Example
SYST:DEF
State Saved
No
Key Path
System
Input/Output Settings
Causes the group of settings and data associated with Input/Output front panel key to be a
reset to their default values. This level of Restore System Defaults does not affect any
other system settings, mode settings and does not cause a mode switch.
Confirmation is required to restore the Input/Output setting. The confirmation dialog is:
Example
:SYST:DEF INP
Key Path
System, Restore System Defaults
Power On
This selection causes the Power On settings to be a reset to their default value. This level
of Restore System Defaults does not affect any other system settings, mode settings and
does not cause a mode switch. The Power On settings and their default values are Power
On Type reset to Mode and Input/Output Defaults and Power On Mode reset to whatever
the factory set as its default value.
Confirmation is required to restore the factory default values. The confirmation dialog is:
86
Chapter 2
Utility Functions
System
Example
:SYST:DEF PON
Key Path
System, Restore System Defaults
Align
This selection causes the Alignment system settings to be a reset to their default values.
This does not affect any Alignment data stored in the system. This level of Restore System
Defaults does not affect any other system settings, mode settings and does not cause a
mode switch.
After performing this function, it may impact the auto-alignment time of the instrument
until a new alignment baseline has been established.
Confirmation is required to restore the factory default values. The confirmation dialog is:
Example
:SYST:DEF ALIG
Key Path
System, Restore System Defaults
Chapter 2
87
Utility Functions
System
Misc
This selection causes miscellaneous system settings to be reset to their default values.
With this reset, you lose the GPIB address and it is reset to 18, so this should be used with
caution. This level of Restore System Defaults does not affect any other system settings,
mode settings and does not cause a mode switch. This miscellaneous group contains the
rest of the settings that have not been part of the other Restore System Defaults groups.
The following table is a complete list of settings associated with this group:
Miscellaneous Setting
Default Value
Verbose SCPI
Off
GPIB Address
18
Auto File Name Number
000
Save Type
State
State Save To
Register 1
Screen Save To
SCREEN000.png
DISP:ENABle
ON
Full Screen
Off
SCPI Telnet
ON
SCPI Socket
ON
SILC Server
ON
Display Intensity
100
Display Backlight
ON
Display Theme
TDColor
System Annotation
ON
The SYST:PRES:TYPE
MODE
Confirmation is required to restore the factory default values. The confirmation dialog is:
88
Chapter 2
Utility Functions
System
Example
:SYST:DEF MISC
Key Path
System, Restore System Defaults
All Modes
This selection resets all of the modes in the instrument back to their default state just as a
Restore Mode Defaults does and it switches the instrument to the power-on mode and
causes the default measurement for the power-on mode to be active. This level of Restore
System Defaults does not affect any system settings, but it does affect the state of all
modes and does cause a mode switch unless the instrument was already in the power-on
mode. Confirmation is required to restore the factory default values. The confirmation
dialog is:
.
Example
:SYST:DEF MOD
Dependencies/Couplings
An All Mode will cause the currently running measurement to
be aborted, mode switch to the power-on mode and activate the
default measurement for the power-on mode. It gets the mode to
a consistent state with all of the default couplings set.
Key Path
System, Restore System Defaults
Chapter 2
89
Utility Functions
System
All
This is the catastrophic function that does a comprehensive reset of ALL analyzer settings
to their factory default values. It resets all of the system setting groups, causes a Restore
Mode Defaults for all modes in the instrument and switches back to the power-on mode. It
does not affect the User Preset file or any user saved files.
Confirmation is required to restore the factory default values. The confirmation dialog is:
Example
:SYST:DEF ALL
Dependencies/Couplings
An All will cause the currently running measurement to be
aborted and get all modes to a consistent state, so it is
unnecessary to couple any settings.
Key Path
System, Restore System Defaults
Control Panel…
Opens the Windows Control Panel.
Pressing any key will cause the Control Panel to exit.
Remote Command
Notes
No remote command for this key.
Key Path
System
Licensing…
Opens the license explorer.
90
Chapter 2
Utility Functions
System
For Help on this key, select Help in the menu bar at the top of the license explorer window.
Remote Command
Notes
No equivalent remote command for this key.
Key Path
System
There are five remote commands available for licensing.
Remote Command
:SYSTem:LKEY <”OptionInfo”>, <”LicenseInfo”>
Example
SYST:LKEY “N9073A–1FP”, “B043920A51CA”
SYST:LKEY “N9073A–1F1,1.000”,
“5D71E9BA814C,13-aug–2005”
SYST:LKEY “N9000–001,1.000”,
“8BEDC0B6D4AE,05-apr–2005,SN=0”
Remote Command Notes
The <”OptionInfo”> contains the feature and the version.
You must specify the feature but can omit the version. If you
omit the version, the system regards it as the latest one,
since the system knows which version is supported for each
feature.
The <”LicenseInfo”> contains the signature, the expiration
date, and serial number for transport if transportable. You
must specify the signature, but you can omit the other
information. If you omit the expiration date, the system
regards it as permanent. If you omit the serial number, the
system regards it as non-transportable. As a result, this
supports backward compatibility.
Remote Command
:SYSTem:LKEY:DELete <”OptionInfo”>,<”LicenseInfo”>
Example
SYST:LKEY:DEL “N9073A–1FP”, “B043920A51CA”
SYST:LKEY:DEL “N9073A–1F1,1.000”, “5D71E9BA814C,
13-aug–2005”
Chapter 2
91
Utility Functions
System
Remote Command Notes
The <”OptionInfo”> contains the feature and the version.
You must specify the feature but can omit the version. If you
omit the version, the system regards it as the latest one, if
more than one version is installed.
The <”LicenseInfo”> contains the signature, the expiration
date, and whether or not be transportable. You must specify
the signature, but you can omit the other information. If you
omit the expiration date, the system regards it as
permanent. If you omit the transportability, the system
regards it as non-transportable. As a result, this supports
backward compatibility.
Remote Command
:SYSTem:LKEY:LIST?
Remote Command Notes
Return Value:
An <arbitrary block data> of all the installed instrument
licenses.
The format of each license is as follows.
<Feature>,<Version>,<Signature>,<Expiration
Date>,<Serial Number for Transport>
Return Value Example:
#3136
N9073A–1FP,1.000,B043920A51CA
N9060A–2FP,1.000,4D1D1164BE64
N9020A–508,1.000,389BC042F920
N9073A–1F1,1.000,5D71E9BA814C,13-aug–2005<arbitrary
block data> is:
#NMMM<data>
Where:
N is the number of digits that describes the number of MMM
characters. For example if the data was 55 bytes, N would be
2.
MMM would be the ASCII representation of the number of
bytes. In the previous example, N would be 55.
<data> ASCII contents of the data
Remote Command
:SYSTem:LKEY? <”OptionInfo”>
Example
SYST:LKEY? “N9073A–1FP”
92
Chapter 2
Utility Functions
System
Remote Command Notes
The <”OptionInfo”> contains the feature and the version.
You must specify the feature but can omit the version. If you
omit the version, the system regards it as the latest one.
Return Value:
<”LicenseInfo”> if the license is valid, null otherwise.
<”LicenseInfo”> contains the signature, the expiration date,
and serial number if transportable.
Return Value Example:
“B043920A51CA”
Remote Command
:SYSTem:HID?
Remote Command Notes
Return value is the host ID as a string
Diagnostics
The Diagnostics key in the System menu gives you access to basic diagnostic capabilities of
the instrument.
System, More
Key Path
Show Hardware Statistics
Provides a display of various hardware statistics. The statistics include the following:
Mechanical relay cycles
High and Low temperature extremes
Elapsed time that the instrument has been powered-on (odometer)
The display should appear listing the statistics, product number, serial number, and
firmware revision.
Chapter 2
93
Utility Functions
System
Std Header
Product Number: N9020A
Serial Number: US46340924
Firmware Revision: A.01.01
Mechanical
relays
Calibrator Switch Cycles:
AC/DC Switch Cycles:
2 dB #1 Mechanical Atten Cycles
2 dB #2 Mechanical Atten Cycles
6 dB Mechanical Atten Cycles
10 dB Mechanical Atten Cycles
20 dB Mechanical Atten Cycles
30 dB Mechanical Atten Cycles
High operating temperature extreme:
Low operating temperature extreme
Odometer
Elapsed Time (on
- time) (hours):
1800
60
23489
23400
500000
1000000
2500
60000
4339
+37.2 degC
+18.1 degC
1600
The data will be updated only when the Show Hardware Statistics menu key is pressed, it
will not be updated while the screen is displayed.
The tabular data should be directly printable.
Mode
All
Restriction and Notes
The values displayed on the screen are only updated upon entry
to the screen and not updated while the screen is being
displayed.
Key Path
System, Diagnostics
Each of the hardware statistic items can be queried via SCPI. Query the Mechanical Relay
Cycle Count
Returns the count of mechanical relay cycles.
Remote Command
:SYSTem:MRELay:COUNt?
Example
:SYST:MREL:COUN?
94
Chapter 2
Utility Functions
System
Restriction and Notes
The return value is a comma separated list of the individual
counts for each mechanical relay.
The position of the relays in the list is:
“<Cal Signal>,<AC/DC>,<2dB #1 Atten>,<2dB #2 Atten>,<6dB
Atten>,<10dB Atten>,<20dB Atten>,<30dB Atten>”
Remote Command
Notes
Query Only
Query the Operating Temperature Extremes
Returns the low operating temperature extreme value. The value survives a power-cycle
and is the temperature extreme encountered since the value was reset by the factory or
service center.
Mode
All
Remote Command
:SYSTem:TEMPerature:LEXTreme?
Example
:SYST:TEMP:LEXT?
Restriction and Notes
Value is in degrees Celsius at which the lowest operating
temperature has been recorded since 1st power-up.
State Saved
No
Returns the high operating temperature extreme value. The value survives a power-cycle
and is the temperature extreme encountered since the value was reset by the factory or
service center.
Mode
All
Remote Command
:SYSTem:TEMPerature:HEXTreme?
Example
:SYST:TEMP:HEXT?
Restriction and Notes
Value is in degrees Celsius at which the highest operating
temperature has been recorded since 1st power-up.
State Saved
No
Query the Elapsed Time since 1st power on
Chapter 2
95
Utility Functions
System
Returns the elapsed on-time since 1st power-on (odometer).
Remote Command
:SYSTem:PON:ETIMe?
Example
:SYST:PON:ETIM?
Remote Command
Notes
Query Only
Advanced
Accesses advanced diagnostic capabilities performed in the factory or under instructions
from repair procedures. This menu key is only visible when the logged-in user is
“saservice”. The first access to the Advanced Diagnostic Menu after invoking the
instrument application will require an authentication, which is to enter the Service Code.
Subsequent accesses to the Advanced Diagnostic Menu are unimpeded. The
Authentication dialog looks like:
“OK” is the default key thus the Enter key is used to complete the entry. If invalid Service
Code is entered authentication is not granted and the user is provided the following dialog:
Restriction and Notes
Password is required to access this menu.
Key Path
System, Diagnostics
96
Chapter 2
Utility Functions
System
Service
Accesses capabilities performed in the factory or under instructions from repair
procedures. This menu key is only visible when the logged-in user is “advanceduser” or
“saservice”. The first access to the Service Menu after invoking the instrument application
will require an authentication Service Code.
System
Key Path
List installed Options (Remote Command Only)
Lists the installed options that pertain to the instrument (signal analyzer)..
Mode
All
Remote Command
:SYSTem:OPTions?
Example
:SYST:OPT?
Restriction and Notes
The return string is a comma separated list of the installed
options. For example:
“503,P03,PFR”
:SYSTem:OPTions? and *OPT? are the same.
State Saved
No
Lock the Front Panel keys (Remote Command Only)
Disables the instrument keyboard to prevent local input when the instrument is controlled
remotely. Annunciation showing a “K” for ‘Klock” (keyboard lock) alerts the local user that
the keyboard is locked. Klock is similar to the GPIB Local Lockout function; namely that
no front panel keys are active with the exception of the Power Standby key. (The
instrument is allowed to be turned-off if Klock is ON.) The Klock command is used in
remote control situations where Local Lockout cannot be used.
Although primary intent of Klock is to lock-out the front panel, it will lock-out externally
connected keyboards through USB. Klock has no effect on externally connected pointing
devices (mice).
The front panel ‘Local’ key (Cancel/Esc) has no effect if Klock is ON.
Mode
All
Chapter 2
97
Utility Functions
System
Remote Command
:SYSTem:KLOCk OFF|ON|0|1
:SYSTem:KLOCk?
Example
:SYST:KLOC ON
Remote Command
Notes
Keyboard lock remains in effect until turned-off or the
instrument is power-cycled
Preset
Initialized to OFF at startup, unaffected by Preset
State Saved
No
List SCPI Commands (Remote Command Only)
Outputs a list of the valid SCPI commands for the currently selected Mode.
Remote Command
:SYSTem:HELP:HEADers?
Example
:SYST:HELP:HEAD?
Remote Command
Notes
The output is an IEEE Block format with each command
separated with the New-Line character (hex 0x0A)
SCPI Version Query (Remote Command Only)
Returns the SCPI version number with which the instrument complies. The SCPI industry
standard changes regularly. This command indicates the version used when the
instrument SCPI commands were defined.
Remote Command
:SYSTem:VERSion?
Example
:SYST:VERS?
Date (Remote Command Only)
The recommended access to the Date, Time, and Time zone of the instrument is through
the Windows native control (Control Panel or accessing the Task Bar). You may also access
this information remotely, as shown in this command and Time (below).
Sets or queries the date in the instrument.
Mode
All
Remote Command
:SYSTem:DATE “<year>,<month>,<day>”
:SYSTem:DATE?
98
Chapter 2
Utility Functions
System
Example
:SYST:DATE “2006,05,26”
Remote Command
Notes
<year> is the four digit representation of year. (for example,
2006)
<month> is the two digit representation of year. (for example.
01 to 12)
<day> is the two digit representation of day. (for example, 01 to
28, 29, 30, or 31) depending on the month and year
Time (Remote Command Only)
Sets or queries the time in the instrument.
Mode
All
Remote Command
:SYSTem:TIME “<hour>,<minute>,<second>”
:SYSTem:TIME?
Example
:SYST:TIME “13,05,26”
Remote Command
Notes
<hour> is the two digit representation of the hour in 24 hour
format
<minute> is the two digit representation of minute
<day> is the two digit representation of second
Chapter 2
99
Utility Functions
Preset
Preset
Mode Preset
The Mode preset is the most common way to get the active mode back to a known state. It
will keep you in the currently active mode and reset the mode settings to their mode preset
state. It will never cause a mode switch. It does a partial preset. It does not affect any
mode persistent settings or any system settings.
The Mode Preset does the following for the currently active mode:
• Aborts the currently running measurement.
• Brings up the default menu for the mode, with no active function.
• Sets Measurement settings to their preset values for the active mode only.
• Activates the default measurement.
• Brings up the default menu for the mode.
• Clears the input and output buffers.
• Sets Status Byte to 0.
Remote Command
:SYSTem:PRESet
Example
:SYST:PRES
Restriction and Notes
Clears all pending OPC bits. The Status Byte is set to 0.
Dependencies/Couplings
A Mode Preset will cause the currently running measurement
to be aborted and cause the default measurement to be active.
Mode Preset gets the mode to a consistent state with all of the
default couplings set.
Remote Command
Notes
*RST is preferred over :SYST:PRES for remote operation. *RST
does a Mode Preset as done by the :SYST:PRES command and it
sets the measurement mode to Single measurement rather than
Continuous for optimal remote control throughput.
Key Path
Front-panel key
How-To Preset
The table below shows all possible presets, their corresponding SCPI commands and front
panel access. Instrument settings depend on the current measurement context. Some
settings are local to the current measurement, some are global (common) across all the
measurement in the current mode, and some are global to all the available modes. In a
similar way, restoring the settings to their preset state can be done within the different
100
Chapter 2
Utility Functions
Preset
contexts.
The Auto Couple front panel key is a Meas local key. It sets all Auto/Man parameter
couplings in the measurement to Auto. Any Auto/Man selection that is local to the other
measurements in the mode will not be affected by Auto Couple.
The Meas Preset key is a Meas local key. Meas Preset resets all the variables local to the
current measurement except the persistent ones.
The Mode Preset (front-panel key on front panel) resets all the current mode's Meas local
and Meas global variables except the persistent ones.
The Restore Mode Defaults key resets ALL the Mode variables (and all the Meas global
and Meas local variables), including the persistent ones.
Type Of Preset
SCPI Command
Front Panel Access
Auto Couple
:COUPle ALL
Auto Couple front-panel
key
Meas Preset
:CONFigure:<Measurement>
Meas Setup Menu
Mode Preset
:SYSTem:PRESet
Mode Preset (green key)
Restore Mode Defaults
:INSTrument:DEFault
Mode Setup Menu
Restore All Mode
Defaults
:SYSTem:DEFault MODes
System Menu; Restore
System Default Menu
*RST
*RST
not possible (Mode
Preset with Single)
Restore Input/Output
Defaults
:SYSTem:DEFault INPut
System Menu; Restore
System Default Menu
Restore Power On
Defaults
:SYSTem:DEFault PON
System Menu; Restore
System Default Menu
Restore Alignment
Defaults
:SYSTem:DEFault ALIGn
System Menu; Restore
System Default Menu
Restore Miscellaneous
Defaults
:SYSTem:DEFault MISC
System Menu; Restore
System Default Menu
Restore All System
Defaults
:SYSTem:DEFault [ALL]
System Menu; Restore
System Default Menu
User Preset
:SYSTem:PRESet:USER
User Preset Menu
User Preset All Modes
:SYSTem:PRESet:USER:ALL
User Preset Menu
Power On Mode Preset
:SYSTem:PON:TYPE MODE
System Menu
Power On User Preset
:SYSTem:PON:TYPE USER
System Menu
Power On Last State
:SYSTem:PON:TYPE LAST
System Menu
:SYSTem:PRESet:PERSistent
Chapter 2
101
Utility Functions
Preset
Restore Mode Defaults
Restore Mode Defaults resets the state for the currently active mode by resetting the mode
persistent settings to their factory default values, clearing mode data and by performing a
Mode Preset. This function will never cause a mode switch. This function performs a full
preset for the currently active mode; whereas, Mode Preset performs a partial preset.
Restore Mode Defaults does not affect any system settings. System settings are reset by
Restore System Defaults. This function does reset mode data; as well as settings.
Remote Command
:INSTrument:DEFault
Example
:INST:DEF
Restriction and Notes
A pop-up message comes up saying: “If you are sure, press key
again”.
Dependencies/Couplings
A Restore Mode Defaults will cause the currently running
measurement to be aborted and causes the default
measurement to be active. It gets the mode to a consistent state
with all of the default couplings set.
Remote Command
Notes
Clears all pending OPC bits. The Status Byte is set to 0.
Key Path
Mode Setup
*RST (Remote Command Only)
*RST is equivalent to :SYST:PRES;:INIT:CONT OFF which is a Mode Preset in Single
measurement state. This remote command is preferred over Mode Preset remote command
-:SYST:PRES, as optimal remote programming occurs with the instrument in single
measurement state.
Remote Command
*RST
Example
*RST
Restriction and Notes
Clears all pending OPC bits and the Status Byte is set to 0.
Dependencies/Couplings
A *RST will cause the currently running measurement to be
aborted and cause the default measurement to be active. *RST
gets the mode to a consistent state with all of the default
couplings set.
Remote Command
Notes
Sequential
102
Chapter 2
Utility Functions
User Preset
User Preset
The User Preset key opens up a menu that gives you three choices – execute the User
Preset by pressing the User Preset softkey, User Preset all of the modes in the analyzer by
pressing the User Preset All Modes softkey, and save the current state for the current mode
by pressing the Save User Preset softkey.
User Preset
User Preset behaves similarly to Recall State in that it recalls a hidden Save State file.
However, since each Mode has its own User Preset file, User Preset will never cause a mode
switch, whereas recalling a Save State file may cause a mode switch, if the Save State file
was saved while in a different mode.
The User Preset file is a Save State file. User Preset sets the state of the currently active
mode back to the state that was previously saved for this mode using the Save User Preset
menu key or the SCPI command, SYST:PRES:USER:SAV. So for any given Mode, the only
way to perform a User Preset is from that Mode, not from any other Mode. The user has no
control over the user preset filename and has no direct access to the user preset file.
User Preset recalls a mode’s state which includes all of the variables affected by doing a
Mode Preset. It not only recalls Mode Preset settings, but it also recalls all of the mode
persistent settings. User Preset also recalls all of the Input/Output system settings that
existed at the time Save User Preset was executed.
If a Save User Preset has not been done at any time, User Preset recalls the default user
preset file for the currently active mode. The default user preset files are created if, at
power-on, a mode detects there is no user preset file, so there will never be a scenario when
there is no user preset file to restore. For each mode, the default user preset state is the
same state that would be saved if a Save User Preset is performed in each mode right after
doing a Restore Mode Default and after a Restore Input/Output Defaults.
User Preset does the following:
• Aborts the currently running measurement.
• Sets the mode state to the values defined by Save User Preset.
• Makes the saved measurement for the currently running mode the active
measurement.
• Brings up the saved menu for the power-on mode.
• Clears the input and output buffers.
• Sets the Status Byte to 0.
Remote Command
:SYSTem:PRESet:USER
Chapter 2
103
Utility Functions
User Preset
Example
:SYST:PRES:USER:SAVE
:SYST:PRES:USER
Restriction and Notes
Clears all pending OPC bits. The Status Byte is set to 0.
Dependencies/Couplings
A user preset will cause the currently running measurement to
be aborted and cause the saved measurement to be active.
Recalling a User Preset file has the same issues that recalling a
Save State file has. Some settings may need to be limited and
therefore re-coupled, since the capabilities of the mode may
have changes when the User Preset file was last saved.
Remote Command
Notes
:SYST:PRES:USER:SAVE is used to save the current state as the
user preset state.
Key Path
User Preset
User Preset All Modes
User Preset All Modes behaves similarly to Power On User Preset, since it recalls all of the
User Preset files for each mode, switches to the power-on mode and activates the saved
measurement from the power-on mode User Preset file.
NOTE
When the instrument is secured, all of the user preset files are
converted back to their default user preset files.
User Preset does the following:
• Aborts the currently running measurement.
• Switches the Mode to the power-on mode.
• Restores the User Preset files for each mode.
• Makes the saved measurement for the power-on mode the active measurement.
• Brings up the saved menu for the power-on mode.
• Clears the input and output buffers.
• Sets the Status Byte to 0.
Remote Command
:SYSTem:PRESet:USER:ALL
Example
:SYST:PRES:USER:SAVE
:SYST:PRES:USER:ALL
Restriction and Notes
104
Clears all pending OPC bits. The Status Byte is set to 0.
Chapter 2
Utility Functions
User Preset
Dependencies/Couplings
A user preset will cause the currently running measurement to
be aborted, cause a mode switch to the power-on mode and
cause the saved measurement to be active in the power-on
mode. Recalling a User Preset file has the same issues that
recalling a Save State file has. Some settings may need to be
limited and therefore re-coupled, since the capabilities of the
mode may have changes when the User Preset file was last
saved.
Remote Command
Notes
:SYST:PRES:USER:SAVE is used to save the current state as the
user preset state.
Key Path
User Preset
Save User Preset
Save User Preset saves the currently active mode and its state. The way the user recalls
this User Preset file is by pressing the User Preset menu key or sending the
SYST:PRES:USER remote command. This same state is also saved by the Save State
function.
Remote Command
:SYSTem:PRESet:USER:SAVE
Example
:SYST:PRES:USER:SAVE
Restriction and Notes
:SYST:PRES:SAVE creates the same file as if the user
requested a *SAV or a MMEM: STOR:STAT, except User Preset
Save does not allow the user to specify the filename or the
location of the file.
Key Path
User Preset
Chapter 2
105
Utility Functions
File
File
Opens a menu of keys which access various standard and custom Windows dialogs.
Pressing any other front-panel key exits any of these dialogs.
File Explorer
Opens the standard Windows File Explorer. Pressing any front panel key closes the
Explorer application.
File Explorer opens up in My Documents.
Page Setup
Refer to your Microsoft Windows Operating System manual.
Print Theme – Remote Command
The graphical user interface contains a selection for choosing the Theme to use when
printing. An equivalent remote command is provided. Refer to the View/Display section for
more detail on Themes.
Mode
All
Remote Command
:SYSTem:PRINt:THEMe TDColor | TDMonochrome | FCOLor |
FMONochrome
:SYSTem:PRINt:THEMe?
Example
:SYST:PRIN:THEM FCOL
Preset
FCOL; not part of Preset, but is reset by Restore Misc Defaults
or Restore System Defaults All and survives subsequent
running of the modes
State Saved
No
Print
Refer to your Microsoft Windows Operating System manual.
Exit
This key, when pressed, will exit the Instrument Application. A dialog box will be used to
106
Chapter 2
Utility Functions
File
confirm that the user intended to exit the application:
Mode
All
Key Path
File, Exit
Chapter 2
107
Utility Functions
Print
Print
The Print front-panel key is equivalent to performing a File, Print, OK. It immediately
performs the currently configured Print to the current printer.
Front-panel key
Key Path
108
Chapter 2
Utility Functions
STATus Subsystem (No equivalent front panel keys)
STATus Subsystem (No equivalent front panel keys)
The following graphics show the current MXA Status Register Subsystem implementation.
MXA Status Byte Register System
Status Byte Register
+
+
STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
+
+
+
Condition Register
(- )Trans Filter
(+)Trans Filter
Event Enable Reg
Event Register
+
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
3
Message Available (MAV)
4
Std. Event Status Sum
5
Req. Serv. Sum (RQS)
Reserved
0
6
Operation Status Sum
Reserved
1
7
Reserved
2
POWer Summary
3
(TEMPerature Sum)
4
FREQuency Sum
Reserved
5
Reserved
7
CALibration Summary
INTegrity Sum
8
Reserved
10
Reserved
11
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
12
Always Zero (0)
15
6
9
+
13
14
Oper. Complete
Req. Bus Control
Query Error
Dev. Dep. Error
Execution Error
Command Error
User Request
Power On
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
+
&
STATus:OPERation
STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
RF Align Failure
IF Align Failure
LO Align Failure
ADC Align Failure
Reserved
EXTended Align Needed Sum
EXTended Align Failure Sum
Reserved
Align Skipped Sum
Align RF Now Needed
Reserved
Align All Now Needed
Always Zero (0)
2
Questionable Status Summary
Standard Event Status Register
Condition Register
(- )Trans Filter
(+)Trans Filter
Event Enable Reg
Event Register
Reserved
Freq Ref Unlocked
2nd LO Unlocked
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
IF Synth Unlocked
Cal Osc Unlocked
Even Sec Clock Synth Unlocked
Reserved
Ext Ref missing or out of range
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Always Zero (0)
1
Error/Event Queue Summary
Condition Register
(- )Trans Filter
(+)Trans Filter
Event Enable Reg
Event Register
Condition Register
(- )Trans Filter
(+)Trans Filter
Event Enable Reg
Event Register
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
0
Unused
STATus:QUEStionable
STATus:QUEStionable:TEMPerature
Reserved
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Always Zero (0)
Unused
Condition Register
(- )Trans Filter
(+)Trans Filter
Event Enable Reg
Event Register
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
+
CALibrating
0
Reserved
1
Reserved
2
SWEeping
3
Reserved
4
Waiting for TRIGger
5
Reserved
Reserved
6
7
PAUSed
8
Reserved
DC Coupled
10
Reserved
11
Reserved
12
Reserved
13
Reserved
Always Zero (0)
14
9
&
&
&
&
+
Condition Register
(- )Trans Filter
(+)Trans Filter
Event Enable Reg
Event Register
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
50 MHz Input Pwr too High for Cal
Reserved
Unused
Reserved
Preselector Overload
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Always Zero (0)
Condition Register
(- )Trans Filter
(+)Trans Filter
Event Enable Reg
Event Register
STATus:QUEStionable:POWer
&
&
+
&
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Service Request
Enable Register
15
+
Rev 4
Signal Analysis Division
Chapter 2
June 17, 2007
Page 1
109
Utility Functions
STATus Subsystem (No equivalent front panel keys)
Additional Registers:
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Condition Register
(- )Trans Filter
(+)Trans Filter
Event Enable Reg
Event Register
Unused
Reserved
Burst Not Found
Timing Error
Carrier(s) incorrect or missing
Reserved
Sync Error
Demod Error
Signal too Noisy
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Always Zero (0)
SIGNal Summary
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
IF/ADC Over Range
Reserved
Reserved
Insufficient Data
Acquisition Failure
Memory Problem
Auto-Trigger Timeout
Trigger Problem
Reserved
LO may overload IF
Reserved
Always Zero (0)
+
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Condition Register
(- )Trans Filter
(+)Trans Filter
Event Enable Reg
Event Register
STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity
[for Base Analyzer]
STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:SIGNal
[for Base Analyzer]
+ To bit 9 STATus:QUEStionable
Meas Uncal
Reserved
No Long Code Phase
AC coupled: Accy unspec’d <10MHz
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Always Zero (0)
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Condition Register
(- )Trans Filter
(+)Trans Filter
Event Enable Reg
Event Register
STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:UNCalibrated
[for Base Analyzer]
+
Data Uncalibrated Sum
STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:SKIPped
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Condition Register
(- )Trans Filter
(+)Trans Filter
Event Register
Event Enable Reg
Align RF Skipped
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Always Zero (0)
+
To bit 11 STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration
12
13
14
15
STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:EXTended:FAILure
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Condition Register
(- )Trans Filter
(+)Trans Filter
Event Register
Event Enable Reg
Reserved
Reserved
Characterize Preselector Failure
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Always Zero (0)
+
To bit 9 STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration
12
13
14
15
STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:EXTended:NEEDed
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Condition Register
(- )Trans Filter
(+)Trans Filter
Event Register
Event Enable Reg
Unused
Align 9kHz-30MHz required
Align 30MHz-1GHz required
System Alignment required
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Always Zero (0)
+
To bit 8 STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration
12
13
14
15
Rev 4
Signal Analysis Division
110
June 17, 2007
Page 2
Chapter 2
Utility Functions
STATus Subsystem (No equivalent front panel keys)
Detailed Description
The STATus subsystem remote commands set and query the status hardware registers.
This system of registers monitors various events and conditions in the instrument.
Software written to control the instrument may need to monitor some of these events and
conditions.
All status register commands are sequential. Most commands can be started immediately
and will overlap with any existing commands that are already running. This is not true of
status commands. All the commands in the spectrum analyzer are assumed to be
overlapped unless a command description specifically says that it is sequential.
What Are Status Registers
The status system contains multiple registers that are arranged in a hierarchical order.
The lower-level status registers propagate their data to the higher-level registers in the
data structures by means of summary bits. The status byte register is at the top of the
hierarchy and contains general status information for the instrument’s events and
conditions. All other individual registers are used to determine the specific events or
conditions. For a diagram of the registers and their interconnections, see above.
The operation and questionable status registers are sets of registers that monitor the
overall instrument condition. They are accessed with the STATus:OPERation and
STATus:QUEStionable commands in the STATus command subsystem. Each register set is
made up of five registers:
• Condition Register It reports the real-time state of the signals monitored by this
register set. There is no latching or buffering for a condition register.
• Positive Transition Register This filter register controls which signals will set a bit
in the event register when the signal makes a low to high transition (when the condition
bit changes from 0 to 1).
• Negative Transition Register This filter register controls which signals will set a
bit in the event register when the signal makes a high to low transition (when the
condition bit changes from 1 to 0).
• Event Register It latches any signal state changes, in the way specified by the filter
registers. Bits in the event register are never cleared by signal state changes. Event
registers are cleared when read. They are also cleared by *CLS and by presetting the
instrument.
• Event Enable Register It controls which of the bits, being set in the event register,
will be summarized as a single output for the register set. Summary bits are then used
by the next higher register.
The STATus:QUEStionable registers report abnormal operating conditions. The status
register hierarchy is:
1. The summary outputs from the six STATus:QUEStionable:<keyword> detail registers
are inputs to the STATus:QUEStionable register.
2. The summary output from the STATus:QUEStionable register is an input to the Status
Byte Register. See the overall system in Figure at the beginning of this section.
Chapter 2
111
Utility Functions
STATus Subsystem (No equivalent front panel keys)
The STATus:OPERation register set has no summarized inputs. The inputs to the
STATus:OPERation:CONDition register indicate the real time state of the instrument. The
STATus:OPERation:EVENt register summary output is an input to the Status Byte
Register.
What Are Status Register SCPI Commands
Most monitoring of the instrument conditions is done at the highest level using the IEEE
common commands indicated below. Complete command descriptions are available in the
IEEE commands section at the beginning of the language reference. Individual status
registers can be set and queried using the commands in the STATus subsystem of the
language reference.
• *CLS (clear status) clears the status byte by emptying the error queue and clearing all
the event registers.
• *ESE, *ESE? (event status enable) sets and queries the bits in the enable register part
of the standard event status register.
• *ESR? (event status register) queries and clears the event register part of the standard
event status register.
• *OPC, *OPC? (operation complete) sets the standard event status register to monitor
the completion of all commands. The query stops any new commands from being
processed until the current processing is complete, then returns a ‘1’.
• *PSC, *PSC? (power-on state clear) sets the power-on state so that it clears the service
request enable register and the event status enable register at power on.
• *SRE, *SRE? (service request enable) sets and queries the value of the service request
enable register.
• *STB? (status byte) queries the value of the status byte register without erasing its
contents.
How to Use the Status Registers
A program often needs to be able to detect and manage error conditions or changes in
instrument status. There are two methods you can use to programmatically access the
information in status registers:
• The polling method
• The service request (SRQ) method
In the polling method, the instrument has a passive role. It only tells the controller that
conditions have changed when the controller asks the right question. In the SRQ method,
the instrument takes a more active role. It tells the controller when there has been a
condition change without the controller asking. Either method allows you to monitor one
or more conditions.
The polling method works well if you do not need to know about changes the moment they
occur. The SRQ method should be used if you must know immediately when a condition
changes. To detect a change using the polling method, the program must repeatedly read
the registers.
112
Chapter 2
Utility Functions
STATus Subsystem (No equivalent front panel keys)
Use the SRQ method when:
• you need time-critical notification of changes
• you are monitoring more than one device which supports SRQs
• you need to have the controller do something else while waiting
• you can’t afford the performance penalty inherent to polling
Use polling when:
• your programming language/development environment does not support SRQ
interrupts
• you want to write a simple, single-purpose program and don’t want the added
complexity of setting up an SRQ handler
• To monitor a condition:
1. Determine which register contains the bit that reports the condition.
2. Send the unique SCPI query that reads that register.
3. Examine the bit to see if the condition has changed.
You can monitor conditions in different ways.
• Check the current instrument hardware and firmware status.
Do this by querying the condition registers which continuously monitor status. These
registers represent the current state of the instrument. Bits in a condition register are
updated in real time. When the condition monitored by a particular bit becomes true, the
bit is set to 1. When the condition becomes false, the bit is reset to 0.
• Monitor a particular condition (bit).
You can enable a particular bit(s), using the event enable register. The instrument will
then monitor that particular condition(s). If the bit becomes true (0 to 1 transition) in the
event register, it will stay set until the event register is cleared. Querying the event
register allows you to detect that this condition occurred even if the condition no longer
exists. The event register can only be cleared by querying it or sending the *CLS
command.
• Monitor a particular type of change in a condition (bit).
— The transition registers are preset to register if the condition goes from 0 to 1 (false
to true, or a positive transition).
— This can be changed so the selected condition is detected if the bit goes from 1 to 0
(true to false, or a negative transition).
— It can also be set for both types of transitions occurring.
— Or it can be set for neither transition. If both transition registers are set to 0 for a
particular bit position, that bit will not be set in the event register for either type of
change.
Chapter 2
113
Utility Functions
STATus Subsystem (No equivalent front panel keys)
Using a Status Register
Each bit in a register is represented by a numerical value based on its location. See figure
below. This number is sent with the command to enable a particular bit. If you want to
enable more than one bit, you would send the sum of all the bits that you want to monitor.
Figure: Status Register Bit Values
Bit 15 is not used to report status.
Example 1:
1. To enable bit 0 and bit 6 of standard event status register, you would send the command
*ESE 65 because 1 + 64 = 65.
2. The results of a query are evaluated in a similar way. If the *STB? command returns a
decimal value of 140, (140 = 128 + 8 + 4) then bit 7 is true, bit 3 is true and bit 2 is true.
Example 2:
1. Suppose you want to know if an Auto-trigger Timeout occurs, but you only cared about
that specific condition. So you would want to know what was happening with bit 10 in
the Status Questionable Integrity register, and not about any other bits.
2. It’s usually a good idea to start by clearing all the status registers with *CLS.
3. Sending the STAT:QUES:INT:ENAB 1024 command lets you monitor only bit 10 events,
instead of the default monitoring all the bits in the register. The register default is for
positive transition events (0 to 1 transition). That is, when an auto-trigger timeout
occurs. If instead, you wanted to know when the Auto-trigger timeout condition is
cleared, then you would set the STAT:QUES:INT:PTR 0 and the STAT:QUES:INT:NTR
32767.
4. So now the only output from the Status Questionable Integrity register will come from a
bit 10 positive transition. That output goes to the Integrity Sum bit 9 of the Status
Questionable register.
114
Chapter 2
Utility Functions
STATus Subsystem (No equivalent front panel keys)
5. You can do a similar thing with this register to only look at bit 9 using,
STAT:QUES:ENAB 512.
6. The Status Questionable register output goes to the “Status Questionable Summary”
bit 3 of the Status Byte Register. The output from this register can be enabled using the
*SRE 8 command.
7. Finally, you would use the serial polling functionality available for the particular
bus/software that you are using to monitor the Status Byte Register. (You could also use
*STB? to poll the Status Byte Register.)
Using the Service Request (SRQ) Method
Your language, bus and programming environment must be able to support SRQ
interrupts. (For example, BASIC used with VXI–11.3 (GPIB over LAN). When you monitor
a condition with the SRQ method, you must:
1. Determine which bit monitors the condition.
2. Determine how that bit reports to the request service (RQS) bit of the status byte.
3. Send SCPI commands to enable the bit that monitors the condition and to enable the
summary bits that report the condition to the RQS bit.
4. Enable the controller to respond to service requests.
When the condition changes, the instrument sets its RQS bit. The controller is informed of
the change as soon as it occurs. As a result, the time the controller would otherwise have
used to monitor the condition can be used to perform other tasks. Your program
determines how the controller responds to the SRQ.
Generating a Service Request To use the SRQ method, you must understand how service
requests are generated. Bit 6 of the status byte register is the request service (RQS) bit.
The *SRE command is used to configure the RQS bit to report changes in instrument
status. When such a change occurs, the RQS bit is set. It is cleared when the status byte
register is queried using *SRE? (with a serial poll.) It can be queried without erasing the
contents with *STB?.
When a register set causes a summary bit in the status byte to change from 0 to 1, the
instrument can initiate the service request (SRQ) process. However, the process is only
initiated if both of the following conditions are true:
• The corresponding bit of the service request enable register is also set to 1.
• The instrument does not have a service request pending. (A service request is
considered to be pending between the time the instrument’s SRQ process is initiated
and the time the controller reads the status byte register.)
The SRQ process sets the SRQ true. It also sets the status byte’s request service (RQS) bit
to 1. Both actions are necessary to inform the controller that the instrument requires
service. Setting the SRQ line only informs the controller that some device on the bus
requires service. Setting the RQS bit allows the controller to determine which instrument
Chapter 2
115
Utility Functions
STATus Subsystem (No equivalent front panel keys)
requires service.
If your program enables the controller to detect and respond to service requests, it should
instruct the controller to perform a serial poll when the SRQ is set true. Each device on the
bus returns the contents of its status byte register in response to this poll. The device
whose RQS bit is set to 1 is the device that requested service.
When you read the instrument’s status byte register with a serial poll, the RQS bit is reset
to 0. Other bits in the register are not affected.
If the status register is configured to SRQ on end-of-measurement and the measurement is
in continuous mode, then restarting a measurement (INIT command) can cause the
measuring bit to pulse low. This causes an SRQ when you have not actually reached the
"end-of-measurement" condition. To avoid this:
1. Set INITiate:CONTinuous off.
2. Set/enable the status registers.
3. Restart the measurement (send INIT).
Status Register System
The hardware status registers are combined to form the instrument status system.
Specific status bits are assigned to monitor various aspects of the instrument operation
and status. See the diagram of the status system above for information about the bit
assignments and status register interconnections.
116
Chapter 2
Utility Functions
STATus Subsystem (No equivalent front panel keys)
The Status Byte Register
The RQS bit is read and reset by a serial poll. The same bit position (MSS) is read,
non-destructively by the *STB? command. If you serial poll bit 6 it is read as RQS, but if
you send *STB it reads bit 6 as MSS. For more information refer to IEEE 488.2 standards,
section 11.
Chapter 2
117
Utility Functions
STATus Subsystem (No equivalent front panel keys)
Bit
Description
0, 1
These bits are always set to 0.
2
A 1 in this bit position indicates that the SCPI error queue is not empty
which means that it contains at least one error message.
3
A 1 in this bit position indicates that the data questionable summary bit
has been set. The data questionable event register can then be read to
determine the specific condition that caused this bit to be set.
4
A 1 in this bit position indicates that the instrument has data ready in the
output queue. There are no lower status groups that provide input to this
bit.
5
A 1 in this bit position indicates that the standard event summary bit has
been set. The standard event status register can then be read to determine
the specific event that caused this bit to be set.
6
A 1 in this bit position indicates that the instrument has at least one reason
to report a status change. This bit is also called the master summary status
bit (MSS).
7
A 1 in this bit position indicates that the standard operation summary bit
has been set. The standard operation event register can then be read to
determine the specific condition that caused this bit to be set.
To query the status byte register, send the command *STB? The response will be the
decimal sum of the bits which are set to 1. For example, if bit number 7 and bit number 3
are set to 1, the decimal sum of the 2 bits is 128 plus 8. So the decimal value 136 is
returned. The *STB command does not clear the status register.
In addition to the status byte register, the status byte group also contains the service
118
Chapter 2
Utility Functions
STATus Subsystem (No equivalent front panel keys)
request enable register. This register lets you choose which bits in the status byte register
will trigger a service request.
Send the *SRE <integer> command where <integer> is the sum of the decimal values of
the bits you want to enable plus the decimal value of bit 6. For example, assume that you
want to enable bit 7 so that whenever the standard operation status register summary bit
is set to 1 it will trigger a service request. Send the command *SRE 192 (because 192 = 128
+ 64). You must always add 64 (the numeric value of RQS bit 6) to your numeric sum when
you enable any bits for a service request. The command *SRE? returns the decimal value
of the sum of the bits previously enabled with the *SRE <integer> command.
The service request enable register presets to zeros (0).
Chapter 2
119
Utility Functions
STATus Subsystem (No equivalent front panel keys)
Standard Event Status Register
The standard event status register contains the following bits:
Bit
Description
120
Chapter 2
Utility Functions
STATus Subsystem (No equivalent front panel keys)
0
A 1 in this bit position indicates that all pending operations were
completed following execution of the *OPC command.
1
This bit is for GPIB handshaking to request control. Currently it is set
to 0 because there are no implementations where the spectrum
analyzer controls another instrument.
2
A 1 in this bit position indicates that a query error has occurred.
Query errors have SCPI error numbers from -499 to -400.
3
A 1 in this bit position indicates that a device dependent error has
occurred. Device dependent errors have SCPI error numbers from
-399 to -300 and 1 to 32767.
4
A 1 in this bit position indicates that an execution error has occurred.
Execution errors have SCPI error numbers from -299 to -200.
5
A 1 in this bit position indicates that a command error has occurred.
Command errors have SCPI error numbers from -199 to -100.
6
A 1 in this bit position indicates that the LOCAL key has been
pressed. This is true even if the instrument is in local lockout mode.
7
A 1 in this bit position indicates that the instrument has been turned
off and then on.
The standard event status register is used to determine the specific event that set bit 5 in
the status byte register. To query the standard event status register, send the command
*ESR?. The response will be the decimal sum of the bits which are enabled (set to 1). For
example, if bit number 7 and bit number 3 are enabled, the decimal sum of the 2 bits is 128
plus 8. So the decimal value 136 is returned.
In addition to the standard event status register, the standard event status group also
contains a standard event status enable register. This register lets you choose which bits in
the standard event status register will set the summary bit (bit 5 of the status byte
register) to 1. Send the *ESE <integer> command where <integer> is the sum of the
decimal values of the bits you want to enable. For example, to enable bit 7 and bit 6 so that
whenever either of those bits is set to 1, the standard event status summary bit of the
status byte register will be set to 1, send the command *ESE 192 (128 + 64). The command
*ESE? returns the decimal value of the sum of the bits previously enabled with the *ESE
<integer> command.
The standard event status enable register presets to zeros (0).
Chapter 2
121
Utility Functions
STATus Subsystem (No equivalent front panel keys)
Operation and Questionable Status Registers
The operation and questionable status registers are registers that monitor the overall
instrument condition. They are accessed with the STATus:OPERation and
STATus:QUEStionable commands in the STATus command subsystem. See the figure at
the beginning of this chapter.
Operation Status Register
The operation status register monitors the current instrument measurement state. It
checks to see if the instrument is calibrating, sweeping, or waiting for a trigger. For more
information see the *OPC? command located in the IEEE Common Commands section.
Bit
Condition
Operation
0
Calibrating
The instrument is busy executing its Align Now process
3
Sweeping
The instrument is busy taking a sweep.
4
Measuring
The instrument is busy making a measurement.
Measurements often require multiple sweeps. They are
initiated by keys under the MEASURE key or with the
MEASure group of commands.
The bit is currently only valid for Modes: ESA/PSA:
Spectrum Analysis, Phase Noise, and ESA: Bluetooth,
cdmaOne, GSM
5
Waiting for
trigger
The instrument is waiting for the trigger conditions to be
met, then it will trigger a sweep or measurement.
8
Paused
The instrument is paused (waiting) because you have
pressed the Pause Meas Control key or send the
INITiate:PAUSe command.
Bit is currently only valid for Modes: ESA/PSA: Spectrum
Analysis, Phase Noise, and ESA: Bluetooth, cdmaOne, GSM
122
Chapter 2
Utility Functions
STATus Subsystem (No equivalent front panel keys)
Questionable Status Register
The questionable status register monitors the instrument’s condition to see if anything
questionable has happened to it. It is looking for anything that might cause an error or a
bad measurement like a hardware problem, an out of calibration situation, or a unusual
signal. All the bits are summary bits from lower-level event registers.
Bit
Condition
Operation
3
Power summary
The instrument hardware has detected a power
unleveled condition.
4
Temperature summary
The instrument is still warming up.
5
Frequency summary
The instrument hardware has detected an unlocked
condition or a problem with the external frequency
reference.
8
Calibration summary
The instrument has detected a hardware problem
while doing the automatic internal alignment
process.
9
Integrity summary
The instrument has detected a questionable
measurement condition such as: bad timing, bad
signal/data, timeout problem, signal overload, or
“meas uncal”.
STATus Subsystem Command Descriptions
The STATus subsystem controls the SCPI-defined instrument status reporting structures.
Each status register has a set of five commands used for querying or masking that
particular register.
Numeric values for bit patterns can be entered using decimal or hexadecimal
representations. (i.e. 0 to 32767 is equivalent to #H0 to #H7FFF. It is also equal to all ones,
111111111111111) See the SCPI Basics information about using bit patterns for variable
parameters.
Operation Register
Operation Condition Query
This query returns the decimal value of the sum of the bits in the Status Operation
Condition register.
The data in this register is continuously updated and reflects the current conditions.
Mode
All
Remote Command
:STATus:OPERation:CONDition?
Example
STAT:OPER:COND?
Chapter 2
123
Utility Functions
STATus Subsystem (No equivalent front panel keys)
Preset
0
SCPI Status Bits/OPC
Dependencies
Sequential command
Operation Enable
This command determines which bits in the Operation Event register, will set the
Operation Status Summary bit (bit 7) in the Status Byte Register. The variable <integer>
is the sum of the decimal values of the bits you want to enable.
The preset condition is to have all bits in this enable register set to 0. To have any
Operation Events reported to the Status Byte Register, one or more bits need to be set to 1.
R&D: There is little reason to have any bits enabled for typical manufacturing tests.
Enabling bits in this register would be of more value during test development.
Mode
All
Remote Command
:STATus:OPERation:ENABle <integer>
:STATus:OPERation:ENABle?
Example
STAT:OPER:ENAB 1 Sets the register so that Align Now
operation will be reported to the Status Byte Register.
Preset
0
Min
0
Max
32767
SCPI Status Bits/OPC
Dependencies
Sequential command
Operation Event Query
This query returns the decimal value of the sum of the bits in the Operation Event
register.
The register requires that the associated PTR or NTR filters be set before a condition
register bit can set a bit in the event register. The data in this register is latched until it is
queried. Once queried, the register is cleared.
Mode
All
Remote Command
:STATus:OPERation[:EVENt]?
Example
STAT:OPER?
Preset
0
124
Chapter 2
Utility Functions
STATus Subsystem (No equivalent front panel keys)
SCPI Status Bits/OPC
Dependencies
Sequential command
Operation Negative Transition
This command determines which bits in the Operation Condition register will set the
corresponding bit in the Operation Event register when the condition register bit has a
negative transition (1 to 0). The variable <integer> is the sum of the decimal values of the
bits that you want to enable.
Mode
All
Remote Command
:STATus:OPERation:NTRansition <integer>
:STATus:OPERation:NTRansition?
Example
STAT:OPER:NTR 1 Align Now operation complete will be
reported to the Status Byte Register.
Preset
0
Min
0
Max
32767
SCPI Status Bits/OPC
Dependencies
Sequential command
Operation Positive Transition
This command determines which bits in the Operation Condition register will set the
corresponding bit in the Operation Event register when the condition register bit has a
positive transition (0 to 1). The variable <integer> is the sum of the decimal values of the
bits that you want to enable.
Mode
All
Remote Command
:STATus:OPERation:PTRansition <integer>
:STATus:OPERation:PTRansition?
Example
STAT:OPER:PTR 1 Align Now operation beginning will be
reported to the Status Byte Register.
Preset
32767
Min
0
Max
32767
Chapter 2
125
Utility Functions
STATus Subsystem (No equivalent front panel keys)
SCPI Status Bits/OPC
Dependencies
Sequential command
Preset the Status Byte
Sets bits in most of the enable and transition registers to their default state. It presets all
the Transition Filters, Enable Registers, and the Error/Event Queue Enable. It has no
effect on Event Registers, Error/Event QUEue, IEEE 488.2 ESE, and SRE Registers as
described in IEEE Standard 488.2–1992, IEEE Standard Codes, Formats, Protocols and
Common Commands for Use with ANSI/IEEE Std 488.1–1987. New York, NY, 1992.
Remote Command
:STATus:PRESet
Example
STAT:PRES
Questionable Register
Questionable Condition
This query returns the decimal value of the sum of the bits in the Questionable Condition
register.
The data in this register is continuously updated and reflects the current conditions.
Mode
All
Remote Command
:STATus:QUEStionable:CONDition?
Example
STAT:QUES:COND?
Preset
0
SCPI Status Bits/OPC
Dependencies
Sequential command
Questionable Enable
This command determines which bits in the Questionable Event register will set the
Questionable Status Summary bit (bit3) in the Status Byte Register. The variable
<integer> is the sum of the decimal values of the bits you want to enable.
The preset condition is all bits in this enable register set to 0. To have any Questionable
Events reported to the Status Byte Register, one or more bits need to be set to 1. The
Status Byte Event Register should be queried after each measurement to check the
126
Chapter 2
Utility Functions
STATus Subsystem (No equivalent front panel keys)
Questionable Status Summary (bit 3). If it is equal to 1, a condition during the test may
have made the test results invalid. If it is equal to 0, this indicates that no hardware
problem or measurement problem was detected by the analyzer.
Mode
All
Remote Command
:STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle 16 Sets the register so that
temperature summary will be reported to the Status Byte
Register
:STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle?
Example
STAT:OPER:PTR 1 Align Now operation beginning will be
reported to the Status Byte Register.
Preset
0
Min
0
Max
32767
SCPI Status Bits/OPC
Dependencies
Sequential command
Questionable Event Query
This query returns the decimal value of the sum of the bits in the Questionable Event
register.
The register requires that the associated PTR or NTR filters be set before a condition
register bit can set a bit in the event register. The data in this register is latched until it is
queried. Once queried, the register is cleared.
Mode
All
Remote Command
:STATus:QUEStionable[:EVENt]?
Example
STAT:QUES?
Preset
0
SCPI Status Bits/OPC
Dependencies
Sequential command
Questionable Negative Transition
This command determines which bits in the Questionable Condition register will set the
corresponding bit in the Questionable Event register when the condition register bit has a
negative transition (1 to 0). The variable <integer> is the sum of the decimal values of the
Chapter 2
127
Utility Functions
STATus Subsystem (No equivalent front panel keys)
bits that you want to enable.
Mode
All
Remote Command
:STATus:QUEStionable:NTRansition 16 Temperature
summary ‘questionable cleared’ will be reported to the Status
Byte Register.
:STATus:QUEStionable:NTRansition?
Example
STAT:QUES:NTR 16 Temperature summary ‘questionable
cleared’ will be reported to the Status Byte Register.
Preset
0
Min
0
Max
32767
SCPI Status Bits/OPC
Dependencies
Sequential command
Questionable Positive Transition
This command determines which bits in the Questionable Condition register will set the
corresponding bit in the Questionable Event register when the condition register bit has a
positive transition (0 to 1). The variable <integer> is the sum of the decimal values of the
bits that you want to enable.
Mode
All
Remote Command
:STATus:QUEStionable:PTRansition <integer>
:STATus:QUEStionable:PTRansition?
Example
STAT:QUES:PTR 16 Temperature summary ‘questionable
asserted’ will be reported to the Status Byte Register.
Preset
32767
Min
0
Max
32767
SCPI Status Bits/OPC
Dependencies
Sequential command
Questionable Calibration Register
Questionable Calibration Condition
This query returns the decimal value of the sum of the bits in the Questionable Calibration
Condition register.
128
Chapter 2
Utility Functions
STATus Subsystem (No equivalent front panel keys)
The data in this register is continuously updated and reflects the current conditions.
Mode
All
Remote Command
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:CONDition?
Example
STAT:QUES:CAL:COND?
Preset
0
SCPI Status Bits/OPC
Dependencies
Sequential command
Questionable Calibration Enable
This command determines which bits in the Questionable Calibration Condition Register
will set bits in the Questionable Calibration Event register, which also sets the Calibration
Summary bit (bit 8) in the Questionable Register. The variable <integer> is the sum of the
decimal values of the bits you want to enable.
Mode
All
Remote Command
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:ENABle <integer>
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:ENABle?
Example
STAT:QUES:CAL:ENAB 16384 Can be used to query if an
alignment is needed, if you have turned off the automatic
alignment process.
Min
0
Max
32767
SCPI Status Bits/OPC
Dependencies
Sequential command
Questionable Calibration Event Query
This query returns the decimal value of the sum of the bits in the Questionable Calibration
Event register.
NOTE: The register requires that the associated PTR or NTR filters be set before a
condition register bit can set a bit in the event register. The data in this register is latched
until it is queried. Once queried, the register is cleared.
Mode
All
Remote Command
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration[:EVENt]?
Example
STAT:QUES:CAL?
Chapter 2
129
Utility Functions
STATus Subsystem (No equivalent front panel keys)
Preset
0
SCPI Status Bits/OPC
Dependencies
Sequential command
Questionable Calibration Negative Transition
This command determines which bits in the Questionable Calibration Condition register
will set the corresponding bit in the Questionable Calibration Event register when the
condition register bit has a negative transition (1 to 0). The variable <integer> is the sum
of the decimal values of the bits that you want to enable.
Mode
All
Remote Command
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:NTRansition
<integer>
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:NTRansition?
Example
STAT:QUES:CAL:NTR 16384 Alignment is not required.
Preset
0
Min
0
Max
32767
SCPI Status Bits/OPC
Dependencies
Sequential command
Questionable Calibration Positive Transition
This command determines which bits in the Questionable Calibration Condition register
will set the corresponding bit in the Questionable Calibration Event register when the
condition register bit has a positive transition (0 to 1). The variable <integer> is the sum of
the decimal values of the bits that you want to enable.
Mode
All
Remote Command
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:PTRansition
<integer>
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:PTRansition?
Example
STAT:QUES:CAL:PTR 16384 Alignment is required.
Preset
32767
Min
0
Max
32767
130
Chapter 2
Utility Functions
STATus Subsystem (No equivalent front panel keys)
SCPI Status Bits/OPC
Dependencies
Sequential command
Questionable Calibration Skipped Register
Questionable Calibration Skipped Condition
This query returns the decimal value of the sum of the bits in the Questionable Calibration
Skipped Condition register.
NOTE
The data in this register is continuously updated and reflects the
current conditions.
Mode
All
Remote Command
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:SKIPped:CONDition?
Example
STAT:QUES:CAL:SKIP:COND?
Preset
0
SCPI Status Bits/OPC
Dependencies
Sequential command
Questionable Calibration Skipped Enable This command determines which bits in the
Questionable Calibration Skipped Condition Register will set bits in the Questionable
Calibration Skipped Event register, which also sets bit 11 of the Questionable Calibration
Register. The variable <integer> is the sum of the decimal values of the bits you want to
enable.
Mode
All
Remote Command
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:SKIPped:ENABle
<integer>
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:SKIPped:ENABle?
Example
STAT:QUES:CAL:SKIP:ENAB 1 Can be used to query if an
EMI alignment skipped condition is detected
Preset
32767
Min
0
Max
32767
Chapter 2
131
Utility Functions
STATus Subsystem (No equivalent front panel keys)
SCPI Status Bits/OPC
Dependencies
Sequential command
Questionable Calibration Skipped Event Query
This query returns the decimal value of the sum of the bits in the Questionable Calibration
Event register.
NOTE
The register requires that the associated PTR or NTR filters be set
before a condition register bit can set a bit in the event register. The
data in this register is latched until it is queried. Once queried, the
register is cleared.
Mode
All
Remote Command
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:SKIPped[:EVENt]?
Example
STAT:QUES:CAL:SKIP?
Preset
0
SCPI Status Bits/OPC
Dependencies
Sequential command
Questionable Calibration Skipped Negative Transition
This command determines which bits in the Questionable Calibration Skipped Condition
register will set the corresponding bit in the Questionable Calibration Skipped Event
register when the condition register bit has a negative transition (1 to 0). The variable
<integer> is the sum of the decimal values of the bits that you want to enable.
Mode
All
Remote Command
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:SKIPped:NTRansiti
on <integer>
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:SKIPped:NTRansiti
on?
Example
STAT:QUES:CAL:SKIP:NTR 1 Align RF skipped is not
required.
Preset
0
Min
0
Max
32767
132
Chapter 2
Utility Functions
STATus Subsystem (No equivalent front panel keys)
SCPI Status Bits/OPC
Dependencies
Sequential command
Questionable Calibration Skipped Positive Transition
This command determines which bits in the Questionable Calibration Skipped Condition
register will set the corresponding bit in the Questionable Calibration Skipped Event
register when the condition register bit has a positive transition (0 to 1). The variable
<integer> is the sum of the decimal values of the bits that you want to enable.
Mode
All
Remote Command
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:SKIPped:PTRansiti
on <integer>
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:SKIPped:PTRansiti
on?
Example
STAT:QUES:CAL:SKIP:PTR 1 Align RF skipped is required.
Preset
32767
Min
0
Max
32767
SCPI Status Bits/OPC
Dependencies
Sequential command
Questionable Calibration Extended Failure Register
Questionable Calibration Extended Failure Condition
This query returns the decimal value of the sum of the bits in the Questionable Calibration
Extended Failure Condition register.
NOTE
The data in this register is continuously updated and reflects the
current conditions.
Mode
All
Remote
Command
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:EXTended:FAILure:CONDition?
Example
STAT:QUES:CAL:EXT:FAIL:COND?
Preset
0
Chapter 2
133
Utility Functions
STATus Subsystem (No equivalent front panel keys)
SCPI
Status
Bits/OPC
Dependenci
es
Sequential command
Questionable Calibration Extended Failure Enable
This command determines which bits in the Questionable Calibration Extended Failure
Condition Register will set bits in the Questionable Calibration Extended Failure Event
register, which also sets bit 9 of the Questionable Calibration Register. The variable
<integer> is the sum of the decimal values of the bits you want to enable.
Mode
All
Remote Command
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:EXTended:FAILure:ENABle
<integer>
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:EXTended:FAILure:ENABle?
Example
STAT:QUES:CAL:EXT:FAIL:ENAB 1 Can be used to query if an EMI
conducted alignment is needed.
Preset
32767
Min
0
Max
32767
SCPI Status Bits/OPC
Dependencies
Sequential command
Questionable Calibration Extended Failure Event Query
This query returns the decimal value of the sum of the bits in the Questionable Calibration
Extended Failure Event register.
NOTE
The register requires that the associated PTR or NTR filters be set
before a condition register bit can set a bit in the event register. The
data in this register is latched until it is queried. Once queried, the
register is cleared.
Mode
All
Remote
Command
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:EXTended:FAILure[:EVENt]?
Example
STAT:QUES:CAL:EXT:FAIL?
134
Chapter 2
Utility Functions
STATus Subsystem (No equivalent front panel keys)
Preset
0
SCPI Status
Bits/OPC
Dependencies
Sequential command
Questionable Calibration Extended Failure Negative Transition
This command determines which bits in the Questionable Calibration Extended Failure
Condition register will set the corresponding bit in the Questionable Calibration Extended
Failure Event register when the condition register bit has a negative transition (1 to 0).
The variable <integer> is the sum of the decimal values of the bits that you want to enable.
Mode
All
Remote Command
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:EXTended:FAILure:NTRansition
<integer>
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:EXTended:FAILure:NTRansition?
Example
STAT:QUES:CAL:EXT:FAIL:NTR 1 EMI conducted align failure is not
required.
Preset
0
Min
0
Max
32767
SCPI Status Bits/OPC
Dependencies
Sequential command
Questionable Calibration Extended Failure Positive Transition
This command determines which bits in the Questionable Calibration Extended Failure
Condition register will set the corresponding bit in the Questionable Calibration Extended
Failure Event register when the condition register bit has a positive transition (0 to 1). The
variable <integer> is the sum of the decimal values of the bits that you want to enable.
Mode
All
Remote
Command
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:EXTended:FAILure:PTRansition
<integer>
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:EXTended:FAILure:PTRansition?
Example
STAT:QUES:CAL:EXT:FAIL:PTR 1 EMI conducted align failure is
required.
Preset
32767
Min
0
Chapter 2
135
Utility Functions
STATus Subsystem (No equivalent front panel keys)
Max
32767
SCPI Status
Bits/OPC
Dependencies
Sequential command
Questionable Calibration Extended Needed Register
Questionable Calibration Extended Needed Condition
This query returns the decimal value of the sum of the bits in the Questionable Calibration
Extended Needed Condition register.
NOTE
The data in this register is continuously updated and reflects the
current conditions.
Mode
All
Remote
Command
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:EXTended:NEEDed:CONDition?
Example
STAT:QUES:CAL:EXT:NEED:COND?
Preset
0
SCPI Status
Bits/OPC
Dependencie
s
Sequential command
Questionable Calibration Extended Needed Enable
This command determines which bits in the Questionable Calibration Extended Needed
Condition Register will set bits in the Questionable Calibration Extended Needed Event
register, which also sets bit 14 of the Questionable Calibration Register. The variable
<integer> is the sum of the decimal values of the bits you want to enable.
Mode
All
Remote Command
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:EXTended:NEEDed:ENABle
<integer>
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:EXTended:NEEDed:ENABle?
Example
STAT:QUES:CAL:EXT:NEED:ENAB 2 Can be used to query if an
EMI conducted alignment is needed.
Preset
32767
136
Chapter 2
Utility Functions
STATus Subsystem (No equivalent front panel keys)
Min
0
Max
32767
SCPI Status Bits/OPC
Dependencies
Sequential command
Questionable Calibration Extended Needed Event Query
This query returns the decimal value of the sum of the bits in the Questionable Calibration
Extended Needed Event register.
NOTE
The register requires that the associated PTR or NTR filters be set
before a condition register bit can set a bit in the event register. The
data in this register is latched until it is queried. Once queried, the
register is cleared.
Mode
All
Remote
Command
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:EXTended:NEEDed[:EVENt]?
Example
STAT:QUES:CAL:EXT:NEED?
Preset
0
SCPI Status
Bits/OPC
Dependencies
Sequential command
Questionable Calibration Extended Needed Negative Transition
This command determines which bits in the Questionable Calibration Extended Needed
Condition register will set the corresponding bit in the Questionable Calibration Extended
Needed Event register when the condition register bit has a negative transition (1 to 0).
The variable <integer> is the sum of the decimal values of the bits that you want to enable.
Mode
All
Remote
Command
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:EXTended:NEEDed:NTRansition
<integer>
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:EXTended:NEEDed:NTRansition?
Example
STAT:QUES:CAL:EXT:NEED:NTR 2 Align EMI conducted is not
required.
Preset
0
Chapter 2
137
Utility Functions
STATus Subsystem (No equivalent front panel keys)
Min
0
Max
32767
SCPI Status
Bits/OPC
Dependencies
Sequential command
Questionable Calibration Extended Needed Positive Transition
This command determines which bits in the Questionable Calibration Extended Needed
Condition register will set the corresponding bit in the Questionable Calibration Extended
Needed Event register when the condition register bit has a positive transition (0 to 1). The
variable <integer> is the sum of the decimal values of the bits that you want to enable.
Mode
All
Remote
Command
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:EXTended:NEEDed:PTRansition
<integer>
:STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:EXTended:NEEDed:PTRansition?
Example
STAT:QUES:CAL:EXT:NEED:PTR 2 Align EMI conducted is required.
Preset
32767
Min
0
Max
32767
SCPI Status
Bits/OPC
Dependencies
Sequential command
Questionable Frequency Register
Questionable Frequency Condition
This query returns the decimal value of the sum of the bits in the Questionable Frequency
Condition register.
NOTE
The data in this register is continuously updated and reflects the
current conditions.
Mode
All
Remote Command
:STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:CONDition?
Example
STAT:QUES:FREQ:COND?
138
Chapter 2
Utility Functions
STATus Subsystem (No equivalent front panel keys)
Preset
0
SCPI Status Bits/OPC
Dependencies
Sequential command
Questionable Frequency Enable
This command determines which bits in the Questionable Frequency Condition Register
will set bits in the Questionable Frequency Event register, which also sets the Frequency
Summary bit (bit 5) in the Questionable Register. The variable <integer> is the sum of the
decimal values of the bits you want to enable.
Mode
All
Remote Command
:STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:ENABle <integer>
:STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:ENABle?
Example
STAT:QUES:FREQ:ENAB 2 Frequency Reference Unlocked
will be reported to the Frequency Summary of the Status
Questionable register.
Preset
32767
Min
0
Max
32767
SCPI Status Bits/OPC
Dependencies
Sequential command
Questionable Frequency Event Query
This query returns the decimal value of the sum of the bits in the Questionable Frequency
Event register.
NOTE
The register requires that the associated PTR or NTR filters be set
before a condition register bit can set a bit in the event register. The
data in this register is latched until it is queried. Once queried, the
register is cleared.
Mode
All
Remote Command
:STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency[:EVENt]?
Example
STAT:QUES:FREQ?
Preset
0
Chapter 2
139
Utility Functions
STATus Subsystem (No equivalent front panel keys)
SCPI Status Bits/OPC
Dependencies
Sequential command
Questionable Frequency Negative Transition
This command determines which bits in the Questionable Frequency Condition register
will set the corresponding bit in the Questionable Frequency Event register when the
condition register bit has a negative transition (1 to 0). The variable <integer> is the sum
of the decimal values of the bits that you want to enable.
Mode
All
Remote Command
:STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:NTRansition
<integer>
:STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:NTRansition?
Example
STAT:QUES:FREQ:NTR 2 Frequency Reference ‘regained
lock’ will be reported to the Frequency Summary of the Status
Questionable register.
Preset
0
Min
0
Max
32767
SCPI Status Bits/OPC
Dependencies
Sequential command
Questionable Frequency Positive Transition
This command determines which bits in the Questionable Frequency Condition register
will set the corresponding bit in the Questionable Frequency Event register when the
condition register bit has a positive transition (0 to 1). The variable <integer> is the sum of
the decimal values of the bits that you want to enable.
Mode
All
Remote Command
:STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:PTRansition
<integer>
:STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:PTRansition?
Example
STAT:QUES:FREQ:PTR 2 Frequency Reference ‘became
unlocked’ will be reported to the Frequency Summary of the
Status Questionable register.
Preset
32767
Min
0
140
Chapter 2
Utility Functions
STATus Subsystem (No equivalent front panel keys)
Max
32767
SCPI Status Bits/OPC
Dependencies
Sequential command
Questionable Integrity Register
Questionable Integrity Condition
This query returns the decimal value of the sum of the bits in the Questionable Integrity
Condition register.
NOTE
The data in this register is continuously updated and reflects the
current conditions.
Mode
All
Remote Command
:STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:CONDition?
Example
STAT:QUES:INT:COND?
Preset
0
SCPI Status Bits/OPC
Dependencies
Sequential command
Questionable Integrity Enable
This command determines which bits in the Questionable Integrity Condition Register will
set bits in the Questionable Integrity Event register, which also sets the Integrity
Summary bit (bit 9) in the Questionable Register. The variable <integer> is the sum of the
decimal values of the bits you want to enable.
Mode
All
Remote Command
:STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:ENABle <integer>
:STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:ENABle?
Example
STAT:QUES:INT:ENAB 8 Measurement Uncalibrated
Summary will be reported to the Integrity Summary of the
Status Questionable register.
Preset
32767
Min
0
Max
32767
Chapter 2
141
Utility Functions
STATus Subsystem (No equivalent front panel keys)
SCPI Status Bits/OPC
Dependencies
Sequential command
Questionable Integrity Event Query
This query returns the decimal value of the sum of the bits in the Questionable Integrity
Event register.
NOTE
The register requires that the associated PTR or NTR filters be set
before a condition register bit can set a bit in the event register. The
data in this register is latched until it is queried. Once queried, the
register is cleared.
Mode
All
Remote Command
:STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity[:EVENt]?
Example
STAT:QUES:INT?
Preset
0
SCPI Status Bits/OPC
Dependencies
Sequential command
Questionable Integrity Negative Transition
This command determines which bits in the Questionable Integrity Condition register will
set the corresponding bit in the Questionable Integrity Event register when the condition
register bit has a negative transition (1 to 0)
The variable <integer> is the sum of the decimal values of the bits that you want to enable.
Mode
All
Remote Command
:STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:NTRansition
<integer>
:STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:NTRansition?
Example
STAT:QUES:INT:NTR 8 Measurement ‘regained calibration’
Summary will be reported to the Integrity Summary of the
Status Questionable register.
Preset
0
Min
0
Max
32767
142
Chapter 2
Utility Functions
STATus Subsystem (No equivalent front panel keys)
SCPI Status Bits/OPC
Dependencies
Sequential command
Questionable Integrity Positive Transition
This command determines which bits in the Questionable Integrity Condition register will
set the corresponding bit in the Questionable Integrity Event register when the condition
register bit has a positive transition (0 to 1). The variable <integer> is the sum of the
decimal values of the bits that you want to enable.
Mode
All
Remote Command
:STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:PTRansition
<integer>
:STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:PTRansition?
Example
STAT:QUES:INT:PTR 8 Measurement ‘became uncalibrated’
Summary will be reported to the Integrity Summary of the
Status Questionable register.
Preset
32767
Min
0
Max
32767
SCPI Status Bits/OPC
Dependencies
Sequential command
Questionable Integrity Signal Register
Questionable Integrity Signal Condition
This query returns the decimal value of the sum of the bits in the Questionable Integrity
Signal Condition register.
NOTE
The data in this register is continuously updated and reflects the
current conditions.
Mode
All
Remote Command
:STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:SIGNal:CONDition?
Example
STAT:QUES:INT:SIGN:COND?
Preset
0
Chapter 2
143
Utility Functions
STATus Subsystem (No equivalent front panel keys)
SCPI Status Bits/OPC
Dependencies
Sequential command
Questionable Integrity Signal Enable
This command determines which bits in the Questionable Integrity Signal Condition
Register will set bits in the Questionable Integrity Signal Event register, which also sets
the Integrity Summary bit (bit 9) in the Questionable Register. The variable <integer> is
the sum of the decimal values of the bits you want to enable.
Mode
All
Remote Command
:STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:SIGNal:ENABle
<integer>
:STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:SIGNal:ENABle?
Example
STAT:QUES:INT:SIGN:ENAB 4 Burst Not Found will be
reported to the Integrity Summary of the Status Questionable
register.
Preset
32767
Min
0
Max
32767
SCPI Status Bits/OPC
Dependencies
Sequential command
Questionable Integrity Signal Event Query
This query returns the decimal value of the sum of the bits in the Questionable Integrity
Signal Event register.
NOTE
The register requires that the associated PTR or NTR filters be set
before a condition register bit can set a bit in the event register. The
data in this register is latched until it is queried. Once queried, the
register is cleared.
Mode
All
Remote Command
:STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:SIGNal[:EVENt]?
Example
STAT:QUES:INT:SIGN?
Preset
0
144
Chapter 2
Utility Functions
STATus Subsystem (No equivalent front panel keys)
SCPI Status Bits/OPC
Dependencies
Sequential command
Questionable Integrity Signal Negative Transition
This command determines which bits in the Questionable Integrity Signal Condition
register will set the corresponding bit in the Questionable Integrity Signal Event register
when the condition register bit has a negative transition (1 to 0). The variable <integer> is
the sum of the decimal values of the bits that you want to enable.
Mode
All
Remote Command
:STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:SIGNal:NTRansition
<integer>
:STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:SIGNal:NTRansition?
Example
STAT:QUES:INT:SIGN:NTR 4 Burst found will be reported to
the Integrity Summary of the Status Questionable register.
Preset
0
Min
0
Max
32767
SCPI Status Bits/OPC
Dependencies
Sequential command
Questionable Integrity Signal Positive Transition
This command determines which bits in the Questionable Integrity Signal Condition
register will set the corresponding bit in the Questionable Integrity Signal Event register
when the condition register bit has a positive transition (0 to 1). The variable <integer> is
the sum of the decimal values of the bits that you want to enable.
Mode
All
Remote Command
:STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:SIGNal:PTRansition
<integer>
:STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:SIGNal:PTRansition?
Example
STAT:QUES:INT:SIGN:PTR 4 Burst not found will be reported
to the Integrity Summary of the Status Questionable register.
Preset
32767
Min
0
Chapter 2
145
Utility Functions
STATus Subsystem (No equivalent front panel keys)
Max
32767
SCPI Status Bits/OPC
Dependencies
Sequential command
Questionable Integrity Uncalibrated Register
Questionable Integrity Uncalibrated Condition
This query returns the decimal value of the sum of the bits in the Questionable Integrity
Uncalibrated Condition register.
NOTE
The data in this register is continuously updated and reflects the
current conditions.
Mode
All
Remote
Command
:STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:UNCalibrated:CONDition?
Example
STAT:QUES:INT:UNC:COND?
Preset
0
SCPI Status
Bits/OPC
Dependencies
Sequential command
Questionable Integrity Uncalibrated Enable
This command determines which bits in the Questionable Integrity Uncalibrated
Condition Register will set bits in the Questionable Integrity Uncalibrated Event register,
which also sets the Data Uncalibrated Summary bit (bit 3) in the Questionable Integrity
Register. The variable <integer> is the sum of the decimal values of the bits you want to
enable.
Mode
All
Remote Command
:STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:UNCalibrated:ENABle
:STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:UNCalibrated:ENABle
?
Example
STAT:QUES:INT:UNC:ENAB 1 Oversweep (Meas Uncal) will
be reported to the Integrity Summary of the Status
Questionable register.
146
Chapter 2
Utility Functions
STATus Subsystem (No equivalent front panel keys)
Preset
32767
Min
0
Max
32767
SCPI Status Bits/OPC
Dependencies
Sequential command
Questionable Integrity Uncalibrated Event Query
This query returns the decimal value of the sum of the bits in the Questionable Integrity
Uncalibrated Event register.
NOTE
The register requires that the associated PTR or NTR filters be set
before a condition register bit can set a bit in the event register. The
data in this register is latched until it is queried. Once queried, the
register is cleared.
Mode
All
Remote Command
:STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:UNCalibrated[:EVENt]?
Example
STAT:QUES:INT:UNC?
Preset
0
SCPI Status Bits/OPC
Dependencies
Sequential command
Questionable Integrity Uncalibrated Negative Transition
This command determines which bits in the Questionable Integrity Uncalibrated
Condition register will set the corresponding bit in the Questionable Integrity
Uncalibrated Event register when the condition register bit has a negative transition (1 to
0). The variable <integer> is the sum of the decimal values of the bits that you want to
enable.
Mode
All
Remote Command
:STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:UNCalibrated:NTRansition
<integer>
:STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:UNCalibrated:NTRansition?
Example
STAT:QUES:INT:UNC:NTR 1 Oversweep cleared will be reported to
the Integrity Summary of the Status Questionable register.
Chapter 2
147
Utility Functions
STATus Subsystem (No equivalent front panel keys)
Preset
0
Min
0
Max
32767
SCPI Status Bits/OPC
Dependencies
Sequential command
Questionable Integrity Uncalibrated Positive Transition
This command determines which bits in the Questionable Integrity Uncalibrated
Condition register will set the corresponding bit in the Questionable Integrity
Uncalibrated Event register when the condition register bit has a positive transition (0 to
1). The variable <integer> is the sum of the decimal values of the bits that you want to
enable.
Mode
All
Remote Command
:STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:UNCalibrated:PTRansition
<integer>
:STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:UNCalibrated:PTRansition?
Example
STAT:QUES:INT:UNC:PTR 1 Oversweep (Meas Uncal) occurred
will be reported to the Integrity Summary of the Status
Questionable register.
Preset
32767
Min
0
Max
32767
SCPI Status Bits/OPC
Dependencies
Sequential command
Questionable Power Register
Questionable Power Condition T
his query returns the decimal value of the sum of the bits in the Questionable Power
Condition register.
NOTE
The data in this register is continuously updated and reflects the
148
Chapter 2
Utility Functions
STATus Subsystem (No equivalent front panel keys)
current conditions.
Mode
All
Remote Command
:STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:CONDition?
Example
STAT:QUES:POW:COND?
Preset
0
SCPI Status Bits/OPC
Dependencies
Sequential command
Questionable Power Enable
This command determines which bits in the Questionable Power Condition Register will
set bits in the Questionable Power Event register, which also sets the Power Summary bit
(bit 3) in the Questionable Register. The variable <integer> is the sum of the decimal
values of the bits you want to enable.
Mode
All
Remote Command
:STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:ENABle <integer>
:STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:ENABle?
Example
STAT:QUES:POW:ENAB 32 50 MHz Input Pwr too High for
Cal will be reported to the Power Summary of the Status
Questionable register.
Preset
32767
Min
0
Max
32767
SCPI Status Bits/OPC
Dependencies
Sequential command
Questionable Power Event Query
This query returns the decimal value of the sum of the bits in the Questionable Power
Event register.
NOTE
he register requires that the associated PTR or NTR filters be set before
a condition register bit can set a bit in the event register. The data in
this register is latched until it is queried. Once queried, the register is
Chapter 2
149
Utility Functions
STATus Subsystem (No equivalent front panel keys)
cleared.
Mode
All
Remote Command
:STATus:QUEStionable:POWer[:EVENt]?
Example
STAT:QUES:POW?
Preset
0
SCPI Status Bits/OPC
Dependencies
Sequential command
Questionable Power Negative Transition
This command determines which bits in the Questionable Power Condition register will
set the corresponding bit in the Questionable Power Event register when the condition
register bit has a negative transition (1 to 0). The variable <integer> is the sum of the
decimal values of the bits that you want to enable.
Mode
All
Remote Command
:STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:NTRansition <integer>
:STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:NTRansition?
Example
STAT:QUES:POW:NTR 32 50 MHz Input Power became OK
for Cal will be reported to the Power Summary of the Status
Questionable register.
Preset
0
Min
0
Max
32767
SCPI Status Bits/OPC
Dependencies
Sequential command
Questionable Power Positive Transition
This command determines which bits in the Questionable Power Condition register will
set the corresponding bit in the Questionable Power Event register when the condition
register bit has a positive transition (0 to 1). The variable <integer> is the sum of the
decimal values of the bits that you want to enable.
Mode
All
150
Chapter 2
Utility Functions
STATus Subsystem (No equivalent front panel keys)
Remote Command
:STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:PTRansition <integer>
:STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:PTRansition?>
Example
STAT:QUES:POW:PTR 32 50 MHz Input Power became too
high for Cal will be reported to the Power Summary of the
Status Questionable register.
Preset
32767
Min
0
Max
32767
SCPI Status Bits/OPC
Dependencies
Sequential command
Questionable Temperature Register
Questionable Temperature Condition
This query returns the decimal value of the sum of the bits in the Questionable
Temperature Condition register.
NOTE
The data in this register is continuously updated and reflects the
current conditions.
Mode
All
Remote Command
:STATus:QUEStionable:TEMPerature:CONDition?
Example
STAT:QUES:TEMP:COND?
Preset
0
SCPI Status Bits/OPC
Dependencies
Sequential command
Questionable Temperature Enable
This command determines which bits in the Questionable Temperature Condition Register
will set bits in the Questionable Temperature Event register, which also sets the
Temperature Summary bit (bit 4) in the Questionable Register. The variable <integer> is
the sum of the decimal values of the bits you want to enable.
Mode
All
Chapter 2
151
Utility Functions
STATus Subsystem (No equivalent front panel keys)
Remote Command
:STATus:QUEStionable:TEMPerature:ENABle <integer>
:STATus:QUEStionable:TEMPerature:ENABle?
Example
STAT:QUES:TEMP:ENAB 1 Reference Oscillator Oven Cold
will be reported to the Temperature Summary of the Status
Questionable register.
Preset
32767
Min
0
Max
32767
SCPI Status Bits/OPC
Dependencies
Sequential command
Questionable Temperature Event Query
This query returns the decimal value of the sum of the bits in the Questionable
Temperature Event register.
NOTE
The register requires that the associated PTR or NTR filters be set
before a condition register bit can set a bit in the event register. The
data in this register is latched until it is queried. Once queried, the
register is cleared.
Mode
All
Remote Command
:STATus:QUEStionable:TEMPerature[:EVENt]?
Example
STAT:QUES:TEMP?
Preset
0
SCPI Status Bits/OPC
Dependencies
Sequential command
Questionable Temperature Negative Transition
This command determines which bits in the Questionable Temperature Condition register
will set the corresponding bit in the Questionable Temperature Event register when the
condition register bit has a negative transition (1 to 0). The variable <integer> is the sum
of the decimal values of the bits that you want to enable.
Mode
All
152
Chapter 2
Utility Functions
STATus Subsystem (No equivalent front panel keys)
Remote Command
:STATus:QUEStionable:TEMPerature:NTRansition
<integer>
:STATus:QUEStionable:TEMPerature:NTRansition?
Example
STAT:QUES:TEMP:NTR 1 Reference Oscillator Oven not
cold will be reported to the Temperature Summary of the
Status Questionable register.
Preset
0
Min
0
Max
32767
SCPI Status Bits/OPC
Dependencies
Sequential command
Questionable Temperature Positive Transition
This command determines which bits in the Questionable Temperature Condition register
will set the corresponding bit in the Questionable Temperature Event register when the
condition register bit has a positive transition (0 to 1). The variable <integer> is the sum of
the decimal values of the bits that you want to enable.
Mode
All
Remote Command
:STATus:QUEStionable:TEMPerature:PTRansition
<integer>
:STATus:QUEStionable:TEMPerature:PTRansition?
Example
STAT:QUES:TEMP:PTR 1 Reference Oscillator Oven became
cold will be reported to the Temperature Summary of the
Status Questionable register.
Preset
32767
Min
0
Max
32767
SCPI Status Bits/OPC
Dependencies
Sequential command
Chapter 2
153
Utility Functions
IEEE Common GPIB Commands
IEEE Common GPIB Commands
Numeric values for bit patterns can be entered using decimal or hexi-decimal
representations. (i.e. 0 to 32767 is equivalent to #H0 to #H7FFF).
Calibration Query
*CAL? Performs a full alignment and returns a number indicating the success of the
alignment. A zero is returned if the alignment is successful. A one is returned if any part of
the alignment fails. The equivalent SCPI command is CALibrate[:ALL]?
See section Alignmentsfor details of *CAL?.
Clear Status
Clears the status byte register. It does this by emptying the error queue and clearing all
bits in all of the event registers. The status byte register summarizes the states of the
other registers. It is also responsible for generating service requests.
Remote Command
*CLS
Example
*CLS Clears the error queue and the Status Byte Register.
Remote Command Notes
For related commands, see the SYSTem:ERRor[:NEXT]?
command. See also the STATus:PRESet command and all
commands in the STATus subsystem.
Key Path
No equivalent key. Related key System, Show Errors, Clear Error
Queue
SCPI Status Bits/OPC
Dependencies
Resets all bits in all event registers to 0, which resets all the
status byte register bits to 0 also.
Standard Event Status Enable
Selects the desired bits from the standard event status enable register. This register
monitors I/O errors and synchronization conditions such as operation complete, request
control, query error, device dependent error, status execution error, command error and
power on. The selected bits are OR’d to become a summary bit (bit 5) in the byte register
which can be queried.
The query returns the state of the standard event status enable register.
154
Chapter 2
Utility Functions
IEEE Common GPIB Commands
Remote Command
*ESE <integer>
*ESE?
Example
*ESE 36 Enables the Standard Event Status Register to
monitor query and command errors (bits 2 and 5).
*ESE? Returns a 36 indicating that the query and command
status bits are enabled.
Remote Command
Notes
For related commands, see the STATus subsystem and
SYSTem:ERRor[:NEXT]? commands.
Preset
255
State Saved
Not saved in state.
Min
0
Max
255
Key Path
No equivalent key. Related key System, Show Errors, Clear Error
Queue
SCPI Status Bits/OPC
Dependencies
Event Enable Register of the Standard Event Status Register.
Standard Event Status Register Query
Queries and clears the standard event status event register. (This is a destructive read.)
The value returned is a hexadecimal number that reflects the current state (0/1) of all the
bits in the register.
Remote Command
*ESR?
Example
*ESR? Returns a 1 if there is either a query or command
error, otherwise it returns a zero.
SCPI Status Bits/OPC
Dependencies
Standard Event Status Register (bits 0 – 7).
Remote Command
Notes
For related commands, see the STATus subsystem commands.
Preset
0
Min
0
Max
255
Chapter 2
155
Utility Functions
IEEE Common GPIB Commands
Identification Query
Returns a string of instrument identification information. The string will contain the
model number, serial number and firmware revision.
The response is organized into four fields separated by commas. The field definitions are as
follows:
• Manufacturer
• Model
• Serial number
• Firmware version
Remote Command
*IDN?
Example
*IDN? Returns instrument identification information, such
as:
Agilent Technologies,N9020A,US01020004,A.01.02
No equivalent key. See related key System, Show System.
Key Path
Operation Complete
The *OPC command sets bit 0 in the standard event status register (SER) to “1” when
pending operations have finished, that is when all overlapped commands are complete. It
does not hold off subsequent operations. You can determine when the overlapped
commands have completed either by polling the OPC bit in SER, or by setting up the
status system such that a service request (SRQ) is asserted when the OPC bit is set.
The *OPC? query returns a “1” after all the current overlapped commands are complete. So
it holds off subsequent commands until the”1” is returned, then the program continues.
This query can be used to synchronize events of other instruments on the external bus.
Remote Command
*OPC
*OPC?
Example
INIT:CONT 0 Selects single sweeping.
INIT:IMM Initiates a sweep.
*OPC? Holds off any further commands until the sweep is
complete.
SCPI Status Bits/OPC
Dependencies
Not global to all remote ports or front panel. *OPC only
considers operation that was initiated on the same port as
the *OPC command was issued from.
*OPC is an overlapped command, but *OPC? is sequential.
156
Chapter 2
Utility Functions
IEEE Common GPIB Commands
Query Instrument Options
Returns a string of all the installed instrument options. It is a comma separated list with
quotes, such as: “503,P03,PFR”. To be IEEE compliant, this command should return an
arbitrary ascii variable that would not begin and end with quotes. But the quotes are
needed to be backward compatible with previous SA products and software. So, the actual
implementation will use arbitrary ascii. But quotes will be sent as the first and last ascii
characters that are sent with the comma-separated option list.
Remote Command
*OPT?
Recall Instrument State
This command recalls the instrument state from the specified instrument memory
register.
• If the state being loaded has a newer firmware revision than the revision of the
instrument, no state is recalled and an error is reported.
• If the state being loaded has an equal firmware revision than the revision of the
instrument, the state will be loaded.
• If the state being loaded has an older firmware revision than the revision of the
instrument, the instrument will only load the parts of the state that apply to the older
revision.
Remote Command
*RCL <register #>
Example
*RCL 7 Recalls the instrument state that is currently stored
in register 7.
Restriction and Notes
Registers 0 through 6 are accessible from the front panel in
menu keys for Recall Registers.
SCPI Status Bits/OPC
Dependencies
The command is sequential.
Min
0
Max
127
Save Instrument State
This command saves the current instrument state and mode to the specified instrument
Chapter 2
157
Utility Functions
IEEE Common GPIB Commands
memory register.
Remote Command
*SAV <register #>
Example
*SAV 9 Saves the instrument state in register 9.
Restriction and Notes
Registers 0 through 6 are accessible from the front panel in
menu keys for Save Registers.
SCPI Status Bits/OPC
Dependencies
The command is sequential.
Min
0
Max
127
Service Request Enable
This command enables the desired bits of the service request enable register.
The query returns the value of the register, indicating which bits are currently enabled.
Remote Command
*SRE <integer>
*SRE?
Example
*SRE 22 Enables bits 1, 2, and 4 in the service request enable
register.
SCPI Status Bits/OPC
Dependencies
Service Request Enable Register (all bits, 0 – 7).
Remote Command
Notes
For related commands, see the STATus subsystem and
SYSTem:ERRor[:NEXT]? commands.
Preset
255
Min
0
Max
255
Status Byte Query
Returns the value of the status byte register without erasing its contents.
Remote Command
158
*STB?
Chapter 2
Utility Functions
IEEE Common GPIB Commands
Example
*STB? Returns a decimal value for the bits in the status byte
register.
For example, if a 16 is returned, it indicates that bit 5 is set
and one of the conditions monitored in the standard event
status register is set.
SCPI Status Bits/OPC
Dependencies
Status Byte Register (all bits, 0 – 7).
Remote Command Notes
See related command *CLS.
Trigger
This command triggers the instrument. Use the :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:SOURce command
to select the trigger source.
Remote Command
*TRG
Example
*TRG Triggers the instrument to take a sweep or start a
measurement, depending on the current instrument
settings.
Remote Command Notes
See related command :INITiate:IMMediate.
Key Path
No equivalent key. See related keys Single and Restart.
Self Test Query
This query performs the internal self-test routines and returns a number indicating the
success of the testing. A zero is returned if the test is successful, 1 if it fails.
Remote Command
*TST?
Example
*TST? Runs the self-test routines and returns 0=passed,
1=some part failed.
Wait-to-Continue
This command causes the instrument to wait until all overlapped commands are
completed before executing any additional commands. There is no query form for the
command.
Remote Command
*WAI
Chapter 2
159
Utility Functions
IEEE Common GPIB Commands
Example
INIT:CONT OFF; INIT;*WAI Sets the instrument to single
sweep. Starts a sweep and waits for its completion.
SCPI Status Bits/OPC
Dependencies
Not global to all remote ports or front panel. *OPC only
considers operation that was initiated on the same port as
the *OPC command was issued from.
160
Chapter 2
Utility Functions
Quick Save
Quick Save
The Quick Save front-panel key repeats the most recent save which was performed from
the Save menu, with some qualification:
Quick Save pays no attention to register saves. Register saves are not remembered as
Saves for the purpose of Quick Save
If the current measurement does not support the last non-register save that was
performed, an informational message is generated, “File type not supported for this
measurement”
Quick Save repeats the last type of qualified save in the last save directory by creating a
unique filename using the Auto File Naming algorithm described in the Save section.
If Quick Save is pressed after startup before any qualified Save has been performed, the
Quick Save performs a Screen Image save using the current settings for Screen Image
saves (current theme, current directory), which then becomes the “last save” for the
purpose of subsequent Quick Saves.
Remote Command Notes
No remote command for this key specifically.
Key Path
Front-panel key
Chapter 2
161
Utility Functions
Quick Save
162
Chapter 2
Save
Save
Save functionality is common across multiple Modes and Measurements. These common
features are described in this section.
The Save feature prompts you to essentially answer the questions: What do you want to
save? And where do you want to save it? Once these questions are answered the save can
occur. The options in this menu answer the question, “What do you want to save?”
Accesses a menu that provides the save type options. The Save Type options are State,
Trace, Data, or a Screen Image depending on the active mode.
Mode
All
Key Path
Save
Remote Command Notes
No remote command for this key specifically.
State
Selects State as the save type and accesses a menu that provides the options of where to
save. You can save either to a register or a file. This menu key will not actually cause the
save until the location is chosen.
Saving the state is the only way to save this exact measurement context for the current
active mode. The entire state of the active mode is saved in a way that when a recall is
requested, the mode will return to as close as possible the context in which the save
occurred. This includes all settings and data for only the current active mode.
It should be noted that the Input/Output settings will be saved when saving State, since
these settings plus the state of the mode best characterize the current context of the mode,
but the mode independent System settings will not be saved.
This softkey will not actually cause the save, since the save feature still needs to know
where to save the state. Pressing this key will bring up the Save State menu that provides
the user with these options.
For rapid saving, the State menu lists registers to save to, or the user can select a file to
save to. Once they pick the destination of the save in the State menu, the save will occur.
Mode
All
Example
MMEM:STOR:STATe "MyStateFile.state"
This stores the current instrument state data in the file
MyStateFile.state in the default directory.
Remote Command Notes
See .
Key Path
Save
Chapter
163
Save
Register 1 thru Register 6
Selecting any one of these register menu keys causes the State of the currently active mode
to be saved to the specified Register. Only the State save type supports writing to registers.
The other save types can only write to files. The registers are provided for rapid saving and
recalling, since you do not need to specify a filename or navigate to a file. Each of the
register menu keys annotates whether it is empty or at what date and time it was last
modified.
These 6 registers are all that is available from the front panel for all modes in the
instrument. There are not 6 registers available for each mode. From remote, 127 Registers
are available. Registers are files that are visible to the user in the same folder as other
State Files.
Mode
All
Example
*SAV 1
Key Path
Save, State
Mode
All
Example
*SAV 2
Key Path
Save, State
Mode
All
Example
*SAV 3
Key Path
Save, State
Mode
All
Example
*SAV 4
Key Path
Save, State
Mode
All
164
Chapter
Save
Example
*SAV 5
Key Path
Save, State
Mode
All
Example
*SAV 6
Key Path
Save, State
To File . . .
Accesses a menu that enables you to select the location for saving the State. This menu is
similar to a standard Windows® Save As dialog.
The default path for all State Files is:
My Documents\<mode name>\state
where <mode name> is the parameter used to select the mode with the INST:SEL
command (for example, SA for the Spectrum Analyzer). This path is the Save In: path in
the Save As dialog for all State Files when they first enter this dialog.
Mode
All
Key Path
Save, State
Save As . . .
This menu lets you select the location where you can save the State. This menu is a
standard Windows® dialog with Save As menu keys. The "File Name" field in the Save As
dialog is initially loaded with an automatically generated filename specific to the
appropriate Save Type. The automatically generated filename is guaranteed not to conflict
with any filename currently in the directory. You may replace or modify this filename
using the File Name softkey. See the Quick Save key documentation for more on the
automatic file naming algorithm.
The default path for all State Files is:
My Documents\<mode name>\state
where <mode name> is the parameter used to select the mode with the INST:SEL
command (for example, SA for the Spectrum Analyzer).
When you first enter this dialog, the path in the Save In: field depends on the data type.
Chapter
165
Save
The only files that are visible are the *.state files and the Save As type is *.state, since
.state is the file suffix for the State Save Type.
Mode
All
Key Path
Save, State
Save
Saves all of the State of the currently active mode plus the system level Input/Output
settings to the specified file.
While the save is being performed, the floppy icon shows up in the settings bar near the
Continuous/Single sweep icon. After the save completes, the Advisory Event “File <register
number> saved” is displayed.
Mode
All
SCPI Command
:MMEMory:STORe:STATe <filename>
Example
:MMEM:STOR:STAT “myState.state” saves the file myState.state
on the default path
Key Path
Save, State, To File…
Restriction and Notes
If the file already exists, the file will be overwritten. Using the C:
drive is strongly discouraged, since it runs the risk of being
overwritten during a instrument software upgrade. Both single
and double quotes are supported for any filename parameter over
remote.
Auto return to the State menu and the Save As dialog goes away.
Trace (+State)
Selects a state file which includes trace data for recalling as the save type and accesses a
menu that enables you to select which trace to save. Not all modes support saving trace
data with the state; and for modes that do, not all measurements do. This key is grayed out
for measurements that do not support trace saves. It is blanked for modes that do not
support trace saves. Saving Trace is identical to saving State except a .trace extension is
used on the file instead of .state, and internal flags are set in the file indicating which trace
was saved. You may also select to save ALL traces.
This softkey will not actually cause the save, since the save feature still needs to know
which trace to save and where to save it. Pressing this key will bring up the Save Trace
166
Chapter
Save
menu that provides the user with these options.
Mode
SA
Example
MMEM:STOR:STATe TRACE2,"MyTraceFile.trace"
This stores trace 2 data in the file MyTraceFile.trace in the
default directory.
Remote Command Notes
See .
Key Path
Save
From Trace
Accesses a menu that enables you to select the trace to be saved. You can choose either 1, 2,
3, 4, 5, 6 or All. Not all modes have the full six treaces. Once a trace is selected, the key
returns back to the Save Trace menu and the selected trace number is annotated on the
key. The default is Trace 1. To save the Trace you must select Save As.
These softkeys let you pick which trace to save. Now you have selected exactly what needs
to be saved. In order to trigger a save of the selected Trace, you must select the Save As key
in the Save Trace menu.
Mode
SA
Key Path
Save, Trace + State
Save As . . .
This menu lets you select the location where you can save the Trace. It is a standard
Windows® dialog with Save As menu keys. The "File Name" field in the Save As dialog is
initially loaded with an automatically generated filename specific to the appropriate Save
Type. The automatically generated filename is guaranteed not to conflict with any
filename currently in the directory. You may replace or modify this filename using the File
Name softkey. See the Quick Save key documentation for more on the automatic file
naming algorithm.
The default path for all State Files including .trace files is:
My Documents\<mode name>\state
where <mode name> is the parameter used to select the mode with the INST:SEL
command (for example, SA for the Spectrum Analyzer).
When you first enter this dialog, the path in the Save In: field depends on the data type.
The only files that are visible are the *.trace files and the Save As type is *.trace, since
Chapter
167
Save
.trace is the file suffix for the Trace Save Type.
Mode
SA
Key Path
Save, Trace (+State)
Restriction and Notes
Brings up Save As dialog for saving a Trace Save Type
Save
This key initiates the save of the .trace file. All of the State of the currently active mode
plus the system level Input/Output settings are saved to the specified file as well as all of
the trace data, including internal flags set in the file indicating which trace is to be saved.
While the save is being performed, the floppy icon shows up in the settings bar near the
Continuous/Single sweep icon. After the save completes, the Advisory Event “File <register
number> saved” is displayed.
Mode
SA
SCPI Command
:MMEMory:STORe:TRACe
TRACE1|TRACE2|TRACE3|TRACE4|TRACE5|TRACE6|ALL,<filename>
Example
:MMEM:STOR:TRAC TRACE1,“myState.trace” saves the file
myState.trace on the default path and flags it as a “single trace” file
with Trace 1 as the single trace (even though all of the traces are in
fact stored).
:MMEM:STOR:TRAC ALL,“myState.trace” saves the file
myState.trace on the default path and flags it as an “all traces” file
Remote Command Notes
Some modes and measurements do not have available all 6 traces.
The Phase Noise mode command, for example, is:
MMEMory:STORe:TRACe TRACE1|TRACE2|TRACE3|ALL,<filename>
This command actually performs a save state, which in the Swept SA
measurement includes the trace data. However it flags it (in the file)
as a “save trace” file of the specified trace (or all traces).
Key Path
Save, Trace, Save As…
Restriction and Notes
If the file already exists, the file will be overwritten. Using the C:
drive is strongly discouraged, since it runs the risk of being
overwritten during a instrument software upgrade. Both single and
double quotes are supported for any filename parameter over remote.
Auto return to the State menu and the Save As dialog goes away.
Data (Mode Specific)
Exporting a data file stores data from the current measurement to mass storage files. The
168
Chapter
Save
Export Menu only contains data types that are supported by the current measurement.
For any given measurement, the Export Data and Import Data menus match, but keys in
Import Data are blanked if the data type is supported for Save but not for Recall.
Since the commonly exported data files are in .csv format, the data can be edited by the
user prior to importing. This allows the user to export a data file, manipulate the data in
Excel (the most common PC Application for manipulating .csv files) and then import it.
Selecting an Export Data menu key will not actually cause the exporting to occur, since the
analyzer still needs to know where you wish to save the data. Pressing the Save As key in
this menu brings up the Save As dialog and Save As menu that allows you to specify the
destination file and directory. Once a filename has been selected or entered in the Open
menu, the export will occur as soon as the Save softkey is pressed. See section Save As . . .
for more details.
Mode
All
Key Path
Save
Remote Command Notes
No SCPI command directly controls the Data Type that this key
controls. The Data Type is included in the MMEM:STORe
commands.
Dependencies
If a file type is not used by a certain measurement, that type is
grayed out for that measurement. The key for a file type will not
show if there are no measurements in Mode that supports it.
Preset
<mode specific>; Is not affected by Preset, but is reset during
Restore Mode Defaults and survives subsequent running of the
mode. (Refer to the mode Save/Recall PD for this Preset value).
Trace
Pressing this key selects Traces as the data type to be exported with this save request.
Pressing this key when it is already selected brings up the Trace Menu, which allows you to
select which Trace to save. This is the same as the Select Trace menu under Trace. The
trace selected on that menu appears selected here, and selecting a trace here causes the
same trace to be selected on the Select Trace menu. (That is, there is only one “selected
trace”.) This key is grayed out when measurements are running that do not support trace
exporting.
Mode
SA|Analog Demod|VSA
Example
MMEM:STOR:TRAC:DATA TRACE3,"MyTraceFile.csv"
This stores the specified trace data in the file MyTraceFile.csv in
the default directory.
VSA Example: MMEM:STOR:TRAC:DATA
TRACE1,"Trc1.txt",TXT,ON
Chapter
169
Save
Remote Command Notes
See .
Dependencies
Trace data is not available from all Measurements. In that case,
the key will be grayed out. The key will not show if no
measurements in the Mode support it.
Preset
1. Not part of Preset, but is reset by Restore Mode Defaults and
survives power cycles.
State Saved
Saved in State
Key Path
Save, Data
Trace selection
These softkeys let you pick which Trace to save. The traces may have names, or they may
be labeled 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6, depending on the current mode. Once selected, the key returns
back to the Export Data menu and the selected trace name/number is annotated on the
key. Now you have selected exactly what needs to be saved. In order to trigger a save of the
selected trace, you must select the Save As key in the Export Data menu.
Some measurements have an "ALL" selection. This saves all six traces in one .csv file with
the x-axis data in the first column and the individual trace data in succeeding columns.
The header data and x-axis data in this file reflect the current settings of the
measurement. Note: any traces which are in View or Blank may have different x-axis data
than the current measurement settings; but this data will not be output to the file.
An example of using this menu is: If you select 4, Trace 4 is saved to the file selected or
entered in File Name option in the Save As dialog.
Mode
SA|Analog Demod|VSA
Key Path
Save, Data, Trace
Preset
The first trace key shown.
Include Header
The trace header information includes enough state information to display the trace data
with the same formatting and scaling when it is recalled. However, no other instrument
state information is saved. If headers are not saved, the scaling and format are set to
defaults when the trace is recalled.
Mode
VSA
SCPI Example
MMEM:STOR:TRAC:DATA TRACE1,"Trc1.txt",TXT,ON
!The On/Off setting is the last variable passed in the
MMEMory:STORe:TRACe:DATA command.
Save, Data, Trace
Key Path
170
Chapter
Save
Preset
On
Measurement Results
Different types of results are available for each particular measurement. The results that
are available are documented under the individual measurements. These measurement
results are the same as the results that are returned when using the
MEASure:<measurement> command (usually for sub-opcode 1).
Measurement results are not available for all measurements. For example, this key is
grayed out in the Spectrum Analyzer Mode when the active measurement is Swept SA.
Mode
SA|ADEMOD|BASIC(IQ Analyzer)|CDMA2K|GSMEDGE|
PNOISE|WCDMA|WIMAXOFDMA|TDSCDMA
Example
MMEM:STOR:RES "MyResultsFile.xml"
This stores the measurement results data in the file
MyResultsFile.xml in the default directory.
Remote Command Notes
See .
Key Path
Save, Data
Dependencies
The key will not show if no measurements in the Mode support it.
Capture Buffer
Capture Buffer functionality is not available for all measurements. The captured data is
raw data (unprocessed).
Mode
WCDMA
Example
MMEM:STOR:CAPT "MyCaptureData.bin"
This stores the capture data in the file MyCaptureData.bin in the
default directory.
Remote Command Notes
See .
Key Path
Save, Data
Zone Map
Chapter
171
Save
A map file contains zone definitions that will help simplify making measurements of
frequently used signals. The OFDMA frame structure can contain multiple-zone
definitions for the uplink and downlink subframes and multiple data burst allocations. You
can store map files in which you have saved complicated OFDMA frame analysis zone
definitions. This can save you time and ensure the accuracy of repeated measurements.
Map files are also useful for recreating measurement settings so they can be used by other
users.
Mode
OFDMA WiMAX
Example
MMEM:STOR:ZMAP "MyZonemapFile.omf"
This stores the zone map data in the file MyZonemapFile.omf in the
default directory.
Remote Command Notes
See .
Key Path
Save, Data
Recorded Data
Saving recorded data is not available for all measurements. Recorded data, and the
optional header info, may be recalled later (or transferred to another instrument) for
analysis.
This function is available in 89601X VSA Option 200, but not in Option 205.
Mode
VSA
SCPI Example
MMEM:STOR:REC "MyRecording.sdf",SDF,ON,ON,OFF
Restriction and Notes
Greyed out unless there is recorded data in the buffer.
Key Path
Save, Data (Export)
Save As . . .
This menu lets you select the location where you can save Data Type files. It is a standard
Windows® dialog with Save As menu keys. The "File Name" field in the Save As dialog is
initially loaded with an automatically generated filename specific to the appropriate Save
Type. The automatically generated filename is guaranteed not to conflict with any
filename currently in the directory. You may replace or modify this filename using the File
Name softkey. See the Quick Save key documentation for more on the automatic file
naming algorithm.
When you first enter this dialog, the path in the Save In: field depends on the data type.
172
Chapter
Save
The only files that are visible are the files with the corresponding data type suffix, and the
Save As type lists the same suffix.
For example, if the Data Type is Amplitude Corrections, the file suffix is .csv and the *.csv
files are the only visible files in the Save As dialog and .csv is the Save As Type.
The default path for saving files is:
For all of the Trace Data Files:
My Documents\<mode name>\data\traces
For all of the Limit Data Files:
My Documents\<mode name>\data\limits
For all of the Measurement Results Data Files:
My Documents\<mode name>\data\<measurement name>\results
For all of the Capture Buffer Data Files:
My Documents\<mode name>\data\captureBuffer
Mode
All
Key Path
Save, Data
Restriction and Notes
Brings up Save As dialog for saving a <mode specific> Save
Type
Save
Saves the specified Data Type. This section describes any specific save behavior relevant to
Data that is common to all modes.
When a Save of a specific Data File is requested, the specified data is saved to the specified
or selected file. The save is performed immediately and does not wait until the
measurement is complete.
If the file already exists, a dialog will popup that allows you to replace the existing file by
selecting an OK or you can Cancel the request.
While the save is being performed, the floppy icon will show up in the settings bar near the
Continuous/Single icon. After a register save completes, the corresponding register softkey
annotation is updated with the date the time and an advisory message that the file was
saved appears in the message bar.
Key Path
Save, Data, Save As…
Restriction and Notes
If the file already exists, the file will be overwritten. Using the C:
drive is strongly discouraged, since it runs the risk of being
overwritten during a instrument software upgrade. Both single and
double quotes are supported for any filename parameter over remote.
Chapter
173
Save
Mode
SA|ADEMOD|BASIC(IQ Analyzer)|CDMA2K|GSMEDGE|
PNOISE|WCDMA|WIMAXOFDMA|TDSCDMA
SCPI Command
:MMEMory:STORe:RESults <filename>
Example
:MMEM:STOR:RES “myResults.csv” saves the results from the
current measurement to the file myResults.csv in the default path.
:MMEM:STOR:RES
“MyDocuments\Basic\data\ComplexSpectrum\results\myResults.x
ml” saves the results from the current measurement (Complex
Spectrum) to the file myResults.xml in the default path for IQ
Analyzer (Basic) Mode.
Mode
SA|Analog Demod
SCPI Command
:MMEMory:STORe:TRACe:DATA
TRACE1|TRACE2|TRACE3|TRACE4|TRACE5|TRACE6|ALL,<filename>
Example
:MMEM:STOR:TRAC:DATA TRACE2,”myTrace2.csv” exports the
2nd trace to the file myTrace2.csv in the default path.
Remote Command Notes
Not all measurements have the ALL selection.
If the save is initiated via SCPI, and the file already exists, the file
will be overwritten.
Using the C: drive is strongly discouraged, since it runs the risk of
being overwritten during an instrument software upgrade. Both
single and double quotes are supported for any filename parameter
over remote.
Mode
Trace
Number
Analog Demod Mode:
Trace Names
TRACE1
RF Spectrum
TRACE2
Demod
TRACE3
Demod Ave
TRACE4
Demod Max
TRACE5
Demod Min
TRACE6
AF Spectrum
VSA
174
Chapter
Save
SCPI Command
:MMEMory:STORe:TRACe:DATA
TRACE1|TRACE2|TRACE3|TRACE4|TRACE5|TRACE6,"<filename>"[,
CSV|TXT|SDF[,OFF|ON|0|1]]
SCPI Example
MMEM:STOR:TRAC:DATA TRACE1,"Trc1.txt",TXT,ON
Restriction and Notes
If you are not licensed to save a particular file type, then an error
will be returned. If an invalid file format is specified or the file
cannot be saved successfully, then an error is returned.
8901X Option 205 allows export in TXT, CSV, and SDF formats.
8901X Option 200 allows the Option 205 formats and additionally:
Matlab 4, 5 and HDF5, and an N5110A compatible binary
format.
Remote Command Notes
File format is selected by the second parameter, but no default
extension is appended to the filename. If the second parameter is
not supplied, then the filename extension is used to determine the
format. *.mat selects Matlab 5 format. *.sdf, or an unrecognized
extension chooses the SDF fast format.
The optional Boolean determines if the file is saved with headers.
By default the headers are saved.
Mode
WCDMA
SCPI Command
:MMEMory:STORe:CAPTured <filename>
Example
:MMEM:STOR:CAPT
“MyDocuments\WCDMA\data\captureBuffer\myCaptureBuffer.b
in” saves the capture buffer data from the current measurement to
the file myCaptureBuffer.bin in the default path.
Restriction and Notes
If the file already exists, the file will be overwritten.
Using the C: drive is strongly discouraged, since it runs the risk of
being overwritten during a instrument software upgrade. Both
single and double quotes are supported for any filename parameter
over remote.
Key Path
Save, Data, Save As
Mode
WIMAXOFDMA
SCPI Command
:MMEMory:STORe:ZMAP <filename>
Example
:MMEM:STOR:ZMAP “myZoneMap.omf” saves current Zone Map
as 89601 compatible file type.
Key Path
Save, Data, Zone Map
Chapter
175
Save
Restriction and Notes
If a file with the same name already exists, the file will be
overwritten. Using the C: drive is strongly discouraged, since it runs
the risk overwriting the file during a instrument software upgrade.
Both single and double quotes are supported for any filename
parameter over remote.
Once a save is complete, the Export Data menu will appear, and the
Save As dialog will disappear.
The message “File <file name> saved” will appear after the save is
complete.
Mode
VSA
SCPI Command
:MMEMory:STORe:RECording
<filename>[,SDF|SDFX|CSV|TXT|MAT4|MAT|HDF5|BIN[,OFF|ON|0
|1[,OFF|ON|0|1[,OFF|ON|0|1]]]
SCPI Example
MMEM:STOR:REC "MyRecording.sdf",SDF,ON,ON,OFF
Remote Command Notes
Recorded data must be available in the buffer.
File format is selected by the second parameter, but no default
extension is appended to the filename.If the second parameter is not
supplied, then the filename extension is used to determine the
format. *.mat selects Matlab 5 format. *.sdf, or an unrecognized
extension chooses the SDF fast format.
The three optional Booleans determine if:
1. file is saved with headers
2. data is resampled to the current span before saving
3. player position settings limit the data saved
Screen Image
Accesses a menu of functions that enable you to specify a format and location for the saved
screen image.
Pressing Screen Image brings up a menu which allows you to specify the color scheme of the
Screen Image (Themes) or navigate to the Save As dialog to perform the actual save.
Screen Image files contain an exact representation of the analyzer display. They cannot be
loaded back onto the analyzer, but they can be loaded into your PC for use in many popular
applications.
NOTE
For some software versions, if you initiate a screen image save by
navigating through the Save menus, then the image that is saved will
contain the Save menu softkeys, not the menus and the active function
176
Chapter
Save
that were on the screen when you first pressed the Save front panel key.
For this reason the Quick Save front-panel key is provided, which
repeats the last save performed, using an auto-named file. To get an
exact image of the screen just the way you want it, set up the Quick
Save by first performing a Screen Image save through the menus under
the Save front-panel key. Then any subsequent press of Quick Save will
grab an immediate snapshot of what is on the screen and automatically
assign it a file name. (You may then discard the initial save, if desired.)
Mode
All
Example
MMEM:STOR:SCR "MyScreenFile.png"
This stores the current screen image in the file
MyScreenFile.png in the default directory.
Remote Command Notes
See .
Key Path
Save
Themes
Accesses a menu of function that enable you to choose the theme to be used when saving
the screen image.
The Themes option is the same as the Themes option under the Display and Page Setup
dialogs. It allows the user to pick between themes to be used when saving the screen
image.
Key Path
Save, Screen Image, 1
SCPI Name
Themes
SCPI Command
:MMEMory:STORe:SCReen:THEMe
TDColor|TDMonochrome|FCOLor|FMONochrome
:MMEMory:STORe:SCReen:THEMe?
Setup
:SYSTem:DEFault MISC
Preset
3D Color; Is not part of Preset, but is reset by Restore Misc Defaults
or Restore System Defaults All and survives subsequent running of
the modes
Example
MMEM:STOR:SCR:THEM TDM
3D Color
Chapter
177
Save
Selects a standard color theme with each object filled, shaded and colored as designed.
Key Path
Save, Screen Image, Themes, 1
Example
MMEM:STOR:SCR:THEM TDC
3D Monochrome
Selects a format that is like 3D color but shades of gray are used instead of colors.
Key Path
Save, Screen Image, Themes, 2
Example
MMEM:STOR:SCR:THEM TDM
Flat Color
Selects a format that is best when the screen is to be printed on an ink printer.
Key Path
Save, Screen Image, Themes, 3
Example
MMEM:STOR:SCR:THEM FCOL
Flat Monochrome
Selects a format that is like Flat Color. But only black is used (no colors, not even gray),
and no fill.
Key Path
Save, Screen Image, Themes, 4
Example
MMEM:STOR:SCR:THEM FMON
Save As…
Accesses a menu that enables you to select the location where you can save the Screen
Image. This menu is a standard Windows® dialog with Save As menu keys. The Save As
dialog is loaded with the file information related to the Screen Image Type. The filename is
filled in using the auto file naming algorithm for the Screen Image Type and is
highlighted. The only files that are visible are the *.png files and the Save As Type is
*.png, since .png is the file suffix for the Screen Image Type.
The default path for Screen Images is
My Documents\<mode name>\screen.
178
Chapter
Save
where <mode name> is the parameter used to select the mode with the INST:SEL
command (for example, SA for the Spectrum Analyzer).
This path is the Save In: path in the Save As dialog for all Screen Files when the user first
enters this dialog.
Key Path
Save, Screen Image, 2
Restriction and Notes
Brings up Save As dialog for saving a Screen Image Save Type
Save
Saves the screen image to the specified file using the selected theme. The image that is
saved is the measurement display prior to when the Save As dialog appeared. The save is
performed immediately and does not wait until the measurement is complete.
SCPI Command
:MMEMory:STORe:SCReen <filename>
Example
:MMEM:STOR:SCR “myScreen.png”
Restriction and Notes
If the file already exists, the file will be overwritten. Using the C:
drive is strongly discouraged, since it runs the risk of being
overwritten during a instrument software upgrade. Both single and
double quotes are supported for any filename parameter over
remote.
Auto return to the Screen Image menu and the Save As dialog goes
away.
Advisory Event “File <file name> saved” after save is complete.
Save, Screen Image, Save As…, 1
Key Path
Save As . . .
The Save As is a standard Windows dialog and with the Save As key menu. The "File
Name" field in the Save As dialog is initially loaded with an automatically generated
filename specific to the appropriate Save Type. The automatically generated filename is
guaranteed not to conflict with any filename currently in the directory. You may replace or
modify this filename using the File Name softkey. See the Quick Save key documentation
for more on the automatic file naming algorithm.
The Save As dialog will have the last path loaded in Save In: for this particular file type.
User specified paths are remembered and persist through subsequent runs of the mode.
These remembered paths are mode specific and are reset back to the default using Restore
Mode Defaults.
Chapter
179
Save
Save
Performs the actual save to the specified file of the selected type. The act of saving does not
affect the currently running measurement and does not require you to be in single
measurement mode to request a save. It performs the save as soon as the currently
running measurement is in the idle state; when the measurement completes. This ensures
the State or Data that is saved includes complete data for the current settings. The save
only waits for the measurement to complete when the state or data that depends on the
measurement setup is being saved. The save happens immediately when exporting
corrections or when saving a screen image.
If the file already exists, a dialog will popup with corresponding menu keys that allows you
to replace the existing file with an OK or to Cancel the request.
While the save is being performed, the floppy icon shows up in the settings bar near the
Continuous/Single icon. After the save completes, the corresponding register menu key
annotation is updated with the date the time and the message “File <file name> saved”
appears in the message bar.
Restriction and Notes
If the file already exists, the File Exist dialog pops up and allows
the user to replace it or not by selecting the Yes or No menu keys
that appear with the dialog. (For more details, refer to the File
Services PD). Then the key causes an auto return and Save As
dialog goes away.
Advisory Event “File <file name> saved” after save is complete.
File/Folder List
Enables you to navigate to the center of the dialog that contains the list of files and folders.
Once here you can get information about the file.
Key Path
Save, <various>, Save As…, 2
Restriction and Notes
Pressing this key navigates the user to the files and folders list in
the center of the dialog.
File Name
Brings up the Alpha Editor as shown in the screen image. Use the knob to choose the letter
to add and the Enter front panel key to add the letter to the file name. In addition to the list
of alpha characters, this editor includes a Space menu key and a Done menu key. The Done
menu key completes the filename, removes the Alpha Editor and returns back to the File
180
Chapter
Save
Open dialog and menu, but does not cause the save to occur. You can also use Enter to
complete the file name entry and this will cause the save to occur.
Key Path
Save, <various>, Save As…, 3
Restriction and Notes
Brings up the Alpha Editor. Editor created file name is loaded in
the File name field of the Save As dialog.
Save As Type
This key corresponds to the Save As Type selection in the dialog. It follows the standard
Windows® supported Save As Type behavior. It shows the current file suffix that
corresponds to the type of file you have selected to save. If you navigated here from saving
State, “State File (*.state)” is in the dialog selection and is the only type available under
the pull down menu. If you navigated here from saving Trace, “Trace+State File (*.trace)”
is in the dialog selection and is the only type available under the pull down menu. If you
navigated here from exporting a data file, “Data File (*.csv)” is in the dialog and is
available in the pull down menu. Modes can have other data file types and they would also
be listed in the pull down menu.
Key Path
Save, <various>, Save As…, 4
Restriction and Notes
Pressing this key causes the pull down menu to list all possible file
types available in this context. All types available are loaded in a
1-of-N menu key for easy navigation.
Up One Level
This key corresponds to the icon of a folder with the up arrow that is in the tool bar of the
dialog. It follows the standard Windows® supported Up One Level behavior. When pressed,
it causes the file and folder list to navigate up one level in the directory structure.
Key Path
Save, <various>, Save As…, 5
Restriction and Notes
When pressed, the file and folder list is directed up one level of
folders and the new list of files and folders is displayed
Create New Folder
Chapter
181
Save
This key corresponds to the icon of a folder with the “*” that is in the tool bar of the dialog.
It follows the standard Windows® supported Create New Folder behavior. When pressed, a
new folder is created in the current directory with the name New Folder and allows you to
enter a new folder name using the Alpha Editor.
Key Path
Save, <various>, Save As…, 6
Restriction and Notes
Creates a new folder in the current folder and lets the user fill in
the folder name using the Alpha Editor.
Cancel
This key corresponds to the Cancel selection in the dialog. It follows the standard Windows
supported Cancel behavior. It causes the current Save As request to be cancelled.
Key Path
Save, <various>, Save As…, 7
Restriction and Notes
Pressing this key causes the Save As dialog to go away and auto
return.
182
Chapter
Recall
Recall
Recall functionality is common across multiple Modes and Measurements. These common
features are described in this section.
The Recall feature prompts you to answer the questions: What do you want to recall? And
to where do you want to recall it? Once these questions are answered the recall can occur.
The options in this menu answer the question "What do you want to Recall?" The options
are State, Trace and Data. (Screen Image can be saved, but not recalled.) The default paths
for Recall are data type dependent and are the same as for Save.
Key Path
Recall
Remote Command Notes
No remote command directly controls the Recall Type that this
key controls. The Recall type is a node in the :MMEM:LOAD
command. An example is :MMEM:LOAD:STATe <filename>.
State
Accesses a menu that enables you to recall a Stated that has previously been saved.
Recalling a saved state returns the analyzer as close as possible to the mode context and
may cause a mode switch if the file selected is not for the current active mode. A State file
can be recalled from either a register or a file. Once you pick the source of the recall in the
State menu, the recall will occur.
When this key is pressed, the user has determined what they want to recall is State.
Recalling State is used to return as close as possible to the mode context of the save.
Recalling State may cause a mode switch if the file selected is not for the currently active
mode. This menu key will not actually cause the recall, since the recall feature still needs
to know from where to recall the state. State can be recalled from either a register or a file.
Pressing this key will bring up the State menu that provides the user with the options of
where to retrieve the state. For quick recalls, the State menu lists 6 registers to recall from
or the user can select a file to recall from.
Mode
All
Key Path
Recall
Example
MMEM:LOAD:STAT "MyStateFile.state"
This loads the state file data (on the default file directory path)
into the instrument state.
Remote Command Notes
Chapter
See .
183
Recall
Register 1 thru Register 6
Selecting any one of these register keys causes the State of the mode from the specified
Register to be recalled. Only the Recall Type of State supports reading from registers. The
other Recall Types can only read from files. Each of the register keys annotates whether it
is empty or at what date and time it was last modified.
Registers are shared by all modes, so recalling from any one of the 6 registers may cause a
mode switch to the mode that was active when the save to the Register occurred.
After the recall completes, the message “Register <register number> recalled” appears in
the message bar.
Selecting any one of these register menu keys: Register 1, Register 2, Register 3, Register 4,
Register 5, Register 6 causes the state of the mode from the specified Register to be recalled.
The registers are provided for easy saving and recalling, since the user does not have to
specify a filename or navigate to a specific file. The date will follow the format specified in
the Date Format setting under the Control Panel. The time will show hours, minutes and
seconds.
Key Path
Recall, State
Example
*RCL 1
Key Path
Recall, State
Example
*RCL 2
Key Path
Recall, State
Example
*RCL 3
Key Path
Recall, State
Example
*RCL 4
Key Path
Recall, State
Example
*RCL 5
184
Chapter
Recall
Key Path
Recall, State
Example
*RCL 6
From File\ File Open
Brings up the File Open standard Windows® dialog and its corresponding File Open key
menu.
When you first enter this dialog, the State File default path is in the LookIn: box in this
File Open dialog. The File Open dialog is loaded with the file information related to the
State Save Type. The first *.state file is highlighted. The only files that are visible are the
*.state files and the Files of type is *.state, since .state is the file suffix for the State
Save Type.
Key Path
Recall, State
Restriction and Notes
Brings up Open dialog for recalling a State Save Type
Open
Recalling State function first must verify the file is recallable in the current instrument by
checking the software version and model number of the instrument. If everything matches,
a full recall proceeds by aborting the currently running measurement, and then loading
the State from the saved state file to as close as possible to the context in which the save
occurred. You can open state files from any mode, so recalling a State File switches to the
mode that was active when the save occurred. After switching to the mode of the saved
state file, mode settings and data (if any for the mode) are loaded with values from the
saved file. The saved measurement of the mode becomes the newly active measurement
and the data relevant to the measurement (if there is any) is recalled.
If there is a mismatch between file version or model number or instrument version or
model number, the recall still tries to recall as much as possible and it returns a warning
message of what it did.
NOTE
No Trace data is loaded when recalling a State File. Measurements that
support loading of trace data will include a Trace key in the Recall
menu and will load State + Trace data from .trace files under that key.
SCPI Command
:MMEMory:LOAD:STATe <filename>
Chapter
185
Recall
Example
:MMEM:LOAD:STAT “myState.state” recalls the file myState.state
on the default path
Remote Command Notes
Although the trace data is included in the .state file it is not
recalled; that is left for .trace files only for measurements that
support recalling of trace data. Errors are generated if the specified
file is empty or does not exist, or there is a file type mismatch.
Key Path
Recall, State, From File…
The state of a mode includes all of the variables affected by doing a full preset. It not only
recalls Mode Preset settings, but it also recalls all of the mode persistent settings and data
if the mode has either. Each mode determines whether data is part of mode state and if the
mode has any persistent settings. Recall State also recalls all of the Input/Output system
settings, since they are saved with each State File for each mode.
The Recall State function does the following:
Verifies that the file is recallable on this instrument using the version number and model
number.
Aborts the currently running measurement.
Clears any pending operations.
Switches to the mode of the selected Save State file.
Sets mode State and Input/Output system settings to the values in the selected Saved
State file.
Limits settings that differ based on model number, licensing or version number.
Makes the saved measurement for the mode the active measurement.
Clears the input and output buffers.
Status Byte is set to 0.
Executes a *CLS
Trace (+State)
When this key is pressed, the user has determined what they want to recall is Trace. Trace
files include the state of the mode they were saved from as well as the trace data, with
internal flags to indicate which trace the user was trying to save which may include ALL
traces. They are otherwise identical to State files. Recalling Trace may cause a mode switch
if the file selected is not for the currently active mode.
Not all modes support saving of trace data with the state; and for modes that do, not all
measurements do. The Trace key is grayed out for measurements that do not support trace
recall. It is blanked for modes that do not support trace recall.
This softkey will not actually cause the recall, since the recall feature still needs to know
from which file to recall the trace and which trace to recall it into. Pressing this key will
186
Chapter
Recall
bring up the Recall Trace menu that provides the user with the options of where to retrieve
the trace.
Mode
SA
Example
MMEM:LOAD:TRAC TRACE2,"MyTraceFile.trace"
This loads the trace file data (on the default file directory path)
into the specified trace.
Remote Command Notes
See .
Key Path
Recall
To Trace
These softkey selections let you pick which Trace to recall the saved trace into; either 1, 2,
3, 4, 5, or 6. Not all modes have the full 6 traces available. The default is trace 1. If
the.trace file is an “all trace” file, “To Trace” is ignored and the traces each go back to the
trace they were saved from.
Once selected, the key returns back to the Recall Trace menu and the selected Trace
number is annotated on the key. Now you have selected exactly where the trace needs to be
recalled. In order to trigger a recall of the selected Trace, you must select the Open key in
the Recall Trace menu.
Mode
SA
Key Path
Save, Data, Trace
Open…
Pressing Open brings up the File Open standard Windows dialog and its corresponding
File Open softkey menu. When the user navigates to this selection, they have already
determined they are recalling Trace and now they want to specify from which file to do the
recall.
When the user first enters this dialog, the State File default path is in the LookIn: box in
this File Open dialog. The File Open dialog is loaded with the file information related to the
State Save Type. The first *.trace file is highlighted. Also, the only files that are visible are
the *.trace files and the Files of type is *.trace, since .trace is the file suffix for the Trace
Save Type.
Mode
SA
Key Path
Recall, Trace
Chapter
187
Recall
Restriction and Notes
Brings up Open dialog for recalling a Trace Save Type
Open
Recalling Trace first must verify the file is recallable in this instrument by checking
instrument software version and model number, since it includes State. If everything
matches, a full recall proceeds by aborting the currently running measurement, loads the
state from the saved state file to as close as possible to the context in which the save
occurred. Users can open .trace files from any mode that supports them, so recalling a
Trace File switches to the mode that was active when the save occurred. After switching to
the mode of the saved state file, mode settings and data (if any for the mode) are loaded
with values from the saved file and the saved measurement of the mode becomes the newly
active measurement and the data relevant to the measurement (if there is any) is recalled.
Once the state is loaded the trace data must be loaded. The internal flags are consulted to
see which trace to load and the “To Trace” setting to see where to load it. Trace data is
always loaded with the specified trace set to View, so that the data is visible and not
updating (so as not to wipe out the recalled data). If the file is an “all trace” file, all traces
are loaded with the saved data (to the original trace the data was saved from) and set to
View. Traces whose data is not loaded are restored to the update state that existed when
they were saved.
In every other way a Trace load is identical to a State load. See section for details.
Key Path
Recall, Trace, Open
Restriction and Notes
Auto return to the Trace menu and the Open dialog goes away.
Advisory Event “Recalled File <file name>” after recall is complete.
SCPI Command
:MMEMory:LOAD:TRACe
TRACE1|TRACE2|TRACE3|TRACE4|TRACE5|TRACE6,<filename>
Example
:MMEM:LOAD:TRAC TRACE2,"myState.trace" recalls the file
myState.trace on the default path; if it is a “single trace” save file,
that trace is loaded to trace 2, and will is set to be not updating.
Data (Mode Specific)
Importing a data file loads data that was previously saved from the current measurement
or from other measurements and/or modes that produce the same type of data. The Import
Menu only contains Data Types that are supported by the current measurement.
For any given measurement, the Export Data and Import Data menus match, but keys in
Import Data are blanked if the data type is supported for Save but not for Recall.
Since the commonly exported data files are in .csv format, the data can be edited by the
user prior to importing. This allows you to export a data file, manipulate the data in Excel
(the most common PC Application for manipulating .csv files) and then import it.
188
Chapter
Recall
Importing Data loads measurement data from the specified file into the specified or default
destination, depending on the data type selected. Selecting an Import Data menu key will
not actually cause the importing to occur, since the analyzer still needs to know from
where to get the data. Pressing the Open key in this menu brings up the Open dialog and
Open menu that provides you with the options from where to recall the data. Once a
filename has been selected or entered in the Open menu, the recall will occur as soon as
the Open softkey is pressed. See section File Open Dialog and Menu for more details.
Mode
SA|VSA
Key Path
Recall
Remote Command Notes
No SCPI command directly controls the Data Type that this key
controls. The Data Type is included in the MMEM:LOAD
commands.
Preset
<mode specific>; Is not affected by Preset, but is reset during
Restore Mode Defaults and survives subsequent running of the
mode.
Trace
This key selects the Traces as the data type to be imported with this recall request. It
brings up the Trace Menu that lets you select which Trace to import the data into.
This key is grayed out when measurements are running that do not support trace
importing.
For Vector Signal Analyzer Mode:
— the trace data is loaded into the selected data register. Trace data registers are
temporary storage places for trace data. They allow you to view past results next to
current measurement results, and are also used in some functions like user defined
filters.They are measurement global, so you can import data into a register while in the
Digital Demod measurement and view it later while in the Vector measurement. Data
registers are cleared when the measurement application is terminated, but not when
you change Modes and return.
— If the recalled file was saved with header information, the trace will initially be
displayed with the same formatting and scaling as it had when it was saved. If headers
are not saved, the scaling and format are set to defaults when the trace is recalled.
— The following trace data formats may be imported:
Text and comma-separated variable (CSV)
Text
SDF.
— Option 200 also allows import of these additional formats:
Matlab 4
Chapter
189
Recall
Matlab 5
Matlab HDF5
N5110A compatible binary
Mode
SA|Analog Demod|VSA
Example
MMEM:LOAD:TRAC:DATA TRACE2,"MyTraceFile.csv"
This loads the trace file data (on the default file directory path)
into the specified trace.
Remote Command Notes
See .
Dependencies
Trace data is not available from all Measurements. In that case,
the key will be grayed out. The key will not show if no
measurements in the Mode support it.
Preset
1; not part of Preset, but is reset by Restore Mode Defaults and
survives power cycles
State Saved
Saved in State
Key Path
Recall, Data
Trace 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
These keys let you pick which Trace to import the data into; either 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6. The
default is 1.
Once selected, the key returns back to the Import Data menu and the selected Trace
number is annotated on the key. Now you have selected exactly what needs to be imported.
In order to trigger a import of the selected trace, you must select the Open key in the
Import Data menu.
An example of using this menu is: If you select 4 and continue to the File Open dialog, then
import Trace 4 from the file selected or entered in File Name option in the File Open dialog.
Mode
SA|VSA
Key Path
Recall, Data, Trace
Display in Selected Trace
In Vector Signal Analyzer Mode, data registers are used as temporary storage places for
trace data. A register may be displayed in any trace. If "Display in Selected Trace" softkey
is set to "Yes" then the data register into which the file is recalled is then assigned to the
currently selected trace.
Mode
VSA
190
Chapter
Recall
Example
!Related command:
MMEM:LOAD:TRAC:DATA D1,"TRC1.TXT",TXT
!This command explicitly puts the data in the specified trace.
Key Path
Recall, Data (Import), Trace (to)
Capture Buffer
Capture Buffer functionality is not available for all measurements. The captured data is
raw data (unprocessed).
Mode
WCDMA
Example
MMEM:LOAD:CAPT "MyCaptureData.bin"
This loads the file of capture data (on the default file directory path)
into the instrument.
Remote Command Notes
See .
Dependencies
Capture buffer data is not available from all Measurements. In that
case, the key will be grayed out. The key will not show if no
measurements in the Mode support it.
Key Path
Recall, Data
Zone Map
A map file contains zone definitions that will help simplify making measurements of
frequently used signals. The OFDMA frame structure can contain multiple-zone
definitions for the uplink and downlink subframes and multiple data burst allocations. You
can recall map files in which you have saved complicated OFDMA frame analysis zone
definitions; this can save you time and ensure the accuracy of repeat measurements. Map
files are also useful for recreating measurement settings so they can be used by other
users.
Mode
OFDMA WIMAX
Example
MMEM:LOAD:ZMAP "MyZonemapFile.omf"
This loads the file of zone map data (on the default file directory
path) into the custom map.
Remote Command Notes
Chapter
See .
191
Recall
Dependencies
Zone map data is not available from all Measurements. In that case,
the key will be grayed out. The key will not show if no
measurements in the Mode support it.
Key Path
Recall, Data
Recorded Data
This allows you to recall previously saved, recorded data for analysis.
This feature is only available with 89601X VSA Option 200 and Option G01.
Mode
VSA
Example
MMEM:LOAD:REC "MyRecording.sdf"
Notes
Available file types are:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Key Path
CSV (Comma delimited) (*.csv)
MAT-File (*.mat)
MAT-File (Version 4) (*.mat)
MAT-File (HDF5) (*.mat;*.hdf;*.h5)
N5110A Waveform (*.bin)
SDF (Fast) (*.sdf;*.dat)
SDF (Export) (*.sdf;*.dat)
Text (Tab delimited) (*.txt)
Recall, Data (Import)
Open…
Pressing File Open brings up the File Open standard Windows dialog and the File Open key
menu. When the user navigates to this selection, they have already determined they are
recalling a specific Data Type and now they want to specify which file to open.
When you first enter this dialog, the path is in the Look In: field in this File Open dialog
depends on which import data type you navigated here from.
The only files that are visible are those specific to the file type being recalled.
Key Path
Recall, Data
Restriction and Notes
Brings up Open dialog for recalling a <mode specific> Save Type
Open
192
Chapter
Recall
The import starts by checking for errors. Then the import can start. For all data types, the
actual import starts by aborting the currently running measurement. Then the import
does data type specific behavior:
Trace Import: A trace cannot be imported if the trace points in the file do not match the
sweep points in the mode. If this happens, an error is generated. When a trace is imported,
then Trace Update is always turned OFF for that trace and Trace Display is always turned
ON. The trace file has meta data. If the meta data in the file does not match the
corresponding SA state, the dirty marker is displayed.
Mode
SA
SCPI Command
:MMEMory:LOAD:TRACe:DATA
TRACE1|TRACE2|TRACE3|TRACE4|TRACE5|TRACE6,<filename>
Example
:MMEM:LOAD:TRAC DATA TRACE2,”myTrace2.csv” imports the
2nd trace from the file myTrace2.csv in the default path.
Remote Command Notes
Errors are reported if the file is empty or missing, or if the file type
does not match.
Mode
VSA
SCPI Command
:MMEMory:LOAD:TRACe:DATA
D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6,<filename>[,CSV|TXT|SDF]
SCPI Example
MMEM:LOAD:TRAC:DATA D1,"TRC1.TXT",TXT
Remote Command Notes
If the file format parameter is not included in the SCPI command,
the file format is determined by the file name extension. If this is
not sufficient, the file is scanned to determine the format.
Key Path
Recall, Data (Import), Trace (to), Open . . .
Recall captured data for reuse in demod measurements using the Load Capture Buffer
functionality. This function is enabled for ‘Code Domain’ and ‘Modulation Accuracy’
measurements only.
Mode
WCDMA
SCPI Command
:MMEMory:LOAD:CAPTured <filename>
Restriction and Notes
Errors are reported if the file is empty or missing, or if the file type
does not match.
Key Path
Recall, Data, File Open
Example
:MMEM:LOAD:CAPT ”My
Documents\WCDMA\data\IQ\captureBuffer\myCaptureBuffer.bi
n”
Chapter
193
Recall
Mode
VSA
SCPI Command
MMEMory:LOAD:RECording <filename>
SCPI Example
MMEM:LOAD:REC "MyRecording.sdf"
Key Path
Recall, Data (Import), Recorded Data, Open . . .
Mode
WIMAXOFDMA
SCPI Name
Recall Zone Map
SCPI Command
:MMEMory:LOAD:ZMAP <filename>
Example
:MMEM:LOAD:ZMAP “myZoneMap.omf” recalls the Zone Map data
from the file myZoneMap.omf on the default directory to the Custom
Map for Modulation Analysis measurement.
Key Path
Recall, Data, Zone Map
File Open Dialog and Menu
The File Open is a standard Windows dialog and has a File Open key menu. Each key in this
menu corresponds to the selectable items in the File Open dialog box. The menu keys can be
used for easy navigation between the selections within the dialog or the standard Tab and
Arrow keys can be used for dialog navigation. When you navigate to this selection, you have
already limited the file recall type and now you want to specify which file to open.
Open
This selection and the Enter key when a filename has been selected or specified actually
cause the load to occur. Open loads the specified or selected file to the previously selected
recall type of either State or a specific import data type.
Restriction and Notes
Advisory Event “File <file name> recalled” after recall is complete.
File/Folder List
This menu key navigates to the center of the dialog that contains the list of files and
194
Chapter
Recall
folders. Once here the user can get information about the file.
Key Path
Recall, <various>, Open…
Restriction and Notes
Pressing this key navigates the user to the files and folders list in
the center of the dialog.
Sort
Pressing this key brings up the Sort menu that allows the user a way to sort the files
within the File Open scope. Only one sorting type can be selected at a time and the sorting
happens immediately.
Key Path
Recall, <various>, Open…
Remote Command Notes
No SCPI command directly controls the sorting.
By Date
This allows the user to sort the list of files within the scope of the File Open dialog in
ascending or descending data order. The date is the last data modified.
Key Path
Recall, <various>, Open…, Sort
Restriction and Notes
Files in File Open dialog are sorted immediately in the selected
order
By Name
This allows the user to sort the list of files within the scope of the File Open dialog in
ascending or descending order based on the filename.
Key Path
Recall, <various>, Open…, Sort
Restriction and Notes
Files in File Open dialog are sorted immediately in the selected
order
By Extension
This allows the user to sort the list of files within the scope of the File Open dialog in
Chapter
195
Recall
ascending or descending order based on the file extension for each file.
Key Path
Recall, <various>, Open…, Sort
Restriction and Notes
Files in File Open dialog are sorted immediately in the selected
order
By Size
This allows the user to sort the list of files within the scope of the File Open dialog in
ascending or descending order based on file size.
Key Path
Recall, <various>, Open…, Sort
Restriction and Notes
Files in File Open dialog are sorted immediately in the selected
order
Ascending
This causes the display of the file list to be sorted, according to the sort criteria above, in
Ascending order.
Key Path
Recall, <various>, Open…, Sort
Restriction and Notes
Files in File Open dialog are sorted immediately in the selected
order
Descending
This causes the display of the file list to be sorted, according to the sort criteria above, in
Descending order.
Key Path
Recall, <various>, Open…, Sort
Restriction and Notes
Files in File Open dialog are sorted immediately in the selected
order
Files Of Type
This menu key corresponds to the Files Of Type selection in the dialog. It follows the
standard Windows supported Files Of Type behavior. It shows the current file suffix that
corresponds to the type of file the user has selected to save. If the user navigated here from
recalling State, “State File (*.state)” is in the dialog selection and is the only type available
196
Chapter
Recall
in the pull down menu. If the user navigated here from recalling Trace, “Trace+State File
(*.trace)” is in the dialog selection and is the only type available under the pull down
menu. If the user navigated here from importing a data file, “Data File (*.csv)” is in the
dialog and is the only type available in the pull down menu. Modes can have other data file
types and they would also be listed in the pull down menu.
Key Path
Recall, <various>, Open…
Restriction and Notes
Pressing this key causes the pull down menu to list all possible file
types available in this context.
Up One Level
This menu key corresponds to the icon of a folder with the up arrow that is in the tool bar
of the dialog. It follows the standard Windows supported Up One Level behavior. When
pressed, it causes the file and folder list to navigate up one level in the directory structure.
Key Path
Recall, <various>, Open…
Restriction and Notes
When pressed, the file and folder list is directed up one level of
folders and the new list of files and folders is displayed.
Cancel
This menu key corresponds to the Cancel selection in the dialog. It causes the current File
Open request to be cancelled. It follows the standard Windows supported Cancel behavior.
Key Path
Recall, <various>, Open…
Restriction and Notes
Pressing this key causes the Open dialog to go away and auto
return.
Chapter
197
Recall
198
Chapter
3
Analyzer Setup Functions
199
Analyzer Setup Functions
AMPTD Y Scale (Amplitude)
AMPTD Y Scale (Amplitude)
This menu has controls for the input signal conditioning as well as the Y-scaling of trace
data. Input signal conditioning actually affect the input signal and the associated
measurement quality, whereas Y-scaling is non-destructive of data. Even if the data is
scaled so as to be clipped or completely off the display, the marker readouts are still correct
and accurate data may still be retrieved via SCPI.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Front Panel
Range
The Range setting represents the amplitude of the largest sinusoidal signal that could be
present within the IF without being clipped by the ADC. For signals with high peak-to-rms
ratios, the range may need to exceed the rms signal power by a fair amount to avoid
clipping.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:RANGe <real>
[:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:RANGe?
Example
POW:RANG 25
POW:RANG?
Notes
The parameter is interpreted as dBm
Preset
20
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Min
depends on model and preamp options
Max
depends on model and preamp options
Key Path
AMPTD/YScale
200
Chapter 3
Analyzer Setup Functions
AMPTD Y Scale (Amplitude)
Y Axis Scaling
Y axis scaling allows you to view the entire range of the data or zoom in on a range of
interest. Scaling does not affect measurement setup, and rescaling can be done at any time
on paused or complete measurements and the results of the rescaling are immediately
visible. Y scaling can be made to track range setting for convenience in setting up
measurements.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
AMPTD Y-Scale
Select Trace
This function is a duplicate of the same function found on the Trace/Detector menu. See
the description there for details. It is placed here to allow you to conveniently choose which
trace the Y scaling applies.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
AMPTD Y-Scale, Y Axis Scaling
Y Auto Scale
This immediate action key causes the Y reference value and Scale per Division to change
so as to display the full trace without clipping.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:Y[:SCALe]:AUTO:ONCE
Example
:DISP:VECT:TRAC1:Y:AUTO:ONCE
Key Path
AMPTD/YScale
Chapter 3
201
Analyzer Setup Functions
AMPTD Y Scale (Amplitude)
Y Reference Value
This function controls the Y value of the selected trace at the Reference Position (see
below). It has no effect on hardware input settings.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel
<real>
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel?
Example
DISP:VECT:TRAC:Y:RLEV 20
DISP:VECT:TRAC:Y:RLEV?
Dependencies/Couplings
None. This does not affect any hardware input settings, like
Range does.
Preset
Depends on trace
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Min
–9.9E+37
Max
9.9E+37
Key Path
AMPTD/YScale
Y Scale Per Division
This controls the Y scale per division of the selected trace.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:Y[:SCALe]:PDIVision
<real>
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:Y[:SCALe]:PDIVision?
Example
DISP:VECT:TRAC:Y:PDIV 10
DISP:VECT:TRAC:Y:PDIV?
Dependencies/Couplings
None.
Preset
Depends on trace
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
202
Chapter 3
Analyzer Setup Functions
AMPTD Y Scale (Amplitude)
Min
–9.9E+37
Max
9.9E+37
Key Path
AMPTD/YScale
Couple Ref to Range
When Couple Ref to Range is on, a Y scaling is adjusted when the Range changes. For
example, on traces with Y units of dBm, the reference value changes by the same amount
in dB as the Range does. On a trace with Y units of Volts, the Per Division setting changes
by a factor of approx. 1.25 when the Range changes by 2 dB. This function may be turned
on or off on for each individual trace.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel:AUTO
OFF|ON|0|1
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel:AUTO?
Example
DISP:VECT:TRAC1:Y:RLEV:AUTO ON
DISP:VECT:TRAC1:Y:RLEV:AUTO?
Notes
Range coupling is not available for Phase and Group delay traces.
Preset
1
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Range
On | Off
Key Path
AMPTD/YScale
Y Reference: Position
This determines the position of the reference line for Y scaling for the selected trace. It
may be set to the top, bottom, or center of the grid.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Chapter 3
203
Analyzer Setup Functions
AMPTD Y Scale (Amplitude)
Remote Command
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:Y[:SCALe]:RPOSition
TOP|CENTer|BOTTom
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:Y[:SCALe]:RPOSition?
Example
DISP:VECT:TRAC1:Y:RPOS TOP
DISP:VECT:TRAC1:Y:RPOS?
Dependencies/Couplings
Changing trace format or data can affect this. Each format
"remembers" its reference position.
Preset
Depends on trace format and trace data. Top for LogMag or most
LinearMag traces, middle for Real, Imaginary, Vector displays,
Eye diagrams, Phase, Delay, Bottom for Linear Mag EVM
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Range
Top|Ctr|Bottom
Key Path
AMPTD/YScale
Y Unit Preference
This determines the preferred Y unit for the selected trace. You can select Peak, RMS,
Power units, or an automatic selection. The automatic selection is to show Power units for
frequency domain data and Peak units for time domain data.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:Y:UNIT:PREFeren
ce AUTO|PEAK|RMS|POWer|MRMS
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:Y:UNIT:PREFeren
ce?
Example
DISP:VECT:TRAC1:Y:UNIT:PREF PEAK
DISP:VECT:TRAC1:Y:UNIT:PREF?
Preset
AUTO
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Range
AUTO|PEAK|RMS|POW|MRMS
Key Path
AMPTD/YScale
204
Chapter 3
Analyzer Setup Functions
AMPTD Y Scale (Amplitude)
The following SCPI only command can be used to determine exactly which Y unit was
chosen based on the setting of the above:
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:Y:UNIT?
Example
DISP:VECT:TRAC1:Y:UNIT?
Key Path
AMPTD/YScale
Y Log Ratio
This property is only used if the Trace Format is set to LogMag (Linear Unit). In this
format type, you set the Y Log Ratio instead of Y Scale Per Division to determine Y scaling.
It sets the ratio of the top of the Y axis to the bottom.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:Y:LRATio <real>
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:Y:LRATio?
Example
DISP:VECT:TRAC1:Y:LRAT 10000
DISP:VECT:TRAC1:Y:LRAT?
Notes
This is grayed out if the trace format is not Log Mag
(linear unit).
Preset
100000
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Min
1.001
Max
100e6
Key Path
AMPTD/YScale
Vector Horiz Center
The Vector trace formats are I-Q and Constellation. When you are in one of these formats
you set the vertical (imaginary) axis scaling with the Y Reference Value, Y Reference
Chapter 3
205
Analyzer Setup Functions
AMPTD Y Scale (Amplitude)
Position, and Y Scale Per Division properties. The scaling of the horizontal axis is set so as
to maintain an aspect ratio of 1:1. The Vector Horiz Center property is used to set the
position of the origin.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:VHCenter <real>
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:VHCenter?
Example
DISP:DDEM:TRAC1:VHC 0.2
DISP:DDEM:TRAC1:VHC?
Preset
0
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Min
–9.9e37
Max
9.9e37
Key Path
AMPTD/YScale
Copy Y Scale
This front-panel only function copies the following Y scaling information from the selected
trace to another:
• Y reference Position
• Y Reference Value
• Y Unit Preference
• Vector Horiz Center
• Couple Ref to Range
• Y Log Ratio
• Y Reference Line
Mode
VSA
Key Path
AMPTD Y-Scale, Y Axis Scaling
206
Chapter 3
Analyzer Setup Functions
AMPTD Y Scale (Amplitude)
Reference Line
This controls whether the Y reference line is visible or not.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:RLINe
OFF|ON|0|1
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:RLINe?
Example
DISP:VECT:TRAC1:RLIN ON
DISP:VECT:TRAC1:RLIN?
Preset
OFF
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Key Path
AMPTD/YScale
Chapter 3
207
Analyzer Setup Functions
BW (Bandwidth)
BW (Bandwidth)
The BW key allows you to control the resolution bandwidth of the spectrum measurement
result, as well as the shape of the resolution bandwidth filter (controlled by the FFT
windowing function).
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Front Panel
Res BW
This key allows you to select the resolution bandwidth of the measurement. Res BW is
mathematically related to Time length and Window type, so changing one of these, directly
or indirectly, must change at least one other.
Res BW and Time length are related by the following equation:
Res BW = ENBW / T
where:
ENBW is the normalized effective noise bandwidth of the Window (see the FFT Window
topic for more details).
T is the time record length.
Therefore, if you change Res BW, Main Time must also change, and vice versa. (If the
Gate function is on, then it is Gate Length, not Main Time, that is related to Res BW by
the above equation.)
For convenience, Res BW is by default also coupled to Span (but not vice versa). This
coupling may be turned off. See the Res BW Coupling section for more details.
Limits:
The minimum Res Bw to Span ratio is related to the maximum Main Time length (q.v.),
and is given by:
ENBW / 409600 if Freq points state parameter is set to Auto
ENBW / (Freq Points – 1)if Freq points parameter is manually set
The maximum Res BW to Span ratio is related to the minimum time record size (16 points
for most windows, 17 points for Flat Top), and is given by:
ENBW / 12.5
(ENBW / 13.28125 for Flat Top window)
208
Chapter 3
Analyzer Setup Functions
BW (Bandwidth)
See the Main Time topic for more on relationships between Res BW and time.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:<meas>:BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution]
<bandwidth>
[:SENSe]:<meas>:BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution]?
Example
VECT:BWID 200 KHZ
VECT:BWID?
Notes
Key blanked in any other measurement than Vector or Analog
Demod
Dependencies/Couplings
Changing Main Time or Gate Length changes Res BW.
See Res BW Coupling for other changes that can affect (or be
affected by) Res BW
Preset
300 kHz
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Min
–9.9e37
Max
9.9e37
Key Path
BW
Res BW Coupling
This property controls how Res BW is affected by other parameters. The three possible
settings are:
Span: (default) This setting keeps the ratio of Res BW:Span constant whenever the
Span is changed. However, you can change the Res BW at will, and doing so establishes
a new Res BW:Span ratio.
Min: This setting is only available when the Freq Points property is manually set, and
is disabled (forceful grey out) when Freq Points is Auto. It maintains the RBW at the
minimum possible value given the settings for Freq Points, Span, and Window. Res BW
coupling is changed from Min to Span if you manually set Res BW.
Fixed: This setting attempts to keep the Res BW setting fixed as Span, Freq Points, or
FFT Window type change. Changing FFT Window will cause Main Time (or Gate)
length to change in order to keep the Res BW Fixed. Res BW coupling is forced to Fixed
mode any time you turn time the Gate function on or manually set Main Time length.
Chapter 3
209
Analyzer Setup Functions
BW (Bandwidth)
If a requested change to Res BW or Time Length (Main or Gate) would cause the Res BW
to go outside the minimum or maximum Res BW: Span limits (see the main Res BW
section for specifics), the Res BW is clipped at the appropriate limit. The Time length is
then set to according to the limited Res BW.
In Fixed coupling mode, if increasing the Span would cause the new Res BW:Span to drop
below the minimum, or if decreasing Span would cause the new Res BW: span to exceed
the maximum, the requested Span is accepted and then the Res BW is changed to the
limiting value. The associated Time length is updated.
In Fixed or Span coupling, increasing Freq Points does not cause the Main (or Gate) Time
Length to increase. It only adds zero padding to the array that is used in the FFT to
calculate the Spectrum. Therefore, it will not affect Res BW. If decreasing Freq Points
decreases the maximum time length below the current Main Time, then the Main Time
length is clipped to the new limits. If Gating is on, the Gate Delay is first limited, then the
Gate Length. The Res BW is then updated as a result of the Time changes.
In Fixed or Span coupling, changing the Window Type will not affect RBW unless it falls
outside the limits calculated using the new window. Then the Res BW is clipped at the
appropriate limit. The associated Time length is also updated.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:<meas>:BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution]:COUPle
SPAN|MIN|FIXed
[:SENSe]:<meas>:BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution]:COUPle?
Example
VECT:BWID:COUP FIX
VECT:BWID:COUP?
Notes
Blanked when in any other measurement than Vector or Analog
DemodMIN is not available if Freq Points is set to Auto and
trying to set it generates error –221 Settings conflict
Dependencies/Couplings
See narrative above table and also Res BW section
Preset
SPAN
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Range
Span | Min | Fixed
Key Path
BW
210
Chapter 3
Analyzer Setup Functions
BW (Bandwidth)
FFT Window
This key allows you to choose the Window function that is applied to the time data prior to
the FFT calculation used for Spectrum and PSD displays. Four windows are available.
Window name
Common usage
Normalized ENBW (Hz-s)
Uniform
Transient or self-windowing
signals, signals that are periodic
within a time record length.
1.0
Hanning
Frequency resolution
1.5
Gaussian
High dynamic range
2.21536
Flat Top
High amplitude accuracy
3.8194
The normalized ENBW is the equivalent noise bandwidth, that is, the width of a
rectangular filter that passes the same amount of white noise as the window. It is used to
define the resolution bandwidth.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:<meas>:FFT:WINDow[:TYPE]
UNIForm|HANNing|GAUSsian|FLATtop
[:SENSe]:<meas>:FFT:WINDow[:TYPE]?
Example
VECT:FFT:WIND GAUS
VECT:FFT:WIND?
Dependencies/Couplin
gs
See Res BW and Res BW Coupling sections
Preset
FLAT
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Range
Uniform | Hanning | Gaussian (High Dyn Rng) | Flat Top (High
Amptd Accy)
Key Path
BW
Chapter 3
211
Analyzer Setup Functions
FREQ Channel
FREQ Channel
Frequency parameters for any vector measurement consist of 2 pairs of properties: Center
Frequency and Span or Start Frequency and Stop Frequency. These behave much as they
do in any other application, but there is the additional constraint that the span is limited
to much less than the center frequency range.
If you change center frequency the start and stop frequencies change by the same amount.
If you change span, start frequency and stop frequency are changed by 1/2 the span
change.
If you change start frequency, stop frequency remains fixed and span and center frequency
are refigured accordingly. Changing stop frequency has similar behavior.
Limits:
If you change the start frequency such that it will equal or exceed the stop frequency, the
new start frequency will be accepted if possible and the stop frequency will be set to min
span above the start. Similarly if you attempt to set the stop below the start, the start
frequency will move to a min span below the new stop frequency.
If you reduce the start frequency beyond a max span below the stop, the stop frequency
will be "dragged along" such that it will be a max span above the new start frequency, and
similarly increasing the stop frequency will drag the start frequency along if you attempt
to increase the span beyond the maximum.
Stop frequency may be 1/2 span above the maximum center frequency, but
frequency-domain traces are blanked above the maximum center frequency.
Start frequency may be 1/2 span below the minimum center frequency, but
frequency-domain traces are blanked below the minimum center frequency.
Pressing the Freq hardkey changes the active function to Center Frequency.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Front Panel
Center Freq
Sets the frequency of the display Center.
Mode
VSA
212
Chapter 3
Analyzer Setup Functions
FREQ Channel
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:FREQuency:CENTer <freq>
[:SENSe]:FREQuency:CENTer?
Example
FREQ:CENT 985 MHZ
FREQ:CENT?
Dependencies/Couplings
Start Freq, Stop Freq, and Span. See narrative under FREQ
Channel heading for details.
Preset
1 GHz
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Min
20 Hz
Max
Depends on frequency range option.
Key Path
FREQ Channel
Start Freq
Sets the frequency of the display Start.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:FREQuency:STARt <freq>
[:SENSe]:FREQuency:STARt?
Example
FREQ:STAR 980 MHz
FREQ:STAR?
Dependencies/Couplings
Stop Freq, Center Freq, and Span. See narrative under FREQ
Channel heading for details.
Preset
Depends on span option. It is 1/2 max span below 1 GHz
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Min
–9.9e37
Max
9.9e37
Key Path
FREQ Channel
Chapter 3
213
Analyzer Setup Functions
FREQ Channel
Stop Freq
Sets the frequency of the display Stop.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:FREQuency:STOP <freq>
[:SENSe]:FREQuency:STOP?
Example
FREQ:STOP 990 MHz
FREQ:STOP?
Dependencies/Couplings
Start Freq, Center Freq, and Span. See narrative under FREQ
Channel heading for details.
Preset
Depends on span option. It is 1/2 max span above 1 GHz
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Min
–9.9e37
Max
9.9e37
Key Path
FREQ Channel
CF Step
This key controls the amount the center frequency changes if it is the active function and
the user presses the Up or Down arrow key. Note: the start and stop frequency also change
by the amount of the CF Step if the Up/Down arrow keys are used to change them; but the
key is mainly used is in connection with stepping the center frequency, so the legacy key
name has been retained. The step size in Auto mode is 1/10th the span. It can be set to any
value in manual mode.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:FREQuency:CENTer:STEP[:INCRement] <freq>
[:SENSe]:FREQuency:CENTer:STEP[:INCRement]?
[:SENSe]:FREQuency:CENTer:STEP:AUTO OFF|ON|0|1
[:SENSe]:FREQuency:CENTer:STEP:AUTO?
Example
FREQ:CENT:STEP 1 MHZ
FREQ:CENT:STEP?
FREQ:CENT:STEP:AUTO ON
FREQ:CENT:STEP:AUTO?
214
Chapter 3
Analyzer Setup Functions
FREQ Channel
Dependencies/Couplings
1/10th Span when auto is turned on
Preset
Depends on span option; 1/10th default span.
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Min
–9.9e37
Max
9.9e37
Key Path
FREQ Channel
Chapter 3
215
Analyzer Setup Functions
Source
Source
The Source function is not available for this mode.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Front Panel
216
Chapter 3
Analyzer Setup Functions
SPAN X Scale
SPAN X Scale
This menu has softkeys for selecting measurement span and also for scaling of the X axis.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Front Panel
Span
This controls the frequency span of the measurement. This is the full span that is
displayed on a spectrum display. The actual IF bandwidth that the time record sees is 1.28
times the span. See the FREQ Channel section for details on how this interacts with start,
stop, and center frequencies.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:FREQuency:SPAN <freq>
[:SENSe]:FREQuency:SPAN?
Example
FREQ:SPAN 10 MHZ
FREQ:SPAN?
Dependencies/Couplings
Start Freq and Stop Freq. See narrative under FREQ Channel
heading for details.
Preset
depends on span option
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Min
2 Hz
Max
depends on span option
Key Path
SPAN/XScale
Full Span
This immediate action key changes the span to the maximum available. The center
frequency remains unchanged, regardless of whether the Frequency Annotation property
is Start/Stop or Center/Span.
Chapter 3
217
Analyzer Setup Functions
SPAN X Scale
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:FREQuency:SPAN:FULL
Example
FREQ:SPAN:FULL
Notes
The label on the softkey gives the full span available, which
depends on span option.
Dependencies/Couplings
Changes span to maximum while keeping the center frequency
constant. Start and Stop frequency are affected
Key Path
SPAN/XScale
Signal Track
From the point of view of a spectrum display, this function, when turned on, attempts to
keep the largest magnitude signal in the center of the screen. It is the equivalent of
manually doing a single acquisition, doing a marker to peak search on a spectrum trace,
then copying the marker position to the center frequency and repeating. (It is not
necessary to be viewing a spectrum display for this function to work.)
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:VECTor|ADEMod:FREQuency:CENTer:TRACk
OFF|ON|0|1
[:SENSe]:VECTor|ADEMod:FREQuency:CENTer:TRACk?
Example
VECT:FREQ:CENT:TRAC ON
VECT:FREQ:CENT:TRAC?
Dependencies/Couplings
Unavailable if averaging is turned on.
Preset
0
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Range
On | Off
Key Path
SPAN/XScale
218
Chapter 3
Analyzer Setup Functions
SPAN X Scale
X Axis Scaling
By default, the X axis of a trace is scaled to show all the available data in the trace. (The
exception is that in spectrum displays, the edges of the spectrum that may contain aliases
are not shown by default.) However, the X axis can be manually scaled in order to zoom in
on a subset of the X values, or to set the X scaling to more convenient numbers. X scaling
may be changed even when a measurement is paused or completed, and the display will be
updated immediately, using the existing trace data. No measurement parameters are
affected and no new measurement is made. X scaling is unique to each trace.
Scaling is based on a reference position, which may be on the left of the grid, in the center,
or on the right. The X reference value is assigned to this position. The X Width is the
difference between the X value on the right side of the grid and the X value on the left. If
the reference is in the center, the right and left are half of the X width away.
If X scaling is set such that the left or right axis boundary falls outside the X range of the
available data, the trace is shown correctly on that portion of the display where it belongs.
For Vector displays (I-Q and Constellation) the X axis is actually perpendicular to the
screen, and the screen's horizontal axis is used for the real part of the Y values. In this
case, the X scaling can still be used to only display a portion of the data. In the case of the
X reference position, left means the least positive or most negative X value, and right
means the most positive or least negative value. For example, when looking at a 10 ms
time record of a QPSK signal, you could set the X reference position to left, the X reference
value to 4 ms and the X width to 1 ms in order to see just the portion of the signal between
4 and 5 ms. This same portion would be shown if IQ format were chosen (even though the
time axis is not visible in this case).
For Symbol tables, which are not graphed but displayed in alphanumerics, X scaling can
also be used to display a portion of the complete data. For example, you can set the X
reference position to left, the X reference value to 20 symbols, and the X width to 10
symbols to see symbols 20 through 30. If then change the X reference position to center,
you will see symbols 15 through 25, and if you change the X reference position to right you
will see symbols 10 through 20.
Annotation for the X axis is just below the grid on the left and right side. It is based on
whether the X Scaling is Auto or Man. If it is Auto, then the left side is annotated with
either "Center" or "Start", and the right side is annotated with either "Span" or "Stop"
followed by the appropriate numbers and units. The Center/ Span pair is only used for
Spectrum or PSD traces, and only if the Freq Annotation property is Center/Span (see
Freq Annotation under the FREQ key).
If X Scaling is Man, the annotation for the left side is "Left|Ctr|Right
<x_reference_value> <unit>" (depending on the X reference position), and on the right side
the annotation is "Width <x_width> <unit>". Shown below is an illustration of two of these
manual X scale annotations:
Chapter 3
219
Analyzer Setup Functions
SPAN X Scale
F
or Vector displays, the X axis annotation is replaced by annotation for the real part of the Y
value, each annotation consisting of number followed by a unit (usually volts).
Mode
VSA
Key Path
SPAN X Scale
Select Trace
This function is a duplicate of the same function found on the Trace/Detector menu. See
the description there for details. It is placed here to allow you to conveniently choose which
trace the X scaling applies.
Mode
VSA
220
Chapter 3
Analyzer Setup Functions
SPAN X Scale
SPAN X Scale, X Axis Scaling
Key Path
X Scale
If this function is set to Auto, it causes the trace to display all available trace data.
(Exception: the display of the outer edges of a spectrum which may contain aliases is
governed by the All Frequency Points function setting – see below.). The annotation is
updated as needed, but the X Reference Value and X Width keys are grayed out and not
updated. When this function is set to Man, the X Reference Value and X Width softkey
readbacks are updated with the current values.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:X[:SCALe]:COUPle
OFF|ON|0|1
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:X[:SCALe]:COUPle?
Example
:DISP:VECT:TRAC1:X:COUP ON
DISP:VECT:TRAC1:X:COUP?
Dependencies/Couplings
Forced to Man if X Reference Value or X Width is set by user.
Preset
1
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Range
Auto | Man
Key Path
SPAN/XScale
X Reference Value
This function controls the X value of the selected trace at the chosen X Reference Position
(see below). It has no effect on hardware input settings.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Chapter 3
221
Analyzer Setup Functions
SPAN X Scale
Remote Command
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:X[:SCALe]:RLEVel <real>
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:X[:SCALe]:RLEVel?
Example
DISP:VECT:TRAC:X:RLEV 1e9
DISP:VECT:TRAC:X:RLEV?
Dependencies/Couplings
If X Scale is set to Auto, the X Reference Value is determined by
the trace data and this key is grayed out.
Preset
Depends on trace
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Min
–9.9E+37
Max
9.9E+37
Key Path
SPAN/XScale
X Width
This sets the width of the X axis that is displayed for the selected trace. The X width may
be set less than the Span for frequency-domain traces, allowing you to zoom in on just a
portion of the measured values. Likewise it may be less than time span covered by
time-domain data This plus the X Reference Value and X Reference Position control the
range of X values that may be displayed on a trace. For example, if the X Reference
position is Center, the X Reference value is 1 GHz and the X Width is 20 MHz.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:X[:SCALe]:SPAN
<real>
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:X[:SCALe]:SPAN?
Example
DISP:VECT:TRAC:X:SPAN 10e6
DISP:VECT:TRAC:X:SPAN?
Dependencies/Couplings
If X Scale is set to Auto, the X Width is determined by the
trace data and this key is grayed out.
Preset
Depends on trace
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Min
–9.9E+37
Max
9.9E+37
222
Chapter 3
Analyzer Setup Functions
SPAN X Scale
SPAN/XScale
Key Path
X Reference Position
This determines the position from which the X scaling is calculated for the selected trace.
It may be set to the left side, center, or right side of the grid.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:X[:SCALe]:RPOSition
LEFT|CENTer|RIGHt
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:X[:SCALe]:RPOSition?
Example
DISP:VECT:TRAC1:X:RPOS LEFT
DISP:VECT:TRAC1:X:RPOS?
Dependencies/Couplings
If X Scale is set to Auto, the X Reference Position is determined
by the trace data and this key is grayed out.
Preset
CENT
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Range
Left|Ctr|Right
Key Path
SPAN/XScale
All Frequency Points
Spectrum trace data (and PSD) are based on the FFT algorithm. By default, the outer
edges of the spectrum are not displayed because they may show spurious results that are
aliases of real signals that are not completely filtered out by the IF filter. For example, in
the case of a 1024 point FFT only 801 points are displayed. If you want to view the
additional FFT points at the edges of spectral displays, turn this function on. It is global to
all traces, not specific to a single trace.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Chapter 3
223
Analyzer Setup Functions
SPAN X Scale
Remote Command
:DISPlay:<meas>:AFPoints OFF|ON|0|1
:DISPlay:<meas>:AFPoints?
Example
DISP:VECT:AFP ON
DISP:VECT:AFP?
Notes
ac
Dependencies/Couplings
Only applies if trace is showing Spectrum or PSD
results.
Preset
OFF
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Range
On | Off
Key Path
SPAN/XScale
Freq Annotation
This controls how Spectrum and PSD traces are annotated when their X Scale is set to
Auto. If Freq Annotation is set to Center/Span, the X-axes on windows containing
frequency domain traces are labeled with the center frequency on the left and the span on
the right. If the Freq Annotation is set to Start/Stop, then the start and stop frequencies
appear in place of center and span. If the X Scale is manual, then this annotation style
does not apply.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:DISPlay:<meas>:FANNotation CSPan|SSTop
:DISPlay:<meas>:FANNotation?
Example
DISP:VECT:FANN CSP
DISP:VECT:FANN?
Preset
CSP
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
224
Chapter 3
Analyzer Setup Functions
SPAN X Scale
Range
Center/Span | Start/Stop
Key Path
SPAN/XScale
Copy X Scale
This front-panel only function copies the following X scaling information from the selected
trace to another:
• X reference Position
• X Reference Value
• X Width
• X Scale (Auto/Man)
Mode
VSA
Key Path
SPAN X Scale, X Axis Scaling
Chapter 3
225
Analyzer Setup Functions
Trace/Detector
Trace/Detector
This key accesses a menu allowing you to select various trace parameters for all VSA
measurements.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Front Panel
Select Trace
This softkey brings up a menu that allows you to select the trace that is to receive the
action of all successive trace-specific commands like scaling, assignment of trace data, etc.
The selected trace is outlined in green and is always made visible. While the Select Trace
menu is showing, Each visible trace is annotated in the middle with its own trace number,
as shown: below. The trace number annotations disappear when any other menu is
showing.
226
Chapter 3
Analyzer Setup Functions
Trace/Detector
Grid 2x2 layout showing trace annotations when Trace Select dialog is active
This softkey also appears in the X and Y scaling menus. There is only one selected trace at
any time. If you change which trace is selected, that change is reflected in this
softkey/menu wherever it appears. Other ways to select a trace include use of the Next
Window key, clicking within a trace window with a mouse cursor, and issuing a
trace-specific SCPI command.
There is no SCPI command associated with this function. Instead, SCPI commands that
are trace-specific have an index on the TRACe node that determines the selected trace.
Using such a command has the side effect that the trace addressed by the SCPI command
becomes the selected trace for any front panel interaction.
Mode
VSA
Notes
No SCPI. Front panel only.
Dependencies/Couplings
Affects any trace-specific commands
Chapter 3
227
Analyzer Setup Functions
Trace/Detector
Range
Trace 1|Trace 2|Trace 3|Trace 4|Trace 5|Trace 6
Key Path
Trace/Detector (also Span / X Scale or AMPTD ? Y Scale)
Data
This accesses a menu of Trace data choices for the selected trace. A VSA Measurement
may produce many different results from a single scan; either a graph or a table. In
addition, the ACP and OBW functions can be enabled on any trace showing a
frequency-domain result, and produce Summary table results. Any of these results may be
assigned to a trace and displayed. See the individual measurement PDs for a list of all
Trace results that are available for each measurement.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:FEED <string>
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:FEED?
Example
DISP:VECT:TRAC1:FEED "Spectrum1"
DISP:VECT:TRAC1:FEED?
Preset
Depends on trace number and measurement
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Range
see table above and in individual Measurement PDs
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data
The following Trace Data types are available in all measurements:
Soft Key Name
SCPI string form
No Data
"No Data"
Spectrum
"Spectrum1"
Inst Spectrum
"Inst Spectrum1"
Raw Main Time
"Raw Main Time1"
OBW Summary Trace 1
"OBW Summary Trc1"
OBW Summary Trace 2
"OBW Summary Trc2"
OBW Summary Trace 3
"OBW Summary Trc3"
228
Chapter 3
Analyzer Setup Functions
Trace/Detector
Soft Key Name
SCPI string form
OBW Summary Trace 4
"OBW Summary Trc4"
ACP Summary Trace 1
"ACP Summary Trc1"
ACP Summary Trace 2
" ACP Summary Trc2"
ACP Summary Trace 3
" ACP Summary Trc3"
ACP Summary Trace 4
" ACP Summary Trc4"
The complete list of Trace Data names that may be assigned using the above SCPI can be
obtained by using the following SCPI query:
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:CALCulate:<meas>:DATA[1]|2|3|4:NAMes?
Example
CALC:VECT:DATA:NAM?
Notes
Query only. Returns a comma-separated list of trace data names
that may be used in DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:FEED
"<string>". The list is the same regardless of trace index.
Spectrum
This key assigns the selected trace to display the Spectrum data result.
The Spectrum trace data displays the spectrum of the selected channel. The spectrum
computation displays frequency on the x axis and amplitude on the y axis.
The following formulas show how the analyzer calculates spectrum information:
Chapter 3
229
Analyzer Setup Functions
Trace/Detector
No Average
rms Average
rms Exponential AF[n]Average
Continuous Peak Hold Average
Time Average
230
Chapter 3
Analyzer Setup Functions
Trace/Detector
Time Exponential Average
As shown in the previous formulas, the spectrum may be a linear spectrum or power
spectrum as follows:
If the average is...
then the spectrum is...
Averaging OFF
Linear
rms Average
Power
Continuous peak
Power
Linear spectra contain magnitude and phase (real and imaginary) information. Remember
however, that scalar measurements (produced by the Spectrum Analyzer application) do
not provide phase information. Therefore, for scalar measurements, linear spectra have no
phase information.
Power spectra contain only magnitude (real) information. This occurs with rms averages,
for instance, because the results of the FFT are squared. Remember that the FFT yields
both real and imaginary information. When the analyzer squares the results of the FFT,
the imaginary part becomes zero.
See also Trace/Detector, Data
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data
Chapter 3
231
Analyzer Setup Functions
Trace/Detector
Inst Spectrum
This key assigns the selected trace to display the Inst. Spectrum data result.
Inst Spectrum trace data displays the instantaneous spectrum for the selected input
channel. Instantaneous spectrum is computed before data is averaged, which allows you
see spectrum data before the data is averaged with other spectrum data.
Note
Inst Spectrum is not available when analog or digital demodulation is selected.
The following block diagram is a portion of the block diagram shown under Vector Block
Diagram. It shows where, in the block diagram, spectrum and instantaneous spectrum are
created.
Window
and
FFT
Average
Spectrum
Inst. Spectrum
This measurement calculation is useful for these types of averaged measurements:
• rms
• rms exponential
• Continuous peak hold
If averaging is off, the spectrum and instantaneous spectrum display the same
information.
See also Trace/Detector, Data
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data
Main Time
This key assigns the selected trace to display the Main Time data result.
Note that Main Time is not available when analog or digital demodulation is selected.
Main Time versus Gate Time
232
Chapter 3
Analyzer Setup Functions
Trace/Detector
The term is used to differentiate between the "main" time record and the "gate" time
record when time gating is on.
A time record is the basic building block of the Fast Fourier Transform (FFT). The FFT
takes the time-domain information in the time record and transforms it into the frequency
domain.
When time gating is on, you can identify a portion of the main time-record to be used by
the FFT. The term "main time-record" identifies the entire time record; the term "gate
time-record" identifies the portion selected by the gate.
Selecting the Main Time trace data displays the entire time record--the main time-record.
Selecting the Gate Time trace data displays that portion of the main time-record marked
by the gate--the gate time-record.
The following block diagram is a portion of the block diagram shown under Vector Block
Diagram. It shows the blocks that create main time and gate time.
Note that the Analog Demodulation block is available only when analog demodulation is
enabled
Instantaneous
Main Time
Main Time
Gate Time
Ch1
Ch2
Time
Corrections
Time
Average
Time
Gating
Analog
Demod
Window
and
FFT
There are many reasons why you may want to view the main time record. Here are just a
few:
— To verify that there is an input signal.
— To see the characteristics of the input signal.
— To help in manually setting the input range.
Time Records and Span
If you set the analyzer to full span, the time data you see is the actual input time-record.
This is raw input data--the signal from which all subsequent measurements are based.
If you set the instrument to measure a specific bandwidth (something less than full span),
the time data you see is the raw input data after it has been filtered (to provide alias
protection) and decimated (to obtain the desired span).
Time Records and Averaging
If rms or continuous peak-hold averaging is on, the analyzer displays the most recent time
record. The analyzer does not show an averaged time waveform, because all averaging is
done after the time data has been transformed to the frequency domain.
Chapter 3
233
Analyzer Setup Functions
Trace/Detector
If time averaging is on, the analyzer displays the averaged time-record. In other words, the
time record has been averaged with previous time records.
How the Analyzer Displays the Time Record
It is important to remember that although the time record looks like an oscilloscope
display, the analyzer is not a digital oscilloscope.
The time record represents samples of a waveform. The samples have enough information
to accurately reconstruct the input signal--but the human eye may not properly perform
the reconstruction. In fact, for frequencies that are higher than about ten percent of the
frequency span, there will be noticeable visible distortion.
The analyzer's anti-alias filters will cause some ringing or distortion of square waves or
transients when viewed in the time domain.
See also Trace/Detector, Data
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data
Inst Main Time
This key assigns the selected trace to display the Inst Main Time data result.
Inst Main Time trace data displays the instantaneous time-domain data for the selected
input channel.
Note that Inst Main Time is not available when analog or digital demodulation is selected.
The following block diagram is a portion of the Vector Signal Analyzer block diagram. It
shows how Instantaneous Main Time is derived.
Instantaneous
Main Time
Main Time
Gate Time
Ch1
Ch2
Time
Corrections
Time
Average
Analog
Demod
Time
Gating
Window
and
FFT
Notice that Instantaneous Main Time shows you time data before time averaging. If time
averaging is off, Instantaneous Main Time is identical to Main Time.
234
Chapter 3
Analyzer Setup Functions
Trace/Detector
See also Trace/Detector, Data
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data
Gate Time
This key assigns the selected trace to display the Gate Time data result.
Gate Time trace data displays the selected channel's gate time-record.
Note that Gate Time is not available when analog or digital demodulation is selected.
If time gating is on, Gate Time displays the portion of the main time-record marked by the
gate-- this portion is called the gate record (if time gating is off, Gate Time displays
nothing).
As a reminder, if time gating is on, the Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) uses the gate
time-record, which can be all or a portion of the main time-record, to compute frequency
information such as spectrum, frequency response, coherence, and correlation.
See also Trace/Detector, Data
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data
Raw Main Time
This key assigns the selected trace to display the Raw Main Time data result.
Raw Main Time is the raw data read from the input hardware or playback file. It is similar
to Main Time with the following exceptions:
• This data has not had time corrections applied, so it displays a "CAL?" trace LED.
• The data has not gone through the analyzer's software resampling filters, so is
generally not sampled at the specified sample rate.
• The data has a wider bandwidth than the measurement span would indicate.
Raw Main Time data is useful in the following situations:
• When you use Channel, IF Magnitude, or Magnitude trigger types, the input hardware
Chapter 3
235
Analyzer Setup Functions
Trace/Detector
detects the trigger, so Raw Main Time sometimes gives a better indication of what
caused the trigger.
• When you play back a recording, the Raw Main Time measurement data allows you to
see exactly the samples that are saved in the recording, with no filtering applied or
settling removed.
See also Trace/Detector, Data
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data
PSD (Power Spectral Density)
This key assigns the selected trace to display the Power Spectral Density (PSD) data
result.
PSD trace data displays the power spectral density (PSD) of the selected channel.
The definition of PSD yields y-axis units of Vpk2/Hz and x-axis units of frequency:
PSD is used for noise measurements. It shows the power density of a signal as a function of
frequency. In general, noise may have any arbitrary frequency content, resulting in a
variety of possible PSD shapes. Noise that has equal power density at all frequencies is
called white noise:
236
Chapter 3
Analyzer Setup Functions
Trace/Detector
The definition of PSD is power per Hertz. In other words, power is divided by the
measurement bandwidth, which in this analyzer is the resolution bandwidth (ResBW), as
follows:
Units of Vpk2/Hz assumes the signal is referenced to 1 ohm. That is, because no resistance
is specified, the signal is interpreted as a voltage across a one ohm resistor, with the power
in the resistor equal to Vpk2.
You can select units of dBm/Hz to take into account the analyzer's input impedance. PSD
defaults to these units. The analyzer calculates dBm/Hz as follows:
See also Trace/Detector, Data
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data
Chapter 3
237
Analyzer Setup Functions
Trace/Detector
CCDF (Complementary, Cumulative Density Function)
This key assigns the selected trace to display the CCDF data result.
CCDF trace data displays the complementary, cumulative density function (CCDF) for the
selected input channel.
The complementary, cumulative density function (CCDF) is a statistical-power calculation
and can be performed only on time-domain data. As its name suggests, CCDF is the
complement of CDF, and is defined as follows:
CDF(K) = Probability(x K)
CCDF(K) = Probability(x K)
CCDF provides better resolution than CDF for low probability signals, especially when log
format is used for the y-axis.
The analyzer plots CCDF using units of percent (%) for the y-axis and power (dB) for the
x-axis. Power on the x-axis is relative to the signal average power, so 0 dB is the average
power of the signal. Therefore, a marker readout of
Trace A Marker 2 dB 12 %
means there is a 12% probability that the signal power will be 2 dB or more above the
average power.
CCDF Calculation:
Calculate the RMS value for all measured samples; this becomes the 0 dB point at the left
end of the x-axis.
Normalize all samples to the RMS value in units of dB.
Determine which x-axis bin each sample belongs in between 0 and 20 dB.
Calculate the total number of samples that are greater than or equal to each x-axis bin and
plot as a percent of the number of samples measured.
Samples Used in the Power Measurement
For the Demod Off and Analog demod modes, the analyzer computes CCDF using all
samples in the current time record (all points in the active trace). Each successive time
record adds additional samples to the CCDF measurement.
For WLAN - OFDM and -DSSS demod modes, the analyzer computes CCDF using all
samples specified within the measurement interval.
238
Chapter 3
Analyzer Setup Functions
Trace/Detector
Restarting the Power Measurement
Selecting CCDF, restarting the measurement, or changing most measurement parameters
restarts the CCDF measurement. For example, changing the range or center frequency
resets the number of samples used in the CCDF measurement to zero and restarts the
CCDF measurement.
Tips
Note the following when making CCDF measurements:
• For best results, set the analyzer's displayed frequency span to include all the energy of
your signal. In other words, make sure the displayed frequency span includes the entire
bandwidth of the measured signal.
• The CCDF measurement does not restart:
• After a calibration
• After you continue a paused measurement
• Many channel specific changes restart the CCDF measurement on both channels, such
as changing the gate delay, or input coupling.
• The analyzer displays DATA? if the average power drifts 8 to 10 dB from the average
power measured in the first time record. For example, the analyzer would display
DATA? if you measured a transmitter signal that was off when the CCDF measurement
started but then turned on later in the measurement.
• CCDF measurements are disabled during time averaging.
See also Trace/Detector, Data
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data
CDF (Cumulative Density Function)
This key assigns the selected trace to display the CDF data result.
CDF trace data displays the Cumulative Density Function (CDF) for the selected input
channel. CDF is computed by integrating the PDF (Probability Density Function). CDF is
explained in online help for the CCDF trace data¾for further details, see that topic
See also Trace/Detector, Data
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data
Chapter 3
239
Analyzer Setup Functions
Trace/Detector
PDF (Probability Density Function)
This key assigns the selected trace to display the PDF data result.
PDF trace data displays the Probability Density Function of the selected channel. PDF
indicates the probability that a given level has occurred.
PDF is equivalent to a normalized histogram. A histogram shows how the amplitude of a
signal is distributed between its maximum and minimum values. Amplitude is displayed
on the X-axis, and number of counts on the Y-axis.
The number of averages for a histogram determines the number of counts in the
histogram; in other words, how many records are measured¾the records are not
"averaged". If averaging is off or if exponential averaging is selected, the measurement
continues indefinitely. Keep in mind that the accuracy of the histogram is dependent on
the frequency span, time-record length, and number of averages (if averaging is on).
Histograms are used for such things as determining the statistical properties of noise and
monitoring the performance of electromechanical positioning systems.
PDF trace data is normalized by multiplying the number of averages by the number of
points in the time record, then dividing this value by the DV spacing on the X-axis. The
probability of a signal falling between two points is equal to the integral of the curve
between those points.
PDF trace data displays the number of points used in its computation above the trace
(Pts:). It also displays the average level (Avg:) above the trace.
See also Trace/Detector, Data
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data
Auto Correlation
This key assigns the selected trace to display the Power Spectral Density (PSD) data
result.
Auto Correlation trace data displays the autocorrelation for the selected input channel.
Autocorrelation is a form of correlation, a measure of the similarity between two signals.
Note that Auto Correlation is not available when digital demodulation is selected.
Tips
— Use ac coupling only. Correlation measurements are disturbed by dc offsets in the
240
Chapter 3
Analyzer Setup Functions
Trace/Detector
signal.
— Some types of averaging may be useful -- rms averaging does not affect correlation
measurements, but you can use time averaging to reduce noise, if you can provide a
consistent trigger. However, averaging is usually unnecessary to make good correlation
measurements.
— Use appropriate triggering and trigger delays. This is especially true for time
averaging.
— Use a random noise source for delay measurements. Correlation measurements provide
the ability to resolve time differences between waveforms that appear to be random.
— Waveforms on the correlation trace may not appear as they do in the time trace. This is
particularly noticeable when you are using correlation to extract synchronous signals
from noise. The different shape of some waveforms is a direct result of the
mathematical definition of correlation. For example, a correlated square wave appears
as a triangle wave. It's important to remember that the period of the waveform is
preserved even if the correlation waveform looks different.
— To avoid wrap-around effects, correlation produces a time record one-half the length of
the measurement time-record.
Theory of Operation
Autocorrelation is a form of correlation, a measure of the similarity between two signals.
Correlation is performed by multiplying two signals together at each instant in time and
summing all the products. If the signals are identical, every product is positive and the
resulting sum is large.
If, however, the two signals are dissimilar, then some of the products are positive and some
are negative. In this case, the final sum is smaller because the products tend to cancel.
Autocorrelation performs a time-shifted, "averaged" correlation on a single signal. The
signal is correlated with time-shifted versions of itself. Furthermore, the products from
each time-shift are averaged by dividing each final sum by the number of products
contributing to it.
1
Rxx(τ) = lim
T
T→∞
intgrl [conj [x(t)] × x(t + τ ) ] dt
where: Rxx = autocorrelation function
= amount of time shift
= infinity
x() = signal to be correlated
intgrl = integration
conj = conjugation
T = time
= multiplication
That is, the autocorrelation function is found by taking a signal, multiplying it by the same
signal displaced (tau) units in time, and averaging the product over all time.
Duality With the Power Spectrum
Chapter 3
241
Analyzer Setup Functions
Trace/Detector
For simplicity and speed, this analyzer performs the autocorrelation operation by taking
advantage of its duality with the power spectrum:
Thus,
When to use Auto Correlation
Auto correlation is useful for detecting echoes in a signal. For random noise, an echo
appears as an impulse -- if there is more than one echo, you will see multiple peaks on the
auto correlation trace. Keep in mind that an echo appears as an impulse only if the delayed
signal has not been filtered. The impulse broadens as the original random noise signal is
filtered -- in fact, the width of each peak is inversely proportional to the bandwidth of the
signal.
To determine the time delay (in seconds) of an echo, you can move the marker to the peak
of the echo. Note that there is always a correlated peak at zero lag -- this peak marks the
original excitation signal. Any other peaks let you know that the excitation signal also
appeared at another time relative to the original signal. The amplitude value at the zero
lag point is the total power in the time record.
This function is also useful for isolating low-level periodic signals from noise. A sine wave
signal shows up as a sine wave in auto correlation. A square wave signal shows up as a
triangular wave of the same frequency.
Auto correlation is a single-channel measurement. If you have the original signal on one
channel and the delayed version on another, use cross correlation.
Auto Correlation and Averaging
The following formulas show how the analyzer calculates auto correlation for different
averaging functions:
Key: F = Fast Fourier Transform (FFT)
AC = Averaged correlation
242
Chapter 3
Analyzer Setup Functions
Trace/Detector
AT = Averaged time
t = Instantaneous time
c = Instantaneous correlation
r = 1/2 width rectangular window
= multiplication
n = Average number
No Average c = I (conj (F {r t} ) F [t] )
rms Average c = I (conj (F {r t} ) F [t] )
rms Expon. c = I (conj (F {r t} ) F [t] )
Average
Continuous
Peak Hold c = I (conj (F {r t} ) F [t] )
Average
Time AC [n] = I (conj (F {r AT [n] } ) F (AT [n] ) )
Average
where: AT [n] =
1
sum (t [n])
n
Time
Expon. AC[n] = I (conj (F {r AT [n] } ) F (AT [n] ) )
Average
where: AT [n] =
−
1
t [n] + n 1 AT [n − 1]
n
n
and: 1 < n < number of averages
See also Trace/Detector, Data
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data
Format
This accesses a menu that allows you to choose the format of the selected trace. Any format
may be assigned to any trace. For symbol tables and tabular data the format choice is
ignored. If the data doesn't have defined symbol times, Constellation format is the same as
I-Q, Eye formats are the same as Real or Imaginary, and Trellis format is the same as
Unwrapped Phase.
Chapter 3
243
Analyzer Setup Functions
Trace/Detector
The formats are:
Format name
Description
Log Mag (dB)
Data is converted to decibel units and shown on a linear Y axis
Linear Mag (Abs Value)
Magnitude of the data is shown on a linear Y axis
Real (I)
Real part of data is shown on a linear Y axis
Imaginary (Q)
Imaginary part of data is shown on linear Y axis
I-Q
Real part of data is shown on horizontal axis, imaginary part is
shown on vertical axis, Independent variable (X axis) is normal
to display
Constellation
Same as I-Q, but for data with symbols defined, only the symbol
points are shown as dots with no connecting lines.
Wrap Phase
Phase of complex data, limited to ± 180 deg, is shown on Y axis
Unwrap Phase
Phase of complex data is shown "unwrapped", that is, without
discontinuities. Not limited to ± 180 degrees.
I-Eye
Real part of data is shown with X axis segmented (generally into
2 symbol segments) and each segment is overlaid to show signal
crossings at symbol boundaries
Q-Eye
Same as I-eye but imaginary part of data is shown
Trellis
Same as I-eye but uses unwrapped phase of data
Group Delay
Useful for frequency response displays. Shows the derivative of
phase response with respect to frequency.
Log Mag (Linear Unit)
Displays data with a logarithmic Y axis, but marker read outs
are in linear magnitude units.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:FORMat
MLOG|MLINear|REAL|IMAGinary|VECTor|CONS|PHASe|UPHa
se|IEYE|QEYE|TRELlis|GDELay|MLGLinear
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:FORMat?
Example
DISP:DDEM:TRAC2:FORM MLIN
DISP:DDEM:TRAC2:FORM?
Preset
Depends on trace and measurement
244
Chapter 3
Analyzer Setup Functions
Trace/Detector
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Range
Log Mag (dB)|Linear Mag (Abs Value)|Real (I)
(Lin)|Imaginary (Q) (Lin)|I-Q|Constellation|Wrap
Phase|Unwrap Phase|I-Eye|Q-Eye|Trellis-Eye|Group
Delay|Log Mag (Linear Unit)
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Format
Digital Demod Trace Setup
This key accesses a menu of settings that control certain elements of displays of digitally
demodulated trace data.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector
Symbol Shape For all time-domain displays except IQ diagrams, Symbol Shape lets you
display dots, bars, or nothing (none) at symbol locations (if the trace contains demodulated
time-domain data). This key allows you to select the symbol shape for the selected trace.
If you select bars, vertical lines (bars) are drawn from the baseline to the symbol location
on the trace. The baseline is 0 for all traces that have coordinates other than log (dB). The
baseline is the bottom of the trace box for traces that have log (dB) coordinates.
With IQ diagrams, displaying vertical bars is meaningless. Therefore, selecting bars
displays dots in IQ diagrams.
With constellation diagrams, selecting none is the same as selecting bars--you cannot turn
off the dots in a constellation diagram.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:DDEMod:SYMBol
BARS|DOTS|OFF
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:DDEMod:SYMBol?
Example
DISP:DDEM:TRAC2:DDEM:SYMB DOTS
DISP:DDEM:TRAC2:DDEM:SYMB?
Chapter 3
245
Analyzer Setup Functions
Trace/Detector
Preset
BARS
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Range
Bars|Dots|None
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Digital Demod Trace Setup
Ideal State Shape Digital Demodulation shows you the location of all ideal symbol states in
an I-Q or constellation diagram. This key lets you choose between a cross, circle, or none to
represent the ideal state on the selected trace.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:DDEMod:SYMBol:SHAPe
CIRCle|CROSs|OFF
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:DDEMod:SYMBol:SHAPe?
Example
DISP:DDEM:TRAC2:DDEM:SYMB:SHAP CIRC
DISP:DDEM:TRAC2:DDEM:SYMB:SHAP?
Preset
CIRC
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Range
Circle|Cross|None
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Digital Demod Trace Setup
Ideal State Size Determines the ideal state size, as a percentage of the maximum ideal
state distance from the origin (the same way Error Vector Magnitude is defined). Ideal
states are shown as circles or crosses in Vector and constellation diagrams, as determined
by the Ideal State Shape setting.
The ideal state is where symbols occur if your signal is without error. Showing the ideal
states gives a visual indication of the quality of your signal.
You can use this feature to determine if symbols have an EVM above a specified Value. For
example, to see if any symbols have an EVM greater than 10%, set the state size to 10%
and select Circle as the shape. Any symbols that fall outside of the circle (other than SYNC
246
Chapter 3
Analyzer Setup Functions
Trace/Detector
or PILOT symbols) have an EVM greater than 10%.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:DDEMod:SYMBol:SIZ
E <real>
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:DDEMod:SYMBol:SIZ
E?
Example
DISP:DDEM:TRAC2:DDEM:SYMB:SIZE 10
DISP:DDEM:TRAC2:DDEM:SYMB:SIZE?
Notes
Parameter is interpreted as a percent, e.g., if you want the
ideal size to be 10% send 10, not 0.1
Preset
5
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Min
0.1
Max
50
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Digital Demod Trace Setup
Symbol Table Format This allows you to choose the format in which symbol table data is
displayed, when the modulation format encodes 4 or more bits per symbol. You may choose
binary or hexadecimal. Binary symbol data is padded with leading zeros to make a
multiple of 4 bits before conversion to hexadecimal. For example, for 16 QAM format, each
4-bit symbol will be displayed as 2 hex digits.
Binary Format: The symbol data bit format is binary and each character represents a
binary digit. The number to the left of each row indicates the bit offset of the first bit in the
row.
Hexadecimal Format: The symbol data bit format is hexadecimal and each character
represents a hexadecimal digit. The number to the left of each row indicate the symbol
offset of the first symbol in the row.
Note
Their must be at least 4 bits/symbol to use the hexadecimal format, that is, symbols that
have less than 4 bits/symbol will only be displayed in binary format regardless of the
Symbol Table Format setting
This parameter is valid only when:
The active trace is a symbol table, and
The current demodulation format supports hexadecimal, the demodulation format's
Chapter 3
247
Analyzer Setup Functions
Trace/Detector
bits/symbol is equal to or greater than four.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:DDEMod:SYMBol:FOR
Mat HEXadecimal|BINary
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:DDEMod:SYMBol:FOR
Mat?
Example
DISP:DDEM:TRAC2:DDEM:SYMB:FORM BIN
DISP:DDEM:TRAC2:DDEM:SYMB:FORM?
Preset
HEX
Range
Hex | Binary
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Digital Demod Trace Setup
Eye Length This property controls how wide (in symbol periods) the eye and trellis
diagrams are, for the selected trace.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:DDEMod:EYE:COUNt
<real>
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:DDEMod:EYE:COUNt?
Example
DISP:DDEM:TRAC2:DDEM:EYE:COUN 3
DISP:DDEM:TRAC2:DDEM:EYE:COUN?
Preset
2
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Min
0.1
Max
40
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Digital Demod Trace Setup
248
Chapter 3
Analyzer Setup Functions
Trace/Detector
Time Unit This property lets you select the time units that are applied to x-axis
annotations and marker readouts for the selected trace, whenever it is assigned data with
(demodulation) symbol information. The available measurement units are sym (symbols)
or sec (seconds).
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:DDEMod:UNIT:TIME
SEC|SYMBol
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:DDEMod:UNIT:TIME?
Example
DISP:VECT:TRAC2:DDEM:UNIT:TIME SYMB
DISP:VECT:TRAC2:DDEM:UNIT:TIME?
Preset
SYMB
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Range
sym|sec
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Digital Demod Trace Setup
Freq Unit This property lets you select the frequency units that are applied to x-axis
annotations and marker readouts for the selected trace, whenever it is assigned data with
(demodulation) carrier information. The available measurement units are carrier or Hz.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:DDEMod:UNIT:FREQuency
CARRier|HZ
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:DDEMod:UNIT:FREQuency?
Example
DISP:VECT:TRAC2:DDEM:UNIT:FREQ CARR
DISP:VECT:TRAC2:DDEM:UNIT:FREQ?
Preset
CARR
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Range
carrier|Hz
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Digital Demod Trace Setup
Chapter 3
249
Analyzer Setup Functions
Trace/Detector
Copy to Data Register
This key accesses a menu of immediate execute keys, each of which copies the selected
trace to a particular data register. Data registers can be displayed in any trace. They are
measurement global, so you can copy data to a register while in the Digital Demod
measurement and view it later while in the Vector measurement. Data registers are
cleared when the VSA Application is exited and reentered, but not when you change Modes
and return.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:COPY
D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6
Example
DISP:VECT:TRAC:COPY D1
Key Path
Trace/Detector
The following SCPI provides means to determine if a Data Register is empty, and to erase
the data from any or all Data Registers.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:CALCulate:DATA:REGister[1]|2|3|4|5|6:EMPTy?
Example
CALC:DATA:REG2:EMPT?
Notes
Query only: returns 1 if a Data Register has no trace data assigned
to it.
Key Path
SCPI only
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:CALCulate:DATA:REGister[1]|2|3|4|5|6:REMove
250
Chapter 3
Analyzer Setup Functions
Trace/Detector
Example
CALC:DATA:REG2:REM
Notes
Removes trace data assigned to specified Data Register.
Dependencies/Couplings
If Data Register is assigned to a trace, the trace data is changed to
No Data
Key Path
SCPI only
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:CALCulate:DATA:REGister:ALL:REMove
Example
CALC:DATA:REG:ALL:REM
Notes
Removes trace data assigned to all Data Registers.
Dependencies/Couplings
If Data Register is assigned to a trace, the trace data is changed to
No Data
Key Path
SCPI only
Phase/Delay Properties
This key accesses a menu of properties that affect the selected trace when displayed using
phase or delay formats
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector
Phase/Trellis Offset This is only used if the trace Format is Wrap Phase, Unwrap Phase or
Trellis. For Unwrap Phase or Trellis displays, the phase offset value is added to the
existing phase at each point. For example, If you are viewing an Unwrapped Phase trace,
setting the Phase/Trellis Offset to 5 degrees moves the entire trace up 5 degrees (and
changes the value displayed by a marker by the same amount). For Wrap Phase displays
the phase offset only affects the phase wrap point, not the underlying data. The point at
which the phase wraps is 180 degrees plus the phase offset. For example, suppose you have
a marker on a Wrap Phase display whose phase offset is 0 and the marker is showing –3
degrees. The trace data will all be confined within (–180, 180] degrees. If you then change
the phase offset to 180 degrees, then the Wrap Phase display will show values within the
interval (0, 360] degrees and the marker value will be displayed as 357 degrees, which is
Chapter 3
251
Analyzer Setup Functions
Trace/Detector
the wrapped equivalent of –3 degrees.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:FORMat:PHASe:OFFSet
<real>
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:FORMat:PHASe:OFFSet
?
Example
DISP:DDEM:TRAC3:FORM:PHAS:OFFS 31
DISP:DDEM:TRAC3:FORM:PHAS:OFFS?
Preset
0
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Min
–1E+8
Max
1E+8
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Phase Delay Properties
Unwrap Phase Ref Unwrapped phase lets you designate the point (x-axis) value about
which phase values are to be unwrapped. That is, the phase at the designated reference
will be within –180 to 180 degrees, and phase will vary smoothly without jumps around
that point.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:FORMat:PHASe:UNWRa
p:REFerence <real>
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:FORMat:PHASe:UNWRa
p:REFerence?
Example
DISP:DDEM:TRAC3:FORM:PHAS:UNWR:REF 24.5E6
DISP:DDEM:TRAC3:FORM:PHAS:UNWR:REF?
Preset
0
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Min
–9.9e37
Max
9.9e37
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Phase Delay Properties
252
Chapter 3
Analyzer Setup Functions
Trace/Detector
Group Delay Aperture The value of Delay Aperture is used when the trace format is Group
Delay. The aperture is specified as a percentage of the current frequency span for
frequency-domain data. It is specified as a percentage of the time-record length for
time-domain data.
When group delay is calculated for a given point (which can be a time- or
frequency-domain point), the aperture is centered at that point. Larger apertures decrease
resolution, but they increase the smoothing of the group-delay trace.
The point plotted for group delay is located between the data points used to calculate it.
For example, in the frequency domain, the group delay for 100 Hz may be calculated by
measuring the change in phase between 90 and 110 Hz. If you had specified a start
frequency of 90 Hz, 100 Hz would be the first point with group delay data. This results in a
trace that does not extend to the edges of the screen (more noticeable as the delay aperture
increases).
Note that the smallest aperture that you can select depends on the number of frequency
points. If you select an invalid aperture, the analyzer automatically selects the smallest
valid aperture.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:FORMat:DELay:APERtur
e <real>
:DISPlay:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:FORMat:DELay:APERtur
e?
Example
DISP:DDEM:TRAC3:FORM:DEL:APER 1
DISP:DDEM:TRAC3:FORM:DEL:APER?
Notes
Parameter is interpreted as a percent, e.g., if you want the
group delay aperture to be 1% send 1, not 0.01
Preset
0.5
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Min
0.00390625
Max
16
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Phase Delay Properties
Chapter 3
253
Analyzer Setup Functions
Trace/Detector
ACP Setup
The adjacent channel power (ACP) function calculates the power in a reference band of
frequencies as well as bands of frequencies offset from the reference, and calculates the
ratio of each offset band to the reference band power.
The ACP key accesses a menu of functions that allow you to define and turn on the ACP
function on the selected trace. One reference channel and up to 5 offset frequencies may be
defined, and ACP will be calculated for bands both above and below the reference
frequency for each offset.
An ACP measurement may be defined for each trace, although it will only be active on
frequency-domain trace data. The reference and offset frequency bands defined by the ACP
measurement are shown as gold bars overlaying the trace display. To see tabular data
showing power and power ratio results, you may assign the ACP Summary (Trace n) to a
different trace. For example, you can assign Spectrum data to trace 1, turn on and define
an ACP measurement on trace 1, assign the ACP Summary (Trace 1) to trace 2, and use a
2x2 display to view both at the same time, as shown below
The summary data may be retrieved programmatically using FETCh? or the
CALCulate:<meas>:DATA:TABLe commands. See the Data Queries section under
254
Chapter 3
Analyzer Setup Functions
Trace/Detector
Common Functions for more details.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector
ACP Summary for Trace 1 Select trace for assignment of ACP Data.
See also ACP Setup
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data, ACP, Channel n
ACP Summary for Trace 2 Select trace for assignment of ACP Data.
See also ACP Setup
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data, ACP, Channel n
ACP Summary for Trace 3 Select trace for assignment of ACP Data.
See also ACP Setup
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data, ACP, Channel n
ACP Summary for Trace 4 Select trace for assignment of ACP Data.
See also ACP Setup
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data, ACP, Channel n
Chapter 3
255
Analyzer Setup Functions
Trace/Detector
ACP On/Off This softkey turns the ACP function on or off for the selected trace
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:CALCulate:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:ACPower:STATe OFF|ON|0|1
:CALCulate:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:ACPower:STATe?
Example
CALC:VECT:TRAC1:ACP:STATE ON
CALC:VECT:TRAC1:ACP:STATE?
Preset
0
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Key Path
Trace/Detector, ACP
Carrier Freq This key allows you to enter the carrier frequency of the reference channel for
the ACP measurement. The carrier frequency is relative to the center frequency of the
measurement. There is only one available reference carrier.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:CALCulate:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:ACPower:CARRier:FREQue
ncy <freq>
:CALCulate:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:ACPower:CARRier:FREQue
ncy?
Example
CALC:VECT:TRAC1:ACP:CARR:FREQ 100 KHZ
CALC:VECT:TRAC1:ACP:CARR:FREQ?
Preset
0
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Min
–9.9e37
Max
9.9e37
Key Path
Trace/Detector, ACP
256
Chapter 3
Analyzer Setup Functions
Trace/Detector
Carrier Meas Noise BW This key allows you to define the measurement noise bandwidth of
the reference channel.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:CALCulate:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:ACPower:CARRier:BANDw
idth|BWIDth:INTegration <bandwidth>
:CALCulate:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:ACPower:CARRier:BANDw
idth|BWIDth:INTegration?
Example
CALC:VECT:TRAC1:ACP:CARR:BAND:INT 1 MHZ
CALC:VECT:TRAC1:ACP:CARR:BAND:INT?
Preset
1000000
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Min
–9.9e37
Max
9.9e37
Key Path
Trace/Detector, ACP
Carrier RRC Weighting This key turns on or off RRC weighting for the reference (carrier)
power measurement.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:CALCulate:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:ACPower:CARRier:FILTer:
RRC:STATe OFF|ON|0|1
:CALCulate:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:ACPower:CARRier:FILTer:
RRC:STATe?
Example
CALC:VECT:TRAC1:ACP:CARR:FILT:RRC:STAT ON
CALC:VECT:TRAC1:ACP:CARR:FILT:RRC:STAT?
Preset
0
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Key Path
Trace/Detector, ACP
Chapter 3
257
Analyzer Setup Functions
Trace/Detector
Carrier Filter Alpha This key allows you to adjust the alpha of the RRC filter for the
reference (carrier) power measurement.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:CALCulate:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:ACPower:CARRier:FIL
Ter:RRC:ALPHa <real>
:CALCulate:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:ACPower:CARRier:FIL
Ter:RRC:ALPHa?
Example
CALC:VECT:TRAC1:ACP:CARR:FILT:RRC:ALPH 0.22
CALC:VECT:TRAC1:ACP:CARR:FILT:RRC:ALPH?
Preset
0.35
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Min
0
Max
1
Key Path
Trace/Detector, ACP
Offsets The ACP measurement compares power in frequency bands offset from the carrier
to power in the reference channel (centered on the carrier). Up to 5 offsets may be defined.
The offsets are designated by letters A through E. Each offset is defined by an offset
frequency, bandwidth, and optional RRC weighting. An offset actually defines two bands,
one above the reference frequency and one below. Each band is used individually in the
ACP calculation. RRC weighting may only be turned on or off for all offsets, but each offset
may have its own RRC filter alpha. A filter alpha of 0 is the same as no RRC weighting.
The Offsets key accesses a menu that has a key for each offset, and also an Offset RRC
weighting on/off key. Each offset key shows a summary of its current parameters. Pressing
one of the Offset A|B|C|D|E keys accesses a menu for adjusting its parameters
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector,ACP,Offsets
258
Chapter 3
Analyzer Setup Functions
Trace/Detector
Offset Freq This key turns ACP analysis on or off for a selected offset, and sets the offset
frequency (which is relative to the carrier frequency).
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:CALCulate:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:ACPower:OFFSet:LIST
:FREQuency <freq>,…
:CALCulate:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:ACPower:OFFSet:LIST
:FREQuency?
:CALCulate:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:ACPower:OFFSet:LIST
:STATe OFF|ON|0|1,…
:CALCulate:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:ACPower:OFFSet:LIST
:STATe?
Example
CALC:VECT:TRAC1:ACP:OFFS:LIST:FREQ 1 MHZ,1
MHz,500 KHZ,500 KHz,1 MHZ
CALC:VECT:TRAC1:ACP:OFFS:LIST:FREQ?
:CALC:VECT:TRAC1:ACP:OFFS:LIST:STAT
ON,OFF,OFF,ON,OFF
Notes
If you send fewer than 5 frequencies in the parameter list, then
the remaining offsets frequencies are set to 0.
Remote Command Notes
You may send a single on/off parameter, or a comma-separated
list of up to 5 parameters. These enable/disable each of the
Offsets in sequence. Any remaining Offsets are disabled.
Preset
3000000,0,0,0,0
1,0,0,0,0
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Min
–9.9E+37
Max
9.9E+37
Key Path
Trace/Detector,ACP,Offsets,Offset A|B|C|D|E
Offset Meas Noise BW This key allows you to set the measurement noise bandwidth for the
power measurement of a selected offset band.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Chapter 3
259
Analyzer Setup Functions
Trace/Detector
Remote Command
:CALCulate:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:ACPower:OFFS
et:LIST:BANDwidth|BWIDth:INTegration
<bandwidth>,…
:CALCulate:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:ACPower:OFFS
et:LIST:BANDwidth|BWIDth:INTegration?
Example
CALC:VECT:TRAC1:ACP:OFFS:LIST:BAND:INT 1
MHZ,2 MHZ,3 MHZ,4 MHZ,5 MHZ
CALC:VECT:TRAC1:ACP:OFFS:LIST:BAND:INT?
Notes
If you send fewer than 5 bandwidth parameters in the
list, then Measurement Noise Bandwidths for the
remaining Offsets are set to 0.
Preset
1000000,0,0,0,0
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Min
–9.9e37
Max
9.9e37
Key Path
Trace/Detector,ACP,Offsets,Offset A|B|C|D|E
Offset Filter Alpha This key allows you to adjust the alpha of the RRC filter for the power
measurement of the selected offset band.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W
11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:CALCulate:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:ACPower:
OFFSet:LIST:FILTer:RRC:ALPHa <real>,…
:CALCulate:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:ACPower:
OFFSet:LIST:FILTer:RRC:ALPHa?
Example
CALC:VECT:TRAC1:ACP:OFFS:LIST:FILT:RRC:
ALPH 0.22,0.22,0.22,0.22,0.22
CALC:VECT:TRAC1:ACP:OFFS:LIST:FILT:RRC:
ALPH?
Notes
You may send a single Filter Alpha for Offset A, or
a comma-separated list of up to 5 Filter Alpha
parameters. These are assigned in sequence to the
Offsets. Alpha for any remaining Offsets will be
set to 0.
Preset
0.35,0.35,0.35,0.35,0.35
260
Chapter 3
Analyzer Setup Functions
Trace/Detector
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Min
0
Max
1.0
Key Path
Trace/Detector,ACP,Offsets,Offset A|B|C|D|E
Offset Relative Limit This key enables you to turn on/off a relative limit test and set the limit for
the selected offset. The test shows a failure if the power in either the upper or lower band at the
selected offset exceeds the reference power plus the relative test limit. For example, if the test limit
is –60, the reference power is –4.5 dBm, a test failure would be shown if the power in the lower or
upper band exceeds –64.5 dBm.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W1
1B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:CALCulate:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:ACPower:O
FFSet:LIST:RCARrier <reall>,…
:CALCulate:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:ACPower:O
FFSet:LIST:RCARrier?
:CALCulate:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:ACPower:O
FFSet:LIST:RCARrier:TEST OFF|ON|0|1,…
:CALCulate:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:ACPower:O
FFSet:LIST:RCARrier:TEST?
Example
CALC:VECT:TRAC1:ACP:OFFS:LIST:RCAR –50,
–55, –60, –65, –80
CALC:VECT:TRAC1:ACP:OFFS:LIST:RCAR?
CALC:VECT:TRAC1:ACP:OFFS:LIST:RCAR:TEST
1, 1, 1, 1, 1
CALC:VECT:TRAC1:ACP:OFFS:LIST:RCAR:TEST
?
Notes
You may send a single Limit for Offset A, or a
comma-separated list of up to 5 limit parameters.
These are assigned in sequence to the Offset
frequencies, with the remaining limits being set to
0.
Chapter 3
261
Analyzer Setup Functions
Trace/Detector
Remote Command Notes
You may send a single on/off parameter, or a
comma-separated list of up to 5 parameters. These
turn the Limit Test on or off for each of the Offsets
in sequence. For any remaining Offsets the Limit
test will be turned off.
Preset
–120,–120,–120,–120,–120
0,0,0,0,0
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Min
50
Max
–200
Key Path
Trace/Detector,ACP,Offsets
RRC Weighting (All Offsets) This key turns on or off RRC weighting for the power
measurement for all offsets. If RRC weighting is turned on, but you wish to exclude RRC
weighting for a particular offset, set its filter alpha to 0.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:CALCulate:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:ACPower:OFFSet:FILTer:
RRC:STATe OFF|ON|0|1
:CALCulate:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:ACPower:OFFSet:FILTer:
RRC:STATe?
Example
CALC:VECT:TRAC1:ACP:OFFS:FILT:RRC:STAT ON
CALC:VECT:TRAC1:ACP:OFFS:FILT:RRC:STAT?
Preset
0
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Key Path
Trace/Detector,ACP,Offsets
OBW Setup (Occupied Bandwidth)
The occupied bandwidth (OBW) function finds and displays the band of frequencies that
contain a specified percentage of the total power within the measurement span.
The OBW key accesses a menu of functions that allow you to define and turn on the OBW
262
Chapter 3
Analyzer Setup Functions
Trace/Detector
function on the selected trace.
An OBW measurement may be defined for each trace, although it will only be active on
frequency-domain trace data. The band defined by the OBW measurement is shown as a
blue bar overlaying the trace display. To see tabular data showing the frequencies of the
band limits, the total power, etc. you may assign the OBW Summary (Trace n) to a
different trace. For example, you can assign Spectrum data to trace 3, turn on OBW on
trace 3, and assign the OBW Summary (Trace 3) to trace 4, as shown below.
The summary data may be retrieved programmatically using FETCh? or the
CALCulate:<meas>:DATA:TABLe commands. See the Data Queries section under
Common Functions for more details.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector
Chapter 3
263
Analyzer Setup Functions
Trace/Detector
OBW Summary for Trace 1 Select trace for assignment of OBW Data.
See also: OBW Setup (Occupied Bandwidth)
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data, OBW, Channel n
OBW Summary for Trace 2 Select trace for assignment of OBW Data
See also: OBW Setup (Occupied Bandwidth).
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data, OBW, Channel n
OBW Summary for Trace 3 Select trace for assignment of OBW Data
See also: OBW Setup (Occupied Bandwidth).
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data, OBW, Channel n
OBW Summary for Trace 4 Select trace for assignment of OBW Data
See also: OBW Setup (Occupied Bandwidth).
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data, OBW, Channel n
OBW Power The OBW Power key is used to specify the percentage of power used to
determine the occupied BW, and to turn the OBW function on or off for the selected trace.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
264
Chapter 3
Analyzer Setup Functions
Trace/Detector
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:CALCulate:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:OBWidth:PERCent
<real>
:CALCulate:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:OBWidth:PERCent?
:CALCulate:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:OBWidth:STATe
OFF|ON|0|1
:CALCulate:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:OBWidth:STATe?
Example
CALC:VECT:TRAC1:OBW:PERC 99
CALC:VECT:TRAC1:OBW:PERC?
CALC:VECT:TRAC1:OBW:STAT ON
CALC:VECT:TRAC1:OBW:STAT?
Notes
Parameter is interpreted as a percent, e.g., if you want the
OBW to be 95% send 95, not 0.95
Preset
99.0
0
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Min
1
Max
100
Key Path
Trace/Detector, OBW
OBW Centroid > CF This softkey is used to copy the centroid of the occupied bandwidth to
the Center Frequency. It only works if the currently selected trace has data compatible
with the OBW function, and OBW is turned on.
This is a front-panel function only.
You can read the OBW centroid using the following SCPI-only query and use the result to
set the center frequency.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:CALCulate:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:OBWidth:CENTroid?
Example
CALC:VECT:TRAC1:OBW:CENT?
Chapter 3
265
Analyzer Setup Functions
Trace/Detector
Notes
Query only. Returns NaN (9.91E+37) if the OBW function is not
active for the selected trace, or is not supported for the trace data
assigned to the selected trace.
BW Limit This turns on or off limit testing for the Occupied BW test for the selected trace,
and allows you to define the limit. Test pass or fail status appears in the OBW Summary
table associated with the trace.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:CALCulate:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:OBWidth:LIMit:FBLimit
<freq>
:CALCulate:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:OBWidth:LIMit:FBLimit?
:CALCulate:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:OBWidth:LIMit[:TEST]
OFF|ON|0|1
:CALCulate:<meas>:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:OBWidth:LIMit[:TEST]?
Example
CALC:VECT:TRAC1:OBW:LIMIT:FBL 10 MHZ
CALC:VECT:TRAC1:OBW:LIMIT:FBL?
CALC:VECT:TRAC1:OBW:LIMIT:TEST ON
CALC:VECT:TRAC1:OBW:LIMIT:TEST?
Preset
1000000
0
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Min
–9.9e37
Max
9.9e37
Key Path
Trace/Detector, OBW
Register
Accesses a menu that allows you to select registers for assignment of trace data.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data
266
Chapter 3
Analyzer Setup Functions
Trace/Detector
Data 1 Select register 1 for assignment of trace data.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data, Register
Data 2 Selects register 1 for assignment of trace data.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data, Register
Data 3 Selects register 1 for assignment of trace data.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data, Register
Data 4 Selects register 1 for assignment of trace data.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data, Register
Data 5 Selects register 5 for assignment of trace data.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data, Register
Chapter 3
267
Analyzer Setup Functions
Trace/Detector
Data 6 Selects register 6 for assignment of trace data.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data, Register
Trace Indicator Info
This softkey allows you to get more information about why a trace indicator is showing. A
trace indicator appears in the upper right corner of a trace display to announce exceptional
conditions. When such an indicator is showing on the selected trace, pressing this key
causes more information about the condition to appear in the message area. This is a
front-panel only function. The SCPI commands for querying the Trace Indicator and the
Trace Indicator Info for a particular trace are:
CALC:<meas>:DATA[1]|2|3|4:HEAD:STR? "TrcLedStr"
CALC:<meas>:DATA[1]|2|3|4:HEAD:STR? "TrcLedReason"
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector
268
Chapter 3
Auto Couple
Auto Couple
The Auto Couple feature provides a quick and convenient way to automatically couple
multiple instrument settings. This helps ensure accurate measurements and optimum
dynamic range. When the Auto Couple feature is activated, either from the front panel or
remotely, all parameters of the current measurement which have an Auto/Manual mode
are set to Auto mode and all measurement settings dependent on (or coupled to) the
Auto/Man parameters are automatically adjusted for optimal performance.
However, the Auto Couple key is meas local key, so its actions are confined to the current
measurement only. It does not affect other measurements in the mode, and it does not
affect markers, marker functions, or trace or display attributes.
Example
:COUP ALL
Remote Command Notes
:COUPle ALL puts all Auto/Man parameters in Auto mode
(equivalent to pressing the Auto Couple key).
:COUPLE NONE puts all Auto/Man parameters in Manual mode.
It decouples all the coupled instrument parameters and is not
recommended for making measurements.
Chapter
269
Auto Couple
270
Chapter
Input/Output
Input/Output
The Input/Output features are common across multiple Modes and Measurements. These
common features are described in this section. See the Measurement description for
information on features that are unique.
The Input/Output key accesses the softkeys that control the Input/Output parameters of
the instrument.
Input choices include the RF input and the Amplitude Reference (50 MHz, 4.8 GHz or 300
MHz comb signal). You can also specify the input impedance for unit conversions.
Other functions related to the input/output connections can be found under Trig (trigger
input controls) and System (LAN and other I/O bus configurations) and Amplitude (optional
internal preamp).
NOTE
The functions in the Input/Output menu are common to all Modes
(applications). They are “global”. But individual functions are only
available in a mode if they makes sense. They will be grayed out.
SCPI Command
[:SENSe]:FEED RF|AREFerence
[:SENSe]:FEED?
Preset
This setting is unaffected by a Preset or power cycle. It survives
Mode Preset and mode changes.
It is set to RF on a “Restore Input/Output Defaults” or “Restore
System Defaults->All”
State Saved
Saved in state
Input/Output variables - Preset behavior
Virtually all the input/output settings are NOT a part of mode preset. They can be set to
their default value by one of the three ways - by using the Restore Input/Output Defaults
key on the first page of the input/output menu, by using the System->Restore System
Defaults->Input/Output Settings or by using the System -> Restore System Defaults->All.
Also, they survive Preset and Power cycle.
A very few of the Input/Output settings do respond to a Mode Preset; for example, if the
Calibrator is on it turns off on a Preset, and if DC coupling is in effect it switches to AC on
a Preset. These exceptions are made in the interest of reliability and usability, which
overrides the need for absolute consistency. Exceptions are noted in the SCPI table for the
excepted functions.
Chapter
271
Input/Output
RF Input
Selects the front panel RF input port to be the analyzer signal input. If RF is already
selected, pressing this key accesses the RF input setup functions.
Example
[:SENSe]:FEED RF
Key Path
Input/Output
Input Z Correction
Sets the input impedance for unit conversions. This affects the results when the y axis unit
is voltage or current units (dBmV, dBµV, dBµA, V, A) but not when it is power units (dBm,
W). The impedance you select is for computational purposes only, since the actual
impedance is set by internal hardware to 50 ohm. Setting the computational input
impedance to 75 ohm is useful when using a 75 ohm to 50 ohm adapter to measure a 75
ohm device on an analyzer with 50 ohm input impedance.
There are a variety ways to make 50 to 75 ohm transitions, such as impedance
transformers or minimum loss pads. The choice of the solution that is best for your
measurement situation requires balancing the amount of loss that you can tolerate with
the amount of measurement frequency range that you need. If you are using one of these
pads/adaptors with the Input Z Corr function, you might also want to use the Ext Gain key.
This function is used to set a correction value to compensate for the gain (loss) through
your pad. This correction factor is applied to the displayed measurement values.
SCPI Command
[:SENSe]:CORRection:IMPedance[:INPut][:MAGNitude]
50|75
[:SENSe]:CORRection:IMPedance[:INPut][:MAGNitude]?
Example
CORR:IMP 75 sets the input impedance correction to 75 ohms.
CORR:IMP?
This is unaffected by Preset but is set to 50 Ω on a “Restore
Input/Output Defaults” or “Restore System Defaults->All”
Preset
Some instruments/options my have 75 Ω available.
State Saved
Saved in State
Key Path
Input/Output, RF
RF Coupling
Specifies alternating current (AC) or direct current (DC) coupling at the analyzer RF input
272
Chapter
Input/Output
port. Selecting AC coupling switches in a blocking capacitor that blocks any DC voltage
present at the analyzer input. This decreases the input frequency range of the analyzer,
but prevents damage to the input circuitry of the analyzer if there is a DC voltage present
at the RF input.
In AC coupling mode, you can view signals less than 10 MHz but the amplitude accuracy is
not specified. To accurately see a signal of less than 10 MHz, you must switch to DC
coupling.
Some amplitude specifications apply only when coupling is set to DC. Refer to the
appropriate amplitude specifications and characteristics for your analyzer.
When operating in DC coupled mode, ensure protection of the External Mixer by limiting
the DC part of the input level to within 200 mV of 0 Vdc. In AC or DC coupling, limit the
input RF power to +30 dBm (1 Watt).
Selecting Input Coupling
N6020A Option
AC Frequency Range
DC Frequency Range
Option 503
10 MHz to 3.6 GHz
3 Hz to 3.6 GHz
Option 507
10 MHz to 7.0 GHz
3 Hz to 7.0 GHz
Option 508
10 MHz to 8.4 GHz
3 Hz to 8.4 GHz
Option 513
10 MHz to 13.6 GHz
3 Hz to 13.6 GHz
Option 526
10 MHz to 26.5 GHz
3 Hz to 26.5 GHz
SCPI Command
:INPut:COUPling AC|DC
:INPut:COUPling?
Example
INP:COUP DC
Preset
AC
State Saved
Saved in State
Key Path
Input/Output, RF
RF Calibrator
Lets you choose a calibrator signal to look at or turns the calibrator “off” (meaning
switches back to the selected input). If one of the three calibrator signals (50 MHz, -25
dBm, the 4.8GHz internal amplitude reference or the 300 MHz comb signal) is chosen (as
opposed to OFF), the analyzer routes the selected internal amplitude reference as the
input signal, while leaving the input selection in the menus (RF, Ext Mix or I/Q)
unchanged.
Chapter
273
Input/Output
The 50 MHz internal reference and the 300 MHz comb signal are available with all the
frequency options. The 4.8GHz internal reference is only available with 507, 508, 513, 526.
This function presets to OFF on a Mode Preset, which causes the internal circuitry to
switch back to the selected input (RF, Ext Mix or I/Q).
SCPI Command
[:SENSe]:FEED:AREFerence REF50|REF4800|COMB|OFF
[:SENSe]:FEED:AREFerence?
Example
FEED:AREF REF50 selects the 50 MHz amplitude reference as
the signal input.
FEED:AREF REF4800 selects the 4.8GHz amplitude reference as
the signal input
FEED:AREF COMB selects the 300 MHz comb modulated signal
as the signal input
FEED:AREF OFF turns the calibrator “off” (meaning switches
back to the selected input – RF, ExtMix or I/Q)
Dependencies
Selecting an input (RF, Ext Mix or I/Q) turns the Calibrator OFF.
This is true whether the input is selected by the softkeys or with
the [:SENSe]:FEED command.
Preset
OFF
State Saved
Saved in State
Key Path
Input/Output
50 MHz
Selects the 50 MHz internal reference as the input signal. This choice is available in all
options: 503, 507, 508, 513, 526.
Input/Output, RF Calibrator
Key Path
4.8 GHz
Selects the 4.8GHz internal reference as the input signal.
Input/Output, Amptd Ref
Key Path
274
Chapter
Input/Output
Comb
Selects the 300 MHz comb modulated signal as the input signal. This choice is available in
all options: 503, 507, 508, 513, 526.
Input/Output, RF Calibrator
Key Path
Off
Switches the input back to the selected input (RF, Ext Mix or I/Q)
Input/Output, RF Calibrator
Key Path
External Gain
Compensates for gain/loss in the measurement system outside the spectrum analyzer. The
External Gain is subtracted from the amplitude readout (or the loss is added to the
amplitude readout). So, the displayed signal level represents the signal level at the output
of the device-under-test, which can be the input of an external device that provides
gain/loss.
Entering an External Gain value does not affect the Reference Level, therefore the trace
position on screen changes, as do all of values represented by the trace data. Thus, the
values of exported trace data, queried trace data, marker amplitudes, trace data used in
calculations such as N dB points, trace math, peak threshold, etc., are all affected by
External Gain. Changing the External Gain, even on a trace which is not updating, will
immediately change all of the above, without new data needing to be taken.
NOTE: Changing the External Gain causes the analyzer to immediately stop the current
sweep and prepare to begin a new sweep, but the data will not change until the trace data
updates, because the offset is applied to the data as it is taken. If a trace is exported with a
nonzero External Gain, the exported data will contain the trace data with the offset
applied.
In the Spectrum Analyzer mode, a Preamp is the common external device providing
gain/loss. In a measurement application mode like GSM or W-CDMA, the gain/loss could
be from a BTS (Base Transceiver Station) or an MS (Mobile Station). So in the Spectrum
Analyzer mode MS and BTS would be grayed out and the only choice would be Ext
Preamp. Similarly in some of the digital communications applications, Ext Preamp will be
Chapter
275
Input/Output
grayed out and you would have a choice of MS or BTS.
Couplings
The Ext Preamp, MS and BS keys may be grayed out depending on
which measurement is currently selected. If any of the grayed out
keys are pressed, or the equivalent SCPI command is sent, an
advisory message is generated.
Key Path
Input/Output
Ext Preamp
This function is similar to the reference level offset function. Both affect the displayed
signal level. Ref Lvl Offset is a mathematical offset only, no analyzer configuration is
affected. Ext Preamp gain is used when determining the auto-coupled value of the
Attenuator. The External Gain value and the Maximum Mixer Level settings are both part
of the automatic setting equation for the RF attenuation setting. (10 dB of Attenuation is
added for every 10 dB of External Gain.)
Please note that the Ref Lvl Offset and Maximum Mixer Level are described in the
Amplitude section. They are reset by the instrument Preset. The External Preamp Gain is
reset by the “Restore Input/Output Defaults” or “Restore System Defaults->All functions.
The External Gain is subtracted from the amplitude readout so that the displayed signal
level represents the signal level at the output of the device-under-test, which is the input of
the external device that is providing gain/loss.
SCPI Command
[:SENSe]:CORRection:SA[:RF]:GAIN <rel_ampl>
[:SENSe]:CORRection:SA[:RF]:GAIN?
Example
CORR:SA:GAIN 10 sets the Ext Gain value to 10 dB
CORR:SA:GAIN -10 sets the Ext Gain value to -10 dB (that is, an
attenuation of 10 dB)
Dependencies
The reference level limits are determined in part by the External
Gain/Atten, Max Mixer Level, RF Atten.
This key is grayed out in many application Modes.
Preset
This is unaffected by Preset but is set to 0 dB on a “Restore
Input/Output Defaults” or “Restore System Defaults->All”
State Saved
Saved in State
Min
-81.90 dB
Max
81.90 dB
Key Path
Input/Output, Ext Gain
276
Chapter
Input/Output
MS
Sets an external gain/attenuation value for MS (Mobile Station) tests.
SCPI Command
[:SENSe]:CORRection:MS[:RF]:GAIN <rel_ampl>
[:SENSe]:CORRection:MS[:RF]:GAIN?
Example
CORR:MS:GAIN 10 sets the Ext Gain value to 10 dB
CORR:MS:GAIN -10 sets the Ext Gain value to -10 dB (that is, a
loss of 10 dB.)
Dependencies
The reference level limits are determined in part by the External
Gain, Max Mixer Level, RF Atten
This key is grayed out in the SA Mode.
Preset
This is unaffected by Preset but is set to 0 dB on a “Restore
Input/Output Defaults” or “Restore System Defaults->All”
State Saved
Saved in State
Min
-50 dB
Max
50 dB
Key Path
Input/Output, Ext Gain
BTS
Sets an external attenuation value for BTS (Base Transceiver Station) tests.
SCPI Command
[:SENSe]:CORRection:BTS[:RF]:GAIN <rel_ampl>
[:SENSe]:CORRection:BTS[:RF]:GAIN?
Example
CORR:BTS:GAIN 10 sets the Ext Gain value to 10 dB
CORR:BTS:GAIN -10 sets the Ext Gain value to -10 dB (that is, a
loss of 10 dB.)
Dependencies
The reference level limits are determined in part by the External
Gain, Max Mixer Level, RF Atten
This key is grayed out in the SA Mode.
Preset
This is unaffected by Preset but is set to 0 dB on a “Restore
Input/Output Defaults” or “Restore System Defaults->All”
State Saved
Saved in State
Min
-50 dB
Chapter
277
Input/Output
Max
50 dB
Key Path
Input/Output, Ext Gain
Restore Input/Output Defaults
This selection causes the group of settings and data associated with Input/Output key to be a
reset to their default values. This level of Restore System Defaults does not affect any
other system settings or mode settings and does not cause a mode switch. All the features
described in this section are reset using this key.
Example
:SYST:DEF INP presets all the Input/Output variables to their
factory default values.
Remote Command Notes
Please refer to the Utility Functions section for information about
Restore System Defaults and the complete description of
the:SYSTem:DEFault INPut: command.
Key Path
Input/Output
Data Source
Gives you the choice of either using a hardware input signal as the input or raw data
stored in a data storage buffer from an earlier acquisition. You can also share raw data
across certain measurements that support this feature. The measurements must be
capable of storing raw data. There are three choices under this menu. You can select
“Inputs” which is the same as selecting one of the inputs from the input port, for example
RF, AREF, I/Q, EXTMixer or IFALign. Selecting “Capture Buffer” allows you to use data
that has been stored earlier in the same measurement or from a previous measurement
using the “Current Meas -> Capture Buffer” feature. Selecting “Recorded Data” allows you
to playback long data capture records stored in the record buffer.
When you make a recording (see Record Data Now below) or when you recall a recording
(see the Recall section) the data source is automatically set to Recorded Data. You can
toggle the data source between Inputs and the current Recording (if there is one). That is,
the recording remains in memory until it is replaced by a new recording, or the application
is closed.
SCPI Command
[:SENSe]:FEED:DATA INPut|STORed|RECorded
[:SENSe]:FEED:DATA?
SCPI Example
FEED:DATA REC
FEED:DATA?
Dependencies
Not all inputs are available in all modes. Unavailable keys are
grayed out.
278
Chapter
Input/Output
Remote Command Notes
INPuts = Inputs
STORed = Capture Buffer
RECorded = Record Data Buffer
Preset
This is unaffected by Preset but is set to INPut on a “Restore
Input/Output Defaults” or “Restore System Defaults->All”
State Saved
Saved in state
Key Path
Input/Output
Inputs
Sets the measurement to use the input selections (RF, AREF, EXTMix, I/Q)
Example
FEED:DATA INP causes the measurement to look at the input
selection
Key Path
Input/Output, Data Source
Capture Buffer
Some WCDMA and demod measurements support this feature. This allows sharing of the
raw data across certain measurements. If you want to make another measurement on the
same signal, you would store that raw data using the “Current Meas -> Capture Buffer”
key. Then the data is available for the next measurement to use. You must have raw data
stored in the instrument memory before the Capture Buffer choice is available for use.
If you switch to a measurement that does not support this feature, then the instrument
switches to use “Inputs” and grays out this key. If the grayed out key is pressed, it
generates a message.
Example
FEED:DATA STOR causes stored measurement data to be used
with a different measurement that supports this.
Dependencies
Grayed out in the SA measurement.
Key Path
Input/Output, Data Source
Recorded Data
Chapter
279
Input/Output
Directs the instrument to get data from the record data buffer in the measurement, rather
than from the RF Input Signal.
Example
FEED:DATA REC causes the measurement to extract data from
the record data buffer
Dependencies
Grayed out in the SA measurement.
Key Path
Input/Output, Data Source
Current Meas -> Capture Buffer
Pressing this key stores the raw data of one measurement in the internal memory of the
instrument where it can then be used by a different measurement by pressing “Stored
Data”. When raw data is stored, then data source selection switch automatically changes
to “Stored Data”. Stored raw data cannot be directly accessed by a user. There is no
save/recall function to save the raw data in an external media. However if you want to get
the stored raw data, you must first perform a measurement using the stored raw data.
Now you can access the used raw data, which is the same as stored raw data, using the
FETch or READ commands.
SCPI Command
[:SENSe]:FEED:DATA:STORe
Example
FEED:DATA:STOR stores recorded data
Dependencies
Grayed out in the SA measurement.
Remote Command Notes
This is command only, there is no query
Key Path
Input/Output, Data Source
Record Data Now
This causes the data source to change to Inputs (if it is not already set) and a recording is
made with the current instrument setup. The length of the recording must be specified in
advance. See .
This key changes to Abort Recording once the recording process has started. It changes
back when the recording is complete.
280
Chapter
Input/Output
The following dialogs shows the progress of the recording:
This key is also available in the Sweep/Control menu.
SCPI Command
[:SENSe]:RECording:INITiate[:IMMediate]
SCPI Example
REC:INIT
Key Path
Input/Output, Data Source
Couplings
Changes Data source to Recorded Data.
Dependencies
Grayed out in the SA measurement.
Remote Command Notes
This is command only, there is no query. See the Recall functionality
to access previously saved data.
SCPI Command
[:SENSe]:RECording:ABORt
SCPI Example
REC:ABOR
Key Path
Input/Output, Data Source
Remote Command Notes
This is command only, there is no query. The command does nothing
if it is sent when there is no recording in progress.
Record Length
This specifies the length of the next recording. (You cannot use this to modify the length of
the current recording.) The length defaults to seconds, but you can also specify it in points
Chapter
281
Input/Output
at the current sample rate, or in time records at the current time record length.
Mode
VSA
SCPI Command
[:SENSe]:RECording:LENGth <real>,SEConds|RECords|POINts
SCPI Command
[:SENSe]:RECording:LENGth:STATe MAX|MANual
[:SENSe]:RECording:LENGth:STATe?
SCPI Example
REC:LENG 20,REC
REC:LENG 4.1E-4,SEC
REC:LENG:STAT MAX
REC:LENG:STAT?
Key Path
Input/Output, Data Source
Default Unit/Terminator
None. The unit must be specified.
Preset/Default
50 Records, Manual
State Saved
No
Min
0
Max
Depends on memory available
Remote Command Notes
The length command does not have a query form. Length
information is queried using the following two commands.
If set to MAX, all of the available "recording memory" us used.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:RECording:LENGth:VALue?
SCPI Example
REC:LENG:VAL?
Preset/Default
50 Records
Remote Command Notes
Query Only
Returns the first (numeric) parameter of the most recent
[:SENSe]:RECording:LENGth command.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:RECording:LENGth:UNIT?
SCPI Example
REC:LENG:UNIT?
282
Chapter
Input/Output
Remote Command Notes
Query Only
Returns the second parameter of the most recent
[:SENSe]:RECording:LENGth command. Possible values are
SEC|REC|POIN. If no second parameter was sent, then the return
value is SEC.
Freq Ref In
Specifies the frequency reference as being the internal reference, external reference or
sensing the presence of an external reference. When the frequency reference is set to
internal, the internal 10 MHz reference is used even if an external reference is connected.
When the frequency reference is set to external, the instrument will use the external
reference. However, if there is no external signal present, or it is not within the proper
amplitude range, an error condition detected message is generated. When the external
signal becomes valid, the error is cleared.
If Sense is selected, the instrument checks whether a signal is present at the external
reference connector and will automatically switch to the external reference when a signal
is detected. When no signal is present, it automatically switches to the internal reference.
No message is generated as the reference switches between external and internal. The
monitoring of the external reference occurs approximately on 1 millisecond intervals, and
never occurs in the middle of a measurement acquisition, only at the end of the
measurement (end of the request).
If for any reason the instrument’s frequency reference is not able to obtain lock, Status bit
2 in the Questionable Frequency register will be true and an error condition detected
message is generated. When lock is regained, Status bit 2 in the Questionable Frequency
register will be cleared and an error message is cleared will be sent.
If an external frequency reference is being used, you must enter the frequency of the
external reference if it is not exactly 10 MHz. The External Ref Freq key is provided for this
purpose.
SCPI Command
[:SENSe]:ROSCillator:SOURce:TYPE
INTernal|EXTernal|SENSe
[:SENSe]:ROSCillator:SOURce:TYPE?
Preset
This is unaffected by Preset but is set to SENSe on a “Restore
Input/Output Defaults” or “Restore System Defaults->All”.
State Saved
Saved in State.
Key Path
Input/Output
SCPI Status Bits/OPC
Dependencies
STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency bit 2 set if unlocked.
Chapter
283
Input/Output
SCPI Command
[:SENSe]:ROSCillator:SOURce?
Remote Command Notes
The query [SENSe]:ROSCillator:SOURce? returns the current
switch setting. This means:
1. If it was set to SENSe but there is no external reference so the
instrument is actually using the internal reference, then this
query returns INTernal and not SENSe.
2. If it was set to SENSe and there is an external reference
present, the query returns EXTernal and not SENSe.
3. If it was set to EXTernal, then the query returns “EXTernal”
4. If it was set to INTernal, then the query returns INTernal
Preset
SENSe
Sense
The external reference is used if a valid signal is sensed at the Ext Ref input. Otherwise
the internal reference is used.
Example
:ROSC:SOUR:TYPE SENS
Key Path
Input/Output, Freq Ref In
Internal
The internal reference is used.
Example
:ROSC:SOUR:TYPE INT
Key Path
Input/Output, Freq Ref In
External
284
Chapter
Input/Output
The external reference is used.
Example
:ROSC:SOUR:TYPE EXT
Key Path
Input/Output, Freq Ref In
Ext Ref Freq
This key tells the analyzer the frequency of the external reference. When the external
reference is in use (either because the reference has been switched to External or because
the Reference has been switched to Sense and there is a valid external reference present).
This information is used by the analyzer to determine the internal settings needed to lock
to that particular external reference signal or external reference.)
For the instrument to stay locked, the value entered must be within 5 ppm of the actual
ext ref frequency. So it is important to get it close, or you risk an unlock condition.
Note that this value only affects the instrument’s ability to lock. It does not affect any
calculations or measurement results. See “Freq Offset” in the Frequency section for
information on how to offset frequency values.
SCPI Command
[:SENSe]:ROSCillator:EXTernal:FREQuency <freq>
[:SENSe]:ROSCillator:EXTernal:FREQuency?
Example
ROSC:EXT:FREQ 20 MHz sets the external reference frequency
to 20 MHz, but does not select the external reference.
ROSC:SOUR:TYPE EXT selects the external reference.
Preset
This is unaffected by Preset but is set to 10 MHz on a “Restore
Input/Output Defaults” or “Restore System Defaults->All”
Min
EXA: 10 MHz
MXA: 1 MHz
Max
EXA: 10 MHz
MXA: 50 MHz
Key Path
Input/Output, Freq Ref In
Default Terminator
Hz
Output Config
Accesses keys that configure various output settings, like the frequency reference output,
trigger output and analog output.
Chapter
285
Input/Output
Trig Out (1 and 2)
Select the type of output signal that will be output from the rear panel Trig 1 Out or Trig 2
Out connectors.
SCPI Command
:TRIGger|TRIGger1|TRIGger2[:SEQuence]:OUTPut
HSWP|MEASuring|MAIN|GATE|GTRigger|OEVen|OFF
:TRIGger|TRIGger1|TRIGger2[:SEQuence]:OUTPut?
Example
TRIG:OUTP HSWP
Preset
Trigger 1: Sweeping (HSWP)
Trigger 2: Gate
This is unaffected by Preset but is preset to the above values on a
“Restore Input/Output Defaults” or “Restore System Defaults->All”
State Saved
Saved in instrument state
Key Path
Input/Output, Output Config
Polarity
Sets the output to the Trig 1 Out connector to trigger on either the positive or negative
polarity.
SCPI Command
:TRIGger|TRIGger1|TRIGger2[:SEQuence]:OUTPut:POLarity
POSitive|NEGative
:TRIGger|TRIGger1|TRIGger2[:SEQuence]:OUTPut:POLarity?
Example
TRIG1:OUTP:POL POS
Preset
This is unaffected by Preset but is set to POSitive on a “Restore
Input/Output Defaults” or “Restore System Defaults->All”
State Saved
Saved in state
Key Path
Input/Output, Output Config, Trig 1 Output
Sweeping (HSWP)
Selects the Sweeping trigger signal to be output to the Trig 1 Out connector. This signal
has historically been known as “HSWP” but care should be taken to understand that in
this analyzer, its function does not exactly match other products behavior.
Example
TRIG1:OUTP HSWP
286
Chapter
Input/Output
Key Path
Input/Output, Output Config, Trig 1 Output
Measuring
Selects the Measuring trigger signal to be output to the Trig 1 Out connector. This signal is
true while the Measuring status bit is true.
Example
TRIG1:OUTP MEAS
Key Path
Input/Output, Output Config, Trig 1 Output
Main Trigger
Selects the current instrument trigger signal to be output to the Trig 1 Out connector.
Example
TRIG1:OUTP MAIN
Key Path
Input/Output, Output Config, Trig 1 Output
Gate Trigger
Selects the gate trigger signal to be output to the Trig 1 Out connector. This is the source of
the gate timing, not the actual gate signal.
Example
TRIG1:OUTP GTR
Key Path
Input/Output, Output Config, Trig 1 Output
Gate
Selects the gate signal to be output to the Trig 1 Out connector. The gate signal has been
delayed and its length determined by delay and length settings. When the polarity is
positive, a high on the Trig 1 Out represents the time the gate is configured to pass the
signal.
Example
TRIG1:OUTP GATE
Key Path
Input/Output, Output Config, Trig 1 Output
Odd/Even Trace Point
Selects either the odd or even trace points as the signal to be output to the Trig 1 Out
Chapter
287
Input/Output
connector when performing swept spectrum analysis. When the polarity is positive, this
output goes high during the time the analyzer is sweeping past the first point (Point 0) and
every other following trace point. The opposite is true if the polarity is negative.
Example
TRIG1:OUTP OEV
Key Path
Input/Output, Output Config, Trig 1 Output
Off
Selects no signal to be output to the Trig 1 Out connector.
Example
TRIG1:OUTP OFF
Key Path
Input/Output, Output Config, Trig 1 Output
Format Data: Numeric Data (Remote Command Only)
This command specifies the format of the trace data input and output. It specifies the
formats used for trace data during data transfer across any remote port. It affects only the
data format for setting and querying trace data for the:TRACe[:DATA],
TRACe[:DATA]?,:CALCulate:DATA[n]? and FETCh:SANalyzer[n]? commands and
queries.
SCPI Command
:FORMat[:TRACe][:DATA] ASCii|REAL,32 |REAL,64
:FORMat[:TRACe][:DATA]?
Remote Command Notes
The query response is:
ASCii: ASC,8
REAL,32: REAL,32
REAL,64: REAL,64
When the numeric data format is REAL or ASCii, data is
output in the current Y Axis unit. When the data format is
INTeger, data is output in units of mdBm (.001 dBm).
Dependencies
Sending a data format spec with an invalid number (for
example, INT,48) generates no error. The analyzer simply
uses the default (8 for ASCii, 32 for INTeger, 32 for REAL).
Sending data to the analyzer which does not conform to the
current FORMat specified, results in an error.
Preset
ASCii
The specs for each output type follow:
288
Chapter
Input/Output
ASCii - Amplitude values are in ASCII, in the current Y Axis Unit, one ASCII character
per digit, values separated by commas, each value in the form:
SX.YYYYYEsZZ
Where:
S=sign (+ or -)
X=one digit to left of decimal point
Y=5 digits to right of decimal point
E=E, exponent header
s=sign of exponent (+ or -)
ZZ=two digit exponent
REAL,32 - Binary 32-bit real values in the current Y Axis Unit, in a definite length block.
REAL,64 - Binary 64-bit real values in the current Y Axis Unit, in a definite length block.
Format Data: Byte Order (Remote Command Only)
This command selects the binary data byte order for data transfer and other queries. It
controls whether binary data is transferred in normal or swapped mode. This command
affects only the byte order for setting and querying trace data for the:TRACe[:DATA],
TRACe[:DATA]?,:CALCulate:DATA[n]? and FETCh:SANalyzer[n]? commands and
queries.
By definition any command that says it uses FORMat:DATA uses any format supported by
FORMat:DATA.
The NORMal order is a byte sequence that begins with the most significant byte (MSB)
first, and ends with the least significant byte (LSB) last in the sequence: 1|2|3|4.
SWAPped order is when the byte sequence begins with the LSB first, and ends with the
MSB last in the sequence: 4|3|2|1.
SCPI Command
:FORMat:BORDer NORMal|SWAPped
:FORMat:BORDer?
Preset
NORMal
Chapter
289
Input/Output
290
Chapter
Source
Source
This mode does not have any Source control functionality.
Key Path
Front panel key
Chapter
291
Source
292
Chapter
View/Display
This menu contains keys that allow control over the way data is displayed. The Layout key
is described here. Other keys specific to measurements will be described in their own
descriptions.
The View/Display key opens up the View menu for the current measurement. This menu
includes the Display key for controlling items on the display. The Display functions are
common across multiple Modes and Measurements and are described in this section. See
each measurement description for information on data views that are unique to that
Measurement.
Views are different ways of looking at data, usually different ways of looking at the same
data, especially when the data represents a time record that is being digitally processed
with an FFT and/or other digital signal processing algorithms. In some modes, like the
Spectrum Analyzer mode, we are mostly concerned with swept spectrum analysis, and
those views may represent different ways of looking at the same signal.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Front Panel
Display
This is a menu common to all measurements for configuring items on the display. Keys not
relevant to a given measurement should be grayed out. Keys not relevant to any
measurement in a mode should be blanked. The Display menu settings are specific to the
measurement selected under the Meas key, except for those settings under the System
Display Settings key.
Key Path
View/Display
Annotation
Turns on/off various parts of the display annotation. The annotation is divided up into four
categories:
1. Meas Bar: This is the measurement bar at the top of the screen. When the Meas Bar is
off, the graticule area expands to fill the area formerly occupied by the Meas Bar.
2. Screen Annotation: this is the annotation and annunciation around the graticule,
including any annotation on lines (such as the display line, the threshold line, etc.) This
does NOT include the marker number or the N dB result. When off, the graticule
expands to fill the entire graticule area.
3. Trace annotation: these are the labels on the traces, showing their detector (or their
293
View/Display
math mode).
4. Active Function annotation: this is the active function display in the meas bar, and all
of the active function values displayed on softkeys.
See figure below. Each type of annotation can be turned on and off individually.
Key Path
View/Display, Display
Meas Bar On/Off
This function turns the Measurement Bar on and off, including the settings panel. When
294
Chapter
View/Display
off, the graticule area expands to fill the area formerly occupied by the Measurement Bar.
SCPI Command
:DISPlay:ANNotation:MBAR[:STATe] OFF|ON|0|1
:DISPlay:ANNotation:MBAR[:STATe]?
Example
DISP:ANN:MBAR OFF
Grayed out and forced to OFF when System Display Settings,
Dependencies
Annotation is set to Off.
Preset
On
This should remain Off through a Preset when System Display
Settings, Annotation is set to Off.
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Key Path
View/Display, Display, Annotation
Screen
This controls the display of the annunciation and annotation around the graticule,
including any annotation on lines (such as the display line, the threshold line, etc.) and the
y-axis annotation. This does NOT include marker annotation (or the N dB result). When
off, the graticule expands to fill the entire graticule area, leaving only the 1.5% gap above
the graticule as described in the Trace/Detector chapter.
SCPI Command
:DISPlay:ANNotation:SCReen[:STATe] OFF|ON|0|1
:DISPlay:ANNotation:SCReen[:STATe]?
Example
DISP:ANN:SCR OFF
Grayed out and forced to OFF when System Display Settings,
Dependencies
Annotation is set to Off.
Preset
On
This should remain Off through a Preset when System Display
Settings, Annotation is set to Off
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Key Path
View/Display, Display, Annotation
Trace
Turns on and off the labels on the traces, showing their detector (or their math mode) as
described in the Trace/Detector section.
If trace math is being performed with a trace, then the trace math annotation will replace
Chapter
295
View/Display
the detector annotation.
SCPI Command
:DISPlay:ANNotation:TRACe[:STATe] ON|OFF|1|0
:DISPlay:ANNotation:TRACe[:STATe]?
Example
DISP:ANN:TRAC OFF
Preset
Off
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Active Function Values On/Off
Turns on/off the active function display in the Meas Bar, and all of the active function
values displayed on the softkeys.
Note that all of the softkeys that have active functions have these numeric values blanked
when this function is on. This is a security feature.
SCPI Command
:DISPlay:ACTivefunc[:STATe] ON|OFF|1|0
:DISPlay:ACTivefunc[:STATe]?
Example
DISP:ACT OFF
Grayed out and forced to OFF when System Display Settings,
Dependencies
Annotation is set to Off.
Preset
On
This should remain Off through a Preset when System Display
Settings, Annotation is set to Off
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Key Path
View/Display, Display, Annotation
Title
Displays menu keys that enable you to change or clear a title on your display.
Key Path
View/Display, Display
Change Title
Writes a title into the “measurement name” field in the banner (for example, “Swept SA”
296
Chapter
View/Display
Press Change Title to enter a new title through the alpha editor. Press Enter or Return to
complete the entry. Press ESC to cancel the entry and preserve your existing title.
The display title will replace the measurement name. It remains for this measurement
until you press Change Title again, or you recall a state, or a Preset is performed. A title can
also be cleared by pressing Title, Clear Title.
Mode
All
Example
DISP:<your_measurement>:ANN:TITL:DATA “This Is My Title”
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Key Path
View/Display, Display, Title
Mode
SA, with Swept SA Measurement active
SCPI Command
:DISPlay:ANNotation:TITLe:DATA <string>
:DISPlay:ANNotation:TITLe:DATA?
Example
DISP:ANN:TITL:DATA “This Is My Title”
Sets the title to: This Is My Title
This example is for the Swept SA measurement in the Spectrum
Analyzer mode. The SANalyzer <measurement> name is not used.
Preset
No title (measurement name instead)
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Key Path
View/Display, Display, Title
Clear Title
Clears a title from the front-panel display. Once cleared, the title cannot be retrieved. After
the title is cleared, the current Measurement Name replaces it in the title bar.
Example
DISP:ANN:TITL:DATA “” clears any existing title characters.
Remote Command Notes
Use the :DISPlay:ANNotation:TITLe:DATA <string> command
with an empty string.
Preset
Performed on Preset.
Key Path
View/Display, Display, Title
Graticule
Chapter
297
View/Display
Pressing Graticule turns the display graticule On or Off. It also turns the graticule y-axis
annotation on and off.
SCPI Command
:DISPlay:WINDow[1]:TRACe:GRATicule:GRID[:STATe]
OFF|ON|0|1
:DISPlay:WINDow[1]:TRACe:GRATicule:GRID[:STATe]?
Example
DISP:WIND:TRAC:GRAT:GRID OFF
Preset
On
State Saved
saved in instrument state
Key Path
View/Display, Display
Display Line
Activates an adjustable horizontal line that is used as a visual reference line. The line’s
vertical position corresponds to its amplitude value. The value of the display line (for
example, “-20.3 dBm”) appears above the line itself on the right side of the display in the
appropriate font.
The display line can be adjusted using the step keys, knob, or numeric keypad. The unit of
the Display Line is determined by the Y axis unit setting under Amplitude. If more than one
window has a display line, the display line of the selected window is controlled.
If the display line is off the screen, it shows as a line at the top/bottom of the screen with
an arrow pointing up or down. As with all such lines (Pk Thresh, Trigger Level, etc.) it is
drawn on top of all traces.
The display line is unaffected by Auto Couple.
SCPI Command
:DISPlay:WINDow[1]:TRACe:Y:DLINe <ampl>
:DISPlay:WINDow[1]:TRACe:Y:DLINe?
:DISPlay:WINDow[1]:TRACe:Y:DLINe:STATe OFF|ON|0|1
:DISPlay:WINDow[1]:TRACe:Y:DLINe:STATe?
Example
DISP:WIND:TRAC:Y:DLIN:STAT ON
DISP:WIND:TRAC:Y:DLIN:STAT -32 dBm
Preset
Set the Display Line to Off and -25 dBm on Preset. When the
Display Line goes from Off to On, if it is off screen, set it to either
the top or bottom of screen, depending on which direction off screen
it was.
The Display Line's value does not change when it is turned off.
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
298
Chapter
View/Display
Min
– ∞ (minus infinity) in current units
Max
+ ∞ (plus infinity) in current units
Key Path
View/Display, Display
Default Terminator
Depends on the current selected Y axis unit
System Display Settings
These settings are “Mode Global” – they affect all modes and measurements and are reset
only by Restore Misc Defaults or Restore System Defaults under System.
View/Display, Display, System Display Settings
Key Path
Annotation Local Settings/All Off
This is a Mode Global override of the meas local annotation settings. When it is All Off, it
forces Screen Annotation, Meas Bar, Trace and Active Function Values settings to be off for
all measurements in all modes. In this case, Screen, Meas Bar, Trace and Active Function
Values keys under the Display, Annotation menu are grayed out and forced to OFF. This
provides the security based “annotation off” function of previous analyzers, hence it uses
the legacy SCPI command.
When Local Settings has been selected, you are able to set the local annotation settings on a
measurement by measurement basis.
SCPI Command
:DISPlay:WINDow[1]:ANNotation[:ALL] OFF|ON|0|1
:DISPlay:WINDow[1]:ANNotation[:ALL]?
Example
:DISP:WIND:ANN OFF
Setup
:SYSTem:DEFault MISC
Preset
On (Set by Restore Misc Defaults)
State Saved
Not saved in instrument state.
Key Path
View/Display, Display, System Display Settings, Annotation
Theme
This key allows you to change the Display theme. This is similar to the Themes selection
Chapter
299
View/Display
under Page Setup and Save Screen Image. The four themes are detailed below.
SCPI Command
:DISPlay:THEMe
TDColor|TDMonochrome|FCOLor|FMONochrome
:DISPlay:THEMe?
Setup
:SYSTem:DEFault MISC
Preset
TDColor (Set by Restore Misc Defaults)
State Saved
Not saved in instrument state.
Key Path
View/Display, Display, System Display Settings
Remote Command
Notes
TDColor – 3D is the standard color theme with filling and
shading
TDMonochrome – is similar to 3D color, but only black is used
FCOLor – flat color is intended for inkjet printers to conserve
ink. It uses a white background instead of black.
FMONochrome – is like flat color, but only black is used
Example
DISP:THEM TDM sets the display theme to 3D Monochrome.
Backlight
Accesses the display backlight on/off keys. This setting may interact with settings under
the Windows “Power” menu.
When the backlight is off, pressing ESC, TAB, SPACE, ENTER, UP, DOWN, LEFT,
RIGHT, DEL, BKSP, CTRL, or ALT turns the backlight on without affecting the
application. Pressing any other key will turn backlight on and could potentially perform
the action as well.
SCPI Command
:DISPlay:BACKlight ON|OFF
:DISPlay:BACKlight?
Setup
:SYSTem:DEFault MISC
Preset
ON (Set by Restore Misc Defaults)
Key Path
View/Display, Display, System Display Settings
On
Turns the display backlight on.
300
Chapter
View/Display
Example
DISP:BACK ON
Key Path
View/Display, Display, System Display Settings, Backlight
Off
Turns the display backlight off.
Example
DISP:BACK OFF
Key Path
View/Display, Display, System Display Settings, Backlight
Backlight Intensity
An active function used to set the backlight intensity. It goes from 0 to 100 where 100 is
full on and 0 is off. This value is independent of the values set under the Backlight on/off
key.
SCPI Command
:DISPlay:BACKlight:INTensity <integer>
:DISPlay:BACKlight:INTensity?
Example
DISP:BACK:INT 50
Setup
:SYSTem:DEFault MISC
Preset
100 (Set by Restore Misc Defaults)
Min
0
Max
100
Key Path
View/Display, Display, System Display Settings
Layout
This key allows you to choose the number and position of windows on the screen. Each
window contains one trace. The selected trace is always visible and its window outlined in
green. The Window zoom key toggles between multiple windows and a single window mode
without changing the setting for Layout.
Single layout has one window.
Stack 2 layout has two windows, one on top of the other, that display either traces 1
(top) and 2 (bottom) or traces 3 and 4. The pair that is showing always includes the
Chapter
301
View/Display
selected trace.
Stack 3 layout has three windows that display, top to bottom, traces 1, 2, 3 or traces 2, 3,
4. Grid 2x2 layout has 4 windows, arranged 2x2.They display (in order top to bottom,
left to right) traces 1, 2, 3, and 4.
Grid 2x2 layout with Trace 2 selected
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:DISPlay:<meas>:WINDow:FORMat SINGle|TWO|TRI|QUAD
:DISPlay:<meas>:WINDow:FORMat?
Example
DISP:VECT:WIND:FORM TWO
DISP:VECT:WIND:FORM?
Dependencies/Coupl
ings
If the window is currently zoomed, selecting a layout (even the
current one) will switch it to tiled mode.
302
Chapter
View/Display
Preset
TWO|QUAD|QUAD|QUAD|QUAD|QUAD|QUAD
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Range
Single | Stack 2 | Stack 3 | Grid 2x2
Key Path
View/Display
Full Screen
When Full Screen is pressed the measurement window expands horizontally over the entire
instrument display. The screen graticule area expands to fill the available display area.
It turns off the display of the softkey labels, however the menus and active functions still
work. (Though it would obviously be very hard to navigate without the key labels
displayed.) Pressing Full Screen again while Full Screen is in effect cancels Full Screen.
Note that the banner and status lines are unaffected. You can get even more screen area
for your data display by turning off the Meas Bar (in the Display menu) which also turns
off the settings panel.
Full Screen is a Meas Global function. Therefore it is cancelled by the Preset key.
SCPI Command
:DISPlay:FSCReen[:STATe] OFF|ON|0|1
:DISPlay:FSCReen[:STATe]?
State Saved
Not saved in state.
Key Path
Display
Display Enable (Remote Command Only)
Turns the display on/off, including the display drive circuitry. The backlight stays lit so you
can tell that the instrument is on. The display enable setting is mode global. The reasons
for turning the display off are three:
• To increase speed as much as possible by freeing the instrument from having to update
the display
• To reduce emissions from the display, drive circuitry
• For security purposes
Chapter
303
View/Display
If you have turned off the display:
• and you are in local operation, the display can be turned back on by pressing any key or
by sending the SYSTem:DEFaults MISC command or the DISPlay:ENABle ON (neither
*RST nor SYSTem:PRESet enable the display.)
• and you are in remote operation, the display can be turned back on by pressing the
Local or Esc keys or by sending the SYSTem:DEFaults MISC command or the
DISPlay:ENABle ON (neither *RST nor SYSTem:PRESet enable the display.)
and you are using either the SYSTem:KLOCk command or GPIB local lockout, then no
front panel key press will turn the display back on. You must turn it back on remotely.
SCPI Command
:DISPlay:ENABle OFF|ON|0|1
:DISPlay:ENABle?
Example
DISP:ENAB OFF
Couplings
DISP:ENAB OFF turns Backlight OFF and DISP:ENAB ON turns
Backlight ON. However, settings of Backlight do not change the
state of DISP:ENAB
Preset
On
Set by SYST:DEF MISC, but Not affected by *RST or
SYSTem:PRESet.
State Saved
Not saved in instrument state.
304
Chapter
4
Marker Functions
305
Marker Functions
Marker
Marker
The Marker hardkey displays the Marker menu. A marker can be placed on a trace to
allow the value of the trace data at the marker position to be determined precisely.
Markers can also be used in pairs to read the difference (or delta) between two data points.
They can also be used to make power calculations over a band of frequencies or a time
interval. See Marker Functions below for more details.
The functions in this menu include a 1-of-N selection of the control mode Normal, Delta,
Fixed, or Off for the selected marker. The control mode is described below.
Pressing Marker always makes the selected maker's X position the active function.
If the currently selected marker is Off, pressing Marker sets it to Normal mode and places
it at the center of the screen on the currently selected trace.
As a convenience, if there are no markers displayed on the current trace, pressing the
marker hardkey (whenever the marker menu is already showing) selects the lowest
numbered marker that is currently off and turns it on in normal mode on the selected
trace. In other words, pressing the Marker hardkey twice will always turn on a marker on
the selected trace if none was turned on before.
For more information see the Analyzer Setup, Marker for a description of this function.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Front Panel
Select Marker
Specifies the selected marker. The selected marker is the one that is affected by the
marker position and properties settings, peak search, and other marker functions. Several
menus have a Select Marker key for convenience. Marker selection using any one of these
is reflected in all others, i.e., there is only one selected marker for the whole measurement.
If all markers are off, then marker 1 becomes the selected marker.
As a convenience, if no markers are displayed on the selected trace, selecting a marker
that is off automatically turns it on in normal mode on the selected trace.
There is no SCPI function for selecting a marker. Instead, SCPI functions may explicitly
include the index of the marker for which they are to apply. (Most SCPI marker functions
that affect the state of a marker will also make it the selected marker for front panel
commands.)
Mode
VSA
306
Chapter 4
Marker Functions
Marker
State Saved
No
Range
1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12
Key Path
Marker or Marker> or Marker Function
Control Mode
The control mode of the selected marker is selected by pressing Normal, Delta, Fixed, or Off.
The behavior of a marker under each control mode is described below the table. The
current control mode is shown by highlighting the appropriate key.
The SCPI command in the table below selects the marker and sets the marker control
mode as described under Normal, Delta, Fixed and Off, below. All interactions and
dependencies detailed under the key description are enforced when the remote command is
sent.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12:MOD
E POSition|DELTa|FIXed|=OFF
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12:MOD
E?
Example
CALC:VECT:MARK1:MODE POS
CALC:VECT:MARK1:MODE?
Dependencies/Couplings
When Delta mode is selected, or when the mode is changed from
Delta to Off, the marker relative to the selected marker may be
affected, as described in the text descriptions below.
Preset
=OFF
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Range
Normal|Delta|Fixed|Off
Key Path
Marker
Normal (Position)
A marker in normal mode reports the trace data value (Y value) at a particular point on a
trace. The marker's absolute X (and Z) position is specified by you in displayed units. The
Chapter 4
307
Marker Functions
Marker
marker symbol appears on the trace at the specified position and tracks the absolute Y
value at that position as it changes from scan to scan. The absolute Y value is displayed in
the marker readout area. In older instruments this was called Position mode, and the
designation may still be used for backward compatibility.
For Control Mode SCPI command information see: Control Mode
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Marker
Delta
A marker set to delta mode reports the difference between Y values at two points. A delta
marker is relative to an associated reference marker on the same trace. (The reference
marker may be set on the Marker, Properties, Relative To menu). The reference marker is
usually fixed, but may also be normal or delta. The X (and Z) position of a delta marker is
specified as an offset from the reference marker position. The delta marker symbol tracks
the absolute Y value just like a normal marker, but the marker readout displays the
difference between the absolute Y values of the delta marker and its reference marker
(absolute units are used even if the reference is itself a delta marker). Usually this is a
straight difference in the current displayed units. For example, if the trace format is
LogMag (dBm), the delta marker displays the difference in dB, thus showing a power ratio.
But if the trace format is Real, then the delta marker shows a voltage difference, not a
ratio. Exceptions for this are:
• When the trace format is Linear Mag or Log Mag (linear unit) the delta marker displays
a voltage ratio, or (if the Y Axis unit is Power) a power ratio, rather than a difference.
• When either the marker or its reference has a marker function turned on, the delta
marker always displays a ratio or its decibel equivalent. See Marker Function for more
details on how delta markers work with marker functions. The type of ratio calculated
(power or voltage) depends on the delta marker units; the reference marker value is
converted as needed so it has compatible units.
• When the trace format is Wrap Phase, the delta marker readout is constrained to the
wrapped phase display range, which is usually (–180, +180] degrees. For example, if the
absolute phase at marker 1 is 170 deg and its reference has phase of –170 deg, the delta
will not show 340 deg, but –20 deg. Note that the Wrap Phase display range can be
changed (see Trace/Detector, Phase/Delay Properties, Phase/Trellis Offset).
There is no current support for calculating deltas across traces (and this cannot be done at
all unless the traces have the same domain and ranges).
By default, the reference marker for marker 1 is marker 2; for marker 2 is 3 and so on, but
the reference marker may be changed. See the section on the "Relative To" softkey below.
The following coupling rules apply from the front panel, and also if the equivalent SCPI
308
Chapter 4
Marker Functions
Marker
commands are sent.
Pressing the Delta key causes the selected marker becomes a delta marker if it is not
already. Also, the selected marker's reference is affected as follows:
• If the reference marker was off, it is turned on as a fixed marker.
• The reference marker is moved to the trace of the selected marker and set to the same
position as the selected marker.
• If the delta marker has a marker function turned on, the reference marker takes on the
same function (with the same band limits).
Exception: Pressing Delta when the selected marker's mode is not yet Delta does not move
or change a reference marker that is already turned on (Normal, Delta, or Fixed) and on
the same trace as the selected marker. It merely changes the selected marker's mode to
Delta and shows the current offset between it and the reference. If you press Delta again
(when the selected marker is already in Delta mode) then the reference is moved and
modified as described above.
When a delta marker is changed to any other control mode, if its reference marker is fixed
then the reference marker is also turned off.
If you move a delta marker to a different trace, it is forced to Normal mode, and if its
reference is fixed, the reference is turned off.
A delta marker is forced to Normal mode if you turn its reference off, or if you move its
reference to another trace. (In the latter case the reference is not turned off even if it is
fixed.)
If you change the selected marker's reference (using the Marker, Properties, Relative To)
the selected marker is forced to Delta mode. This change of the selected marker to Delta
mode causes its new reference's control mode and position to change as described above.
For Control Mode SCPI command information see: Control Mode
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Marker
Fixed
Fixed markers are mainly used as reference markers for Delta markers. A fixed marker's
X and Y Axis values may be directly or indirectly specified by you, and they remain fixed
once specified, i.e. they do not follow the trace data value. These markers are represented
on the display by an “X” rather then a diamond. If a marker is changed from off to fixed,
the X and Y (and Z) values are chosen to put it in the center of the display. If the marker is
Chapter 4
309
Marker Functions
Marker
changed from some other type to fixed, the current X and Z values of the marker remain
unchanged. The Y value is taken from the current trace data value and must be changed
manually thereafter.
For Control Mode SCPI command information see: Control Mode
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Marker
Off
Turning a marker off makes it invisible, and also its annotation.
Turning a marker on (i.e. changing its control mode from Off to any other control mode)
assigns the marker to the currently selected trace.
For Control Mode SCPI command information see: Control Mode
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Marker
Marker Position
Marker position is used to select which data point in a trace we want to read out with the
marker (or where to locate a fixed marker). The marker position is primarily set in terms
of the domain units, not trace points (although it can be set in terms of points via SCPI).
The default active function when you press a marker hard key is the X position for the
currently selected marker. The exception to this is when the selected marker is fixed. In
that case there is no default active function (to prevent inadvertently changing a fixed
marker's location).
Marker position is not defined when a marker's control mode is Off. When a marker is
turned on in Normal or Delta mode, its X (and Z) values are set to the center of the trace
data. If a marker is turned on in Fixed mode, its position is set so that it appears in the
middle of the trace grid.
The Marker Position key branches to the Marker Position menu, which allows you to set
any position variable relevant to the selected marker's control mode and trace format. For
Normal and Delta markers, usually only Marker X is available. Marker Z is available for
trace data with 2-dimensional domain. For Fixed markers, Y may also be set. If the trace
format is Vector or Constellation, Marker Y controls the real (horizontal axis) value and
Marker Y Imag controls the imaginary (vertical axis) value. The key (or the keys below it)
is grayed out if the selected marker is off.
310
Chapter 4
Marker Functions
Marker
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Marker
Marker X
This sets the selected marker's X Axis value position in the current X Axis Scale unit. If
the control mode is Off, the SCPI command has no effect other than to cause the marker to
become selected. Note that the X value may change if the marker is moved to a trace with
a different domain.
The Marker X position is absolute if the marker control mode is Normal or Fixed. If the
control mode is Delta, then the X position is relative to the reference marker. The valid X
positions are the actual data points in the trace; the marker cannot be located between
points. If a SCPI command attempts to place the marker between two points, the X value
snaps to the closest point.
Note that for Vector or Constellation format, the X axis is perpendicular to the screen
(because the screen axes are used to show the real and imaginary parts of the Y value), so
adjusting the X value in this case will only cause the marker to move horizontally if the
real Y value changes. For Fixed markers on a trace with one of these formats, adjusting
the X value will not cause horizontal motion of the marker at all. Instead, you use the
Marker Y and Marker Y (imag) controls to move the marker horizontally and vertically.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12
:X <real>
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12
:X?
Example
CALC:VECT:MARK:X 0.325
CALC:VECT:MARK:X?
Chapter 4
311
Marker Functions
Marker
Notes
Marker X will not go outside the bounds of the data unless it is
Fixed. If you attempt to set it to a value outside the bounds it
will be clipped at the closest limit, and error –222 Data Out of
Range is generated.
If suffix is sent, it must match the X units for the trace the
marker is on. Otherwise, error –138, "Suffix not allowed" is
generated.
If you try to read or set the position of a Delta marker,
remember that the position is in relative units.
Dependencies/Couplings
See Coupling at the end of the Control Mode section. See also
Couple Markers section.
Preset
None until marker is turned on.
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Min
Depends on trace data
Max
Depends on trace data
Key Path
Marker, Marker Position
SCPI only X position commands
Via SCPI , the marker position may also be set or queried in trace points. In this case, the
position setting or reading is absolute regardless of control mode.
NOTE: The entered value in Trace Points is immediately translated into the current
domain units for setting the value of the marker. The marker’s value in domain units,
NOT trace points, will be preserved if a change is made to the X Axis scale settings. Thus,
if you use this command to place a marker on point 500, which happens at that time to
correspond to 13 GHz, and then you change the Start Frequency so that point 500 is no
longer 13 GHz, the marker will stay at 13 GHz, NOT at point 500.
If the trace the marker is on has a 2-dimensional domain, then the points are numbered in
the following way:
Starting at the minimum X and Z position, this point is numbered 0. Each time you
increment the point number, increment the X value to the next available value. When X
reaches the maximum X position, then reset X to the minimum and increment the Z value.
Then continue incrementing the X position in the same manner as before.
Note that for symbol tables, which have no axes, incrementing the X position in points
moves the marker consecutively through all table entries.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
312
Chapter 4
Marker Functions
Marker
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12
[:X]:POSition <real>
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12
[:X]:POSition?
Example
CALC:VECT:MARK:POS 25
CALC:VECT:MARK:POS?
Notes
When a marker control mode is changed from off to any other
mode, the X position is set to mid-screen.
Dependencies/Couplings
Same couplings as for Marker X value
Preset
None until marker is turned on.
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Min
Depends on trace data
Max
Depends on trace data
Marker X Unit may be queried via SCPI
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12
:X:UNIT?
Example
CALC:VECT:MARK:X:UNIT?
Notes
Query Only
Marker Y
This function only affects fixed markers. It allows you to set or read back the selected
marker's Y Axis value in the current Y Axis Scale unit. Setting the Y value has no effect
(other than to cause the marker to become selected) if the control mode is other than fixed.
The query form generates an error if the control mode is Off. Note that the Y value may
change if the Y-axis units change, either from a change in format of the trace the marker is
on, or if the marker is moved to a different trace.
Chapter 4
313
Marker Functions
Marker
If the selected marker is on a trace that is displayed with Vector or Constellation format,
this function controls only the real part of the Y value (i.e., the horizontal axis value). Use
the Marker Y (imag) control to change the imaginary (vertical) value. Marker Y and
Marker Y Imag always set or get the rectangular form of Y, regardless of whether the
marker readout is polar or rectangular.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11
|12:Y[:REAL] <real>
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11
|12:Y[:REAL]?
Example
CALC:VECT:MARK2:Y 0.325
CALC:VECT:MARK2:Y?
Notes
You cannot set Y unless the marker type is fixed. If the
marker becomes fixed after a marker function is turned on,
it is set to whatever the Y value was when the marker
became fixed.
If suffix is sent, it must match the Y units for the trace the
marker is on. Otherwise, error –138, "Suffix not allowed" is
generated.
Dependencies/Couplings
Changes if marker is relative to a Delta marker that is
turned on or re-zeroed (see Coupling of Delta and Reference
Markers).
Preset
None until marker is turned on.
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Min
–9.9E+37
Max
9.9E+37
Key Path
Marker, Marker Position
Marker Y Unit may be queried via SCPI.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
314
Chapter 4
Marker Functions
Marker
Remote Command
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12
:Y:UNIT?
Example
CALC:VECT:MARK:Y:UNIT?
Notes
Query Only
Marker Y Imag
This only affects fixed markers and is only available when the trace format is Vector or
Constellation. It allows you to set or read back the selected marker's quadrature
(imaginary) Y value in the current Y Axis Scale unit. It has no effect (other than to cause
the marker to become selected) if the control mode is other than fixed, or if the current
trace format is not complex. The query form generates an error if it is used for a marker
that is not on a complex trace. Marker Y Imag is not affected by whether the marker
readout is polar or rectangular.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12
:Y:IMAGinary <real>
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12
:Y:IMAGinary?
Example
CALC:DDEM:MARK1:Y:IMAG 0.435
CALC:DDEM:MARK1:Y:IMAG?
Notes
Grayed out unless the marker is fixed and on a vector display.
If suffix is sent, it must match the Y units for the trace the
marker is on. Otherwise, an Invalid Suffix error is generated.
Otherwise, error –138, "Suffix not allowed" is generated. If
query is sent while the marker is on a trace whose format is not
vector or constellation, NaN (9.91E+37) is returned.
Preset
None until marker is turned on.
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Min
Depends on trace format
Max
Depends on trace format
Key Path
Marker, Marker Position
Chapter 4
315
Marker Functions
Marker
Marker Z
For markers on traces with a 2-dimensional domain, this sets the selected markers Z Axis
value in the current Z Axis Scale unit. In each case the marker that is addressed becomes
the selected marker. It has no effect (other than to cause the marker to become selected) if
the control mode is Off, or if the trace has no Z domain. Note that the Z value may change
or become irrelevant if the marker is moved to a trace with a different Z domain, or no Z
domain.
Note that this Z value is affected if the SCPI command to set marker point position is used.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|
12:Z <real>
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|
12:Z?
Example
CALC:OFDM:MARK:Z 12
CALC:OFDM:MARK:Z?
Notes
Marker Z will not go outside the bounds of the data unless it
is Fixed. If you attempt to set it to a value outside the bounds
it will be clipped at the closest limit, and error –222 Data Out
of Range is generated.
If suffix is sent, it must match the Z units for the trace the
marker is on. Otherwise, error –138, "Suffix not allowed" is
generated.
Dependencies/Couplings
See Coupling at the end of the Control Mode section. See also
Couple Markers section.
Preset
None until marker is turned on.
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Min
Depends on trace data
Max
Depends on trace data
Key Path
Marker, Marker Position
Marker Z Unit may be queried via SCPI.
316
Chapter 4
Marker Functions
Marker
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11
|12:Z:UNIT?
Example
CALC:OFDM:MARK:Z:UNIT?
Notes
Query Only
Marker Properties
The Marker Properties key accesses a menu of common marker properties.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Marker
Relative To
This key allows you to specify which marker is used as a reference for the selected marker
when the selected marker’s control mode is set to Delta. By default, the reference marker
is numerically one higher than the selected marker, that is, marker 1 is relative to marker
2, marker 2 to marker 3, and so on. Marker 12 by default is relative to marker 1. This key
allows you to change the reference marker from the default. Note that a marker cannot be
made relative to itself.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12
:REFerence <integer>
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12
:REFerence?
Example
CALC:VECT:MARK2:REF 4
CALC:VECT:MARK2:REF?
Chapter 4
317
Marker Functions
Marker
Notes
The reference marker cannot be the same value as the selected
marker, i.e.,. a marker cannot be relative to itself. The
currently selected marker will not be an available choice in the
relative to selection (i.e. the selected marker will appear grayed
out).
When queried a single value will be returned (the specified
marker numbers relative marker).
Dependencies/Couplings
See Coupling of Delta and Reference Markers above. The old
reference remains as it was.
Preset
2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12|1
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Range
1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12
Key Path
Marker, Properties
Complex Format
This determines the format for the readout when a marker is placed on a complex display
(vector or constellation). The choices are to read out in rectangular or polar coordinates.
The readout format applies to the marker display and marker table only; there is no SCPI
for reading out the marker value in polar form.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote
Command
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12:CFO
Rmat RECTangular|POLar
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12:CFO
Rmat?
Example
CALC:VECT:MARK1:CFOR RECT
CALC:VECT:MARK1:CFOR?
Preset
RECT
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Range
Rect|Polar
Key Path
Marker, Properties
318
Chapter 4
Marker Functions
Marker
Marker Trace
This key allows you to determine the trace to which a marker is assigned. By default, when
a marker is turned on it is assigned to the currently selected trace. You may change that
assignment using this control.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|1
2:TRACe <integer>
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|1
2:TRACe?
Example
CALC:VECT:MARK3:TRAC 2
CALC:VECT:MARK3:TRAC?
Dependencies/Couplings
See Coupling of Delta and Reference Markers above..
Preset
Marker is assigned to currently selected trace when turned on.
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Range
Trace 1|Trace2|Trace 3|Trace 4
Min
1
Max
4
Key Path
Marker, Properties
Marker Count
This key enables the frequency counter algorithm on the selected marker. This algorithm
can more precisely determine the frequency of a peak. The marker must be on a frequency
domain trace, with data coming from hardware. Place the marker on a peak and enable the
frequency counter. The marker readout then shows the calculated frequency rather than
the marker X position. Only one marker can be counted at any time. Turning on marker
count for any marker turns it off for all other markers.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Chapter 4
319
Marker Functions
Marker
Remote Command
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11
|12:FCOunt[:STATe] OFF|ON|0|1
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11
|12:FCOunt[:STATe]?
Example
CALC:VECT:MARK:FCO ON
CALC:VECT:MARK:FCO?
Notes
Marker must be on a frequency-domain trace and data must
be live, not recorded or simulated.
Preset
OFF
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Range
Off|On
Key Path
Marker, Properties
The frequency counter result must be read back with the following SCPI command. The
Marker X query command will only get the marker's data point position, which will not be
as accurate as the frequency counter result.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12:FC
Ount:X?
Example
CALC:VECT:MARK:FCO:X?
Notes
Query only. If the marker counter result is unavailable, NaN is
returned.
Key Path
SCPI only
Marker Table
When the Marker Table is turned on, the display is split into a measurement window and
a marker data display window. For each marker which is on, information is displayed in
the data display window, which includes the marker number, control mode, trace number,
X axis scale, X axis value, and the Y-axis result. Additional information is shown for
markers which have marker functions turned on.
320
Chapter 4
Marker Functions
Marker
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer:TABLe[:STATe] OFF|ON|0|1
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer:TABLe[:STATe]?
Example
CALC:VECT:MARK:TABL ON
CALC:VECT:MARK:TABL?
Preset
OFF
State Saved
No
Range
Off|On
Key Path
Marker
Couple Markers
Marker Coupling affects all currently displayed markers. In general when coupling is
turned on then all Normal or Delta markers with the same (or equivalent) domain as the
selected marker move in the same manner as the selected marker. Coupling is relative
between markers on the same trace (so that their relative positions in the domain are
maintained). Coupling can be absolute between markers on different traces that have
equivalent domains. That is, they are forced have the same position in the domain, if
possible. (As an example of equivalent domains, demodulated symbol positions can be
derived from time by using the current symbol rate). When you move the selected marker,
then others on related traces track it. This is to allow you to correlate different
measurement results. For example, to you can place a marker at a particular symbol time
on an error vector magnitude display, and have tracking markers on the symbol table and
pre-demod time trace, showing you the symbol value and the actual time-varying signal
value at the same point in time.
Absolute coupling is performed only for the lowest numbered Normal or Delta marker on
each trace. All other markers on a trace couple relatively. When you turn on marker
coupling, the subset of markers that have the same domain as the selected marker track it
and all other markers remain at their current location. The absolutely coupled markers
within this subset will be moved at this time to match the domain setting of the selected
marker, with the relatively coupled markers following accordingly to maintain offsets
within their respective traces. Those markers with different domains remain at their
current location. When you select a marker with a different domain than the previously
selected marker, then the subset of markers with that domain go through the same
procedure.
Any marker that coupling would move outside its range of X values, will remain at the
Chapter 4
321
Marker Functions
Marker
closest limiting value until the selected marker moves in such a way as to bring the
coupled X value back into range. If the coupled markers are on data that do not have the
same domain resolution, then they are positioned as close to each other as possible.
If markers change mode or trace, or trace data is changed below them, the coupling rules
are immediately applied to the new set.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer:COUPle[:STATe] OFF|ON|0|1
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer:COUPle[:STATe]?
Example
CALC:VECT:MARK:COUP ON
CALC:VECT:MARK:COUP?
Preset
OFF
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Range
Off|On
Key Path
Marker
All Markers Off
This function turns all markers off and sets the selected marker to 1.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer:AOFF
Example
CALC:VECT:MARK:AOFF:
Key Path
Marker
322
Chapter 4
Marker Functions
Peak Search
Peak Search
The Peak Search hardkey places the selected marker on the trace point with the maximum
y-axis value for that marker's trace and displays a menu that allows markers to be easily
moved among peaks on a trace. It also is used to perform the Peak Search function, as
described below. Pressing Peak Search also makes the selected marker's X position the
active function.
The peak search function causes the marker to move to the highest point in the trace. The
highest point is the point with the largest y-axis value in the current trace format. If the
format is complex (vector or constellation) then the point with the highest magnitude is
chosen.
Pressing the Peak Search hard key always performs a Peak Search, with one exception: if
the Peak Search menu is not showing but the selected marker is on (Normal, Delta, or
Fixed), then pressing the Peak Search hardkey only displays the Peak Search menu. This
allows you to select one of the other peak search functions without disturbing the selected
marker's position. If you want to perform a peak search in this case, press the Peak Search
hardkey again.
If the selected marker is Off, then pressing the Peak Search hardkey once not only shows
the menu, but it turns on the selected marker in Normal mode, assigns it to the selected
trace, and performs a peak search.
If any peak search SCPI command is invoked on a marker that is Off, the marker is first
turned on in Normal mode and assigned to the selected trace. Then the peak search is
performed.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote
Command
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12:MAXim
um
Example
CALC:VECT:MARK2:MAX
Notes
There is no softkey for this function. Instead, you press the Peak
Search hardkey twice. (Pressing it once is sufficient if the Peak Search
menu is showing, but twice guarantees that the function will be
invoked)
If peak search function is not invoked (because the response to pressing
the hardkey was only to show the menu) then the following message is
shown: "Press Peak Search again to perform a Peak Search."
Key Path
Peak Search (press hardkey twice if menu is not showing)
Chapter 4
323
Marker Functions
Peak Search
Next Peak (Next Lower Amptd)
This command moves the marker to the peak next lower in Y value than the peak it is
currently on. If the format is complex (vector or constellation) then the marker moves to
the closest point that has a lower magnitude than the marker's current position. If this
function is invoked via SCPI on a marker that is off, the result is the same as if you sent a
Peak Search command.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12:
MAXimum:NEXT
Example
CALC:VECT:MARK2:MAX:NEXT
Key Path
Peak Search
Next Higher Amptd
This command moves the marker to the peak next higher in Y value than the peak it is
currently on. . If the format is complex (vector or constellation) then the marker moves to
the closest point that has a higher magnitude than the marker's current position. If this
function is invoked via SCPI on a marker that is off, the result is the same as if you sent a
Peak Search command.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12:M
AXimum:PREVious
Example
CALC:VECT:MARK2:MAX:PREV
Key Path
Peak Search
Next Right
This command moves the marker to the next peak to the right of its current position. If the
format is complex (vector or constellation) then the marker moves forward in time to the
next peak. If this function is invoked via SCPI on a marker that is off, the result is the
same as if you sent a Peak Search command.
A valid peak is one for which the displayed Y-axis values drop monotonically on both sides
324
Chapter 4
Marker Functions
Peak Search
of the local maximum at least 4% of the distance between the top and bottom of the display
grid before the values begin to rise again.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12:MAXimu
m:RIGHt
Example
CALC:VECT:MARK2:MAX:RIGH
Key Path
Peak Search
Next Left
This command moves the marker to the next peak to the left of its current position. If the
format is complex (vector or constellation) then the marker moves back in time to the next
peak. If this function is invoked via SCPI on a marker that is off, the result is the same as
if you sent a Peak Search command.
A valid peak is one for which the displayed Y-axis values drop monotonically on both sides
of the local maximum at least 4% of the distance between the top and bottom of the display
grid before the values begin to rise again.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12:MAXimu
m:LEFT
Example
CALC:VECT:MARK2:MAX:LEFT
Key Path
Peak Search
Mkr -> CF (Center Frequency)
This key is a duplicate of the key of the same name in the Mkr -> menu. It is placed in this
menu as a convenience. See the description in the Marker To section.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Peak Search
Chapter 4
325
Marker Functions
Peak Search
Continuous Peak Search
This key turns on Continuous Peak Search for the selected marker. This function be
turned on for any marker independently of any other marker. This function moves the
marker to the highest point on the trace each time the trace is updated. If the SCPI
command refers to a marker that is off, it is turned on in Normal mode.
It is possible to have Couple Markers and Continuous Peak Search both on. If this is the
case, it is recommended that Continuous Peak search be turned on for only one marker in
any tracking set (that is, any set of markers with the same or equivalent domain).
Otherwise, conflicts over marker position may arise that cause erratic marker movement.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12:CPSea
rch[:STATe] ON|OFF|1|0
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12:CPSea
rch[:STATe]?
Example
CALC:VECT:MARK1:CPS ON
Dependencies/Couplin
gs
The Continuous Peak Search key is grayed out when the selected
marker is a Fixed marker. Also, if Continuous Peak Search is on and
the selected marker becomes a fixed marker, then Continuous Peak
Search is turned off and the key grayed out. Continuous Peak Search is
turned off when the selected marker is turned off.
Preset
OFF
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Range
Off|On
Key Path
Peak Search
Min Search
This command moves the marker to the lowest Y value on the trace. If the format is
complex (vector or constellation) then the marker moves to the lowest value in magnitude.
If the SCPI command refers to a marker that is off, it is first turned on in Normal mode
326
Chapter 4
Marker Functions
Peak Search
and then set on the minimum point.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12:MINim
um
Example
CALC:VECT:MARK2:MIN
Key Path
Peak Search
Mkr -> Ref Lvl (Reference Level)
This function sets the Y axis reference value equal to the selected marker's Y value. For
example, if the reference position is at the top of the screen, the whole trace is moved up so
that the marker appears at the top of the screen. Note that this is a display scaling
function only. The input range remains the same.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Peak Search
Chapter 4
327
Marker Functions
Marker To
Marker To
The Marker -> hardkey provides access to some convenient functions for copying the
marker position to a number of frequency and Y-axis scaling parameters. These functions
are available from the front panel only. No SCPI is provided, because you can already read
the marker position via SCPI and then set any frequency or scaling parameter accordingly,
with full accuracy.
Pressing the Marker -> hardkey always makes the selected marker's X position the active
function.
If the selected marker is off, pressing the Marker -> hardkey turns on the selected marker
in normal mode on the currently selected trace.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Front Panel
Mkr -> CF (Center Frequency)
This function sets the center frequency equal to the selected marker's absolute frequency.
The marker must be on a frequency-domain trace. The absolute marker frequency is used
regardless of whether its control mode is Normal, Delta, or Fixed.
If the currently selected marker is not on when this key is pressed, it will be turned on at
the center of the screen as a normal type marker.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Marker To
Mkr -> CF Step
This function sets the center frequency step size equal to the selected marker's frequency.
The marker must be on a frequency-domain trace. The absolute marker frequency is used
regardless of whether its control mode is Normal, Delta, or Fixed.
If the currently selected marker is not on when this key is pressed, it will be turned on at
328
Chapter 4
Marker Functions
Marker To
the center of the screen as a normal type marker.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Marker To
Mkr -> Start
This function sets the start frequency equal to the selected marker's frequency. The
marker must be on a frequency-domain trace. The absolute marker frequency is used
regardless of whether its control mode is Normal, Delta, or Fixed.
If the currently selected marker is not on when this key is pressed, it will be turned on at
the center of the screen as a normal type marker.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Marker To
Mkr -> Stop
This function sets the stop frequency equal to the selected marker's frequency. The marker
must be on a frequency-domain trace. The absolute marker frequency is used regardless of
whether its control mode is Normal, Delta, or Fixed.
If the currently selected marker is not on when this key is pressed, it will be turned on at
the center of the screen as a normal type marker.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Marker To
Mkr Delta -> Span
This function sets the start and stop frequencies to equal to the selected marker's
frequency and that of its reference. That is, the measurement span is "zoomed in" so that
Chapter 4
329
Marker Functions
Marker To
the selected marker and its associated reference appear on the extreme left and right of
the display. The marker must be on a frequency-domain trace and its control mode must be
Delta.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Marker To
Mkr -> Ref Lvl
This function sets the Y axis reference value equal to the selected marker's Y value. For
example, if the reference position is at the top of the screen, the whole trace is moved up so
that the marker appears at the top of the screen. Note that this is a display scaling
function only. The input range remains the same.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Marker To
Counter -> CF (Center Frequency)
This function copies the frequency of the marker counter to the center frequency. The
marker counter function must be on.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Marker To
Mkr Delta -> CF (Center Frequency)
This function sets the center frequency equal to the difference in frequency between the
selected Delta marker and its reference. The marker must be on a frequency-domain trace
and the selected marker's control mode must be Delta.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Marker To
330
Chapter 4
Marker Functions
Marker To
Chapter 4
331
Marker Functions
Marker Function
Marker Function
This key accesses a menu of selectable marker functions for VSA measurements.
Marker Functions perform post-processing operations on marker data. Band Functions are
Marker Functions that allow you to define a band of frequencies around the marker. The
band defines the region of data used for the numerical calculations. These marker
functions also allow you to perform mathematical calculations on trace and marker data
and report the results of these calculations in place of the normal marker result.
Unlike regular markers, marker function markers are not placed directly on the trace.
They are placed at a location which is relative to the result of the function calculation.
The Marker Function menu gives you access to power calculations in bands of frequencies
or time intervals centered on a marker. It also allows you to make calculations like carrier
to noise by combining delta markers with marker functions. Marker functions are
generally available for time and frequency domain traces, and not for others. If the marker
function calculation is undefined for particular trace data, then "---" is shown in place of a
number in the result display and marker table, and CALC:<meas>:MARK[n]:Y? will
return 9.91E+37 (NaN).
Pressing Marker Function always makes the selected marker's X position the active
function.
If the selected marker is off, pressing the Marker Function hardkey turns on the selected
marker in normal mode on the currently selected trace.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12:FUNCt
ion BPOWer|BDENsity|=OFF
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12:FUNCt
ion?
Example
CALC:VECT:MARK1:FUNC BPOW
CALC:VECT:MARK1:FUNC?
Notes
:CALC:<meas>:MARK1:FUNC? returns the current function type for
marker 1. To return the result, use :CALC:<meas>:MARK1:Y?
Preset
=OFF
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
332
Chapter 4
Marker Functions
Marker Function
Range
Band Power|Band Density|Off
Key Path
Marker Function
Band/Interval Power
Turns on the Band/Interval Power function for the selected marker. This function
calculates the power within the band centered on the marker. The function works
generally with frequency spectra, PSD and time traces. On traces where band power is
undefined, the result display shows "---" and CALC:<meas>:MARK[n]:Y? will return
9.91E+37 (NaN), although the band interval can still be defined.
Frequency-domain data
If the marker is on a frequency-domain trace, the result is total power within the band.
This is true whether the underlying trace data is a power spectrum or power spectral
density.
Time-domain data
If the marker is on a time-domain trace, the result is average power within the time
interval, that is, the power at each time sample in the time interval is calculated, the
powers are summed and the total divided by the number of samples.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Marker Function
Band Power Calculation
A band/interval power calculation result may be shown in dBm, dBVrms, Watts, Volts RMS
Squared or Volts RMS. The table below shows the choice of display units if Band Power
Calculation is set to Mean, depending on the current format and Y units of the trace the
marker is on.
Trace data type
Trace Format
Chapter 4
Y Unit
Result
format
333
Marker Functions
Marker Function
Spectrum, PSD, Time
record
LogMag (dB)
Dimensionless (e.g.,
Frequency response,
Impulse response, various
Demodulation error types)
General dimensions(e.g.,
Hz, %)
Auto, Power
dBm
Peak, RMS
dBVrms
mRMS
dBmVrms
Linear Mag, Real, Imag,
Log Mag (lin)
Auto, Peak, RMS,
mRMS
Vrms^2
Linear Mag, Real, Imag,
Log Mag(lin)
Power
W
Wrap Phase, Unwrap
Phase, Delay
Any
Vrms^2
Vector, Constellation,
Eye, Trellis
Any
blanked
LogMag (dB)
Any
dBrms
Linear Mag, Real, Imag,
Wrap Phase, Unwrap
Phase, Delay, Log Mag
(lin)
Any
rms^2
LogMag (dB)
Any
dB<unit>rms
Linear Mag, Real, Imag,
Wrap Phase, Unwrap
Phase, Delay, Log Mag
(lin)
Any
<unit>rms^2
If the Band Power Calculation is set to RMS, then the readout unit does not depend on
trace format or Y unit. For Spectrums, PS and Time record traces the displayed unit is
"Vrms" For general units, the unit abbreviation is shown followed by "rms".
The Band Power Calculation only controls the readout format for Normal and Fixed
markers. For Delta markers, see the discussion below.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12:FUNCti
on:BPOWer:CTYPe MEAN|RMS
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12:FUNCti
on:BPOWer:CTYPe?
Example
CALC:VECT:MARK1:FUNC:BPOW:CTYP MEAN
CALC:VECT:MARK1:FUNC:BPOW:CTYP?
334
Chapter 4
Marker Functions
Marker Function
Preset
MEAN
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Range
Mean|RMS
Key Path
Marker Function, Band/Interval Power
Band/Interval Density
This function calculates the average power density within the band centered on the
marker. The function works generally with frequency spectra, PSD and time traces. On
traces where band power cannot reasonably be defined, the result display shows "---" and
CALC:<meas>:MARK[n]:Y? returns NaN (9.91E+37), although the band interval can still
be defined.
Frequency-domain data
If the marker is on a frequency-domain trace, the result is the band power (as computed
above) divided by the bandwidth over which it is measured. This is true whether the
underlying trace data is a power spectrum or power spectral density.
Time-domain data
If the marker is on a time-domain trace, the result is average power within the time
interval (as computed above) divided by the equivalent noise bandwidth of the span.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Marker Function
Band Density Calculation
Turns on the Band/Interval Density function for the selected marker. If the selected
marker is off, it is turned on in Normal marker mode and located at the center of the
screen.
When Band/Interval Density is selected while in the Marker Function Off state, the Band
Span or Interval Span is initialized to 5% of the screen width.
If the detector mode for the detector on the marker's trace is set to Auto, the average
detector is selected. If the Average type is set to Auto, Power Averaging is selected. Other
choices for the detector or Average type will usually cause measurement inaccuracy.
A band/interval density calculation result may be shown in dBm/Hz, Volts RMS Squared or
Chapter 4
335
Marker Functions
Marker Function
Volts RMS. The table below shows the choice of display units if Band Density Calculation
is set to Mean, depending on the current format of the trace the marker is on.
Trace data type
Trace Format
Result format
Spectrum, PSD, Time record
LogMag (dB)
dBm/Hz
Linear Mag, Real, Imag, Wrap
Phase, Unwrap Phase, Delay,
Log Mag (lin)
Vrms^2/Hz
Dimensionless (e.g.,
Frequency response, Impulse
response, various
Demodulation error types)
LogMag (dB)
dBrms/Hz
Linear Mag, Real, Imag, Wrap
Phase, Unwrap Phase, Delay,
Log Mag (lin)
rms^2/Hz
General dimensions(e.g., Hz,
%)
LogMag (dB)
dB<unit>rms/
Hz
Linear Mag, Real, Imag, Wrap
Phase, Unwrap Phase, Delay,
Log Mag (lin)
<unit>rms^2/
Hz
If the Band Density Calculation is set to RMS, then the readout unit does not depend on
trace format. For Spectrum, PSD and Time record traces the displayed unit is "Vrms/Hz"
For general units, the unit abbreviation is shown followed by "rms/Hz ".
The Band Density Calculation only controls the readout format for Normal and Fixed
markers. For Delta markers, see the discussion below.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12:FU
NCtion:BDENsity:CTYPe MEAN|RMS
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12:FU
NCtion:BDENsity:CTYPe?
Example
CALC:VECT:MARK1:FUNC:BDEN:CTYP RMS
CALC:VECT:MARK1:FUNC:BDEN:CTYP?
Preset
MEAN
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Range
Mean|RMS
Key Path
Marker Function, Band/Interval Power
336
Chapter 4
Marker Functions
Marker Function
Band Adjust
These keys allow you to define the bandwidth around the marker. The band is always
centered on the marker position. Entering the menu always sets Band/Interval Span as
the active function
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Marker Function
Band/Interval Center
This function defines the center of the band. That is, it allows you to adjust the marker
position in absolute units (regardless of whether the marker mode is Normal or Delta).
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|
11|12:FUNCtion:BAND:CENTer <real>
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|
11|12:FUNCtion:BAND:CENTer?
Example
CALC:VECT:MARK2:FUNC:BAND:CENT 1.23E+09
CALC:VECT:MARK2:FUNC:BAND:CENT?
Preset
Center of screen
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Min
–9.9E+37
Max
9.9E+37
Key Path
Marker Function, Band Adjust
Band/Interval Span
Sets the width of the span for the selected marker. This function defines the span of
Chapter 4
337
Marker Functions
Marker Function
frequencies or time. The marker position does not change when you adjust the span.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|
11|12:FUNCtion:BAND:SPAN <real>
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|
11|12:FUNCtion:BAND:SPAN?
Example
CALC:VECT:MARK2:FUNC:BAND:SPAN 1.23E+06
CALC:VECT:MARK2:FUNC:BAND:SPAN?
Preset
When marker turned on, 1/20th of current span or
displayed time length
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Min
–9.9E+37
Max
9.9E+37
Key Path
Marker Function, Band Adjust
Band/Interval Left
This function adjusts the left side of the band. In order to remain centered in the band, the
marker position must also change as you change the left edge. The right edge is unaffected.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|
11|12:FUNCtion:BAND:LEFT <real>
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|
11|12:FUNCtion:BAND:LEFT?
Example
CALC:VECT:MARK2:FUNC:BAND:LEFT 1.23E+06
CALC:VECT:MARK2:FUNC:BAND:LEFT?
Dependencies/Couplings
Changes marker X to keep the marker centered in the
band
Preset
When marker turned on, 1/40th of current span or
displayed time length left of the marker position
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Min
–9.9E+37
338
Chapter 4
Marker Functions
Marker Function
Max
9.9E+37
Key Path
Marker Function, Band Adjust
Band/Interval Right
This function adjusts the right side of the band. In order to remain centered in the band,
the marker position must also change as you change the right edge. The left edge is
unaffected.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11
|12:FUNCtion:BAND:RIGHt <real>
:CALCulate:<meas>:MARKer[1]|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11
|12:FUNCtion:BAND:RIGHt?
Example
CALC:VECT:MARK2:FUNC:BAND:RIGHT 1.23E+06
CALC:VECT:MARK2:FUNC:BAND:RIGHT?
Dependencies/Couplings
Changes marker X to keep the marker centered in the band
Preset
When marker turned on, 1/40th of current span or displayed
time length right of the marker position
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Min
–9.9E+37
Max
9.9E+37
Key Path
Marker Function, Band Adjust
Band Power and Delta Markers
When either a Delta marker or its reference has a band power function turned on, the
Delta marker readout always shows a ratio calculation. The form of the ratio depends on
the unit of the main marker when in Normal mode. If the Normal marker shows dB,
Watts, or Volts^2, then when you change the marker to Delta the result will be a power
ratio. If the Normal marker reads Volts (peak or rms) then the Delta marker result will be
a voltage ratio. If the reference marker units are not compatible with the main marker, the
reference marker is converted. For instance, if the main marker unit is Vrms and the
reference unit is Vrms^2, the Delta marker will show the ratio of the main marker value
and the square root of the reference value. If the main marker unit is dBm, then the
Chapter 4
339
Marker Functions
Marker Function
reference marker value is converted to equivalent dBm units and the result is the
difference between the two values with units of dB.
Dimensionless ratios are shown with units of "x". The base unit of the main marker
determines whether the ratio is voltage or power.
If the reference marker function is Band Density and the main marker is not, then the
ratio is not dimensionless, but has units of Hz (or dB-Hz) for power ratios, or rtHz for
voltage ratios. When the main marker function is Band Density and the reference is not,
the units are /Hz, dB/Hz, or /rtHz.
You can always get voltage ratio units if the main marker function calculation type is RMS
rather than Mean.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Marker Function
340
Chapter 4
5
Measurement Functions
Measurement Functions are those for which all keys appear in the front panel key group
marked "Measurement Functions".
341
Measurement Functions
Meas (Measure)
Meas (Measure)
The Meas key accesses a menu of all measurement keys that are licensed for the 89601X
VXA mode.
About Measurement Help for 89601X VXA
Remote measurement commands and query results common to all 89601VXA
measurements are available in this Help topic, by pressing the Meas key with Help active.
There are many remote commands documented in this topic, below.
NOTE
When viewing Meas Help, you will need a mouse to view many of the
remote command topics in the MEAS key topic, especially for
:CALCulate sybsystem SCPI commands. Select individual command
topics in the Table of Contents to the left of the topic view pane.
Remote measurement commands and query results for individual measurements are only
available under the specific measurement key, like Analog Demod, and are not available in
this topic, see Note below:
NOTE
Measurement functions and other operations differ between
measurements. The information displayed in Help pertains to the
current measurement. To see how a key operates in a different
measurement, exit Help (press the Cancel Esc key), select the new
measurement, then re-enter Help (press the Help key) and press the
specific measurement key again.
Measurements available under the Meas key are specific to the current Mode.
Key Path
Front-panel key
Data Queries
89601 VXA measurements produce a rich variety of results which may be displayed in any
of 4 traces. A result may consist of an array of X,Y trace data that is typically shown as a
graph, or scalar results that are displayed as a table. The Symbol/Error result that is part
of many demodulation measurements actually displays both a trace table (the error
statistics) and trace data (the symbol information, which is not graphed but listed). The
CALC:<meas>:DATA<n> commands allow you to retrieve any trace data or trace table.
This family of commands also allow you to get information about the names of data results
available and the units associated with them, as well as names and results of meta-data
associated with traces.
Command Interactions: MEASure, CONFigure, FETCh, INITiate and READ
Each 89601X measurement has a group of commands that work together to make the
342
Chapter 5
Measurement Functions
Meas (Measure)
measurement fast, but flexible.
NOTE
The :MEASure command is only available for 89601X VXA Option B7R
WLAN measurements. For all other measurements (options 205, AYA,
etc.) you must use :CONFigure and :READ or :CONFigure and
:INITiate and :FETCh.
Figure 5-1
Measurement Group of Commands
Chapter 5
343
Measurement Functions
Meas (Measure)
Measure Commands:
:MEASure:<measurement>[n]?
This is a fast single-command way to make a measurement using the factory default instrument
settings. These are the settings and units that conform to the Mode Setup settings (e.g. radio
standard) that you have currently selected.
• Stops the current measurement (if any) and sets up the instrument for the specified
measurement using the factory defaults
• Initiates the data acquisition for the measurement
• Blocks other SCPI communication, waiting until the measurement is complete before
returning results.
• If the function does averaging, it is turned on and the number of averages is set to 10.
• After the data is valid it returns the scalar results, or the trace data, for the specified
measurement. The type of data returned may be defined by an [n] value that is sent with the
command.
The scalar measurement results will be returned if the optional [n] value is not included, or is
set to 1. If the [n] value is set to a value other than 1, the selected trace data results will be
returned. See each command for details of what types of scalar results or trace data results
are available.
ASCII is the default format for the data output. (Older versions of Spectrum Analysis and
Phase Noise mode measurements only use ASCII.) The binary data formats should be used
for handling large blocks of data since they are smaller and faster than the ASCII format.
Refer to the FORMat:DATA command for more information.
If you need to change some of the measurement parameters from the factory default settings you
can set up the measurement with the CONFigure command. Use the commands in the
SENSe:<measurement> and CALCulate:<measurement> subsystems to change the settings.
Then you can use the READ? command to initiate the measurement and query the results.
If you need to repeatedly make a given measurement with settings other than the factory
defaults, you can use the commands in the SENSe:<measurement> and
CALCulate:<measurement> subsystems to set up the measurement. Then use the READ?
command to initiate the measurement and query results.
Measurement settings persist if you initiate a different measurement and then return to a
previous one. Use READ:<measurement>? if you want to use those persistent settings. If you
want to go back to the default settings, use MEASure:<measurement>?.
344
Chapter 5
Measurement Functions
Meas (Measure)
Configure Commands:
:CONFigure:<measurement>
This command stops the current measurement (if any) and sets up the instrument for the
specified measurement using the factory default instrument settings. It does not initiate the
taking of measurement data unless INIT:CONTinuous is ON. If you change any measurement
settings after using the CONFigure command, the READ command can be used to initiate a
measurement without changing the settings back to their defaults.
In the Swept SA measurement in Spectrum Analyzer mode the CONFigure command also turns
the averaging function on and sets the number of averages to 10 for all measurements.
:CONFigure:NDEFault<measurement> stops the current measurement and changes to the
specified measurement. It does not change the settings to the defaults. It does not initiate the
taking of measurement data unless INIT:CONTinuous is ON.
The CONFigure? query returns the current measurement name.
Fetch Commands:
:FETCh:<measurement>[n]?
This command puts selected data from the most recent measurement into the output buffer. Use
FETCh if you have already made a good measurement and you want to return several types of
data (different [n] values, for example, both scalars and trace data) from a single measurement.
FETCh saves you the time of re-making the measurement. You can only FETCh results from the
measurement that is currently active, it will not change to a different measurement. An error is
reported if a measurement other than the current one, is specified.
If you need to get new measurement data, use the READ command, which is equivalent to an
INITiate followed by a FETCh.
The scalar measurement results will be returned if the optional [n] value is not included, or is set
to 1. If the [n] value is set to a value other than 1, the selected trace data results will be returned.
See each command for details of what types of scalar results or trace data results are available.
The binary data formats should be used for handling large blocks of data since they are smaller
and transfer faster then the ASCII format. (FORMat:DATA)
FETCh may be used to return results other than those specified with the original READ or
MEASure command that you sent.
Chapter 5
345
Measurement Functions
Meas (Measure)
INITiate Commands:
:INITiate:<measurement>
This command is not available for measurements in all the instrument modes:
• Initiates a trigger cycle for the specified measurement, but does not output any data. You
must then use the FETCh<meas> command to return data. If a measurement other than the
current one is specified, the instrument will switch to that measurement and then initiate it.
For example, suppose you have previously initiated the ACP measurement, but now you are
running the channel power measurement. If you send INIT:ACP? it will change from channel
power to ACP and will initiate an ACP measurement.
• Does not change any of the measurement settings. For example, if you have previously
started the ACP measurement and you send INIT:ACP? it will initiate a new ACP
measurement using the same instrument settings as the last time ACP was run.
• If your selected measurement is currently active (in the idle state) it triggers the
measurement, assuming the trigger conditions are met. Then it completes one trigger cycle.
Depending upon the measurement and the number of averages, there may be multiple data
acquisitions, with multiple trigger events, for one full trigger cycle. It also holds off additional
commands on GPIB until the acquisition is complete.
READ Commands:
:READ:<measurement>[n]?
• Does not preset the measurement to the factory default settings. For example, if you have
previously initiated the ACP measurement and you send READ:ACP? it will initiate a new
measurement using the same instrument settings.
• Initiates the measurement and puts valid data into the output buffer. If a measurement other
than the current one is specified, the instrument will switch to that measurement before it
initiates the measurement and returns results.
For example, suppose you have previously initiated the ACP measurement, but now you are
running the channel power measurement. Then you send READ:ACP? It will change from
channel power back to ACP and, using the previous ACP settings, will initiate the
measurement and return results.
• Blocks other SCPI communication, waiting until the measurement is complete before
returning the results
If the optional [n] value is not included, or is set to 1, the scalar measurement results will be
returned. If the [n] value is set to a value other than 1, the selected trace data results will be
returned. See each command for details of what types of scalar results or trace data results
are available. The binary data formats should be used when handling large blocks of data
since they are smaller and faster then the ASCII format. (FORMat:DATA)
346
Chapter 5
Measurement Functions
Meas (Measure)
NOTE
Selected 89601 VXA results are available via the FETCh and READ
SCPI interfaces. These commands refer to data results by arbitrary
index number rather than by trace number.
89601 VXA-Specific :MEASure, :READ, :FETCh Commands
The SCPI MEASure, READ, and FETCh are typically offered by applications with focus on
manufacturing test, where a fixed set of desired results is known in advance and seldom
changes. The VSA measurements are many, due to a focus on development. Thus, for most
VSA measurements there is no standard configuration that will yield a useful
measurement 90% of the time. Therefore the MEASure function is not available for most
measurements in the VSA Application. However, READ and FETCh may be implemented
for select results. Note that these results will also still be available using the
CALC:<meas>:DATA:TABLe family of commands.
ACP and OBW is available in all VSA measurements. To retrieve the ACP or OBW data,
the function must be enabled on a frequency-domain trace and the associated summary
data table must be assigned to another trace. Note however, the index n in the following
commands is not trace number, but an index picked out of the tables shown below.
:FETCh:<meas>[n]?
:READ:<meas>[n]?
The results available for various values of n are shown below:
Table 5-1
Condition
n
Results Returned
Mode =
VSA
Not
specified
Reserved for selected results of VSA measurements.
Mode =
VSA
or n=1
If not used for a particular measurement, no result is returned and
error –114 Header suffix out of range is generated
2 – 50
Reserved for selected results of VSA measurements.
If not used for a particular measurement, no result is returned and
error –114 Header suffix out of range is generated
Chapter 5
347
Measurement Functions
Meas (Measure)
Table 5-1
Mode =
VSA, ACP
on trace 1
51
ACP Summary for trace 1
Returns 28 comma-separated scalar results, corresponding to the
swept ACP results where possible; n/a elsewhere:
Returns 28 comma-separated scalar results, in the following order.
1. 0.0
2. Total carrier power (dBm) (same as item 4, because only 1 carrier
supported)
3. 0.0
4. Reference carrier power (dBm)
5. Lower offset A - relative power (dB)
6. Lower offset A - absolute power (dBm)
7. Upper offset A - relative power (dB)
8. Upper offset A - absolute power (dBm)
9. Lower offset B - relative power (dB)
10. Lower offset B - absolute power (dBm)
11. Upper offset B - relative power (dB)
12. Upper offset B - absolute power (dBm)
...
21. Lower offset E - relative power (dB)
22. Lower offset E - absolute power (dBm)
23. Upper offset E - relative power (dB)
24. Upper offset E - absolute power (dBm)
25. n/a
26. n/a
27. n/a
28. n/a
29. Overall ACP test result summary (0 indicates at least 1 failure,
1 indicates all passed)
If any result is not available, NaN (9.91 E 37) is returned. This can
happen if ACP is turned off (all results unavailable), or when an
offset is entirely off-screen. In the case where it is partially
off-screen, the measured result is returned, even though its validity
is questionable.
Mode =
VSA, ACP
on trace 2
52
ACP Summary for trace 2
see list for trace 1 summary
348
Chapter 5
Measurement Functions
Meas (Measure)
Table 5-1
Mode =
VSA, ACP
on trace 3
53
Mode =
VSA, ACP
on trace 4
54
Mode =
VSA, OBW
on trace 1
ACP Summary for trace 3
see list for trace 1 summary
ACP Summary for trace 4
see list for trace 1 summary
57–60
no result returned; error –114, Header suffix out of range generated
61
OBW Summary for trace 1
Returns 9 comma-separated scalar results, corresponding exactly to
the items in the OBW Summary trace:
1. OBW (Hz)
2. Pwr (dBm)
3. Total Pwr (dBm)
4. Pwr Ratio (no unit, E.g. 0.99)
5. OBW upper freq (Hz)
6. OBW lower freq (Hz)
7. Centroid freq (Hz)
8. Offset freq (Hz)
9. OBW Test Result (0 for fail, 1 for pass)
If the results are not available, NaN (9.91 E 37) is returned.
Mode =
VSA, OBW
on trace 2
62
Mode =
VSA, OBW
on trace 3
63
Mode =
VSA, OBW
on trace 4
64
NOTE
OBW Summary for trace 2
see list for trace 1 summary
OBW Summary for trace 3
see list for trace 1 summary
OBW Summary for trace 4
see list for trace 1 summary
:CALCulate subsystem SCPI is documented in separate sections
following this topic. Select individual command topics in the Help Table
of Contents to the left of the topic view pane, or you can use the "Next
Topic" button at the top right corner to browse the topics.
Chapter 5
349
Measurement Functions
Meas (Measure)
:CALCulate:DATA (Remote Command Only)
Once measurement data result is assigned to a trace, the data can be retrieved by using
one of the following commands (where <n> is the trace number and <meas> is the current
VSA measurement).
:CALC:<meas>:DATA<n>?
:CALC:<meas>:DATA<n>:RAW?
The first form of the command retrieves the data as formatted on the display. For example,
if (in a vector measurement) you have the Spectrum result in LogMag format on trace 1,
then
:CALC:VECT:DATA1?
will return an array of spectrum amplitude (Y data) in units of dBm, and
:CALC:VECT:DATA1:RAW?
will return the Y data in its underlying units of Volts (peak) squared.
(To get data from displayed tables, see CALCulate:DATA:TABLe commands below.)
The CALC:<meas>:DATA commands get data from traces. There are many results
available from a VSA application measurement, and only 4 traces in which to view them.
View Preset commands are one way of displaying frequently-used results in standard trace
locations. Or you may assign any measurement result to any trace using the softkeys
under Trace/Detector, Data. The SCPI command for doing this is:
:DISP:<meas>:TRAC<n>:FEED "<data_name>"
For example, if (in a vector measurement) you wish to view the CCDF result in trace 4, you
send:
:DISP:VECT:TRAC4:FEED "CCDF1"
(If the measurement has not run yet, use INIT:IMM to run it.) Then the CCDF data may
be retrieved using
CALC:VECT:DATA4?
or
CALC:VECT:DATA4:RAW?
See the Data command (under Trace/Detector) and the View Preset commands (under
View/Display) in this document as well as the PDs for each VSA measurement for more
details on assigning data to traces.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:CALCulate:<meas>:DATA[1]|2|3|4?
[Y|X|XY[,OFF|ON|0|1]]
350
Chapter 5
Measurement Functions
Meas (Measure)
Example
CALC:VECT:DATA1?
CALC:VECT:DATA1? Y,ON
CALC:VECT:DATA1? X
CALC:VECT:DATA1? XY
Notes
Query only. This retrieves the data in the designated trace as
displayed.
E.g., if Trace 1 is assigned Spectrum data and formatted as
LogMag, then :CALC:VECT:DATA1? will return the Y data in
dBm. If the X axis is scaled to show only a portion of the trace
data, only the data shown will be returned.
The numeric format of the returned data is controlled by
FORMat[:TRACe][:DATA] command
The optional parameters control what data is returned.
:CALC:VECT:DATA1? Y is the same as :CALC:VECT:DATA1?
with no parameter. It returns an array of Y values.
:CALC:VECT:DATA1? X returns an array of X values that
correspond to the Y values above.
:CALC:VECT:DATA1? XY returns interleaved X and Y data.
I.e.: <x1><y1><x2><y2>…
Normally, this command only returns the data between the
current X scale limits. If the optional ",OFF" or ",0" switch is
included at the end of the command, then all data is returned
(regardless of X scaling or the state of All Frequency Points).
Note: the X and Y parameters in this command refer to the
display's horizontal and vertical axes. Normally the X axis is
the independent variable, but if the display format is
Constellation or IQ, then
CALC:<meas>:DATA<n>? [Y] returns the imaginary part of the
data, and CALC:<meas>:DATA<n>? X returns the real part of
the data. If you want the values of the independent variable,
change to a non-vector format (such as Log Mag) and use
CALC:<meas>:DATA<n>? X
:CALCulate:DATA:RAW (Remote Command Only)
Retrieves trace data in its underlying units, before the formatting calculation that
converts it to displayed units. Underlying units are typically Volts peak (for signal results)
or Volts peak squared (for power results). All data points are returned, whether or not they
Chapter 5
351
Measurement Functions
Meas (Measure)
are displayed.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:CALCulate:<meas>:DATA[1]|2|3|4:RAW?
Example
CALC:VECT:DATA1:RAW?
Notes
Query only. This retrieves the unformatted Y data in the
designated trace. If Y data is complex, it is returned as
<y_real1><y_imag1><y_real2><y_imag2> etc.
:CALCulate:DATA:RAW:COMPlex (Remote Command Only)
This command is used to determine if the data retrieved by
CALC:<meas>:DATA:RAW<n>? is complex.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:CALCulate:<meas>:DATA[1]|2|3|4:RAW:COMPlex?
Example
CALC:VECT:DATA1:RAW:COMP?
Notes
Query only. Returns 1 if the trace data is complex, 0 if it is real.
:CALCulate:DATA:POINts commands (Remote Command Only)
This query returns the number of points that will be returned by
CALCulate:<meas>:DATA<n>?
X axis scaling and whether All Frequency Points is on or off can affect this number.
Note: for the
CALCulate:<meas>:DATA<n>? XY
command there are 2 numbers returned per data point.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:CALCulate:<meas>:DATA[1]|2|3|4:POINts?
352
Chapter 5
Measurement Functions
Meas (Measure)
Example
CALC:VECT:DATA1:POINts?
Notes
Query only.
This query returns the number of points that will be returned by
CALCulate:<meas>:DATA:RAW<n>?
Note: for complex trace data, there are 2 numbers returned per data point.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:CALCulate:<meas>:DATA[1]|2|3|4:RAW:POINts?
Example
CALC:VECT:DATA1:RAW:POINts?
Notes
Query only.
:CALCulate:DATA:TABL (Remote Command Only)
Some traces have tabular data is associated with them. In fact, there may be only a table
and no trace data. Each entry in the table consists of a name, a measured value, and units.
The units are sometimes not shown. You can programmatically retrieve arrays of all the
names, all the values, and all the units of a table. These arrays are all ordered so that
corresponding indices have associated values, e.g., the 4th name in the names array
corresponds to the 4th value in the results array. (Note that the array order may not be the
same as the displayed order.) You can also get a particular result from the table by name.
Here is a summary of the remote table data commands.
Command
Returns
Example
CALCulate:<meas>:DATA<n>:TABLe?
All table data
results (as an array)
CALC:DDEM:DATA4:TABL?
CALCulate:<meas>:DATA<n>:TABLe?
"<name>"
The table data
result referred to by
name
CALC:DDEM:DATA4:TABL?
"EvmPeak"
CALCulate:<meas>:DATA<n>:TABLe:NAMe
s?
Comma-separated
list of all table data
names
CALC:DDEM:DATA4:TABL:NA
M?
CALCulate:<meas>:DATA<n>:TABLe:UNIT
?
Comma-separated
list of all table data
units
CALC:DDEM:DATA4:TABL:UNI
T?
Chapter 5
353
Measurement Functions
Meas (Measure)
For example, if within the Vector Analysis measurement, you have an OBW Summary
Table displayed in trace 2, CALC:DDEM:DATA2:TABL:NAM? would return the table
names as follows:
"Obw,Pwr,TotalPwr,PwrRatio,ObwUpper,ObwLower,Centroid,Offset"
and CALC:DDEM:DATA2:TABL:UNIT? would return the units. (A null string means the
result is unitless.)
"Hz,Vrms^2,Vrms^2,,Hz,Hz,Hz,Hz"
You can then get all the table results by sending
CALC:DDEM:DATA2:TABL?
Result number 1 is Obw and has units of Hz, result number 2 is Pwr with units of Vrms^2,
and so on.
You can also get individual table entries by asking for them by name. Any name returned
from the CALC:DDEM:DATA2:TABL:NAM? query may be used. For example, to get
TotalPwr you can send the following query:
CALC:DDEM:DATA2:TABL? "TotalPwr"
The following query gets data from a table shown in the designated trace. Tables shown on
the display typically have the name of a parameter followed by its measured value
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:CALCulate:<meas>:DATA[1]|2|3|4:TABLe[:NUMBer]?
[<string>]
Example
CALC:DDEM:DATA2:TABL? "Obw"
Notes
Query only. If sent without a string specifier, this returns the
entire table for the designated trace. If sent with a string
specifier, returns a specific table entry in the designated trace.
The string specifier must be delimited by single or double
quotes. A list of valid strings can be obtained using
CALC:<meas>:DATA:TABL:NAM? If an invalid string is sent,
an error is generated.
The following query returns a comma-separated list of all the names of the table data
entries for the designated trace. Each of names may be used (surrounded by quotes or
354
Chapter 5
Measurement Functions
Meas (Measure)
double quotes) as a parameter in the previous command. The names appear in the same
order as the data returned by the CALC:<meas>:DATA<n>:TABL? query.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:CALCulate:<meas>:DATA[1]|2|3|4:TABLe:NAMes?
Example
CALC:VECT:DATA1:TABL:NAM?
Notes
Query only. This retrieves the names of the table entries for the
designated trace. Each of these names may be used in the
CALC:<meas>:DATA:TABL? '<name>' command to access a
single table entry.
The following query returns a comma-separated list of all the units for the table data
entries for the designated trace. If a data result is unitless, an empty string appears in the
list for that result. The units appear in the same order as the data returned by the
CALC:<meas>:DATA<n>:TABL? query.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:CALCulate:<meas>:DATA[1]|2|3|4:TABLe:UNIT?
Example
CALC:VECT:DATA1:TABL:UNIT?
Notes
Query only. This retrieves a list of units for table entries for the
designated trace. The units are given in the order that the
entries are sent from the :CALC:<meas>:DATA:TABL?
command.
The following table data is available in all measurements when the ACP function is turned
on and the associated summary table is shown in a trace:
Table 5-2
Result name
Displayed Unit
Remote Name
Remote Unit
Reference
Bandwidth
Hz
RefBw
Hz
Reference Alpha
Reference Power
RefAlpha
dBm
Chapter 5
RefPwr
Vrms^2
355
Measurement Functions
Meas (Measure)
Table 5-2
Offset
Hz
Offset1, Offset2,
Offset3, Offset4,
Offset5
Hz
BW
Hz
Bw1, Bw2, Bw3, Bw4,
Bw5
Hz
Alpha
Alpha1, Alpha2,
Alpha3, Alpha4,
Alpha5
Lower Pwr
dBm
LowPwr1, LowPwr2,
LowPwr3, LowPwr4,
LowPwr5
Lower ACPR
dB
LowRatio1,
LowRatio2,
LowRatio3,
LowRatio4, LowRatio5
Upper Pwr
dBm
HiPwr1, HiPwr2,
HiPwr3, HiPwr4,
HiPwr5
Upper ACPR
dB
HiRatio1, HiRatio2,
HiRatio3, HiRatio4,
HiRatio5
Max ACPR
dB
MaxRatio1,
MaxRatio2,
MaxRatio3,
MaxRatio4,
MaxRatio5
Vrms^2
Vrms^2
The following table data is available in all measurements when the OBW function is
turned on and the associated summary table is shown in a trace:
Result name
Displayed Unit
Remote Name
Remote Unit
Occupied
Bandwidth
Hz
Obw
Hz
Power
dBm
Pwr
Vrms^2
Total Power
dBm
TotalPwr
Vrms^2
Power Ratio
%
PwrRatio
Upper Freq
Hz
ObwUpper
Hz
Lower Freq
Hz
ObwLower
Hz
356
Chapter 5
Measurement Functions
Meas (Measure)
Centroid Freq
Hz
Centroid
Hz
Offset Freq
Hz
Offset
Hz
:CALCulate:DATA:HEADer (Remote Command Only)
Trace data also has meta-data associated with it, called headers, which is visible if you
export trace data in text format and . The headers have a name and a value. You can
obtain header data by name from any trace by using the
CALCulate:<meas>:DATA:HEADer commands.
The following query returns a comma-separated list of all the header names associated
with the designated trace. Each of names may be used (surrounded by quotes or double
quotes) as a parameter in the other CALC:<meas>:DATA<n>:HEAD queries.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:CALCulate:<meas>:DATA[1]|2|3|4:HEADer:NAMes?
Example
CALC:VECT:DATA1:HEAD:NAM?
Notes
Query only. Returns a comma-separated list of header names.
This query returns whether the designated header on the designated trace may be queried
as a number, or by a string only.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:CALCulate:<meas>:DATA[1]|2|3|4:HEADer:TYPE?
<string>
Example
CALC:VECT:DATA1:HEAD:TYPE? 'XDelta'
Notes
Query only. This retrieves the type of the named header for the
designated trace. The name (delimited by single or double
quotes) is one of the names returned by the
CALC:<meas>:DATA:HEAD:NAMes?
If a valid header name is passed in, the return value from this
query is either STR or NUMB. NONE is returned if there is no
such header.
Chapter 5
357
Measurement Functions
Meas (Measure)
This query gets a header by name from the designated trace and returns it as a string.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:CALCulate:<meas>:DATA[1]|2|3|4:HEADer:STRing?
<string>
Example
CALC:VECT:DATA1:HEAD:STR? 'WindowType'
Notes
Query only. This retrieves the named header for the designated
trace. The name (delimited by single or double quotes) is one of
the names returned by the
CALC:<meas>:DATA:HEAD:NAMes? The return value is a
string. If the requested header value is a numeric, or if there is
no such header, an empty string is returned..
This query gets a numeric header by name from the designated trace and returns it in a
format determined by the last FORM command.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:CALCulate:<meas>:DATA[1]|2|3|4:HEADer[:NUMBer]?
<string>
Example
CALC:VECT:DATA1:HEAD? 'XDelta'
Notes
Query only. This retrieves the named header for the designated
trace. This form of the HEAD? query is for headers whose type
is NUMB (as determined by
:CALC:<meas>:DATA:HEAD:TYPE?)
The name parameter (delimited by single or double quotes) is
one of the names returned by the
CALC:<meas>:DATA:HEAD:NAMes? The format of the return
data is determined by the FORMat[:TRACe][:DATA] command.
If used to query a header whose type is STR, or there is no such
header, NaN (9.91e37) is returned
358
Chapter 5
Measurement Functions
Meas (Measure)
Current Measurement Query (Remote Command Only)
This command returns the name of the measurement that is currently running.
Remote Command
:CONFigure?
Example
CONF?
Test current results against all limits (Remote Command Only)
Queries the status of the current measurement limit testing. It returns a 0 if the measured
results pass when compared with the current limits. It returns a 1 if the measured results
fail any limit tests.
Remote Command
:CALCulate:CLIMits:FAIL?
Example
CALC:CLIM:FAIL? queries the current measurement to see if
it fails the defined limits.
Returns a 0 or 1: 0 it passes, 1 it fails.
Chapter 5
359
Measurement Functions
Meas Setup
Meas Setup
This key accesses a menu of keys that select measurement functions for the current VSA
Measurement.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Front Panel
Avg Number
This key allows you to turn averaging on or off, and set the number of scans (time records)
whose measurement results will be averaged. Averaging can be done over spectrum results
(RMS) or over time records (Time). A third kind of pseudo averaging displays the
maximum value seen at each spectral line over the specified number of scans. See Average
Type for a more detailed description of how measurement results are averaged.) For RMS
or Time averaging, the process is similar. Each time an averaged result is displayed, it is
the sum of the individual results taken since measurement restart, divided by the number
of scans. (For Max averaging, there is no actual summation or division.) The Measurement
Bar shows the number of scans and the Avg number setting; for example, if 4 scans have
been taken and the Avg Number is 10, the Meas Bar shows "4/10". The measurement
continues to take new scans until the number of scans is equal to the Avg Number setting,
at which time the measurement stops if Sweep control is in Single Mode. Otherwise, the
measurement continues, and the Average Mode setting determines how successive scans
are added to the averaged result.See the Average Mode topic for details.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:<meas>:AVERage:COUNt <integer>
[:SENSe]:<meas>:AVERage:COUNt?
[:SENSe]:<meas>:AVERage[:STATe] OFF|ON|0|1
[:SENSe]:<meas>:AVERage[:STATe]?
Example
VECT:AVER:COUN 20
VECT:AVER:COUN?
VECT:AVER ON
VECT:AVER?
360
Chapter 5
Measurement Functions
Meas Setup
Restrictions and Notes
If an averaged measurement is idle because the scan count is equal
to the Avg Number, and the Avg Number is increased, the
measurement will resume until the new number of averages is
satisfied.
Preset
20
OFF
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Min
1
Max
2147483648
Key Path
Meas Setup, More
Average Mode
The Average Mode determines what happens when the Sweep Mode is Continuous and the
number of scans processed exceeds the Average Number (see above). If the Sweep Control
is in Single mode, this setting has no effect.
When averaging is on and the number of scans is less than or equal to the Avg Number
setting, a linear average is calculated as explained in the Avg Number topic. After the scan
count exceeds the Avg Number setting, the measurement continues to take new scans. The
Measurement Bar average indicator shows ">N/N" where N is the Avg Number.
If Average Mode is Exp then new results are averaged in exponentially. In other words,
each succeeding average will be the weighted sum of the previous average, weighted by
(N–1)/N, and the new measurement, weighted by 1/N, where N is the Average Number
setting. (For Max averaging, no weighting occurs; the result continues to be the max value
seen at each spectral line for every previous scan since measurement restart.)
If Average Mode is Repeat, then the average buffer will be cleared after the average
counter reaches the Average Number setting, and the average counter will be reset to 0.
Then a new set of averages is taken. The measurement bar therefore continues to show
"k/N" in the average indicator, where k is the number of scans since the last time the
average buffer was cleared and N is the Avg Number. The averaged result is the sum of the
last k results divided by k. (For Max averaging, no sum or division takes place, but the
buffer is cleared as stated above. The averaged result is the max value seen over the last k
scans.)
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:<meas>:AVERage:TCONtrol EXPonential|REPeat
[:SENSe]:<meas>:AVERage:TCONtrol?
Chapter 5
361
Measurement Functions
Meas Setup
Example
VECT:AVER:TCON EXP
VECT:AVER:TCON?
Preset
EXP
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Range
Exp|Repeat
Key Path
Meas Setup
Average Setup
This key acesses a menu allowing you to set Averaging parameneters for all VSA
measurements.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Meas Setupl
Average Type
Measurement result averaged
RMS
Spectrum, PSD: Power is averaged for each spectral line (i.e., this is a
mean-square average of voltage). For the Spectrum result only, if the
display transform is linear or real, the RMS result is displayed.
Time
Main Time: Individual time samples in the current time record are
averaged vectorially (not RMS) with corresponding points in previous
time records.
Max
Spectrum, PSD: Not strictly an average. For each spectral line, power
from the current measurement is compared to the average buffer
value and the maximum is kept in the average buffer.
Some measurement results are inherently averaged, and are not affected by the Average
controls. These are: CCDF, CDF, and PDF. They average continuously until the next
measurement restart.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
362
Chapter 5
Measurement Functions
Meas Setup
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:<meas>:AVERage:TYPE RMS|TIME|MAXimum
[:SENSe]:<meas>:AVERage:TYPE?
Example
VECT:AVER:TYPE RMS
VECT:AVER:TYPE?
Preset
RMS
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Range
RMS|Time|Max
Key Path
Meas Setup, Average Setup
Fast Average
Fast average controls the display of average data. If fast averaging is off, then the display
is updated after each time record is processed. If fast averaging is on, then the display is
only updated after every M records, where M is the Update Rate (see below). For example,
if the fast average count is 10, then the running average is only displayed every 10th time
record.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:<meas>:AVERage:FAST OFF|ON|0|1
[:SENSe]:<meas>:AVERage:FAST?
Example
VECT:AVER:FAST ON
VECT:AVER:FAST?
Preset
ON
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Range
On|Off
Key Path
Meas Setup, Average Setup
Update Rate
The Update Rate controls how often the display updates when fast averaging is turned on.
If the Fast Averaging State is MAX then the display is updated only after the full Average
Count is reached. Otherwise, the display is updated whenever the average count is a
Chapter 5
363
Measurement Functions
Meas Setup
multiple of the Update Rate..
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:<meas>:AVERage:FAST:URATe <integer>
[:SENSe]:<meas>:AVERage:FAST:URATe?
[:SENSe]:<meas>:AVERage:FAST:URATe:AUTO OFF|ON|0|1
[:SENSe]:<meas>:AVERage:FAST:URATe:AUTO?
Example
VECT:AVER:FAST:URAT 20
VECT:AVER:FAST:URAT?
VECT:AVER:FAST:URAT:AUTO ON
VECT:AVER:FAST:URAT:AUTO?
Preset
10
MAN
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Min
1
Max
MaxInt
Key Path
Meas Setup, More, Average Setup
364
Chapter 5
Measurement Functions
Mode Setup
Mode Setup
This key acesses a menu allowing you to set various parameneters for all VSA
measurements.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Front Panel
Spectrum
This function determines if the spectrum of the incoming data is mirrored or not. The
actual mirroring is accomplished by conjugating the complex time data.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:SPECtrum NORMal|INVert
[:SENSe]:SPECtrum?
Example
SPEC INV
SPEC?
Preset
NORM
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Range
Normal | Invert
Key Path
Mode
Fixed Equalization
Fixed Equalization allows you to apply a fixed FIR equalization filter to the time data,
before it is used in further analysis. You define the filter by its frequency response rather
than by its impulse response. The frequency response must be stored in a data register.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Mode Setup
Chapter 5
365
Measurement Functions
Mode Setup
Fixed EQ Mode
This allows you to turn fixed equalization off, on in normal mode, or on in inverted mode.
The effect of Normal mode is to divide the spectrum of the unequalized data by the
frequency response in the data register. Invert mode multiplies instead of dividing.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:CORRection:FEQualizer OFF|NORMal|INVert
[:SENSe]:CORRection:FEQualizer?
Example
CORR:FEQ NORM
CORR:FEQ?
Preset
OFF
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Range
Off | Normal | Invert
Key Path
Meas Setup,Fixed Equalization
Freq Response Register
This allows you to choose a register that contains the frequency response information for
fixed equalization.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:CORRection:FEQualizer:REGister
D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6
[:SENSe]:CORRection:FEQualizer:REGister?
Example
CORR:FEQ:DATA D2
CORR:FEQ:DATA?
Preset
D1
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Range
Data 1| Data 2| Data 3| Data 4| Data 5| Data 6
Key Path
Meas Setup,Fixed Equalization
366
Chapter 5
Measurement Functions
Mode Setup
Fixed Equalization Mapping
This read-only SCPI function allows you to determine if fixed equalization is applied using
relative or absolute frequency mapping between the current measurement span and the
span of the frequency response data in the chosen register.
If possible, the equalizer response is defined using the portion of the register data that falls
within the current measurement span. For example, if the data register covers frequencies
from 200 MHz to 236 MHz, and the measurement span is 6 MHz wide centered at 210
MHz, then the register data from 207 MHz to 213 MHz is used to define the equalizer
response. This is an example of absolute frequency mapping.
If the same register data is used but measurement center frequency is then changed to 70
MHz, then relative frequency mapping must be used. The center frequency of the register
data is mapped to the measurement center frequency, and an equivalent span of data is
taken. In this example, register data from 215 MHz to 221 MHz is used as though it
covered a frequency span of 67 MHz to 73 MHz.
Relative frequency mapping is used if some or all of the measurement span falls outside
the data register's frequency span. It can be desirable when measuring across frequency
converters, but can be surprising otherwise. Be careful to use a measurement span that is
equal to or narrower than the span of the data register.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:CORRection:FEQualizer:RELative?
Example
CORR:FEQ:REL?
Remote Command
Notes
Returns 1 if fixed equalizer frequency mapping is relative; 0
otherwise.
Chapter 5
367
Measurement Functions
Sweep / Control
Sweep / Control
This key displays a menu allowing you to control time-related measurement parameters,
and to pause or resume the measurement.
For more information see the Measurement Functions, Sweep/Control for a description of
this function.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Front Panel
Main Time
This key allows you to control the length of the overall time record used in the
measurement. Note that the Gate function (see below) allows you to analyze only a portion
of the displayed Main Time. Time length and Res BW are related by the following
equation:
Res BW = ENBW / T
where ENBW is the normalized effective noise bandwidth of the Window (see the FFT
Window topic under BW for more details).and T is the time record length (in seconds).
Therefore, if you change Main Time, the Resolution bandwidth must also change, and vice
versa.
Time record size (in sample points) can vary between 16 points and the full FFT size used
for spectrum calculations. The FFT size is indirectly chosen by setting Freq Points (see
below) and is equal to (Freq Points – 1)* 1.28.
Main Time length (in seconds) is the time record size times the sample period. The sample
period for the Main Time result is 1/(1.28*Span).
Limits:
The maximum Main Time length is:
Max FFT size / (1.28 * Span) = (409600)/Spanif Freq points state parameter is set to
Auto
FFT size / (1.28 * Span) = (Freq Points – 1)/Spanif Freq points parameter is manually
set
Note that the minimum Res BW is related to maximum Main Time length.
The minimum Main Time length is
16 points / (1.28 * Span) = 12.5/Span
368
Chapter 5
Measurement Functions
Sweep / Control
See Res BW and Res BW Coupling sections for details on couplings that can change Main
Time length due to Res BW changes.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:<meas>:SWEep:TIME <time>
[:SENSe]:<meas>:SWEep:TIME?
Example
VECT:SWE:TIME 3 MS
VECT:SWE:TIME?
Restriction and Notes
This key is greyed out in measurements other than Vector or
Analog Demod. The annotation is shown, however. In other
measurements the time length is determined by number of
symbols.
Dependencies/Couplings
Affected by Res BW, Span, Freq Points, and Window. See Res
BW and Res BW coupling sections for details.
Preset
12.75e–6
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Key Path
Sweep Control
Pause / Resume
Pauses or resumes acquisition at the end of the current time record acquisition.
For more information see the Measurement Functions, Sweep/Control for a description of
this function.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Front Panel
Gate
This key accesses a menu of time gating control functions. Time gating lets you isolate a
portion of a Main Time record to be used for downstream spectrum and statistical analysis
(instead of the whole time record). The gate position may be changed during a stopped
measurement and the instantaneous gate time and spectrum traces update immediately.
Chapter 5
369
Measurement Functions
Sweep / Control
Averages are restarted when gate properties change. The windowing function used in
gated measurements is the same as non-gated measurements.
For more information see the Measurement Functions, Sweep/Control, Gate for a
description of this function.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Front Panel
Gate
This boolean softkey turns time gating on or off
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:<meas>:SWEep:EGATe:STATe OFF|ON|0|1
[:SENSe]:<meas>:SWEep:EGATe:STATe?
Example
VECT:SWE:EGAT:STAT ON
VECT:SWE:EGAT:STAT?
Preset
0
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Key Path
Sweep/Control
Gate Length
This adjusts the time between the beginning and the end of the gate.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:<meas>:SWEep:EGATe[:SPAN] <time>
[:SENSe]:<meas>:SWEep:EGATe[:SPAN]?
370
Chapter 5
Measurement Functions
Sweep / Control
Example
VECT:SWE:EGAT 2 MS
VECT:SWE:EGAT?
Dependencies/Couplings
Gate length and delay are limited so that the gate always falls
within the current time record. If the time record length
decreases, the gate delay is limited first, then the gate length.
Preset
1/10 of default main time length
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Min
16 time samples
Max
Time record length
Key Path
Sweep/Control
Gate Delay
This adjusts the time between the start of the time record and the beginning of the gate .
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:<meas>:SWEep:EGATe:DELay <time>
[:SENSe]:<meas>:SWEep:EGATe:DELay?
Example
VECT:SWE:EGAT:DEL 500 US
VECT:SWE:EGAT:DEL?
Dependencies/Couplings
Gate length and delay are limited so that the gate always falls within the current time
record. If the time record length decreases, the gate delay is limited first, then the gate
length.
Preset
0
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Min
0
Max
Time record length – gate length
Key Path
Sweep/Control
Freq Points
By default, the analyzer chooses the number of Freq Points displayed in Spectrum or PSD
Chapter 5
371
Measurement Functions
Sweep / Control
displays, depending on the Res BW or Main Time length chosen. This softkey allows you to
manually enter the number of displayed frequency points. Auto mode is recommended.
The number of Freq Points is related to the number of FFT points used in spectrum
calculations (which is always a power of 2).
Freq Points = (FFT points)/1.28 + 1
Note that if All Frequency Points is turned on for a selected trace, then all computed FFT
points are shown. (See SPAN/X scale, All Frequency Points.)
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:<meas>:SWEep:POINts <integer>
[:SENSe]:<meas>:SWEep:POINts?
[:SENSe]:<meas>:SWEep:POINts:AUTO OFF|ON|0|1
[:SENSe]:<meas>:SWEep:POINts:AUTO?
Example
VECT:SWE:POIN 801
VECT:SWE:POIN?
VECT:SWE:POIN:AUTO ON
VECT:SWE:POIN:AUTO?
Restriction and Notes
Keyboard entry or setting this by SCPI forces state to manual. Any entry other than a
valid value is rounded up to the next available value (or limited to the maximum).
This key is not shown in measurements other than Vector, Analog Demod or iDEN Power
Dependencies/Couplings
See Res BW Coupling secction
See Res BW Coupling secction
Preset
801
1
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Range
51|101|201|401|801|1601|3201|6401|12801|25601|51201|102401|204801|409601
Key Path
Sweep
372
Chapter 5
Measurement Functions
Trigger
Trigger
Triggering is used to determine when a measurement should start taking data. There are
several available trigger sources. For each trigger source, there are associated setup
parameters. Typically, a trigger event is generated when a signal (or a characteristic of the
signal) crosses a defined trigger level (or threshold) on a rising or falling slope. The
measurement begins at a specified time delay from the trigger point. The delay may be
negative, allowing pretrigger data to be taken. Each trigger source has associated its own
trigger level, slope, and delay settings.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Front Panel
Trig Reference Line
The trigger reference line appears (if enabled) when the trigger source is related to the
measured signal. It shows the trigger level relative to the signal. This control allows you to
show or hide the trigger reference line.
The trigger reference line, only appears on appropriately formatted time traces. For
example, if Video (IF Envelope) trigger is selected, the trigger level line would appear on
Main Time, Inst Main Time, or Raw Main Time traces that are formatted as Log Mag or
Linear Mag.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:RLINe OFF|ON|0|1
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:RLINe?
Example
TRIG:RLIN ON
TRIG:RLIN?
Preset
1
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Range
Show | Hide
Key Path
Trigger
Chapter 5
373
Measurement Functions
Trigger
Hardware Trigger
When the Data Source is Inputs, this trigger menu appears. The menu gives you a choice
of trigger sources. Once you select a trigger source, you can branch to the setup parameters
for that source.
Measurement
<meas>:=VECTor|ADEMod|DDEMod|W11A|W11B
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:TRIGger:<meas>[:SEQuence]:SOURce
IMMediate|VIDeo|IF|EXTernal1
:TRIGger:<meas>[:SEQuence]:SOURce?
Example
TRIG:VECT:SOUR IMM
TRIG:VECT:SOUR?
Remote Command
Notes
The enum IF is an alias for VIDeo.
Preset
IMM
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Range
Free Run | Video (IF Envelope) | External 1
Key Path
Trigger
Free Run
Free Run triggering, means each measurement scan starts as soon as possible, without
regard to any signal characteristics or external triggering signal.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trigger
Video (IF Envelope)
Pressing this key, when it is not selected, selects Video (IF Envelope) triggering. The
trigger condition is met when the magnitude of the signal you are measuring crosses the
defined trigger level while satisfying the slope and holdoff conditions. (Specifically, the
source for the trigger calculation is the IF signal, filtered only by the brickwall filter that
defines the information bandwidth of the signal, Signal energy outside the information
374
Chapter 5
Measurement Functions
Trigger
bandwidth does not affect the triggering.)
Note: This is called Video triggering due to its similarity with swept analyzer zero span
measurements being triggered on the video signal. However, in this case there is no video
signal. Since the trigger condition applies to the full IF signal, this is also called IF
envelope triggering.
If Video triggering is already selected then pressing this softkey accesses the video trigger
setup functions, and changes the active function to Video Trigger Level.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trigger
Trigger Level Sets a level (in volts) that the magnitude of the IF signal must cross (with the
correct slope) in order to generate a trigger. (Holdoff conditions must also be met.)
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:LEVel <voltage>
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:LEVel?
Example
TRIG:VID:LEV 10 MV
TRIG:VID:LEV?
Remote Command
Notes
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:IF:LEVel <voltage> may be used as an
alias
Preset
10 mV
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Min
0
Max
9.9E+37
Key Path
Trigger,Video
Trig Slope Controls the trigger polarity. Positive means the trigger occurs when the rising
magnitude crosses the trigger level. Negative means the trigger occurs when the falling
magnitude crosses the trigger level.
Chapter 5
375
Measurement Functions
Trigger
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:SLOPe POSitive|NEGative
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:SLOPe?
Example
TRIG:VID:SLOP POS
TRIG:VID:SLOP?
Remote Command
Notes
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:IF:SLOPe POSitive|NEGative may also
be used
Preset
POS
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Range
Pos | Neg
Key Path
Trigger,Video
Trig Delay Controls the time delay from the trigger point to the actual start of the
measurement data. This can be negative to get pretrigger data.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:DELay <time>
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:DELay?
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:DELay:STATe OFF|ON|0|1
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:DELay:STATe?
Example
TRIG:VID:DEL 10 MS
TRIG:VID:DEL?
TRIG:VID:DEL:STAT ON
TRIG:VID:DEL:STAT?
Remote Command
Notes
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:IF:DELay <time> may be used as an
alias
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:IF:DELay:STATe may also be used
Preset
0
0
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Min
–9.9E+37
376
Chapter 5
Measurement Functions
Trigger
Max
9.9E+37
Key Path
Trigger,Video
Trig Holdoff Sets the trigger holdoff time.
Some form of trigger holdoff is available for most trigger types. Hold off can be defined in
different ways, with possible variations depending on trigger slope setting.
Below Level: If the trigger slope is positive, a trigger event is generated only if the
signal characteristic of interest crosses the trigger threshold (with positive slope) after
having been below the threshold for at least the holdoff time. For negative slope, the
trigger event is generated if the signal characteristic crosses the threshold (with
negative slope) and then remains below the threshold for at least the holdoff time. In
either case, the trigger event is associated with the time the level was crossed.
Above Level: If the trigger slope is positive, a trigger event is generated only if the
signal characteristic of interest crosses the trigger threshold (with positive slope) and
then remains above the threshold for at least the holdoff time. For negative slope, the
trigger event is generated if the signal characteristic crosses the threshold (with
negative slope) after having been above the threshold for at least the holdoff time. In
either case, the trigger event is associated with the time the level was crossed.
.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:HOLDoff <time>
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:HOLDoff?
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:HOLDoff:STATe OFF|ON|0|1
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:HOLDoff:STATe?
Example
TRIG:VID:HOLD 1 US
TRIG:VID:HOLD?
TRIG:VID:HOLD:STAT ON
TRIG:VID:HOLD:STAT?
Remote Command
Notes
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:IF:HOLDoff may be used as an alias
Preset
0
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:IF:HOLDoff:STATe may be used as an
alias
0
Chapter 5
377
Measurement Functions
Trigger
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Min
–9.9E+37
Max
9.9E+37
Key Path
Trigger,Video
Holdoff Type Sets the trigger holdoff type.
Some form of trigger holdoff is available for most trigger types. Hold off can be defined in
different ways, with possible variations depending on trigger slope setting.
Below Level: If the trigger slope is positive, a trigger event is generated only if the
signal characteristic of interest crosses the trigger threshold (with positive slope) after
having been below the threshold for at least the holdoff time. For negative slope, the
trigger event is generated if the signal characteristic crosses the threshold (with
negative slope) and then remains below the threshold for at least the holdoff time. In
either case, the trigger event is associated with the time the level was crossed.
Above Level: If the trigger slope is positive, a trigger event is generated only if the
signal characteristic of interest crosses the trigger threshold (with positive slope) and
then remains above the threshold for at least the holdoff time. For negative slope, the
trigger event is generated if the signal characteristic crosses the threshold (with
negative slope) after having been above the threshold for at least the holdoff time. In
either case, the trigger event is associated with the time the level was crossed.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:HOLDoff:TYPE BELow|ABOVe
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:HOLDoff:TYPE?
Example
TRIG:VID:HOLD:TYPE BEL
TRIG:VID:HOLD:TYPE?
Remote Command
Notes
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:IF:HOLDoff:TYPE can be used as an
alias
Preset
BEL
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Range
Below Level | Above Level
Key Path
Trigger,Video
378
Chapter 5
Measurement Functions
Trigger
External 1
Pressing this key, when it is not selected, selects the signal on the Trigger 1 input as the
trigger signal. The trigger condition is met when the level of the external trigger signal
crosses the defined trigger level while satisfying the slope and holdoff conditions.
Note that currently, the VSA Application does not support External 2 triggering.
If External 1 triggering is already selected then pressing this softkey accesses the external
1 trigger setup functions, and changes the active function to Ext 1 Trigger Level.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trigger
Trigger Level Sets a level (in volts) that the Trigger signal must cross (with the correct
slope) in order to generate a trigger. (Holdoff conditions must also be met.)
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:EXTernal1:LEVel <voltage>
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:EXTernal1:LEVel?
Example
TRIG:EXT1:LEV 10 MV
TRIG:EXT1:LEV?
Preset
2V
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Min
–9.9E+37
Max
9.9E+37
Key Path
Trigger,External 1
Trig Slope Controls the trigger polarity. Positive means the trigger occurs on a rising edge.
Negative means the trigger occurs on a falling edge.
Mode
VSA
Chapter 5
379
Measurement Functions
Trigger
Remote Command
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:EXTernal1:SLOPe
POSitive|NEGative
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:EXTernal1:SLOPe?
Example
TRIG:EXT1:SLOP POS
TRIG:EXT1:SLOP?
Preset
POS
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Range
Pos | Neg
Key Path
Trigger, External 1
Trig Delay Controls the time delay from the trigger point to the actual start of the
measurement data. This can be negative to get pretrigger data.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:EXTernal1:DELay <time>
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:EXTernal1:DELay?
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:EXTernal1:DELay:STATe OFF|ON|0|1
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:EXTernal1:DELay:STATe?
Example
TRIG:EXT1:DEL 10 MS
TRIG:EXT1:DEL?
TRIG:EXT1:DEL:STAT ON
TRIG:EXT1:DEL:STAT?
Preset
0
0
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Min
–9.9E+37
Max
9.9E+37
Key Path
Trigger, External 1
Trig Holdoff Sets the trigger holdoff time.
Some form of trigger holdoff is available for most trigger types. Hold off can be defined in
380
Chapter 5
Measurement Functions
Trigger
different ways, with possible variations depending on trigger slope setting.
Below Level: If the trigger slope is positive, a trigger event is generated only if the
signal characteristic of interest crosses the trigger threshold (with positive slope) after
having been below the threshold for at least the holdoff time. For negative slope, the
trigger event is generated if the signal characteristic crosses the threshold (with
negative slope) and then remains below the threshold for at least the holdoff time. In
either case, the trigger event is associated with the time the level was crossed.
Above Level: If the trigger slope is positive, a trigger event is generated only if the
signal characteristic of interest crosses the trigger threshold (with positive slope) and
then remains above the threshold for at least the holdoff time. For negative slope, the
trigger event is generated if the signal characteristic crosses the threshold (with
negative slope) after having been above the threshold for at least the holdoff time. In
either case, the trigger event is associated with the time the level was crossed.
.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:EXTernal1:HOLDoff <time>
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:EXTernal1:HOLDoff?
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:EXTernal1:HOLDoff:STATe
OFF|ON|0|1
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:EXTernal1:HOLDoff:STATe?
Example
TRIG:EXT1:HOLD 1 US
TRIG:EXT1:HOLD?
TRIG:EXT1:HOLD:STAT ON
TRIG:EXT1:HOLD:STAT?
Preset
0
0
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Min
–9.9E+37
Max
9.9E+37
Key Path
Trigger, External 1
Holdoff Type Sets the trigger holdoff type. See
Some form of trigger holdoff is available for most trigger types. Hold off can be defined in
different ways, with possible variations depending on trigger slope setting.
Chapter 5
381
Measurement Functions
Trigger
Below Level: If the trigger slope is positive, a trigger event is generated only if the
signal characteristic of interest crosses the trigger threshold (with positive slope) after
having been below the threshold for at least the holdoff time. For negative slope, the
trigger event is generated if the signal characteristic crosses the threshold (with
negative slope) and then remains below the threshold for at least the holdoff time. In
either case, the trigger event is associated with the time the level was crossed.
Above Level: If the trigger slope is positive, a trigger event is generated only if the
signal characteristic of interest crosses the trigger threshold (with positive slope) and
then remains above the threshold for at least the holdoff time. For negative slope, the
trigger event is generated if the signal characteristic crosses the threshold (with
negative slope) after having been above the threshold for at least the holdoff time. In
either case, the trigger event is associated with the time the level was crossed.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:EXTernal1:HOLDoff:TYPE
BELow|ABOVe
:TRIGger[:SEQuence]:EXTernal1:HOLDoff:TYPE?
Example
TRIG:EXT1:HOLD:TYPE BEL
TRIG:EXT1:HOLD:TYPE?
Preset
BEL
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Range
Below Level | Above Level
Key Path
Trigger, External 1
382
Chapter 5
Mode
Mode
The Mode key allows you to select the available measurement applications. The
application software must be loaded and license for it to be available. Measurement
applications are a collection of measurement capabilities packaged together to provide an
instrument personality that is specific to your measurement needs. Each mode software
product is ordered separately by Model Number. The default measurement mode is the
first listing in the menu.
NOTE
Key operation can be different between modes. The information
displayed in Help is about the current mode.
To access Help for a different Mode you must first exit Help (by pressing
the Cancel (Esc) key). Then select the desired mode and re-access Help.
A list of the valid mode choices is returned with the INST:CAT? Query. Once an instrument
mode is selected, only the commands that are valid for that mode can be executed.
Key Path
Mode
SCPI Command
:INSTrument[:SELect]
SA|BASIC|ADEMOD|NFIGURE|PNOISE|CDMA2K|TDSCDMA|VSA|VSA8960
1|WCDMA|WIMAXOFDMA
:INSTrument[:SELect]?
Example
:INST SA
Remote Command Notes
The available parameters are dependent upon installed and licensed
applications resident in the instrument. Parameters given here are an
example, specific parameters are in the individual Application.
Once an instrument mode is selected, only the commands that are
valid for that mode can be executed.
Preset
Not affected by Preset. Set to SA following Restore System Defaults, if
SA is the default mode.
State Saved
Saved in state
Application Mode Number Selection (Remote command only)
Select the measurement mode by its mode number. The actual available choices depend
upon which applications are installed in your instrument.
Mode
:INSTrument:NSELect
<integer>
Chapter
:INSTrument[:SELect]
<parameter>
383
Mode
Analog Demod
234
ADEMOD
cdma2000
10
CDMA2K
GSM & EDGE
13
EDGEGSM
I/Q Analyzer (Basic)
8
BASIC
Noise Figure
219
NFIGURE
Phase Noise
14
PNOISE
Spectrum Analyzer
1
SA
TD-SCDMA
211
TDSCDMA
89601X VXA Signal Analyzer
100
VSA
89601 VSA
101
VSA89601
WCDMA with HSDPA/HSUPA
9
WCDMA
802.16 OFDMA (WiMAX/WiBro)
75
WIMAXOFDMA
SCPI Command
:INSTrument:NSELect <integer>
:INSTrument:NSELect?
Example
:INST:NSEL 1
Preset
Not affected by Preset. Set to default mode (1 for SA mode) following
Restore System Defaults.
State Saved
Saved in state
Application Mode Catalog Query (Remote command only)
Returns a string containing a comma separated list of names of all the installed and
licensed measurement modes (applications). These names can only be used with
the:INSTrument[:SELect] command.
SCPI Command
:INSTrument:CATalog?
Example
:INST:CAT?
Remote Command Notes
Query returns a quoted string of the installed and licensed modes
separated with a comma. Example:
"SA,PNOISE,WCDMA”
384
Chapter
Mode
Application Identification (Remote commands only)
Each entry in the Mode Menu will have a Model Number and associated information:
Version, and Options.
This information is displayed in the Show System screen. The corresponding SCPI remote
commands are defined here.
Current Application Model
Returns a string which is the Model Number of the currently selected application (mode).
SCPI Command
:SYSTem:APPLication[:CURRent][:NAME]?
Example
:SYST:APPL?
Remote Command Notes
Query returns a quoted string which is the Model Number of the
currently selected application (Mode). Example:
"N9060A”
String length is 6 characters.
Preset
Not affected by Preset
State Saved
Not saved in state, the value will be the selected application when
Save is done.
Current Application Revision
Returns a string which is the Revision of the currently selected application (mode).
SCPI Command
:SYSTem:APPLication[:CURRent]:REVision?
Example
:SYST:APPL:REV?
Remote Command Notes
Query returns a quoted string which is the Revision of the currently
selected application (Mode). Example:
“1.0.0.0”
String length is a maximum of 23 characters. (each numeral can be
an integer + 3 decimal points)
Preset
Not affected by Preset
State Saved
Not saved in state, the value will be the selected application when
Save is done.
Chapter
385
Mode
Current Application Options
Returns a string which is the Options list of the currently selected application (mode).
SCPI Command
:SYSTem:APPLication[:CURRent]:OPTion?
Remote Command Notes
Query returns a quoted string which is the Option list of the
currently selected application (Mode). The format is the name as
the *OPT? or SYSTem:OPTion command: a comma separated list of
option identifiers. Example:
“1FP,2FP”
String length is a maximum of 255 characters.
Preset
Not affected by Preset
State Saved
Not saved in state per se, value will be the selected application
when Save is invoked
Example
:SYST:APPL:OPT?
Application Identification Catalog (Remote commands only)
A catalog of the installed and licensed applications (Modes) can be queried for their
identification.
Application Catalog number of entries
Returns the number of installed and licensed applications (Modes).
SCPI Command
:SYSTem:APPLication:CATalog[:NAME]:COUNt?
Example
:SYST:APPL:CAT:COUN?
Preset
Not affected by Preset
State Saved
Not saved in state.
Application Catalog Model Numbers
386
Chapter
Mode
Returns a list of Model Numbers for the installed and licensed applications (Modes).
SCPI Command
:SYSTem:APPLication:CATalog[:NAME]?
Example
:SYST:APPL:CAT?
Remote Command Notes
Returned value is a quoted string of a comma separated list of
Model Numbers. Example, if SAMS and Phase Noise are installed
and licensed:
“N9060A,N9068A”
Preset
Not affected by Preset
State Saved
Not saved in state.
Application Catalog Revision
Returns the Revision of the provided Model Number.
SCPI Command
:SYSTem:APPLication:CATalog:REVision? <model>
Example
:SYST:APPL:CAT:REV? ‘N9060A’
Remote Command Notes
Returned value is a quoted string of revision for the provided Model
Number. The revision will be a null-string (“”) if the provided Model
Number is not installed and licensed. Example, if SAMS is installed
and licensed:
“1.0.0.0”
Preset
Not affected by Preset
State Saved
Not saved in state.
Application Catalog Options
Returns a list of Options for the provided Model Number
SCPI Command
:SYSTem:APPLication:CATalog:OPTion? <model>
Example
:SYST:APPL:CAT:OPT? ‘N9060A’
Chapter
387
Mode
Remote Command Notes
Returned value is a quoted string of a comma separated list of
Options, in the same format as *OPT? or :SYSTem:OPTion?. If the
provided Model Number is not installed and licensed a null-string
(“”) will be returned. Example, if SAMS is installed and licensed:
“2FP”
String length is a maximum of 255 characters.
Preset
Not affected by Preset
State Saved
Not saved in state.
Spectrum Analyzer
Selects the Spectrum Analyzer mode for general purpose measurements. There are several
measurements available in this mode. General spectrum analysis measurements, in swept
and zero span, can be done using the first key in the Meas menu, labeled Swept SA. Other
measurements in the Meas Menu are designed to perform specialized measurement tasks,
including power and demod measurements.
If you are using the Help feature, this mode must be currently active to access its detailed
information. If it is not active, exit the Help feature (Esc key), select the mode, and
re-access Help.
Key Path
Mode
Example
INST:SEL SA
INST:NSEL 1
IQ Analyzer (Basic)
The IQ Analyzer Mode makes general purpose frequency domain and time domain
measurements. These measurements often use alternate hardware signal paths when
compared with a similar measurement in the Signal Analysis Mode using the Swept SA
measurement. These frequency domain and time domain measurements can be used to
output I/Q data results when measuring complex modulated digital signals.
If you are using the Help feature, this mode must be currently active to access its detailed
information. If it is not active, exit the Help feature (Esc key), select the mode, and
re-access Help.
Key Path
Mode
Example
INST:SEL BASIC
INST:NSEL 8
388
Chapter
Mode
Phase Noise
The Phase Noise mode provides pre-configured measurements for making general purpose
measurements of device phase noise.
Key Path
Mode
Example
INST:SEL PNOISE
or
INST:NSEL 14
Noise Figure
The Noise Figure mode provides pre-configured measurements for making general purpose
measurements of device noise figure.
If you are using the Help feature, this mode must be currently active to access its detailed
information. If it is not active, exit the Help feature (Esc key), select the mode, and
re-access Help.
Key Path
Mode
Example
INST:SEL NFIGURE
Or
INST:NSEL 219
Analog Demod
Selects the Analog Demod mode for making measurements of AM, FM and phase
modulated signals.
If you are using the Help feature, this mode must be currently active to access its detailed
information. If it is not active, exit the Help feature (Esc key), select the mode, and
re-access Help.
Key Path
Mode
Example
INST:SEL ADEMOD
INST:NSEL 234
Chapter
389
Mode
W-CDMA with HSDPA/HSUPA
Selects the W-CDMA with HSDPA/HSUPA mode for general purpose measurements of
signals following this standard. There are several measurements available in this mode.
If you are using the Help feature, this mode must be currently active to access its detailed
information. If it is not active, exit the Help feature (Esc key), select the mode, and
re-access Help.
Key Path
Mode
Example
INST:SEL WCDMA
INST:NSEL 9
802.16 OFDMA (WiMAX/WiBro)
Selects the OFDMA mode for general purpose measurements of WiMAX signals. There are
several measurements available in this mode.
If you are using the Help feature, this mode must be currently active to access its detailed
information. If it is not active, exit the Help feature (Esc key), select the mode, and
re-access Help.
Key Path
Mode
Example
INST:SEL WIMAXOFDMA
INST:NSEL 75
GSM with EDGE
Selects the GSM with EDGE mode for general purpose measurements of signals following
this standard. There are several measurements available in this mode.
If you are using the Help feature, this mode must be currently active to access its detailed
information. If it is not active, exit the Help feature (Esc key), select the mode, and
re-access Help.
Key Path
Mode
Example
INST:SEL EDGEGSM
INST:NSEL 13
390
Chapter
Mode
cdma2000
Selects the cdma2000 mode for general purpose measurements of signals following this
standard. There are several measurements available in this mode.
If you are using the Help feature, this mode must be currently active to access its detailed
information. If it is not active, exit the Help feature (Esc key), select the mode, and
re-access Help.
Key Path
Mode
Example
INST:SEL CDMA2K
INST:NSEL 10
TD-SCDMA
Selects the TD-SCDMA mode for general purpose measurements of signals following this
standard. There are several measurements available in this mode.
If you are using the Help feature, this mode must be currently active to access its detailed
information. If it is not active, exit the Help feature (Esc key), select the mode, and
re-access Help.
Key Path
Mode
Example
INST:SEL TDSCDMA
INST:NSEL 211
89601X VXA Signal Analyzer
The 89601X VXA Measurement Application provides vector signal analysis measurement
capability. The Basic VXA Signal Analyzer provides 2 main measurements that allow you
to measure the signal quality of many varieties of RF modulation:
• Analog Demodulation
• Vector Signal Analysis
Adding Option AYA provides flexible demodulation analysis for many digital signals,
including support for the following communications formats: QAM, EDGE, WiMAX,
W-CDMA, 2G, 3G, 3.5G, WLAN, digital video, and more.
Option B7R provides standard-specific measurements for analysis of 802.11 a/b/g WLAN
OFDM and DSSS signals.
If you are using the Help feature, this mode must be currently active to access its detailed
information. If it is not active, exit the Help feature (Esc key), select the mode, and
Chapter
391
Mode
re-access Help.
Key Path
Mode
Example
INST:SEL VSA
INST:NSEL 100
89601A VSA
Selecting the 89601 VSA mode will start the 89600-Series VSA software application. The
89600 VSA software is powerful, PC-based software, offering the industry's most
sophisticated general purpose and standards specific signal evaluation and
troubleshooting tools for the R&D engineer. Reach deeper into signals, gather more data
on signal problems, and gain greater insight...
Over 30 general-purpose analog and digital demodulators ranging from 2FSK to 1024QAM
Standards specific modulation analysis including:
• Cell: GSM, cdma2000, WCDMA, TD-SCDMA and more
• Wireless networking: 802.11a/b/g, 802.11n, 802.16 WiMax (fixed/mobile), UWB
• RFID
• Digital satellite video and other satellite signals, radar, LMDS
• Up to 400K bin FFT, for the highest resolution spectrum analysis
A full suite of time domain analysis tools, including signal capture and playback, time
gating, and CCDF measurements
Six simultaneous trace displays and the industry's most complete set of marker functions
Easy-to-use Microsoft ® Windows ® graphical user interface
For more information see the Agilent 89600 Series VSA web site at
www.agilent.com/find/89600
To learn more about how to use the 89600 VSA running in the MXA, after the 89600 VSA
application is running, open the 89600 VSA Help and open the "About Agilent X-Series
Signal Analyzers (MXA/EXA) with 89600-Series Software" help topic.
Key Path
Mode
Example
INST:SEL VSA89601
INST:NSEL 101
392
Chapter
Restart
Restart
The Restart function restarts the current sweep, or measurement, or set of averaged/held
sweeps or measurements. If you are Paused, pressing Restart does a Resume.
The Restart function is accessed in several ways:
• Pressing the Restart key
• Sending the remote command INIT:IMMediate
• Sending the remote command INIT:RESTart
SCPI Command
:INITiate[:IMMediate]
Example
:INIT:IMM
Couplings
Resets average/hold count k. For the first sweep overwrites all
active (update=on) traces with new current data. For application
modes, it resets other parameters as required by the measurement.
Remote Command Notes
:INITiate:RESTart
:INITiate:IMMediate
Either of the above commands perform exactly the same function.
SCPI Status Bits/OPC
Dependencies
This is an Overlapped command.
The STATus:OPERation register bits 0 through 8 are cleared.
The STATus:QUEStionable register bit 9 (INTegrity sum) is
cleared.
The SWEEPING bit is set.
The MEASURING bit is set.
SCPI Command
:INITiate:RESTart
Example
:INIT:REST
Couplings
Resets average/hold count k. For the first sweep overwrites all
active (update=on) traces with new current data. For application
modes, it resets other parameters as required by the measurement.
Remote Command Notes
:INITiate:RESTart
:INITiate:IMMediate
Either of the above commands perform exactly the same function.
Chapter
393
Restart
SCPI Status Bits/OPC
Dependencies
This is an Overlapped command.
The STATus:OPERation register bits 0 through 8 are cleared.
The STATus:QUEStionable register bit 9 (INTegrity sum) is
cleared.
The SWEEPING bit is set.
The MEASURING bit is set.
The Restart function first aborts the current sweep/measurement as quickly as possible. It
then resets the sweep and trigger systems, sets up the measurement and initiates a new
data measurement sequence with a new data acquisition (sweep) taken once the trigger
condition is met.
If the analyzer is in the process of aligning when Restart is executed, the alignment finishes
before the restart function is performed.
Even when set for Single operation, multiple sweeps may be taken when Restart is pressed
(for example, when averaging/holding is on). Thus when we say that Restart “restarts a
measurement,” we may mean:
• It restarts the current sweep
• It restarts the current measurement
• It restarts the current set of sweeps if any trace is in Trace Average, Max Hold or Min
Hold
• It restarts the current set of measurements if Averaging, or Max Hold, or Min Hold is on
for the measurement depending on the current settings.
With Average/Hold Number (in Meas Setup menu) set to 1, or Averaging off, or no trace in
Trace Average or Hold, a single sweep is equivalent to a single measurement. A single
sweep is taken after the trigger condition is met; and the analyzer stops sweeping once
that sweep has completed. However, with Average/Hold Number >1 and at least one trace
set to Trace Average, Max Hold, or Min Hold (SA Measurement) or Averaging on (most other
measurements), multiple sweeps/data acquisitions are taken for a single measurement.
The trigger condition must be met prior to each sweep. The sweep is stopped when the
average count k equals the number N set for Average/Hold Number . A measurement
average usually applies to all traces, marker results, and numeric results; but sometimes
it only applies to the numeric results.
Once the full set of sweeps has been taken, the analyzer will go to idle state. To take one
more sweep without resetting the average count, increment the average count by 1, by
pressing the step up key while Average/Hold Number is the active function, or sending the
remote command CALC:AVER:TCON UP.
Certain conditions may cause an implicit restart to be performed. These are detailed in
section "Measurement Related Instrument Settings" in the Swept SA measurement PD.
394
Chapter
Single (Single Measurement/Sweep)
Single (Single Measurement/Sweep)
Single sets the analyzer for Single measurement operation. The single/continuous state is
Meas Global, so the setting will affect all the measurements. If you are Paused, pressing
Single does a Resume.
Example
:INIT:CONT OFF
Remote Command Notes
See Cont key description.
Key Path
Front panel key
See Restart for details on the INIT:IMMediate (Restart) function.
If you are already in single sweep, the INIT:CONT OFF command has no effect.
If you are already in Single Sweep, then pressing the Single key in the middle of a sweep
does not restart the sweep or sequence. Similarly, pressing the Single key does not restart
the sweep or sequence if the sweep is not in the idle state (for example, if you are taking a
very slow sweep, or the analyzer is waiting for a trigger). Even though pressing the Single
key in the middle of a sweep does not restart the sweep, sending INIT:IMMediate does
reset it.
To take one more sweep without resetting the average count, increment the average count
by 1, by pressing the step up key while Average/Hold Number is the active function, or
sending the remote command CALC:AVER:TCON UP.
Chapter
395
Single (Single Measurement/Sweep)
396
Chapter
Cont (Continuous Measurement/Sweep)
Cont (Continuous Measurement/Sweep)
Cont Sets the analyzer for Continuous measurement operation. The single/continuous state is Meas
Global so the setting will affect all measurements. If you are Paused, pressing Cont does a Resume.
SCPI Command
:INITiate:CONTinuous OFF|ON|0|1
:INITiate:CONTinuous?
Example
:INIT:CONT 0 puts analyzer in Single measurement operation.
:INIT:CONT 1 puts analyzer in Continuous measurement operation
Preset
ON
(Note that SYST:PRESet sets INIT:CONT to ON but *RST sets INIT:CONT
to OFF)
State Saved
Saved in Instrument State
Key Path
Front panel key
In Swept SA Measurement (Spectrum Analysis Mode):
The analyzer takes repetitive sweeps, averages, measurements, etc. when in Continuous mode. When the
average count reaches the Average/Hold Number the count stops incrementing but the analyzer keeps
sweeping. See the Trace/Detector section for the averaging formula used both before and after the
Average/Hold Number is reached. The trigger condition must be met prior to each sweep. The type of
trace processing for multiple sweeps, is set under the Trace/Detector key, with choices of Trace
Average, Max Hold, or Min Hold.
In Other Measurements/Modes:
With Avg Number (in Meas Setup menu) set to Off or set to On with a value of 1, a sweep is taken after
the trigger condition is met; and the analyzer continues to take new sweeps after the current sweep has
completed and the trigger condition is again met. However, with Avg Number set to On with a value >1,
multiple sweeps (data acquisitions) are taken for the measurement. The trigger condition must be met
prior to each sweep. The sweep is not stopped when the average count k equals the number N set for Avg
Number is reached, but the number k stops incrementing. A measurement average usually applies to all
traces, marker results, and numeric results. But sometimes it only applies to the numeric results.
If the analyzer is in Single measurement, pressing the Continuous key does not change k and does not
cause the sweep to be reset; the only action is to put the analyzer into Continuous measurement
operation.
If it’s already in continuous sweep:
the INIT:CONT 1 command has no effect
the INIT:CONT 0 command will place the analyzer in Single Sweep but will have no effect on the
current sequence until k=N, at which point the current sequence will stop and the instrument will go to
the idle state.
Chapter
397
Cont (Continuous Measurement/Sweep)
398
Chapter
6
Vector Analysis
The Vector Analysis measurement is accessed from the Meas hardkey.The Vector Analysis
measurement bases its results on a set of periodic time samples of a channel. The channel
is defined by a combined bank of hardware and DSP filters whose overall frequency
response has a flat top and steep rolloff at the band edges. The time record is operated
upon by a number of mathematical functions, including the FFT to produce spectrum
results and statistical functions, including complementary cumulative distribution
function (CCDF). Any of these results may be displayed in a flexible layout, with the Y
data formatted in a variety of ways, and results scaled as desired. Many of these analysis
results are also available in optional VSA demodulation measurements.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Meas
The Vector Analysis measurement is invoked remotely by the following:
:CONFigure:VECTor
:CONFigure:VECTor:NDEFault
Remote results may be obtained using the following:
:FETCh:VECTor[n]?
Only table results may be obtained using FETCh. The tables available for the Vector
Analysis measurement are ACP and OccBW tables, which are available to any VSA
measurement.
:INITiate:VECTor
:READ:VECTor[n]?
NOTE: The MEASure? command is not supported by the Vector Analysis measurement.
NOTE: For Trace Data SCPI commands and remote results see Help for the MEAS key.
399
Vector Analysis
View/Display
View/Display
The View/Display key provides access to a menu that enable you to select display
parameters for the current measurement.
For more information on other View/Display functions (Display and Layout) see Analyzer
Setup, View/Display
View Presets affect the trace layout, trace data assignment, scaling and formatting but do
not affect hardware measurement setup.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:DISPlay:VECTor:VIEW:PRESet SPECtrum|STATistics
Example
:DISP:VECT:VIEW:PRES SPEC
Key Path
Front Panel
Preset View: Spectrum/Time
This preset uses the Stack 2 layout style (see View/Display, Layout) with Spectrum in trace
1 and Main Time in trace 2
Mode
VSA
Key Path
View/Display
400
Chapter 6
Vector Analysis
View/Display
Preset View: Statistics
This preset uses the Stack 2 layout style (see View/Display, Layout) with the CCDF in
trace 1 and Main Time in trace 2.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
View/Display
Chapter 6
401
Vector Analysis
View/Display
402
Chapter 6
Vector Analysis
Meas Setup
Meas Setup
This key accesses a menu of keys that select measurement functions for the current VSA
Measurement.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Front Panel
Chapter 6
403
Vector Analysis
Trigger
Trigger
Triggering is used to determine when a measurement should start taking data. There are
several available trigger sources. For each trigger source, there are associated setup
parameters. Typically, a trigger event is generated when a signal (or a characteristic of the
signal) crosses a defined trigger level (or threshold) on a rising or falling slope. The
measurement begins at a specified time delay from the trigger point. The delay may be
negative, allowing pretrigger data to be taken. Each trigger source has associated its own
trigger level, slope, and delay settings.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Front Panel
404
Chapter 6
Vector Analysis
Sweep/Control
Sweep/Control
This key accesses a menu that allows you to select Sweep/Control parameters for all VSA
measurements.
For more information see Measurement Functions, Sweep/Control
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Front Panel
Chapter 6
405
Vector Analysis
AMPTD Y Scale
AMPTD Y Scale
This key accesses a menu that allows you to select amplitude or Y-scale parameters for the
current measurement.
For more information see t Functions, AMPTD Y-Scale
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Front Panel
406
Chapter 6
Vector Analysis
Auto Couple
Auto Couple
The Auto Couple key forces all Auto / Man functions into Auto. These include the following
functions. Other measurement specific functions will be listed in their individual PDs.
Note that this key does not invoke the Auto tune function, nor does it cause any Y
autoscaling or Input Auto ranging.
• Frequency Step
• X Scale
• Y Axis Unit Preference
• Frequency Points
For more information see: Analyzer Setup Functions, Auto Couple
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Front Panel
Chapter 6
407
Vector Analysis
BW
BW
The BW key provides access to a menu that allows you to set available resolution
bandwidth parameters for the spectrum measurement result, as well as the shape of the
resolution bandwidth filter (controlled by the FFT windowing function).
For more information see: Analyzer Setup Functions, BW
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Front Panel
408
Chapter 6
Vector Analysis
FREQ Channel
FREQ Channel
Frequency parameters for any vector measurement consist of 2 pairs of properties: Center
Frequency and Span or Start Frequency and Stop Frequency. These behave much as they
do in any other application, but there is the additional constraint that the span is limited
to much less than the center frequency range.
If you change center frequency the start and stop frequencies change by the same amount.
If you change span, start frequency and stop frequency are changed by 1/2 the span
change.
If you change start frequency, stop frequency remains fixed and span and center frequency
are refigured accordingly. Changing stop frequency has similar behavior.
For more information see: Analyzer Setup Functions, FREQ Channel
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Front Panel
Chapter 6
409
Vector Analysis
Output
Output
This key provides access to a menu that allows you to select input/output parameters for
the measurement data.
For more information see: Analyzer Setup Functions, Input/Output
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Front Panel
410
Chapter 6
Vector Analysis
Source
Source
There are no selectable Source parameters for this measurement.
For more information see: Analyzer Setup Functions, Source
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Front Panel
Chapter 6
411
Vector Analysis
SPAN X Scale
SPAN X Scale
This key provides access to a menu that allows you to select span or X-scale parameters for
the current measurement.
For more information see: Analyzer Setup Functions, SPAN X-Scale
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Front Panel
412
Chapter 6
Vector Analysis
Trace/Detector
Trace/Detector
This section details the trace results accessible via the data key and also via SCPI, many of
which are available in other measurements as well.
For more information see: Analyzer Setup Functions, Trace/Detector on page 226
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Front Panel
Data
This key provides a menu of trace data choices for the selected trace. For the SCPI
command, and other details, see Analyzer Setup Functions, Trace/Detector, Data on page
228.
The following trace data results are available:
Trace data soft
key name
SCPI string form
Description
Spectrum
"Spectrum1"
Averaged result of successive Inst Spectrum
results (If RMS or Max averaging is on).
Otherwise, FFT of current windowed Main (or
Gate) Time
Inst Spectrum
"Inst Spec1"
Instantaneous Spectrum is the FFT of the current
windowed Main (or Gate) Time. It is
instantaneous in the sense that it isn't rms
averaged, but it may included time-averaged data.
Main Time
"Main Time1"
Same as Inst Main Time unless Time averaging is
on, in which case it is the averaged result of
successive Inst Main Time results.
If Time Gating is on, Main Time is the source to
which the Gate is applied.
Inst Main Time
"Inst Main Time1"
Instantaneous Main Time is the current corrected,
resampled, time record.
Gate Time
"Gate Time1"
Gate Time replaces Main Time as input to results
if gating is on.
Chapter 6
413
Vector Analysis
Trace/Detector
Raw Main Time
"Raw Main Time1"
Time record as it comes from the hardware, before
software resampling or corrections
Power Spectral
Density (PSD)
"PSD1"
Power spectrum divided by ResBW
CCDF
"CCDF1"
Complementary Cumulative Distribution
Function of all time date since last measurement
restart
CDF
"CDF1"
Cumulative Distribution Function of all time date
since last measurement restart
PDF
"PDF1"
Probability Distribution Function of all time date
since last measurement restart
Auto Correlation
"Auto Correl1"
Autocorrelation function of the current Main (or
Gate) Time result
OBW Summary
Trace 1
"OBW Summary
Trc1"
Table of Occupied Bandwidth results if OccBW is
enabled on Trace 1
and Trace 1 has Spectrum or PSD data. Similar
summaries are available for all traces.
ACP Summary
Trace 1
"ACP Summary
Trc1"
Table of Adjacent Channel Power results if ACP is
enabled on Trace 1
and Trace 1 has Spectrum or PSD data. Similar
summaries are available for all traces.
No Data
"No Data"
An empty trace
The following Trace Data types are available in all measurements:
Soft Key Name
SCPI string form
No Data
"No Data"
Spectrum
"Spectrum1"
Inst Spectrum
"Inst Spectrum1"
Raw Main Time
"Raw Main Time1"
OBW Summary Trace 1
"OBW Summary Trc1"
OBW Summary Trace 2
"OBW Summary Trc2"
OBW Summary Trace 3
"OBW Summary Trc3"
OBW Summary Trace 4
"OBW Summary Trc4"
ACP Summary Trace 1
"ACP Summary Trc1"
ACP Summary Trace 2
" ACP Summary Trc2"
ACP Summary Trace 3
" ACP Summary Trc3"
414
Chapter 6
Vector Analysis
Trace/Detector
Soft Key Name
SCPI string form
ACP Summary Trace 4
" ACP Summary Trc4"
Chapter 6
415
Vector Analysis
Marker
Marker
The Marker key accesses the Marker menu. A marker can be placed on a trace to allow the
value of the trace data at the marker position to be determined precisely. Markers may
also be used in pairs to read the difference (or delta) between two data points. They can
also be used to make power calculation over a band of frequencies or a time interval. See
Marker Functions below for more details.
The functions in this menu include a 1-of-N selection of the control mode Normal, Delta,
Fixed, or Off for the selected marker. The control mode is described below.
Pressing Marker always makes the selected maker's X position the active function.
If the currently selected marker is Off, pressing Marker sets it to Normal mode and places
it at the center of the screen on the currently selected trace.
As a convenience, if there are no markers displayed on the current trace, pressing the
marker hardkey (whenever the marker menu is already showing) selects the lowest
numbered marker that is currently off and turns it on in normal mode on the selected
trace. In other words, pressing the Marker hardkey twice will always turn on a marker on
the selected trace if none was turned on before.
For more information see the Analyzer Setup, Marker for a description of this function.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Front Panel
416
Chapter 6
Vector Analysis
Marker Function
Marker Function
This key provides access to a menu that allows you to select marker functions for the
current measurement.
For more information see: Analyzer Setup Functions, marker Fctn
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Front Panel
Chapter 6
417
Vector Analysis
Marker To
Marker To
This key provides access to a menu that allows you to select where to move the marker.
For more information see: Analyzer Setup Functions, Marker To
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Front Panel
418
Chapter 6
Vector Analysis
Peak Search
Peak Search
This key initiates an immediate search for the peak level signal and places a marker at
that data point.
For more information see: Analyzer Setup Functions, Peak Search
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Front Panel
Chapter 6
419
Vector Analysis
Peak Search
420
Chapter 6
7
Analog Demod
The Analog Demod measurement is accessed from the Meas hardkey. The Analog Demod
measurement enhances the capabilities offered by Vector Analysis by adding a
demodulation function. AM, FM, and PM signals may be demodulated;, and the output of
the demodulator may be further analyzed in the same ways as the input signal. For
example, you may look simultaneously at the spectra and time records of the input signal
and the demodulated signal. Also available are time gating, autocorrelation, and statistical
functions such as CCDF.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Meas
The Analog Demod measurement is invoked remotely by the following:
:CONFigure:ADEMod
:CONFigure:ADEMod:NDEFault
:INITiate:ADEMod
FETCh and READ commands below may be used to obtain ACP and OBW table
information when those functions are turned on.
:FETCh:ADEMod[n]?
:READ:ADEMod[n]?
NOTE: The MEASure? command is not supported by the Analog Demod measurement.
NOTE: Remote results may be obtained using CALCulate:ADEMod:DATA<n> commands.
For Trace Data SCPI commands and remote results see Help for the MEAS key.
421
Analog Demod
View/Display (View Presets)
View/Display (View Presets)
The View/Display key displays a menu that enables you to select display parameters for
the current measurement.
For more information on other View/Display functions (Display and Layout) see Analyzer
Setup, View/Display
View Presets affect the trace layout, trace data assignment, scaling and formatting but do
not affect hardware measurement setup.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:DISPlay:ADEMod:VIEW:PRESet DSPectrum|STATistics
Example
DISP:ADEM:VIEW:PRES DSP
Key Path
View/Display
Preset View: Demod Spectrum/Time
This preset shows a quad layout with the Demod Spectrum in trace 1, Demod Main Time
in trace 2, the input Spectrum in trace 3, and the input Main Time in trace 4.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
View/Trace
422
Chapter 7
Analog Demod
View/Display (View Presets)
Preset View: Statistics
This preset shows a stacked 2 layout with the CCDF of the input in trace 1 and input Main
Time in trace 2.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
View/Trace
Chapter 7
423
Analog Demod
View/Display (View Presets)
424
Chapter 7
Analog Demod
Meas Setup
Meas Setup
Displays a menu of available settings for the current measurent.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Meas Setup
Avg Number
Allows you to specifie how many averages to perform.
Suppose you specify 3 averages. For the first average, the analyzer clears previous trace
data and obtains a new trace. The second average consists of averaging the next trace with
the first trace. The third average consists of averaging the third trace with the averaged
results of the first two traces.
The analyzer updates the display after each average. In this example, the analyzer would
update the display after the first average, again after the second average, and finally after
the third average. To decrease the number of display updates and possibly speed up the
measurement, you can turn on Fast Averaging.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Meas Setup
Average Mode
Allows you to set the averaging mode used for the current measurement.
For more information see: Measurement Functions, Meas Setup, Average Mode
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Meas Setup
Chapter 7
425
Analog Demod
Meas Setup
Average Setup
Allows you to set other averaging parameters for the current measurement.
For more information see: Measurement Functions, Meas Setup, Average Setup
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Meas Setup
Demod Setup
Allows you to set Demodulation parameters for the current measurement.
For more information see: Measurement Functions, Meas Setup, Demod Setup
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Meas Setup
Demod Type
Demod Type lets you select the type of analog demodulation to be applied to your signal.
You can select AM, PM, or FM demodulation. In addition, you can enable Auto Carrier
Phase and/or Auto Carrier Frequency. Auto carrier controls how the analyzer determines
your carrier frequency.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:ADEMod:MODulation AM|FM|PM
[:SENSe]:ADEMod:MODulation?
Example
ADEM:MOD AM
ADEM:MOD?
Preset
AM
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Range
AM | FM | PM
426
Chapter 7
Analog Demod
Meas Setup
Meas Setup, Demod Setup
Key Path
AM Units
This allows you to select whether the display units for AM demodulation are in normalized
units ("am") or percent ("%").
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:ADEMod:AM:UNIT AM|PCT
[:SENSe]:ADEMod:AM:UNIT?
Example
ADEM:AM:UNIT AM
ADEM:AM:UNIT?
Restriction and Notes
Greyed out if Demod Type is FM or PM
Preset
AM
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Range
am | %
Key Path
Meas Setup, Demod Setup
Auto Carrier Freq
This allows you to turn on or off automatic carrier frequency estimation for FM or PM
demodulation. When Auto Carrier Freq is off, the analyzer uses the Center Frequency
setting as the carrier. If the actual carrier frequency is different from the center frequency,
a ramp is visible in the phase results. Turning on Auto Carrier Freq causes the analyzer to
estimate the actual carrier frequency. Propper setting of the carrier frequency is especially
important in PM demodulation.
When the VSA is in analog demodulation mode, you can select one of two different types of
auto carrier setting. The types of auto carrier setting available depends on the type of
demodulation, as shown in the following table.
For this
demodulation:
You can use this auto carrier:
AM
None
FM
Auto Carrier Frequency
Chapter 7
427
Analog Demod
Meas Setup
PM
Auto Carrier Frequency and Auto Carrier
Phase
Note that you cannot select auto carrier frequency with AM demodulation. AM
demodulation does not require carrier frequency estimation because the AM calculations
are based on the carrier envelope. The carrier amplitude estimate is based on data within
a single time record and is updated on a record-by-record basis.
Auto Carrier Frequency
Accurate angle demodulation (FM or PM) depends on precisely identifying the carrier
frequency. Errors result in phase ramping. The arc tangent of the complex time record is
the basis of both PM and FM demodulation. Hence, correcting for the phase ramp is the
goal of auto carrier frequency.
Without auto carrier frequency, the analyzer uses its center frequency to determine the
carrier frequency of your signal. When auto carrier frequency is selected, the analyzer uses
an algorithm to estimate the carrier frequency. If you can lock the analyzer to an external
reference which is coherent with your carrier, no carrier frequency estimation is needed,
and you do not need to select auto carrier frequency.
When auto carrier frequency is selected, the carrier frequency estimate is calculated
independently for each time record, and is used in the demodulation calculation to take out
FM offsets, or PM phase ramps due to error between your carrier frequency and the
analyzer's LO (center frequency).
Hint
If auto carrier frequency is selected, you can select demod carrier to display the estimated
carrier frequency for FM demodulation. Cross channel results show the estimates for both
channels. For PM demodulation, you must select both Auto Carrier Frequency and Auto
Carrier Phase to display the estimated carrier frequency.
Auto Carrier Frequency and Averaging
The operation of auto carrier frequency is modified if averaging is turned on. For FM
measurements, the carrier frequency estimate from the current time record is fed into an
exponential average of estimates from prior time records. The resulting, averaged
carrier-frequency is used to compensate the current time record for carrier-frequency
offsets from the center frequency.
Considerations When Using Auto Carrier Frequency
The following situations can bias the phase ramp estimation:
• Low frequency modulation, such as a periodic signal with fewer than 10 cycles over the
time record.
• Phase discontinuities present in digital communication formats.
• Transients, such as carrier turn-on in the middle of the time record.
428
Chapter 7
Analog Demod
Meas Setup
In cases where biases are unavoidable, auto carrier frequency should be turned off. Where
possible, lock the analyzer's external reference to a reference coherent with the carrier to
eliminate frequency errors.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:ADEMod:CARRier:FREQuency:AUTO OFF|ON|0|1
[:SENSe]:ADEMod:CARRier:FREQuency:AUTO?
Example
ADEM:CARR:FREQ:AUTO ON
ADEM:CARR:FREQ:AUTO?
Restriction and Notes
Greyed out if Demod Type is AM
Preset
OFF
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Key Path
Meas Setup, Demod Setup
When Auto Carrier Frequency is on (for Demod types FM or PM), the calculated average
carrier frequency may be queried for any trace showing a demod result by using the
following SCPI command.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:DISPlay:ADEMod:TRACe[1]|2|3|4:CARRier:FREQuency?
Example
DISP:ADEM:TRAC:CARR:FREQ?
Remote Command Notes
This returns the result of the carrier frequency calculation (if
Demod Mode is FM or PM and Auto Carrier Freq is on) for the
addressed trace (which must be assigned a demod result). Returns
NaN otherwise.
Key Path
SCPI only
Auto Carrier Phase
This allows you to turn on or off automatic carrier phase offset estimation for PM
demodulation. Even with Auto Carrier Freq turned on, the PM demodulation may have a
fixed or slowly varying phase offset. This function estimates the phase offset and takes it
Chapter 7
429
Analog Demod
Meas Setup
out. A phase offset does not affect FM results, because the offset differentiates to zero.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:ADEMod:CARRier:PHASe:AUTO OFF|ON|0|1
[:SENSe]:ADEMod:CARRier:PHASe:AUTO?
Example
ADEM:CARR:PHAS:AUTO ON
ADEM:CARR:PHAS:AUTO?
Restriction and Notes
This is robust enough that it sometimes works even if Auto Carrier
Freq is turned off, but it is recommended that you turn on Auto
Carrier Freq along with this. Greyed out if Demod Type is AM or
FM
Preset
OFF
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Key Path
Meas Setup, Demod Setup
Meas Preset
For more information, see the section under the Preset key in the Utility section.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Meas Setup
430
Chapter 7
Analog Demod
Trigger
Trigger
Allows you to set trigger parameters for the current measurement.
For more information see Measurement Functions, Trigger
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Front Panel
Chapter 7
431
Analog Demod
Sweep/Control
Sweep/Control
Allows you to set sweep parameters for the current measurement.
For more information see Measurement Functions, Sweep/Control
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Front Panel
432
Chapter 7
Analog Demod
AMPTD Y Scale
AMPTD Y Scale
Allows you to set Amplitude parameters for the current measurement.
For more information see Analyzer Setup Functions, AMPTD Y-Scale
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Front Panel
Attenuation
Mode
VSA
Key Path
AMPTD Y Scale
Internal Preamp
The internal preamplifier function is not available for this measurement.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
AMPTD Y Scale
Chapter 7
433
Analog Demod
BW
BW
Allows you to set bandwidth parameters for the current measurement.
For more information see Analyzer Setup Functions, BW
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Front Panel
434
Chapter 7
Analog Demod
FREQ Channel
FREQ Channel
Allows you to set frequency orchannel number parameters for the current measurement.
For more information see Analyzer Setup Functions, FREQ Channel
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Front Panel
Chapter 7
435
Analog Demod
Input/Output
Input/Output
This is described in the Meas Common PD.
Allows you to set Source parameters for the current measurement.
For more information see Analyzer Setup Functions, Source
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Front Panel
436
Chapter 7
Analog Demod
SPAN X Scale
SPAN X Scale
Allows you to set span or X-scale parameters for the current measurement.
For more information see Analyzer Setup Functions, SPAN X-Scale
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Front Panel
Chapter 7
437
Analog Demod
Trace/Detector
Trace/Detector
This section details the trace results accessible via the data key and also via SCPI, many of
which are available in other measurements as well.
For more information see: Analyzer Setup Functions, Trace Detector
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Front Panel
Select Trace
Allows you to select a data trace for the current measurement.
For more information see Analyzer Setup Functions, Trace/Detector, Select Trace on page
255
Data
This softkey brings up a menu of trace data choices for the selected trace. For more details
and SCPI, see Analyzer Setup, Trace/Detector, Data on page 257.
The following trace data results are available under the Pre Demod submenu. They are
identical to the results available in the Vector Analysis measurement.
Trace data
SCPI string form
Description
Spectrum
"Spectrum1"
Averaged result of successive Inst Spectrum results
(If RMS or Max averaging is on). Otherwise, FFT of
current windowed Main (or Gate) Time
Inst Spectrum
"Inst Spec1"
Instantaneous Spectrum is the FFT of the current
windowed Main (or Gate) Time. It is instantaneous
in the sense that it isn't rms averaged, but it may
included time-averaged data.
Main Time
"Main Time1"
Same as Inst Main Time unless Time averaging is
on, in which case it is the averaged result of
successive Inst Main Time results.
If Time Gating is on, Main Time is the source to
which the Gate is applied.
438
Chapter 7
Analog Demod
Trace/Detector
Inst Main Time
"Inst Main Time1"
Instantaneous Main Time is the current corrected,
resampled, time record.
Gate Time
"Gate Time1"
Gate Time replaces Main Time as input to results if
gating is on.
Raw Main Time
"Raw Main Time1"
Time record as it comes from the hardware, before
software resampling or corrections
Power Spectral
Density (PSD)
"PSD1"
Power spectrum divided by ResBW
CCDF
"CCDF1"
Complementary Cumulative Distribution Function
of all time date since last measurement restart
CDF
"CDF1"
Cumulative Distribution Function of all time date
since last measurement restart
PDF
"PDF1"
Probability Distribution Function of all time date
since last measurement restart
Auto Correlation
"Auto Correl1"
Autocorrelation function of the current Main (or
Gate) Time result
These Demodulation results are available under the Demod submenu. The name of the
demod result and the trace title annotation are prefixed with the name of the
demodulation type. For example, if you select AM demodulation, then under
Trace/Detector, Demod you will be able to select "AM Spectrum" and the trace will be
labeled "Ch1 AM Spectrum".
Trace data
SCPI string form
Description
Spectrum
"AnDemod
Spectrum1"
Same as calculation for input Spectrum, but using
demod time data
Inst Spectrum
"AnDemod Inst
Spec1"
Same as calculation for input Inst Spectrum, but
using demod time data
Main Time
"AnDemod Main
Time1"
Main demodulated time record. Averaging and gating
applied in the same manner as input Main Time.
Inst Main Time
"AnDemod Inst Main
Time1"
Demodulated Inst Main Time
Gate Time
"AnDemod Gate
Time1"
Gated version of Demod Main Time, used as input to
all other demod results if gating is on.
Power Spectral
Density (PSD)
"AnDemod PSD1"
Power spectrum of demodulated signal divided by
ResBW
CCDF
"AnDemod CCDF1"
Complementary Cumulative Distribution Function of
all demodulated time date since last measurement
restart
Chapter 7
439
Analog Demod
Trace/Detector
CDF
"AnDemod CDF1"
Cumulative Distribution Function of all demodulated
time date since last measurement restart
PDF
"AnDemod PDF1"
Probability Distribution Function of all demodulated
time date since last measurement restart
Auto Correlation
"AnDemod Auto
Correl1"
Autocorrelation function of the current demodulated
Main (or Gate) Time result
Thes following data types are also available for all measurements:.
OBW Summary
Trace 1
"OBW Summary
Trc1"
Table of Occupied Bandwidth results if OccBW is
enabled on Trace 1
and Trace 1 has Spectrum or PSD data. Similar
summaries are available for all traces.
ACP Summary
Trace 1
"ACP Summary
Trc1"
Table of Adjacent Channel Power results if ACP is
enabled on Trace 1
and Trace 1 has Spectrum or PSD data. Similar
summaries are available for all traces.
No Data
"No Data"
440
An empty trace
Chapter 7
Analog Demod
Marker
Marker
This key displays a menu that allows you to select marker parameters for the current
measurement.
For more information see: Analyzer Setup Functions, Marker
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Front Panel
Chapter 7
441
Analog Demod
Marker Fctn
Marker Fctn
This key displays a menu that allows you to select marker functions for the current
measurement.
For more information see: Analyzer Setup Functions, marker Fctn
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Front Panel
442
Chapter 7
Analog Demod
Marker To
Marker To
This key displays a menu that allows you to select where to move the marker.
For more information see: Analyzer Setup Functions, Marker To
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Front Panel
Chapter 7
443
Analog Demod
Peak Search
Peak Search
This key initiates an immediate search for the peak level signal and places a marker at
that data point.
For more information see: Analyzer Setup Functions, Peak Search
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Front Panel
444
Chapter 7
8
Digital Demod (Option AYA)
The Digital Demod measurement is accessed from the Meas hardkey. The Digital Demod
measurement builds upon basic Vector analysis (89601X Option 205) by including flexible
demodulation of a wide variety of standard and custom single-carrier digital modulation
formats. You may simultaneously view pre-demod time and spectrum displays,
demodulated signal, reconstructed reference signal, recovered symbols and various error
traces and summaries.
Measurements are possible on continuous or pulsed (burst) carriers (such as TDMA). In
addition, you can specify a sync pattern and an offset to look at selected segments of
demodulated data.
The digital demodulator uses your signal to generate an ideal signal (called I/Q reference
or FSK reference). You can compare the measured signal to the reference signal to quantify
and locate errors in your signal.
Digital demodulation has built-in filters which may be applied to the measured signal as
well as to the reference signal. This allows you maximum flexibility in comparing your
signal to an ideal signal. Additionally, this allows complete flexibility to probe any analog
point in a communication system.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Front Panel
The Digital Demod measurement is invoked remotely by the following:
:CONFigure:DDEMod
:CONFigure:DDEMod:NDEFault
:INITiate:DDEMod
Symbol/Error Table results may also be obtained using the FETCh or READ commands.
The Sym/Err table must be assigned to a trace in order to obtain valid results.
:FETCh:DDEMod[n]?
:READ:DDEMod[n]?
NOTE: The MEASure:DDEMod? command is not supported by the Digital Demod
measurement.
NOTE: For Trace Data SCPI commands and remote results see Help for the MEAS key.
All trace and tabular data results are available using CALCulate:DDEMod:DATA
commands. These commands also enable you to get names and units of results.
445
Digital Demod (Option AYA)
Condition
N
Results Returned
All Mod
Formats
Not
specified, or
n=1
Error Summary Table
Returns 30 comma-separated scalar results, corresponding to the
items in the table portion of the Syms/Err trace. Note some values
are not available (n/a) for some formats.NaN (9.91 E 37) is
returned for results that are not available.
1. EVM rms (% rms) (n/a for FSK)
2. EVM peak (% pk) (n/a for FSK)
3. symbol position of EVM peak (n/a for FSK)
4. offset EVM rms (% rms) (OQPSK only, n/a otherwise)
5. offset EVM peak (% pk) (OQPSK only, n/a otherwise)
6. symbol position of Offset EVM peak (OQPSK only, n/a
otherwise)
7. FSK err rms (% rms) (FSK only, n/a otherwise)
8. FSK err peak (% pk) (FSK only, n/a otherwise)
9. symbol position of FSK err peak (FSK only, n/a otherwise)
10. magnitude error rms (% rms).
11. magnitude error peak (% pk)
12. symbol position of magnitude error peak
13. phase error rms (deg) (n/a for FSK)
14. phase error peak (deg pk) (n/a for FSK)
15. symbol position of phase error peak (n/a for FSK)
16. frequency error (Hz) (n/a for FSK)
17. carrier offset (Hz) (FSK only, n/a otherwise)
18. SNR(MER) (dB) (QPSK, QAM, APSK and VSB only, n/a
otherwise)
19. FSK deviation (Hz) (FSK only, n/a otherwise)
20. Pilot Level (dB) (8 VSB only, n/a otherwise)
21. time offset (s) (triggered APSK only, n/a otherwise)
22. IQ offset (dB) (n/a for FSK, VSB)
23. amplitude droop (dB/sym) (n/a for QPSK, OQPSK, MSK Type 1,
QAM, APSK, VSB and FSK)
24. rho (QPSK and OQPSK only, n/a otherwise)
25. quadrature error (deg) (n/a for BPSK, VSB and FSK)
(Continued Next Page)
446
Chapter 8
Digital Demod (Option AYA)
All Mod
Formats
(Cont’d)
Not
specified, or
n=1
26. gain imbalance (dB) (n/a for BPSK, VSB and FSK)
27. R2/R1 ratio (dimensionless) (APSK only, n/a otherwise)
28. R3/R1 ratio (dimensionless) (APSK 32 only, n/a otherwise)
29. peak EVM mean (%) (EDGE only, n/a otherwise)
30. 95% EVM (%) (EDGE only, n/a otherwise)
Also available are the standard ACP and OBW tables.
See Measurement Functions, Trace/Detector,
Chapter 8
447
Digital Demod (Option AYA)
View/Display
View/Display
The View/Display key provides access to a menu that enable you to select display
parameters for the current measurement.
For more information on other View/Display functions (Display and Layout) see Analyzer
Setup, View/Display
View Presets affect the trace layout, trace data assignment, scaling and formatting but do
not affect hardware measurement setup.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:DISPlay:DDEMod:VIEW:PRESet QUAD
Example
DISP:DDEM:VIEW:PRES QUAD
Key Path
View/Display
Preset View: Demod Quad
This preset displays a quad layout with the IQ Meas Time in trace 1, Spectrum in trace 2,
Error Vector Time in trace 3, and the Symbol/Error table in trace 4.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
View/Display
448
Chapter 8
Digital Demod (Option AYA)
View/Display
Chapter 8
449
Digital Demod (Option AYA)
Meas Setup
Meas Setup
This key displays a menu allowing you to select measurement parameters for the current
measurement.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Front Panel
Averaging
Averaging applies to a limited set of measurement results in digital demod. RMS and Max
average types apply to Spectrum, Error Vector Spectrum, IQ Meas Spectrum, and IQ
Reference Spectrum traces. The behavior for these types is the same as in the Vector
Analysis Measurement. Averaging of numeric error data in the symbol table is described
below:
Average Type
Average Mode
Effects of averaging
RMS, Time
any (single
sweep)
After each scan, the Syms/Err table shows a running (linear)
average over past scans for each parameter in the table. Peak or
position parameters are not averaged. Parameters that appear in
the table in dB are converted to linear units in order to average
them. The measurement stops after the specified Avg Number of
scans.
RMS, Time
repeat
(continuous
sweep)
Same as above, except that averages are reset after the specified Avg
Number of scans, and the measurement continues.
RMS, Time
exponential
(continuous
sweep)
Same as the single sweep case until the specified Avg Number of
scans is complete. After that, averaging continues using exponential
weighting.
Max
any
After each scan, compares each parameter in the table with the
current scan's value and keeps the maximum. Symbol positions
relate to the maximum peak value seen.
For more information see: Measurement Functions, Meas Setup, Averaging
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Meas Setup
450
Chapter 8
Digital Demod (Option AYA)
Meas Setup
Avg Number
Avg Number controls averaging for those results that can be averaged. For more
information see: Measurement Functions, Meas Setup, Averaging
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Meas Setup, Averaging
Average Mode
Average Mode controls averaging for those results that can be averaged-. For more
information see: Measurement Functions, Meas Setup, Averaging
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Meas Setup, Averaging
Average Setup
Average Setup controls averaging for those results that can be averaged-. For more
information see: Measurement Functions, Meas Setup, Averaging
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Meas Setup, Averaging
Chapter 8
451
Digital Demod (Option AYA)
Meas Setup
Demod Setup
This key displays a menu that allows you to adjust digital demodulation parameters.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Meas Setup
Modulation Format
This allows you to select the digital communication format that is used by the
demodulator. The selection includes:
• QAM formats: QAM 16, QAM 32, QAM 64, QAM 128, QAM 256, QAM 512, and QAM
1024
• PSK formats: BPSK, QPSK, Offset QPSK, /4 DQPSK, DQPSK, 8PSK, /8 D8PSK, and
D8PSK
• MSK type 1 and type 2
• FSK formats: FSK 2, FSK 4, FSK 8, and FSK 16
• DVB QAM formats: DVB QAM 16, DVB QAM 32, DVB QAM 64, DVB QAM 128, and
DVB QAM 256
• VSB formats: VSB 8 and VSB 16
• APSK (amplitude/phase shift keying) formats: APSK 16, APSK 16 w/DVB, APSK 32,
APSK 32 w/DVB
• EDGE
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:MODulation
BPSK|QPSK|OQPSK|PI4DQPSK|DQPSK|PSK8|PI8DPSK8|DPSK8|QAM1
6|QAM32|QAM64|QAM128|QAM256|QAM512|QAM1024|FSK2|FSK4|FS
K8|FSK16|MSK1|MSK2|EDGE|APSK16|APSK32|DVBAPSK16|DVBAPSK
32|DVBQAM16|DVBQAM32|DVBQAM64|DVBQAM128|DVBQAM256|VSB8|
VSB16
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:MODulation?
Example
DDEM:MOD QPSK
DDEM:MOD?
Preset
QPSK
452
Chapter 8
Digital Demod (Option AYA)
Meas Setup
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Range
BPSK | QPSK | Offset QPSK | /4DQPSK | DQPSK | 8PSK | /8
DPSK8 | D8PSK | QAM 16 | QAM 32 | QAM 64 | QAM 128 |
QAM 256 | QAM 512 | QAM 1024 | FSK 2 | FSK 4 | FSK 8 | FSK
16 | MSK Type 1 | MSK Type 2 | EDGE | APSK 16 | APSK 32 |
APSK 16 w/DVB | APSK 32 w/DVB | DVB QAM 16 | DVB QAM
32 | DVB QAM 64 | DVB QAM 128 | DVB QAM 256 | VSB 8 |
VSB 16
Key Path
Meas Setup, Demod Setup
Symbol Rate
The Symbol Rate key allows you to set the symbol rate (symbols per second) for the
analyzer's digital demodulator. Set this parameter to match the symbol rate of your
system.
In digital modulation, the symbol rate determines the rate (frequency) at which symbols
occur. A symbol may consist of one or more bits as determined by the modulation format.
For example, in a BPSK system, each symbol represents 1 bit; in a QPSK system, each
symbol represents 2 bits.
Symbols are valid only at the timing instant when the receiver interprets the signal. This
timing instant is called the detection-decision point.
The analyzer's demodulator uses the symbol rate determine the frequency of your
detection-decision points. It is important that you set the symbol rate to match exactly the
symbol rate of your system, because the symbol clock frequency is not estimated.
Note that the more complex your modulation format, the more critical it is that the symbol
rate be exact. Specifying an incorrect symbol rate introduces errors into the demodulation
process.
The analyzer can accurately measure symbol rates that are less than the maximum span
of the analyzer. There may be instances where you want to set the symbol rate beyond
what can be measured. The analyzer lets you do this, but accuracy is not specified
If you enter a symbol rate that is slightly different than the symbol rate of your signal, the
EVM (error vector magnitude) is typically small at the center of the result length and
increases linearly towards the ends of the result length.
The symbol rate determines the maximum frequency span (information bandwidth) that
you can measure. For QAM and PSK signals, the symbol rate also determines the
minimum frequency span that meets published specifications.
Mode
VSA
Chapter 8
453
Digital Demod (Option AYA)
Meas Setup
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:SRATe <frequency>
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:SRATe?
Example
DDEM:SRAT 1 MHZ
DDEM:SRAT?
Dependencies/Couplings
Span is forced to be < 15.625 * (Symbol rate)
Preset
3840000 HZ
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Min
1
Max
9.9E+37
Key Path
Meas Setup, Demod Setup
Meas Interval
This key sets the number of symbols that the demodulation will analyze. This and the
symbol rate set the overall time record length (in seconds) that is used by the demodulator.
It also sets indirectly sets the resolution bandwidth for the various spectrum results. (The
ResBW cannot be set independently.)
The resolution bandwidth and Time length are related by the following equation:
Res BW = ENBW / T
where:
ENBW is the normalized effective noise bandwidth of the Window (see the FFT Window
topic for more details).
For the pre-demod Spectrum result, T = 1.2*(Meas Interval)/Symbol Rate.
For the all other Spectrum results, T = (Meas Interval)/Symbol Rate.
The resolution bandwidth is annotated below any spectrum trace. To programmatically
query the resolution bandwidth, use the following (with the trace number for <n>)
CALC:DDEM:DATA<n>:HEAD? "ResBW"
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:SWEep:POINts <integer>
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:SWEep:POINts?
Example
DDEM:SWE:POIN 137
DDEM:SWE:POIN?
454
Chapter 8
Digital Demod (Option AYA)
Meas Setup
Preset
200
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Min
10
Max
4096
Key Path
Meas Setup, Demod Setup
Points / Symbol
Allows you to set how many points are displayed per symbol in time displays of
demodulated data. The allowed values are 1, 2, 4, 5, 10 and 20.
Points/Symbol do not apply to W-CDMA(3GPP) or cdma2000 demodulation.
Minimum (except OQPSK):
1 point per symbol
Minimum (OQPSK):
2 points per symbol
Maximum:
20 points per symbol
EDGE default (see below):
1 point per symbol
For example, if the value of Points/Symbol is 1, each display point corresponds to a symbol.
If the value is 5, the 5th display point corresponds to a symbolin this case, an IQ diagram
would show 4 display points between each symbol.
Saving Points/Symbol: When you save a digitally demodulated trace, the Points/Symbol
value used to create the trace is saved with the trace. When you recall the trace, the
analyzer displays the trace with the Points/Symbol value used to create the tracethe
analyzer DOES NOT use the current value of Points/Symbol.
MSK Demodulation: For the MSK demodulation format, changing Points/Symbol affects
the error data displayed in the Alphabetical Listing of Error Summary Data. This occurs
because the analyzer uses all points to compute Error data results for MSK, whereas the
analyzer uses only the points that occur at the symbol times to compute error data results
for other demodulation formats.
OQPSK Demodulation: For OQPSK, an even number of Points/Symbol are required due to
the offset between I and Q. If you specify an odd value for Points/Symbol, the analyzer
chooses the next, lower, even value.
EDGE demodulation: For `EDGE` demodulation format and the Points/Symbol is set to 1
(default), the IQ Meas Time, IQ Magnitude Error, IQ Phase Error and Error Summary
Table trace data results are the ISI (inter-symbol interference) compensated values. That
is, when the points/symbol is set to 1 (default), the analyzer removes the effects of ISI
Chapter 8
455
Digital Demod (Option AYA)
Meas Setup
(inter-symbol interference), which provides a "clean" IQ Meas Time constellation diagram.
For points/symbol greater than one, the trace data results are not compensated for the
effects of ISI. For values greater than 1 point/symbol, the symbols in EDGE constellation
diagrams may appear randomly placed due to the effects of ISI.
Couple to Gain Imb./Quad Skew: This measurement parameter selection controls the
number of points per symbol used to calculate the IQ Gain Imbalance and Quadrature
Skew symbol error data results. For further information, see Couple to Gain Imb./Quad
Skew, IQ Gain Imbalance, and Quadrature Skew.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:PPSYmbol <integer>
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:PPSYmbol?
Example
DDEM:PPSY 2
DDEM:PPSY?
Notes
The only supported values are 1, 2, 4, 5, 10 and 20. Numeric entries
are rounded to the nearest valid value.
Preset
5
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Min
1
Max
20
Key Path
Meas Setup, Demod Setup
Gain Imb / Quad Skew Coupling
Controls what measurement data is included in the Quadrature Skew Error and IQ Gain
Imbalance error data calculations.
• Off: Calculations use one Point per Symbol.
• On: Calculations use the value shown in the Points per Symbol parameter box.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:CALCulate:DDEMod:PPSYmbol:COUPle OFF|ON|0|1
:CALCulate:DDEMod:PPSYmbol:COUPle?
456
Chapter 8
Digital Demod (Option AYA)
Meas Setup
Example
CALC:DDEM:PPSY:COUP OFF
CALC:DDEM:PPSY:COUP?
Dependencies/Couplings
No
Preset
OFF
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Key Path
Meas Setup, Demod Setup
Meas Filter
Allows you to select the Meas Filter used by the receiver.
Data filtering is used in digital demodulation to limit bandwidth and reduce intersymbol
interference. This analyzer includes several commonly used filter types and has the ability
to apply user-defined filters. All filters are computed to 20 symbols in length. If the filter
alpha is < 0.2, the analyzer uses 40 symbols to compute filter length (for most formats).
The shape and width of a filter is defined by the alpha (for cosine filters) or the BT (for
Gaussian filters). The alpha or BT indicates the filter roll-off (or excess bandwidth) of the
selected filter which occurs due to the practical inability of filter technology to build a
perfectly square (brick-wall) filter which would have an alpha of 0 (no excess bandwidth).
For example, a typical filter with an alpha of 0.3 has a bandwidth 30% greater than the
theoretical minimum.
The analyzer's digital demodulator produces two signals: a measured and a reference
signal. These signals are called I/Q Measured and I/Q Reference or, for FSK
measurements, FSK Measured and FSK Reference.
You can select different filters for the measured and reference signals, as shown in the
following, generic block diagram.
Note that for FSK signals, filtering is baseband and occurs after the FM demodulator.
The measured signal is the signal that results after demodulating your waveform. The
reference signal is the signal that would result after demodulating your signal if your
signal were ideal (contained no errors).
Notice that there are separate filters for the measured and reference signals. You MUST
select the correct filter for both signals.
Filtering for various communication systems may occur either at the transmitter or the
receiver; or the filtering may be distributed between the transmitter and the receiver. This
is an important concept which affects your filter selection for the measured and reference
signals. The analyzer's measured filter represents filtering in the system's receiver while
the reference filter represents filtering in the entire system. Both filters share the same
alpha/BT. The following table shows some examples of filter selection:
Chapter 8
457
Digital Demod (Option AYA)
Meas Setup
If the transmitter
filter is:
The measure filter
should be:
The reference filter
should be:
root raised cosine
root raised cosine
raised cosine
raised cosine
none
raised cosine
Gaussian
none
Gaussian
any type
user defined
any type
You can modify the shape and width of Gaussian and Nyquist (cosine) filters. The shape
and width is defined by the alpha (for cosine filters) or the BT (for Gaussian filters). All
filters are computed to 20 symbols in length. If the filter alpha is < 0.2, the analyzer uses
40 symbols to compute filter length (for most formats).
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:FILTer:MEASurement
NONE|RRCosine|GAUSsian|EDGE|IS95EQ|RECTangle|LPASs|USER
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:FILTer:MEASurement?
Example
DDEM:FILT:MEAS RRC
DDEM:FILT:MEAS?
Notes
USER defined requires you to specify a register (see Meas User
Defined).
Preset
RRC
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Range
No Filter | Root Raised Cosine | Gaussian | EDGE | CDMA
(IS–95A Base EQ) | Rectangular | Low Pass | User Defined
Key Path
Meas Setup, Demod Setup
Meas User Defined Pressing this key sets the Meas Filter to User Defined. Pressing it a
second time allows you to select a data register which contains data that defines the filter.
The analyzer lets you use a filter of your design for the I/Q measured filter or the I/Q
reference filter. Typical applications for user-defined filters include:
• Custom filters other than those provided. In this case both measured and reference
458
Chapter 8
Digital Demod (Option AYA)
Meas Setup
filters are user defined.
• Modified filters that are based on the raised cosine filter but add channel equalization.
In this case, the measure filter is a user-defined filter and the reference filter is
standard.
To define a filter, create a trace file containing the time-domain impulse response of the
filter. (The easiest way to start is to export a time domain trace into a file in text or csv
format and modify it. See Utility (System Functions), Save, Export Trace Data .) Then
recall the trace file into the desired register. (See Utility (System Functions), Recall,
Import Trace Data.) The data must satisfy these criteria:
• Only be real data, not complex
• Only be time-domain data. If the data domain type cannot be determined from the trace
file (unknown domain), the analyzer will default to time-domain data. If any other
domain is used, for example the frequency-domain, the analyzer will reject the
user-defined trace file and use a root raised cosine filter as the Measurement filter and
a raised cosine filter as the Reference filter.
• Contain > 0 and <= 20 symbols (401 samples) in overall length. However, if the filter
alpha is < 0.2, the trace length must be <= 40 symbols (801 samples) in overall length.
• Contain 20 samples-per-symbol. For example, 401 samples = 20 symbols at 20
points-per-symbol.
• Use an odd number of points so that the center of the impulse is positioned on a symbol,
this would be the 201st point in a 401 point trace. The middle sample is assumed to be
at t = 0.
If the trace file does not satisfy all of previously mentioned criterion, the analyzer rejects
the user-defined trace file and defaults to using the root raised cosine filter as the
Measurement filter and the raised cosine filter as the Reference filter.
Accuracy of user-defined filters is undefined. In addition, the value of Alpha/BT has no
effect on user-defined filters.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:FILTer:MEASurement:REGister
D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:FILTer:MEASurement:REGister?
Example
DDEM:FILT:MEAS:REG D1
DDEM:FILT:MEAS:REG?
Notes
Individual Data register selections are greyed out if they do not
contain appropriate data for use as filter coefficients.
Dependencies/Couplings
Filter Alpha influences length constraint (see above) but has no
other effect.
Preset
D1
Chapter 8
459
Digital Demod (Option AYA)
Meas Setup
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Range
Data 1 | Data 2 | Data 3 | Data 4 | Data 5 | Data 6
Key Path
Meas Setup, Demod Setup, Meas Filter
Ref Filter
Pressing this key selects the Ref Filter that represents the cascaded transmit and receive
filter.
This analyzer includes several commonly used filter types and has the ability to apply
user-defined filters. All filters are computed to 20 symbols in length. If the filter alpha is <
0.2, the analyzer uses 40 symbols to compute filter length (for most formats).
The shape and width of a filter is defined by the alpha (for cosine filters) or the BT (for
Gaussian filters). The alpha or BT indicates the filter roll-off (or excess bandwidth) of the
selected filter which occurs due to the practical inability of filter technology to build a
perfectly square (brick-wall) filter which would have an alpha of 0 (no excess bandwidth).
For example, a typical filter with an alpha of 0.3 has a bandwidth 30% greater than the
theoretical minimum.
The analyzer's digital demodulator produces two signals: a measured and a reference
signal. These signals are called I/Q Measured and I/Q Reference or, for FSK
measurements, FSK Measured and FSK Reference. The following table shows some
examples of filter selection:
If the transmitter
filter is:
The measure filter
should be:
The reference filter
should be:
root raised cosine
root raised cosine
raised cosine
raised cosine
none
raised cosine
Gaussian
none
Gaussian
any type
user defined
any type
You can modify the shape and width of Gaussian and Nyquist (cosine) filters. The shape
and width is defined by the alpha (for cosine filters) or the BT (for Gaussian filters). All
filters are computed to 20 symbols in length. If the filter alpha is < 0.2, the analyzer uses
40 symbols to compute filter length (for most formats).
Matched filtering of a demodulated signal is not available with the MSK demodulators.
The measured filter is normally off. A user defined filter can be selected. Its primary use is
460
Chapter 8
Digital Demod (Option AYA)
Meas Setup
for additional band-limiting and channel equalization.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:FILTer:REFerence
RCOSine|RRCosine|GAUSsian|EDGE|IS95BB|RECTangle|HSINe|U
SER
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:FILTer:REFerence?
Example
DDEM:FILT:REF RCOS
DDEM:FILT:REF?
Notes
Individual Data register selections are greyed out if they do not
contain appropriate data for use as filter coefficients. USER defined
requires you to specify a register (see Ref User Defined).
Preset
RCOS
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Range
Raised Cosine | Root Raised Cosine | Gaussian | EDGE | CDMA
(IS–95 Base) | Rectangular | Half Sine | User Defined
Key Path
Meas Setup, Demod Setup
Ref User Defined Pressing this key causes the Ref Filter to become User Defined. Pressing
it a second time displays a menu that allows you to select the data register which
containing the data that defines the filter.
To define a filter, create a trace file containing the impulse response of the filter. (The
easiest way to start is to export a time domain trace into a file in text or CSV format and
modify it Then recall the file into the desired register. The data must satisfy these criteria:
• Only be real data, not complex
• Only be time-domain data. If the data domain type cannot be determined from the trace
file (unknown domain), the analyzer will default to time-domain data. If any other
domain is used, for example the frequency-domain, the analyzer will reject the
user-defined trace file and use a root raised cosine filter as the Measurement filter and
a raised cosine filter as the Reference filter.
• Contain > 0 and <= 20 symbols (401 samples) in overall length. However, if the filter
alpha is < 0.2, the trace length must be <= 40 symbols (801 samples) in overall length.
• Contain 20 samples-per-symbol. For example, 401 samples = 20 symbols at 20
points-per-symbol.
• Use an odd number of points so that the center of the impulse is positioned on a symbol,
this would be the 201st point in a 401 point trace. The middle sample is assumed to be
Chapter 8
461
Digital Demod (Option AYA)
Meas Setup
at t = 0.
.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:FILTer:REFerence:REGister
D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:FILTer:REFerence:REGister?
Example
DDEM:FILT:REF:REG D1
DDEM:FILT:REF:REG?
Dependencies/Couplings
Filter Alpha influences length constraint (see above) but has no
other effect.
Preset
D1
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Range
Data 1 | Data 2 | Data 3 | Data 4 | Data 5 | Data 6
Key Path
Meas Setup, Demod Setup, Ref Filter
Alpha / BT
Determines the filter characteristics of the Raised cosine, Root-raised cosine and Gaussian
filters used by the analyzer's digital demodulator. These characteristics apply to both the
Meas and Ref filters.
Allowable values,
Raised cosine, root-raised cosine filters: .05 to 1
Gaussian filters: .05 to 100
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:ALPHa <real>
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:ALPHa?
Example
DDEM:ALPH 0.22
DDEM:ALPH?
Dependencies/Couplings
Alpha also determines length criteria for user defined meas and ref
filters
Preset
0.22
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
462
Chapter 8
Digital Demod (Option AYA)
Meas Setup
Min
0.05
Max
100
Key Path
Meas Setup, Demod Setup
Burst/Sync Search
This key displays a menu that allows you to select Burst and Sync searches, and to select
search parameters for the current measurement..
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Meas Setup, Demod Setup
Search Length This defines the time length over which the analyzer will search for a burst
and/or sync word. . You can specify search length in number of symbols or units of time.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:SYNC:SLENgth <time>
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:SYNC:SLENgth?
Example
DDEM:SYNC:SLEN 200 US
DDEM:SYNC:SLEN?
Dependencies/Couplings
Minimum: Meas Interval / Symbol Rate
Maximum: Depends on span
Preset
666.666667E–6
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Min
0
Max
9.9E+37
Key Path
Meas Setup, Demod Setup, Burst/Sync Search
Chapter 8
463
Digital Demod (Option AYA)
Meas Setup
Burst Search This key turns on or off burst search
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:SYNC:BURSt:STATe OFF|ON|0|1
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:SYNC:BURSt:STATe?
Example
DDEM:SYNC:BURS:STAT OFF
DDEM:SYNC:BURS:STAT?
Preset
OFF
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Key Path
Meas Setup, Demod Setup, Burst/Sync Search
Sync Search This key turns on or off Sync Word search. Sync search lets you use a
synchronization pattern to isolate a segment of your signal for display and analysis. The
analyzer searches through demodulated data to find your sync pattern, and then uses the
Result Length to determine how much data to display and the Search Offset to display
data relative to the sync pattern.
Note that the sync pattern must be a multiple of the number of bits-per-symbol. For
example, if the number of bits-per-symbol is 4 (as with 16 QAM), then the number of bits
in the sync pattern must be a multiple of four. Sync search lets you specify any number of
bits for the sync pattern; however, bits that are not a multiple of the bits-per-symbol are
truncated.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:SYNC:SWORd:STATe OFF|ON|0|1
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:SYNC:SWORd:STATe?
Example
DDEM:SYNC:SWOR:STAT OFF
DDEM:SYNC:SWOR:STAT?
Preset
OFF
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Key Path
Meas Setup, Demod Setup, Burst/Sync Search
464
Chapter 8
Digital Demod (Option AYA)
Meas Setup
Sync Pattern This allows you to define a bit pattern for the sync word search. The
maximum length of the pattern is 32 symbols. When you press this key, an editor
dialogappears that allows you to define the pattern in binary or hexadecimal.
The analyzer can only search for search patterns that are a multiple of the number of
bits-per-symbol. The analyzer assembles the bits in the search pattern into an integer
number of symbols, ignoring any trailing bits that cannot complete a full symbol.
For example, if the number of bits-per-symbol is 4 (as with 16 QAM), and your search
pattern contains 18 bits, the analyzer only uses the first 16 bits during sync search and
ignores the last two bits.
Although the underlying sync pattern is binary, the editor allows you to enter bit patterns
in either binary or hexadecimal.
Hexadecimal entries are in symbol table hex format. In this format, each symbol is
represented by 1 to 3 hex digits. The least significant bits are used make up the symbol
and any extra bits are ignored. Thus, for 6 bits per symbol, the binary value of 101101 is
encoded in hex as 2D. If you entered AD as the symbol value, it would be converted to the
same binary value as 2D would, because the upper 2 bits would be ignored. 3-bit-wide
symbols are represented by 1 hex digit with the most significant bit ignored.
Predefined sync patterns are available for GSM/EDGE and APSK. If you choose one of
these formats from the list, it populates the sync pattern hex and binary text boxes with
their predefined value.
When Separate Symbols is turned on , spaces appear between symbols in the binary
representation.
You can navigate around the dialog without needing a mouse. Pressing tab right and tab
left move you from one control to the next. Arrow keys and the knob can be used to
navigate within a list or editing box. The space key will toggle the Separate Symbols check
box on and off. Softkeys and the numeric entry keys are used to enter patterns. Press
Select or Done to complete the entry. Cancel or Return returns exits the dialog without
changing the pattern.
Chapter 8
465
Digital Demod (Option AYA)
Meas Setup
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:SYNC:SWORd:PATTern <string>
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:SYNC:SWORd:PATTern?
Example
DDEM:SYNC:SWOR:PATT '1011010'
DDEM:SYNC:SWOR:PATT?
Notes
<string> must be a string of 1s and 0s only. The maximum string
length is 320 bits.
Preset
=""
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Key Path
Meas Setup, Demod Setup, Burst/Sync Search
Sync Offset This key specifies the time (in symbols) between the start of the measurement
466
Chapter 8
Digital Demod (Option AYA)
Meas Setup
data and the start of the sync word. If positive, the sync word starts after the start of the
measurement data. If negative, the sync word starts before the start of the measurement
data.
The minimum and maximum offsets you can enter depend on these parameters:
Search Length
Result Length
Sync Pattern
Basically, you can enter any offset such that the result length falls within the search
length. Increasing any of these parameters affects the maximum positive or negative offset
that you can enter as follows:
Increasing search length increases the maximum positive or negative offset that you
can enter.
Increasing result length decreases the maximum negative offset that you can enter but
has no effect on the maximum positive offset.
Increasing the length of the sync pattern decreases the maximum positive offset that
you can enter but has no effect on the maximum negative offset.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:SYNC:SWORd:OFFSet <integer>
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:SYNC:SWORd:OFFSet?
Example
DDEM:SYNC:SWOR:OFFS –3
DDEM:SYNC:SWOR:OFFS?
Dependencies/Couplings
Max and min constrained by Search Length, Sync Pattern length
Preset
0
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Min
see coupling
Max
see coupling
Key Path
Meas Setup, Demod Setup, Burst/Sync Search
Advanced Dig Demod
This key displays a menu that allows you to select advanced demodulation parameters for
the current measurement. These settings are for advanced users and do not normally
Chapter 8
467
Digital Demod (Option AYA)
Meas Setup
require adjustment for most common measurements.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Meas Setup, Demod Setup
Clock Adjust This key allows you to adjust symbol clock timing in fractions of a symbol.
The adjustment is relative to the symbol clock time that is computed by the demodulation
algorithm. Some digital communications systems contain nonlinearities that can bias the
digital demodulator's estimation of the symbol clock position. You can use clock adjust to
compensate for this offset and obtain a lower EVM (Error Vector Magnitude).
Specifying a clock adjust only affects the I/Q measured trace. It does not affect the I/Q
reference trace.
Use the eye diagram with an eye length of one (1) to observe the accuracy of the symbol
clock timing. You may also want to monitor the EVM (Error Vector Magnitude) in the
symbol table summary while adjusting clock adjust to obtain the optimum symbol timing.
Clock adjust is reset to 0.0 on power-up or when you select Preset.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:CADJust <real>
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:CADJust?
Example
DDEM:CADJ 0.14
DDEM:CADJ?
Notes
The parameter is interpreted as a fraction of a sample
Preset
0
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Min
–0.5
Max
0.5
Key Path
Meas Setup, Advanced Dig Demod
IQ Rotation This rotates the Meas/Ref Time data and corresponding ideal state positions
468
Chapter 8
Digital Demod (Option AYA)
Meas Setup
by a user defined amount ranging from –360 degrees to 360 degrees. The Rotation
parameter affects the IQ Gain Imbalance and Quadrature Skew error data results.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:CALCulate:DDEMod:IQRotation <real>
:CALCulate:DDEMod:IQRotation?
Example
CALC:DDEM:IQR 45
CALC:DDEM:IQR?
Notes
The numeric parameter is interpreted as degrees.
Preset
0
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Min
–360
Max
360
Key Path
Meas Setup, Advanced Dig Demod
IQ Normalize Turns IQ Normalize on and off. When IQ Normalize is on, the Meas Time
and Ref Time data is normalized so the extreme points have a value of 1. For quadrature
modulation types, the outermost points of the constellation are normalized to 1. (Note, for
non-square QAM constellation, the points that appear at the corners of the containing
square are normalized to 1.) For FSK constellations, the deviation is normalized to 1.
When IQ Normalize is turned off, the actual data values based on the input signal level are
plotted on the constellation.
When normalization is ON, the analyzer normalizes or scales the demodulated trace data
results to a nominal value of 1. Normalization is performed on these traces:
IQ measured time for Digital, WLAN-OFDM, WLAN-DSSS/CCK/PBSS, WCDMA,
cdma2000, TD-SCDMA and 1xEV-DO demodulation.
IQ reference time for Digital, WLAN-OFDM, WLAN-DSSS/CCK/PBSS, WCDMA,
cdma2000, TD-SCDMA and 1xEV-DO demodulation.
Error vector time
FSK measured time (FSK measurements)
FSK measured reference (FSK measurements)
Carrier error magnitude (FSK measurements)
FSK error (FSK measurements)
Chapter 8
469
Digital Demod (Option AYA)
Meas Setup
CDP and CDE measurements for W-CDMA, cdma2000 1xEV-DO and TD-SCDMA
demodulation)
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:CALCulate:DDEMod:NORMalize OFF|ON|0|1
:CALCulate:DDEMod:NORMalize:?
Example
CALC:DDEM:NORM ON
CALC:DDEM:NORM?
Preset
ON
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Key Path
Meas Setup, Advanced Dig Demod
APSK R2 / R1 This allows you to specify the expected ratio between the two inner rings for
APSK modulation formats.
APSK R2 / R1 determines the Ring 2 to Ring 1 ratio for APSK format measurements.
The ring ratio is the ratio of the magnitude of symbol states on a ring (R2) to the
magnitude of symbol states on the inner ring (R1). R2 / R1 is a valid parameter for both 16
APSK and 32 APSK format measurements.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:APSK:R2Ratio <real>
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:APSK:R2Ratio?
Example
DDEM:APSK:R2R 3
DDEM:APSK:R2R?
Notes
Affects the position of the ideal state indicators on constellation
diagrams
Preset
2.84
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Min
1.25
Max
8
470
Chapter 8
Digital Demod (Option AYA)
Meas Setup
Meas Setup, Advanced Dig Demod
Key Path
APSK R3 / R1 This allows you to specify the expected ratio between the outer and inner
rings for APSK32 modulation formats.
APSK R3 / R1 determines the Ring 3 to Ring 1 ratio for APSK format measurements.
The ring ratio is the ratio of the magnitude of symbol states on a ring (R3) to the
magnitude of symbol states on the inner ring (R1). R3 / R1 is a valid parameter only for 32
APSK format measurements.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:APSK:R3Ratio <real>
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:APSK:R3Ratio?
Example
DDEM:APSK:R3R 5
DDEM:APSK:R3R?
Notes
Affects the position of the ideal state indicators on constellation
diagrams
Preset
5.27
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Min
1.5625
Max
10
Key Path
Meas Setup, Advanced Dig Demod
Low SNR Enhancement Enhances the ability of the demodulator to lock on to signals with
low SNR. This process reduces the frequency lock range and enables additional filtering.
This filtering allows the demodulator to lock in the presence of more. To compensate for the
smaller frequency lock range, the frequency estimate is tracked from measurement to
measurement. An exponential average is used and the output of this average becomes the
starting point for the next frequency estimate for the next measurement.
This enhancement is only available for the following modulation formats:
• All QAM and DVB QAM formats
• BPSK, QPSK, and 8PSK
Chapter 8
471
Digital Demod (Option AYA)
Meas Setup
• All APSK (amplitude/phase shift keying) and DVB APSK formats
• EDGE
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:LSNR OFF|ON|0|1
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:LSNR?
Example
DDEM:LSNR OFF
DDEM:LSNR?
Notes
Softkey is greyed out for formats not supported.
Preset
OFF
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Key Path
Meas Setup, Advanced Dig Demod
Adaptive Equalizer Setup
This key displays a menu that allows you to select Adaptive Equalizer parameters for the
current measurement. Adaptive equalization removes linear errors from modulated
signals by dynamically creating and applying a FIR (feed-forward) compensating filter.
Linear errors can come from filters in a transmitter or receiver's IF, or from the presence of
multiple paths in the transmission path, such as reflections in a cable system. These types
of problems appear as group-delay distortion, frequency-response errors (tilt, ripple), and
reflections or multipath distortion.
Equalization allows measurement of some impaired channels and can be used to isolate
linear from nonlinear error mechanisms. Equalization does not require symbol lock or
prior knowledge of the signal (such as a training sequence) and is compatible with
recorded data.
By default, the equalization filter has a unit impulse response which yields a flat
frequency response (only one tap in the filter has a non-zero value and data simply passes
through the filter). The position of the unit impulse is a function of the filter length and is
positioned to provide the most optimum efficiency for most situations. The position cannot
be adjusted.
The equalization filter has a unit impulse response when you:
first run the application
reset the equalizer filter
change points/symbol.
472
Chapter 8
Digital Demod (Option AYA)
Meas Setup
change the measured or reference filter
change the symbol rate
change the clock delay adjustment
change the equalizer filter length
preset the application
Aside from the above conditions, the application uses the last computed coefficients when
you enable equalization. For example, if you used equalization in a previous
measurement, the application uses the coefficients from the previous measurement unless
you select reset the equalization filter or change [points/symbol]. Therefore, it is good
practice to reset the equalization filter to initialize the filter coefficients before you start a
measurement.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Meas Setup
Filter
Turns adaptive equalization filter on or off. Adaptive equalization uses the measured
signal to determine the coefficients of the equalization filter.
When equalization is, the equalization filter has a unit impulse response. The length of the
filter determines the position of the unit impulse response in the filter. The impulse is
located in the center of the filter for short filter lengths. As the filter length increases, the
impulse moves, proportionally, towards the start of the filter to handle channels with large
delay-spread.
If Adaptive is set to run, the analyzer uses the results of the current measurement to
update the filter coefficients for the next measurement. The analyzer chooses coefficients
that produce a modulation quality metric that is less impacted by the presence of linear
distortion.
If Adaptive is set to hold, the analyzer does not update the filter coefficients. Instead, the
analyzer uses the last updated coefficients before selecting hold.
You can select run or hold at any time to continue or stop updating filter coefficients.
Note that the analyzer does not redefine the equalization filter to have a unit impulse
response when you select run or when you turn the equalization filter off and then on
instead, the analyzer uses the last updated filter coefficients.
Equalization is applied to time-domain data. To see where equalization is applied, see the
block diagram for [Digital Demodulation] in this block diagram, equalization is applied in
Chapter 8
473
Digital Demod (Option AYA)
Meas Setup
the time-domain corrections block.
For best results, make sure you select a frequency span that contains all energy of your
signal. If significant energy from your signal falls outside of the displayed frequency span,
equalization will not work on your signal.
You can define the length of the equalization filter (in symbols) and set the convergence
(convergence determines the size of the steps used to reshape the equalization filter). For
additional details about these parameters, see online help for convergence and filter
length.
You can use equalization with pulse search and sync search. Note, however, that the
adaptive equalizer does not update the filter coefficients when a "Pulse Not Found"
condition exists. In other words, if pulse search is on and the measurement results in a
"pulse not found" message, the results of that measurement will not affect the equalization
filter coefficients. The same is true if sync search is on and the measurement results in a
"SYNC NOT FOUND" message.
The following parameters affect measurement speed when using adaptive equalization:
result length
filter length (for the equalization filter)
points/symbol
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:EQUalization:STATe OFF|ON|0|1
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:EQUalization:STATe?
Example
DDEM:EQU:STAT ON
DDEM:EQU:STAT?
Preset
OFF
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Key Path
Meas Setup, Adaptive Equalizer Setup
Filter Length
Sets the length (in symbols) of the for the analyzer's equalization filter.
In general, the best filter length is the smallest that meets your measurement
requirements. For measurements at the transmitter, the filter length may only need to be
a few symbols in length. Longer filter lengths may be needed to measure multi-path
environments.
474
Chapter 8
Digital Demod (Option AYA)
Meas Setup
The filter length also determines the placement of the impulse response in the equalization
filter. For longer filter lengths, the analyzer puts the initial, unit impulse response closer
to the beginning of the time record to accommodate multi-path measurements, as follows:
Filter Length
Unit Impulse Response Position
(symbol)
(symbol)
3 to 31
(length – 1)/2
31 to 75
15
75 to 99
(length)/5
For example, if the filter length is 11, the unit impulse response is positioned at symbol 5.
If the filter length is 35, the unit impulse response is positioned at symbol 15.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:EQUalization:FLENgth <integer>
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:EQUalization:FLENgth?
Example
DDEM:EQU:FLEN 31
DDEM:EQU:FLEN?
Notes
Must be an odd number. If an even number is entered, it is rounded
up to the next odd.
Preset
21
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Min
3
Max
99
Key Path
Meas Setup, Adaptive Equalizer Setup
Convergence
Sets the adaptive filter convergence factor higher to converge faster. Note that too high a
Chapter 8
475
Digital Demod (Option AYA)
Meas Setup
value can cause the filter to not converge. Set convergence factor smaller for better
accuracy.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:EQUalization:CONVergence <real>
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:EQUalization:CONVergence?
Example
DDEM:EQU:CONV 2
DDEM:EQU:CONV?
Preset
1
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Min
0
Max
10000000
Key Path
Meas Setup, Adaptive Equalizer Setup
Hold
Turns the filter coefficient updates on or off. Normally the adaptation algorithm updates
the filter coefficients after each scan. When Hold is on, the coefficients of the equalization
filter are frozen, that is., the adaptive filter becomes fixed. When you turn Hold off again,
the coefficients are again allowed to adapt, starting from where they currently are.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:EQUalization:HOLD OFF|ON|0|1
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:EQUalization:HOLD?
Example
DDEM:EQU:HOLD ON
DDEM:EQU:HOLD?
Preset
OFF
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Key Path
Meas Setup, Adaptive Equalizer Setup
476
Chapter 8
Digital Demod (Option AYA)
Meas Setup
Reset Filter Coefficients
This function resets the adaptive filter coefficients to 1.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:EQUalization:RESet
Example
DDEM:EQU:RES
Key Path
Meas Setup, Adaptive Equalizer Setup
Preset to Standard
This key allows you to preset Digital Demod Setup parameters and Span to measure a
wide variety of standard digital communications formats. Preset to Standard does not
constrain you from afterward making any possible adjustment to measurement
parameters. The following standard presets are available:
• Cellular: IS–95 Base and Mobile, GSM, EDGE, CDPD, NADC, PDC, PHP, 3GPP
(W-CDMA)
• Wireless Networking: 802.11b, HIPERLAN/1 (HBR and LBR), Bluetooth, ZigBee 868,
915, and 2450
• Digital Video: DTV8, DTV16, DVB16, DVB32, DVB64, DVB128, DVB256, DVB 16APSK
with code rates 2/3 to 9/10, DVB 32 APSK with code rates 3/4 to 9/10.
• Other: APCO 25, DECT, TETRA, VDL Mode 3
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:DDEMod:STANdard:PRESet
CDMABTS|CDMAMS|CDPD|EDGE|GSM|NADC|PDC|PHS|WCDMA|BLUETOO
TH|HIPERLANHBR|HIPERLANLBR|WLAN11B|ZIGBEE2450|ZIGBEE868
|ZIGBEE915|DTV8|DTV16|DVB16|DVB32|DVB64|DVB128|DVB256|D
VB16APSK23|DVB16APSK34|DVB16APSK45|DVB16APSK56|DVB16APS
K89|DVB16APSK910|DVB32APSK34|DVB32APSK45|DVB32APSK56|DV
B32APSK89|DVB32APSK910|APCO|DECT|TETRA|VDL3
Example
DDEM:STAN:PRES CDMABTS
Key Path
Meas Setup
Chapter 8
477
Digital Demod (Option AYA)
Meas Setup
Meas Preset
This key performs the same function as Meas Setup, Preset to Standard, W-CDMA. For
more information, see the section under the Preset key in the Utility section.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Meas Setup
478
Chapter 8
Digital Demod (Option AYA)
Sweep/Control
Sweep/Control
This key provides a menu that allows you to select Sweep/Control parameters for the
current measurement.
For more information see: Measurement Functions, Sweep/Control
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Meas Setup
Chapter 8
479
Digital Demod (Option AYA)
AMPTD Y Scale
AMPTD Y Scale
This key displays a menu that allows you to select amplitude or Y-scale parameters for the
current measurement.
For more information see: Analyzer Setup Functions, AMPTD Y-Scale
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Front Panel
Attenuation
Attenuation functionality is not available for this measurement.
AMPTD Y Scale
Key Path
Internal Preamp
Internal Preamplifier functionality is not available for this measurement.
AMPTD Y Scale
Key Path
480
Chapter 8
Digital Demod (Option AYA)
Auto Couple
Auto Couple
The Auto Couple key forces all Auto / Man functions into Auto. These include the following
functions. Other measurement specific functions will be listed in their individual PDs.
Note that this key does not invoke the Auto tune function, nor does it cause any Y
autoscaling or Input Auto ranging.
• Frequency Step
• X Scale
• Y Axis Unit Preference
• Frequency Points
• Playback Start/Stop
For more information see: Analyzer Setup Functions, Auto Couple
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Front Panel
Chapter 8
481
Digital Demod (Option AYA)
BW
BW
The BW key displays a menu that allows you to set the FFT Window for the spectrum
measurement result. All other softkeys are unavailable (greyed out) for this measurement.
For more information see: Analyzer Setup Functions, BW
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Front Panel
FFT Window
This key allows you to choose the Window function that is applied to the time data prior to
the FFT calculation used for Spectrum, Error Vector Spectrum, IQ Meas Spectrum, and IQ
Ref Spectrum results.
For more information see: Analyzer Setup Functions, BW, FFT Window
Mode
VSA
Key Path
BW
482
Chapter 8
Digital Demod (Option AYA)
FREQ Channel
FREQ Channel
This key displays a menu that allows control over the Center, Start, or Stop Frequency
settings.
The maximum allowed span (Stop Freq – Start Freq) is coupled to symbol rate. See Symbol
rate for more information.
For more information see: Analyzer Setup Functions, FREQ Channel
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Front Panel
Chapter 8
483
Digital Demod (Option AYA)
Input/Output
Input/Output
This key displays a menu that allows you to select input/output parameters for the
measurement data.
For more information see: Analyzer Setup Functions, Input/Output
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Front Panel
484
Chapter 8
Digital Demod (Option AYA)
Source
Source
This key displayso a menu that allows you to select source parameters for the current
measurement.
For more information see: Analyzer Setup Functions, Source
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Front Panel
Chapter 8
485
Digital Demod (Option AYA)
SPAN X Scale
SPAN X Scale
This key displaysto a menu that allows you to select span or X-scale parameters for the
current measurement.
Maximum span is coupled to symbol rate. See Symbol rate for more information.
For more information see: Analyzer Setup Functions, SPAN X-Scale
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Front Panel
486
Chapter 8
Digital Demod (Option AYA)
Trace/Detector
Trace/Detector
This section details the trace results accessible via the Data softkey and also via SCPI.
Note that when the modulation format is one of the FSK types, the available trace data
results are different.
For more information, see Analyzer Setup, Trace/Detector on page 226.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Front Panel
Select Trace
This key provides access to a menu that allows you to select a trace for the current
measurement.
For more information, see Analyzer Setup, Trace/detector, Select Trace on page 226.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector
Data
This key displaysa menu of trace data choices for the selected trace.
For more information, see Analyzer Setup, Trace/detector, Data on page 228.
The following trace data results are available for all modulation formats but FSK:
Table 8-1
Trace data
soft key name
SCPI string form
Description
Spectrum
"Spectrum1"
Averaged result of successive Inst Spectrum results (If
RMS or Max averaging is on). Otherwise, FFT of
current windowed Main (or Gate) Time
Chapter 8
487
Digital Demod (Option AYA)
Trace/Detector
Table 8-1
Trace data
soft key name
SCPI string form
Description
Inst Spectrum
"Inst Spectrum1"
Instantaneous Spectrum is the FFT of the current
windowed Main (or Gate) Time. It is instantaneous in
the sense that it isn't rms averaged, but it may
included time-averaged data.
Search Time
"Search Time1"
Entire time data (after corrections) that will be
searched (when Burst search or Sync search is on).
Time
"Time1"
Time data used as input to demodulation. If Burst or
Sync search is on, this is the time data that fulfills the
search criteria.
Raw Main Time
"Raw Main Time1"
Time record as it comes from the hardware, before
software resampling or corrections
IQ Meas Time
"IQ Meas Time1"
Demodulated Time Trace
IQ Meas
Spectrum
"IQ Meas Spec1"
Averaged result of successive Inst IQ Meas Spectrum if
RMS or Max averaging is on. Otherwise, same as Inst
IQ Meas Spectrum
Inst IQ Meas
Spectrum
"Inst IQ Meas
Spec1"
Instantaneous (not averaged) FFT of current IQ Meas
Time
IQ Ref Time
"IQ Ref Time1"
Reconstructed ideal time waveform to compare IQ
Meas Time against
IQ Ref
Spectrum
"IQ Ref Spec1"
Averaged result of successive Inst IQ Ref Spectrum if
RMS or Max averaging is on. Otherwise, same as Inst
IQ Ref Spectrum
Inst IQ Ref
Spectrum
"Inst IQ Ref
Spec1"
Instantaneous (not averaged) FFT of IQ Ref Time
Error Vector
Time
"Error Vector
Time1"
Vector difference between IQ Meas Time and IQ Ref
Time at each point in time.
Error Vector
Spectrum
"Error Vector
Spec1"
Averaged result of Inst Error Vector Spectrum if RMS
or Max averaging is on. Otherwise, same as Inst Error
Vector Spectrum.
Inst Error
Vector
Spectrum
"Inst Err Vect
Spec1"
FFT of Error Vector Time
IQ Mag Error
"IQ Mag Error1"
Difference in length of the IQ Meas Time vector and IQ
Ref Time vector at each point in time. Expressed as a %
of Ref Time length.
IQ Phase Error
"IQ Phase Error1"
Difference in phase of the IQ Meas Time vector and IQ
Ref Time vector at each point in time.
488
Chapter 8
Digital Demod (Option AYA)
Trace/Detector
Table 8-1
Trace data
soft key name
SCPI string form
Description
Equalizer
Impulse
Response
"Eq Impulse
Response1"
Impulse response of the adaptive equalizer (no data is
available if equalizer is off)
Channel
Frequency
Response
"Ch Frequency
Response1"
FFT of Equalizer Freq Response
Symbols/Errors
"Syms/Errs1"
Shows table of error statistics and a listing of symbol
data. Only symbol results can be obtained using
CALC:DDEM:DATA (see Table Data for how to retrieve
tabular results).
No Data
"No Data"
Blank Trace
If the modulation format is FSK, then the following replace the IQ measurement and
reference time and spectrum data, and error vector magnitude data:
Table 8-2
Trace data
soft key name
SCPI string form
Description
FSK Meas Time
"FSK Meas Time1"
Demodulated Time Trace
FSK Meas
Spectrum
"FSK Meas Spec1"
Averaged result of successive Inst FSK Meas Spectrum
if RMS or Max averaging is on. Otherwise, same as Inst
FSK Meas Spectrum
Inst FSK Meas
Spectrum
"Inst FSK Meas
Spec1"
Instantaneous (not averaged) FFT of FSK Meas Time
FSK Ref Time
"FSK Ref Time1"
Reconstructed ideal time waveform to compare FSK
Meas Time against
FSK Ref
Spectrum
"FSK Ref Spec1"
Averaged result of successive Inst FSK Ref Spectrum if
RMS or Max averaging is on. Otherwise, same as Inst
FSK Ref Spectrum
Inst FSK Ref
Spectrum
"Inst FSK Ref
Spec1"
Instantaneous (not averaged) FFT of FSK Ref Time
FSK Error Time
"FSK Error Time1"
Difference between FSK Meas Time and FSK Ref Time
at each point in time.
FSK Error
Spectrum
"FSK Error Spec1"
Averaged result of successive Inst FSK Error Spectrum
if RMS or Max averaging is on. Otherwise, same as Inst
FSK Error Spectrum.
Chapter 8
489
Digital Demod (Option AYA)
Trace/Detector
Table 8-2
Trace data
soft key name
SCPI string form
Description
Inst FSK Error
Spectrum
"Inst FSK Err
Spec1"
Instantaneous (not averaged) FFT of FSK Error
Spectrum
Carrier Mag
Error
"Carrier Mag
Error1"
Amplitude error of carrier, relative to average
amplitude.
The following Trace Data types are available in all measurements:
Table 8-3
Soft Key Name
SCPI string form
No Data
"No Data"
Spectrum
"Spectrum1"
Inst Spectrum
"Inst Spectrum1"
Raw Main Time
"Raw Main Time1"
OBW Summary Trace 1
"OBW Summary Trc1"
OBW Summary Trace 2
"OBW Summary Trc2"
OBW Summary Trace 3
"OBW Summary Trc3"
OBW Summary Trace 4
"OBW Summary Trc4"
ACP Summary Trace 1
"ACP Summary Trc1"
ACP Summary Trace 2
" ACP Summary Trc2"
ACP Summary Trace 3
" ACP Summary Trc3"
ACP Summary Trace 4
" ACP Summary Trc4"
For more information see: Analyzer Setup Functions, Trace/Detector, Data
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector
490
Chapter 8
Digital Demod (Option AYA)
Trace/Detector
Channel 1
Displaysa menu that allows you to select a channel for assignment of trace Data.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data,
Table data
One table is available in the Digital Demod measurement. It is displayed when you choose
Symbols/Errors as trace data. The available tabular data changes depending on the
modulation format chosen (see Meas Setup, Digital Demod, Format). These values may be
obtained using the CALC:DDEM:DATA:TABL commands (see
Table 8-4
Result name
Available in
Demod Format:
Displayed Unit
Remote Name
Remote Unit
EVM (rms)
All but FSK
%rms
EvmRms
%rms
EVM (peak)
All but FSK
%pk
EvmPeak
%pk
EVM (peak)
symbol number
All but FSK
Offset EVM (rms)
OQPSK
%rms
OffsetEvmRms
%rms
Offset EVM
(peak)
OQPSK
%pk
OffsetEvmPea
k
%pk
Offset EVM
(peak) symbol
number
OQPSK
FSK error (rms)
FSK
%rms
FskErrRms
%rms
FSK error(peak)
FSK
%pk
FskErrPeak
%pk
FSK error (peak)
symbol number
FSK
Mag error (rms)
All
%rms
MagErrRms
%rms
Mag error (peak)
All
%pk
MagErrPeak
%pk
Mag error (peak)
symbol number
All
Phase error (rms)
All but FSK
Chapter 8
EvmPeakSym
OffsetEvmPea
kSym
FskErrPeakSy
m
MagErrPeakSy
m
deg
PhaseErrRms
deg
491
Digital Demod (Option AYA)
Trace/Detector
Table 8-4
Result name
Available in
Demod Format:
Displayed Unit
Remote Name
Remote Unit
Phase error
(peak)
All but FSK
deg
PhaseErrPeak
deg
Phase error
(peak) symbol
number
All but FSK
Frequency Error
All but FSK
Hz
FreqErr
Hz
Carrier Offset
FSK
Hz
FskCarrOffs
Hz
SNR(MER)
QPSK, QAM,
APSK, VSB
dB
SigToNoise
dB
FSK Deviation
FSK
Hz
FskDev
Hz
Pilot Level
8VSB
dB
PilotLevel
dB
TimeOffset
APSK (triggered)
s
TimeOffset
s
IQ Offset
All but FSK or
VSB
dB
IqOffset
dB
Amplitude Droop
MSK2, PSK
(except QPSK,
OQPSK)
dB/sym
AmpDroop
dB/sym
Rho
QPSK, OQPSK
Quadrature Error
All but BPSK,
VSB, FSK
deg
QuadErr
deg
IQ Gain
Imbalance
All but BPSK,
VSB, FSK
dB
IqGainImbalan
ce
dB
Ring2 to Ring1
Ratio
APSK
R2Ratio
Ring3 to Ring1
Ratio
APSK32
R3Ratio
Peak EVM (rms)
EDGE
%
PeakEvmRms
%
95% EVM
EDGE
%
NinetyFivePer
centEvm
%
PhaseErrPeak
Sym
Rho
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector
492
Chapter 8
Digital Demod (Option AYA)
Trace/Detector
Chapter 8
493
Digital Demod (Option AYA)
Marker
Marker
The Marker key displays the Marker menu. A marker can be placed on a trace to allow the
value of the trace data at the marker position to be determined precisely. Markers may
also be used in pairs to read the difference (or delta) between two data points. They can
also be used to make power calculation over a band of frequencies or a time interval. See
Marker Functions below for more details.
The functions in this menu include a 1-of-N selection of the control mode Normal, Delta,
Fixed, or Off for the selected marker. The control mode is described below.
Pressing Marker always makes the selected maker's X position the active function.
If the currently selected marker is Off, pressing Marker sets it to Normal mode and places
it at the center of the screen on the currently selected trace.
As a convenience, if there are no markers displayed on the current trace, pressing the
marker hardkey (whenever the marker menu is already showing) selects the lowest
numbered marker that is currently off and turns it on in normal mode on the selected
trace. In other words, pressing the Marker hardkey twice will always turn on a marker on
the selected trace if none was turned on before.
For more information see the Analyzer Setup, Marker for a description of this function.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Front Panel
494
Chapter 8
Digital Demod (Option AYA)
Marker Fctn (Function)
Marker Fctn (Function)
This key provides access to a menu that allows you to select marker functions for the
current measurement.
For more information see: Analyzer Setup Functions, marker Fctn
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Front Panel
Chapter 8
495
Digital Demod (Option AYA)
Marker To
Marker To
The Marker -> hardkey provides access to some convenient functions for copying the
marker position to a number of frequency and Y-axis scaling parameters. These functions
are available from the front panel only. No SCPI is provided, because you can already read
the marker position via SCPI and then set any frequency or scaling parameter accordingly,
with full accuracy.
Pressing the Marker -> hardkey always makes the selected marker's X position the active
function.
If the selected marker is off, pressing the Marker -> hardkey turns on the selected marker
in normal mode on the currently selected trace.For more information see: Analyzer Setup
Functions, Marker To
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Front Panel
496
Chapter 8
Digital Demod (Option AYA)
Peak Search
Peak Search
The Peak Search hardkey displays a menu that allows markers to be easily moved among
peaks on a trace. It also is used to perform the Peak Search function, as described below.
Pressing Peak Search also makes the selected marker's X position the active function.For
more information see: Analyzer Setup Functions, Peak Search
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Front Panel
Chapter 8
497
Digital Demod (Option AYA)
Peak Search
498
Chapter 8
9
WLAN OFDM (Option B7R)
This key selects the VSA WLAN OFDM measurement.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Meas
:CONFigure:W11A
:CONFigure:W11A:NDEFault
:FETCh:W11A[n]?
:INITiate:W11A
:MEASure:W11A[n]?
:READ:W11A[n]?
This standard remote result is also available thru the CALC:DATA<n> set of queries,
where <n> is a reference to the trace number. The results assigned to each trace vary
depending on which tests are enabled. As an example, with the default trace layout, these
results in the Error Summary results are returned by CALC:W11A:DATA4:TABLE? See
Common Functions, Data Queries, CALCulate:DATA for more details.
The following table denotes the VSA WLAN OFDM specific results returned from the
(FETCh|MEASure|READ):W11A commands, and their corresponding CALC:DATA
queries, indexed by subopcode.
Note that valid results are only returned if the Symbols/Errors trace is being computed. It
must be selected though it is not necessary for it to be shown in the current Layout.
NOTE: For Trace Data SCPI commands and remote results see Help for the MEAS key.
Results table (with subopcodes):
Table 9-1
N
Results Returned
499
WLAN OFDM (Option B7R)
Table 9-1
Not specified
or n=1
Returns 22 comma-separated scalar results, corresponding exactly to
the items returned in the Error Summary:
1. EVM (dB)
2. EVM (% rms)
3. Pilot EVM (dB)
4. CPE (%)
5. Frequency Error (Hz)
6. IQ Offset (dB)
7. IQ Quadrature Error (deg)
8. IQ Gain Imbalance (dB)
9. Sync Correlation (1.0 = ideal)
10. Symbol Clock Error (ppm)
11. Modulation Format
12. Octets (bytes)
13. Symbols
14. Code Rate (ratio)
15. Bit Rate (bps)
If the results are not available, NaN (9.91e37) is returned.
NOTE: For Trace Data SCPI commands and remote results see Help for the MEAS key.
Modulation Format enumerations:
Table 9-2
Enumeration
Meaning
0
Unknown
1
BPSK
2
QPSK
4
16QAM
6
64QAM
500
Chapter 9
WLAN OFDM (Option B7R)
View/Display
View/Display
The view setup can be changed by selections from the View/Display menu, including by
pressing View Preset: Basic.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Front-panel key
Preset View
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:DISPlay:W11A:VIEW:PRESet BASic|EVM|POWer|DIAGnostic
Example
DISP:W11A:VIEW:PRES BAS
Key Path
(SCPI only)
Preset View: Basic
This preset view consists of the following traces in a Grid 2x2 layout:
1. IQ Meas Time in I-Q format
2. Spectrum in Log Mag (dB) format
3. Search Time in Log Mag (dB) format
4. Symbols/Errors
The Preset View: Basic softkey does an immediate action of changing the layout and view
to this state. This Preset View is an action, not a state.
This layout is the layout set by Meas Preset and is good for insuring that the signal is
being demodulated correctly, as well as giving visibility to many basic demodulation setup
problems.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:DISPlay:W11A:VIEW:PRESet BASic
Chapter 9
501
WLAN OFDM (Option B7R)
View/Display
Example
DISP:W11A:VIEW:PRES BAS
Key Path
View/Display
Preset View: EVM
This preset view consists of the following traces in a Stacked layout:
1. Error Vector Spectrum in Linear Mag format
2. Symbols/Errors
This layout is for more detailed EVM analysis.
The Preset View: EVM softkey does an immediate action of changing the layout and view
to this state. This Preset View is an action, not a state.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:DISPlay:W11A:VIEW:PRESet EVM
502
Chapter 9
WLAN OFDM (Option B7R)
View/Display
Example
DISP:W11A:VIEW:PRES EVM
Key Path
View/Display
Preset View: Power
This preset view consists of the following traces in a Grid 2x2 layout:
1. Spectrum in Log Mag (dB) format
2. Time in Log Mag (dB) format
3. Search Time in Log Mag (dB) format
4. CCDF in Log Mag (Linear Unit) format
This layout is oriented towards examining the signal in the Time and Power domain.
The Preset View: Basic softkey does an immediate action of changing the layout and view
Chapter 9
503
WLAN OFDM (Option B7R)
View/Display
to this state. This Preset View is an action, not a state.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:DISPlay:W11A:VIEW:PRESet POWer
Example
DISP:W11A:VIEW:PRES POW
Key Path
View/Display
Preset View: Diagnostic
This preset view consists of the following traces in a Grid 2x2 layout:
1. Error Vector Spectrum in Linear Mag format
2. Ch Frequency Response in Log Mag (dB) format
3. Error Vector Time in Linear Mag format
4. Common Pilot Error in Wrap Phase format
504
Chapter 9
WLAN OFDM (Option B7R)
View/Display
This layout is useful for diagnosing modulation impairments and errors.
The Preset View: Basic softkey does an immediate action of changing the layout and view
to this state. This Preset View is an action, not a state.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:DISPlay:W11A:VIEW:PRESet DIAGnostic
Example
DISP:W11A:VIEW:PRES DIAGnostic
Key Path
View/Display
Chapter 9
505
WLAN OFDM (Option B7R)
Meas Setup
Meas Setup
This key provides a menu allowing you to select measurement parameters for the current
measurement.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Front Panel
Avg Number
This key turns averaging on or off and sets the number of time records whose
measurement results will be averaged. For more information see Measurement Functions,
Meas Setup, Avg Numbe.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Meas Setup
Averaging applies to a limited set of measurement results in VSA WLAN OFDM. RMS
and Max average types apply to the Spectrum and Ch Frequency Response traces. The
behavior for these types is the same as in the Vector Analysis Measurement. Averaging of
numeric error data in the symbol table is described below:
Average Type
Average Mode
Effects of averaging
RMS, Time
any (single
sweep)
After each scan, the Syms/Err table shows a running (linear)
average over past scans for each parameter in the table. Peak or
position parameters are not averaged. Parameters that appear in
the table in dB are converted to linear units in order to average
them. The measurement stops after the specified Avg Number of
scans.
RMS, Time
repeat
(continuous
sweep)
Same as above, except that averages are reset after the specified Avg
Number of scans, and the measurement continues.
RMS, Time
exponential
(continuous
sweep)
Same as the single sweep case until the specified Avg Number of
scans is complete. After that, averaging continues using exponential
weighting.
506
Chapter 9
WLAN OFDM (Option B7R)
Meas Setup
Max
any
After each scan, compares each parameter in the table with the
current scan's value and keeps the maximum. Symbol positions
relate to the maximum peak value seen.
Average Mode
Average Mode determines what happens if the Sweep Control is in Continuous mode and
the number of time records processed exceeds the Average Number (see above). If the
Sweep Control is in Single mode, this setting has no effect. For more information see
Measurement Functions, Meas Setup, Average Mode.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Meas Setup
Demod Setup
This key brings up a menu of commonly used demodulation setup parameters.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Meas Setup
Data Modulation Detect
This key allows you to select whether the data subcarrier modulation format is
automatically detected or manually set to the particular modulation format selected by
Modulation Format.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:W11A[:SUBCarrier]:DEMod:AUTO OFF|ON|0|1
[:SENSe]:W11A[:SUBCarrier]:DEMod:AUTO?
Example
W11A:DEM:AUTO ON
Dependencies/Couplings
Set to Default by Preset to Standard.
Preset
ON
Chapter 9
507
WLAN OFDM (Option B7R)
Meas Setup
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Range
Auto | Man
Key Path
Meas Setup, Demod Setup
Modulation Format
This selects the Modulation format used when Data Modulation Detect is set to Manual.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:W11A[:SUBCarrier]:DEMod BPSK|QPSK|QAM16|QAM64
[:SENSe]:W11A[:SUBCarrier]:DEMod?
Example
W11A:DEM BPSK
Dependencies/Couplings
Set to Default by Preset to Standard.
Preset
BPSK
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Range
BPSK | QPSK | 16QAM | 64QAM
Key Path
Meas Setup, Demod Setup
BPSK Selects BPSK Data subcarrier Modulation format.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Meas Setup, Demod Setup, Data Modulation
QAM Selects QAM Data subcarrier Modulation format.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Meas Setup, Demod Setup, Data Modulation
508
Chapter 9
WLAN OFDM (Option B7R)
Meas Setup
16QAM Selects 16QAM Data subcarrier Modulation format.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Meas Setup, Demod Setup, Data Modulation
64QAM Selects 64QAM Data subcarrier Modulation format.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Meas Setup, Demod Setup, Data Modulation
Guard Interval
The Guard Interval is the ratio of the Cyclic Prefix "CP" time to the inverse FFT time
"T(IFFT)."
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:W11A:GINTerval <real>
[:SENSe]:W11A:GINTerval?
Example
W11A:GINT 0.25
Restriction and Notes
Entries are rounded to the nearest 1/128.
Dependencies/Couplings
Set to Default by Preset to Standard.
Preset
0.25
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Min
0.0
Max
1.0
Key Path
Meas Setup, Demod Setup
Preset to Standard
When one of the presets from the menu below this is selected, this immediately sets all
measurement parameters to the appropriate values.
Chapter 9
509
WLAN OFDM (Option B7R)
Meas Setup
When "IEEE 802.11a/g OFDM" is chosen, this is the same as Meas Preset except that the
display state is left alone.
In general, this sets all parameters to their Preset values. For the " IEEE 802.11a/g Turbo
Mode" and " IEEE 802.11p DSRC" presets choices, these parameters may be different:
Span, Sync Training Sequence, Subcarrier Spacing, and Search Length. For all presets,
Standard is set. See the descriptions of these individual parameters for details.
About IEEE 802.11g modulation:
The IEEE 802.11g standard defines both single-carrier and OFDM modulation formats.
The single-carrier modulation formats are compatible with 802.11b and can be
demodulated using the VSA WLAN DSSS measurement.
IEEE 802.11g defines two different OFDM modulation formats. One, which is mandatory
in 802.11g, is an exact copy of the 802.11a format except that the carrier frequencies are in
the 2.4 GHz band. We refer to this as "IEEE 802.11g OFDM". The other OFDM format is
an optional format called DSSS-OFDM that combines an 802.11b-style single-carrier
preamble with an 802.11a-style OFDM data payload. We refer to this as "IEEE 802.11g
DSSS-OFDM". This measurement can demodulate and analyze either of these OFDM
formats.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:W11A:STANdard:PRESet
I11AGOFDM|HIPERLAN2|I11GDSSSOFDM|I11AGTURBO|I11PDSRC|I1
1J10MHZ
Example
W11A:STAN:PRES I11AGOFDM
Preset
I11AGOFDM
Range
IEEE 802.11a/g OFDM | HIPERLAN/2 | IEEE 802.11g
DSSS-OFDM
| IEEE 802.11a/g Turbo Mode | IEEE 802.11p DSRC
| IEEE 802.11j 10 MHz
Meas Setup
Key Path
This table shows the mapping between the names of the selections on the softkey menu
and their corresponding SCPI forms.
Preset soft key name
Preset SCPI form
IEEE 802.11a/g OFDM
I11AGOFDM
HIPERLAN/2
HIPERLAN2
510
Chapter 9
WLAN OFDM (Option B7R)
Meas Setup
IEEE 802.1g DSSS-OFDM
I11GDSSSOFDM
IEEE 802.11a/g Turbo
Mode
I11AGTURBO
IEEE 802.11p DSRC
I11PDSRC
IEEE 802.11j 10 MHz
I11J10MHZ
IEEE 802.11a/g OFDM
Sets the demodulation preset to IEEE std 802.11a–1999 specification.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Meas Setup, Preset to Standard
HIPERLAN/2
Sets the demodulation preset to ETSI TS 101 475 V1.2.2 (2001–02) - Broadband Radio
Access Networks (BRAN); HIPERLAN Type 2; Physical (PHY) Layer specification.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Meas Setup, Preset to Standard
IEEE 802.1g DSSS-OFDM
Sets the demodulation preset to IEEE std 802.11g – 2003 specification
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Meas Setup, Preset to Standard
Chapter 9
511
WLAN OFDM (Option B7R)
Meas Setup
IEEE 802.11a/g Turbo Mode
Sets the demodulation preset to a nonstandard double rate 802.11a.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Meas Setup, Preset to Standard
IEEE 802.11p DSRC
Sets the demodulation preset to ASTM E2213 – 02 DSRC specification
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Meas Setup, Preset to Standard
IEEE 802.11j 10 MHz
Sets the demodulation preset to IEEE std 802.11j – 2004 specification
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Meas Setup, Preset to Standard
Meas Time
This key brings up a menu consisting of the time length and positioning demodulation
setup parameters.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Meas Setup
Search Length
Allows you to specify the length of time allowed to acquire the input signal (in seconds).
This defines the length of time that the pulse search is performed.
512
Chapter 9
WLAN OFDM (Option B7R)
Meas Setup
The analyzer searches within the specified search length and demodulates the first
complete pulse (burst). The pulse can occur anywhere within the search length. Pulses
beyond the first complete pulse are disregarded and are not demodulated. In order for the
pulse search algorithm to detect a pulse edge, the pulse must be at least 15 dB above the
noise floor. The resultant pulse is then demodulated.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:W11A:SYNC:SLENgth <time>
[:SENSe]:W11A:SYNC:SLENgth?
Example
W11A:SYNC:SLEN 0.001
Dependencies/Couplings
The minimum is constrained to meet the number of symbols of
Result Length or Max Auto Result Length, whichever is active.
See the table below for the Preset to Standard values.
Preset
1.0 ms
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Min
264 us
Max
26.952 ms
Key Path
Meas Setup, Meas Time
The Search Length is set to the following by Preset to Standard:
Standard
Search Length
IEEE 802.11a/g OFDM
1.0 ms
HIPERLAN/2
1.0 ms
IEEE 802.1g
DSSS-OFDM
1.0 ms
IEEE 802.11a/g Turbo
Mode
0.5 ms
IEEE 802.11p DSRC
2.0 ms
IEEE 802.11j 10 MHz
2.0 ms
Result Length
This key allows you to either manually set the Result Length or to have it automatically
Chapter 9
513
WLAN OFDM (Option B7R)
Meas Setup
detected.
The result length is the total number of symbols included in the acquired and demodulated
data. The Measurement Interval and Measurement Offset parameters are used to specify
the measurement length within the Result Length.
When Result Length is Automatic, the result length is the number of symbols in the
current burst, up to the limit of Max Auto Result Length.
Note that when Result Length is Manual, the demodulation is not limited to the number of
symbols transmitted within the burst as is done when the Result Length is Auto. The
analyzer will demodulate the total number of symbols specified by Result Length, which if
longer than the burst, could lead to unexpected and incorrect data results.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:W11A:TIME:RESult:LENGth <integer>
[:SENSe]:W11A:TIME:RESult:LENGth?
[:SENSe]:W11A:TIME:RESult:AUTO OFF|ON|0|1
[:SENSe]:W11A:TIME:RESult:AUTO?
Example
W11A:TIME:RES:LENG 60
W11A:TIME:RES:AUTO ON
Dependencies/Couplings
Search Length is increased to include the Result Length, if Result
Length is in Manual mode.
Set to Preset by Preset to Standard.
Preset
60 symbols
ON
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Min
1 symbol
Max
1367 symbols
Key Path
Meas Setup, Meas Time
Max Auto Result Length
When Result Length is set to Auto this key causes the effective result length, the total
number of symbols included in the demodulated data, to be automatically determined by
comparing the input signal's length to the Max Auto Result Length value and using the
smaller number.
Mode
VSA
514
Chapter 9
WLAN OFDM (Option B7R)
Meas Setup
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:W11A:TIME:RESult:MAX <integer>
[:SENSe]:W11A:TIME:RESult:MAX ?
Example
W11A:TIME:RESult:MAX 60
Dependencies/Couplings
Search Length is increased to include the Max Auto Result Length,
if Result Length is in Auto mode.
Set to Default by Preset to Standard.
Preset
60 symbols
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Min
1 symbol
Max
1367 symbols
Key Path
Meas Setup, Meas Time
Meas Offset
Measurement Offset determines the start position, in symbols, of the Meas Interval with
respect to the first symbol of the PLCP Preamble. The value must be less than the Result
Length or Maximum Result Length parameter (depending on which option is selected for
Result Length). This parameter combined with Measurement Interval specifies the portion
of the result length to analyze and display to the user.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:W11A:TIME:OFFSet <integer>
[:SENSe]:W11A:TIME:OFFSet?
Example
W11A:TIME:OFFS 0
Dependencies/Couplings
The maximum is limited to Result Length or Max Auto Result
Length, whichever is active, minus Meas Interval.
Set to Default by Preset to Standard.
Preset
0 symbols
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Min
0 symbols
Max
See coupling
Key Path
Meas Setup, Meas Time
Chapter 9
515
WLAN OFDM (Option B7R)
Meas Setup
Meas Interval
Measurement Interval, in conjunction with Meas Offset, lets you specify an interval
(segment) of the result length data to be demodulated and analyzed. Measurement
Interval is entered as an integer number of Symbol-times.
The measurement interval value must be less than or equal to the Result Length or
Maximum Result Length parameter (depending on which option is selected for Result
Length Select). This parameter combined with Measurement Offset specifies the portion of
the result length to analyze and display to the user.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:W11A:TIME:INTerval <integer>
[:SENSe]:W11A:TIME:INTerval?
Example
W11A:TIME:INT 60
Dependencies/Couplings
The maximum is limited to Result Length or Max Auto Result
Length, whichever is active. If necessary, Meas Offset is reduced to
keep Meas Interval plus Meas Offset within Result Length or Max
Result Length, whichever is active.
Set to Default by Preset to Standard.
Preset
60 symbols
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Min
1 symbol
Max
See coupling
Key Path
Meas Setup, Meas Time
Subcarriers
Allows you to specify what Subcarrier data are analyzed and data results displayed.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:W11A:SUBCarrier:SELect ALL|PILot|SINGle
[:SENSe]:W11A:SUBCarrier:SELect?
Example
W11A:SUBC:SEL ALL
Dependencies/Couplings
Set to Default by Preset to Standard.
Preset
ALL
516
Chapter 9
WLAN OFDM (Option B7R)
Meas Setup
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Range
All | Pilots | Single
Key Path
Meas Setup, More
All
Displays data results for all subcarriers. (–26 Through 26)
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Meas Setup, More, Subcarriers
Pilots
Displays data results for all Pilot subcarriers. Pilots subcarriers include subcarrier –21,
–7, 7, and 21.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Meas Setup, More, Subcarriers
Single
Displays data results for the selected Subcarrier.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Meas Setup, More, Subcarriers
Subcarrier Selects the single subcarrier that is used when Single is chosen.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:W11A:SUBCarrier:NUMBer <integer>
[:SENSe]:W11A:SUBCarrier:NUMBer?
Chapter 9
517
WLAN OFDM (Option B7R)
Meas Setup
Example
W11A:SUBC:NUMB 1
Restriction and Notes
Subcarrier 0 is unused and so may not be selected.
Dependencies/Couplings
Set to Default by Preset to Standard.
Preset
1
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Min
–26
Max
26
Key Path
Meas Setup, More, Subcarriers, Single
Advanced
This key displays a menu that allows you to select lesser used demodulation parameters
for the current measurement. These settings are for advanced users and do not normally
require adjustment for most common measurements.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Meas Setup, More
Subcarrier Spacing
Set the Subcarrier spacing.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:W11A:SUBCarrier:SPACing <freq>
[:SENSe]:W11A:SUBCarrier:SPACing?
Example
W11A:SUBC:SPAC 312.5E3
Dependencies/Couplings
Span is forced to be at least 5.3 times the Subcarrier Spacing. So
the maximum Span sets the maximum Subcarrier Spacing.
Likewise, the Span will be forced to be within 530 times the
Subcarrier Spacing and so the minimum Span sets the minimum
Subcarrier Spacing.
See the table below for the Preset to Standard values.
Preset
312.5 kHz
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
518
Chapter 9
WLAN OFDM (Option B7R)
Meas Setup
Min
See Coupling
Max
See Coupling
Key Path
Meas Setup, More, Advanced
The Subcarrier Spacing is set to the following by Preset to Standard:
Standard
Subcarrier
Spacing
IEEE 802.11a/g OFDM
312.5 kHz
HIPERLAN/2
312.5 kHz
IEEE 802.1g
DSSS-OFDM
312.5 kHz
IEEE 802.11a/g Turbo
Mode
625 kHz
IEEE 802.11p DSRC
156.25 kHz
IEEE 802.11j 10 MHz
156.25 kHz
Symbol Timing Adjust
Shifts the start of the TFFT period earlier in the symbol. You specify the amount of TFFT
shift as a percentage of the TFFT length.
Moving the TFFT period away from the ending transition time (TTR) into the guard
interval (TGI) may help avoid inter-symbol interference. Make sure that the TFFT period
is not shifted so much that it includes corrupt data from the transition time at the
beginning of the symbol.
Symbol Timing Adjust allows you to adjust the "useful symbol time period" (TFFT) within
the "OFDM extended symbol time period" (TS). Symbol Timing Adjust shifts the start of
the TFFT period earlier in the TS time period. You specify the amount of TFFT shift as a
percentage of the TFFT length.
The extended OFDM symbol time period (TS) consists of a guard interval (TGI) plus a
"useful symbol time period" (TFFT). Within the TS, the analyzer performs the
demodulation and data analysis on only one TFFT time period. The Symbol Time Adjust
parameter allows you to move the TFFT within the TS. This value is expressed as a
percentage of the TFFT length.
Typically, the TGI time period is ingnored and only the TFFT time period is used. The
Symbol Time Adjust parameter causes the demodulation start time to begin earlier within
Chapter 9
519
WLAN OFDM (Option B7R)
Meas Setup
each extended symbol time. The minimum Symbol Time Adjust value is equal to "guard
interval*100", the maximum value is "0" (full guard interval).
TS=TGI+TFFT
TFFT moved by TSTA
TFFT
TGI
TFFT
TTR
TSTA(%)
TS = Extended Symbol Time
TGI = Guard Interval
TFFT = Useful Symbol Time Period and also the FFT Time Period
TTR = Symbol Transition Time
TSTA = Symbol Timing Adjust (%)
OFDM Frame with cyclic extension for a single
symbol time
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:W11A:TADJust <real>
[:SENSe]:W11A:TADJust?
Example
W11A:TADJ –3.125
Dependencies/Couplings
Set to Default value for all Standards by Preset to Standard.
Preset
–3.125 %
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Min
–25 %
Max
0.0 %
Key Path
Meas Setup, More, Advanced
Pilot Tracking
This key displays a menu of several Pilot Tracking setup parameters.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Meas Setup, More, Advanced
520
Chapter 9
WLAN OFDM (Option B7R)
Meas Setup
Track Amplitude When Track Amplitude is selected, the analyzer applies pilot subcarrier
amplitude error correction to the pilot and data subcarriers. This is in addition to Track
Phase and Track Timing error correction if selected.
This parameter specifies whether the analyzer tracks amplitude changes in the pilot
subcarriers. When true, the Common Pilot Error trace will show the amplitude tracking in
the magnitude portion of the trace
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:W11A:TRACk:AMPLitude OFF|ON|0|1
[:SENSe]:W11A:TRACk:AMPLitude?
Example
W11A:TRAC:AMPL OFF
Dependencies/Couplings
Set to Default by Preset to Standard.
Preset
OFF
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Key Path
Meas Setup, More, Advanced, Pilot Tracking
Track Phase .When Track Phase is selected, the analyzer applies pilot subcarrier phase
error correction to the pilot and data subcarriers. This is in addition to Track Amplitude
and Track Timing error correction if selected.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:W11A:TRACk:PHASe OFF|ON|0|1
[:SENSe]:W11A:TRACk:PHASe?
Example
W11A:TRAC:PHASe ON
Dependencies/Couplings
Set to Default by Preset to Standard.
Preset
ON
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Key Path
Meas Setup, More, Advanced, Pilot Tracking
Track Timing When Track Timing is selected the analyzer applies pilot subcarrier timing
Chapter 9
521
WLAN OFDM (Option B7R)
Meas Setup
error correction (frequency offset correction) to the pilot and data subcarriers. This is in
addition to Track Amplitude and Track Phase error correction if selected.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:W11A:TRACk:TIMing OFF|ON|0|1
[:SENSe]:W11A:TRACk:TIMing?
Example
W11A:TRAC:TIM OFF
Dependencies/Couplings
Set to Default by Preset to Standard.
Preset
OFF
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Key Path
Meas Setup, More, Advanced, Pilot Tracking
EQ Training
When demodulating an OFDM signal, the analyzer uses an equalizer to correct for linear
impairments in the signal path, such as multi-path. The 89600 analyzer supports two
different ways to initialize, or "train," the equalizer.
The valid values are Channel Estimation Seq Only and Channel Estimation Seq & Data.
The value Channel Estimation Seq Only, which is the default, specifies that the equalizer
is trained using only the channel estimation sequence (also called the "long sync") portion
of the burst preamble.
The value and Channel Estimation Seq & Data specifies that the equalizer should be
trained using both the channel estimation sequence and the entire data portion of the
burst. This usually gives a more accurate estimate of the equalizer response. It also
typically lowers the EVM by one or two dB.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:W11A:EQUalizer:TRAining CHANnel|CDATa
[:SENSe]:W11A:EQUalizer:TRAining?
Example
W11A:EQU:TRA CHAN
Dependencies/Couplings
Set to Default by Preset to Standard.
Preset
Channel Est Seq Only
Range
Channel Est Seq Only | Channel Est Seq & Data
Key Path
Meas Setup, More, Advanced
522
Chapter 9
WLAN OFDM (Option B7R)
Meas Setup
Channel Est Seq Only The equalizer is trained by looking at the Channel Estimation
Sequence in the preamble of the OFDM burst. After this initialization, the equalizer
coefficients are held constant while demodulating the rest of the burst.
Downlink Subframe
P
H
B2
B1
Synchronization
Sequence
Channel
Estimation
Sequence
Symbol 1
Symbol 2
Long Preamble
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Meas Setup, More, Advanced, EQ Training
Channel Est Seq & Data The equalizer is trained by analyzing the entire OFDM burst,
including the Channel Estimation Sequence (contained in the preamble) and the Data
symbols. This type of training generally gives a more accurate estimate of the true
response of the transmission channel.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Meas Setup, More, Advanced, EQ Training
Sync Training Sequence
The Sync parameters control the type of synchronization used to synchronize to the start of
an OFDM burst. The two available choices are "Short Training Sequence" (also called
Short Sync or Short Training Symbols) and "Chan Estimation Seq" (also called Long Sync
or Long Training Symbols).
Mode
VSA
Chapter 9
523
WLAN OFDM (Option B7R)
Meas Setup
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:W11A:SYNC:SEQuence LONG|SHORt
[:SENSe]:W11A:SYNC:SEQuence?
Example
W11A:SYNC:SEQ SHOR
Dependencies/Couplings
See the table below for the Preset to Standard values.
Preset
SHOR
Range
Long | Short
Key Path
Meas Setup, More, Advanced
The Sync Training Seq is set to the following by Preset to Standard:
Standard
Sync Training Seq
IEEE 802.11a/g OFDM
Short
HIPERLAN/2
Long (Channel
Estimation)
IEEE 802.1g
DSSS-OFDM
Long (Channel
Estimation)
IEEE 802.11a/g Turbo
Mode
Long (Channel
Estimation)
IEEE 802.11p DSRC
Short
IEEE 802.11j 10 MHz
Short
IQ Normalize
When set to On, the IQ trace data results (including IQ Meas, IQ Ref, Error Vector Time
and corresponding Spectrum results) are normalized.
When set to Off, the trace data results are not normalized.
When normalization is On, the analyzer normalizes or scales the demodulated trace data
results, in magnitude, to a nominal value of 1, relative to the outermost states of the ideal
(IQ Reference) constellation diagram.
Note that regardless of this setting, the Error Summary trace data results are always
normalized.
Mode
VSA
524
Chapter 9
WLAN OFDM (Option B7R)
Meas Setup
Remote Command
:CALCulate:W11A:NORMalize OFF|ON|0|1
:CALCulate:W11A:NORMalize?
Example
CALC:W11A:NORM ON
Dependencies/Couplings
Set to Default by Preset to Standard.
Preset
ON
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Key Path
Meas Setup, More, Advanced
Standard
This single parameter takes care of setting a number of internal, standard specific details
of the demodulation. The valid values are the same as that of Preset to Standard and are
set to the same by Preset to Standard.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:W11A:STANdard
I11AGOFDM|HIPERLAN2|I11GDSSSOFDM|I11AGTURBO|I11PDSRC|I1
1J10MHZ
[:SENSe]:W11A:STANdard?
Example
W11A:STAN I11J10MHZ
Dependencies/Couplings
Set to matching Standard by Preset to Standard.
Preset
IEEE 802.11a/g OFDM
Range
IEEE 802.11a/g OFDM | HIPERLAN/2 | IEEE 802.1g
DSSS-OFDM
| IEEE 802.11a/g Turbo Mode | IEEE 802.11p DSRC
| IEEE 802.11j 10 MHz
Meas Setup, More, Advanced
Key Path
This table shows the mapping between the names of the selections on the softkey menu
and their corresponding SCPI forms.
Preset soft key name
Preset SCPI form
IEEE 802.11a/g OFDM
I11AGOFDM
Chapter 9
525
WLAN OFDM (Option B7R)
Meas Setup
HIPERLAN/2
HIPERLAN2
IEEE 802.1g DSSS-OFDM
I11GDSSSOFDM
IEEE 802.11a/g Turbo
Mode
I11AGTURBO
IEEE 802.11p DSRC
I11PDSRC
IEEE 802.11j 10 MHz
I11J10MHZ
IEEE 802.11a/g OFDM Per the IEEE std 802.11a–1999 specification.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Meas Setup, Preset to Standard
HIPERLAN/2 Per the ETSI TS 101 475 V1.2.2 (2001–02) - Broadband Radio Access
Networks (BRAN); HIPERLAN Type 2; Physical (PHY) Layer specification.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Meas Setup, Preset to Standard
IEEE 802.1g DSSS-OFDM Per the IEEE std 802.11g – 2003 specification
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Meas Setup, Preset to Standard
IEEE 802.11a/g Turbo Mode This is a nonstandard double rate 802.11a.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Meas Setup, Preset to Standard
526
Chapter 9
WLAN OFDM (Option B7R)
Meas Setup
IEEE 802.11p DSRC Per the ASTM E2213 – 02 DSRC specification
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Meas Setup, Preset to Standard
IEEE 802.11j 10 MHz Per the IEEE std 802.11j – 2004 specification
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Meas Setup, Preset to Standard
Meas Preset
This immediately sets all measurement parameters to their 802.11a/g OFDM Preset
values. This presets the display state in the same way as Preset View: Basic.
For more information, see the section under the Preset key in the Utility section.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Meas Setup, More
Chapter 9
527
WLAN OFDM (Option B7R)
Amplitude (AMPTD) Y Scale
Amplitude (AMPTD) Y Scale
This menu has controls for the input signal conditioning as well as the Y-scaling of trace
data. For more information, see Analyzer Setup Functions, AMPTD Y Scale.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Front-panel key
528
Chapter 9
WLAN OFDM (Option B7R)
Auto Couple
Auto Couple
The Auto Couple key forces all Auto / Man functions into Auto. This applies to Data
Modulation Detect and Result Length. For more information, see Analyzer Setup
Functions, Auto Couple.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Front-panel key
Chapter 9
529
WLAN OFDM (Option B7R)
BW
BW
The BW key provides access to a menu that allows you to set the FFT Window for the
Spectrum and Inst Spectrum measurement results.
For more information see: Analyzer Setup Functions, BW.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Front Panel
FFT Window
This key allows you to choose the Window function that is applied to the time data prior to
the FFT calculation used for Spectrum and Inst Spectrum measurement results.
For more information, see Analyzer Setup Functions, BW, FFT Window.
Mode
VSA
Preset
Flat Top
Key Path
BW
530
Chapter 9
WLAN OFDM (Option B7R)
FREQ Channel
FREQ Channel
This key provides access to a menu that allows control over the Center, Start, or Stop
Frequency settings. For more information, see Analyzer Setup Functions, FREQ Channel.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Front Panel
Chapter 9
531
WLAN OFDM (Option B7R)
Input/Output
Input/Output
This key provides access to a menu that allows you to select input/output parameters for
the measurement data. For more information, see Analyzer Setup Functions,
Input/Output.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Front-panel key
532
Chapter 9
WLAN OFDM (Option B7R)
SPAN X Scale
SPAN X Scale
This menu has softkeys for selecting measurement span and also for scaling of the X axis.
There are no measurement unique SCPI/features, other than Span dependence on
Subcarrier Spacing and Preset to Standard. For more information, see Analyzer Setup
Functions, SPAN X Scale.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Front-panel key
Span
This controls the frequency span of the measurement. See the FREQ Channel section for
details on how this interacts with Start, Stop, and Center frequencies.
Mode
VSA
Dependencies/Couplings
Limited to be within a factor of 5.3 to 530 of the Subcarrier Spacing.
When Subcarrier Spacing is changed, Span may be changed to meet
this requirement.
See the table below for the Preset to Standard values.
Preset
31.25 MHz (limited by hardware to 10 MHz or 25 MHz with Option
B25)
Key Path
SPAN X Scale
Standard
Span
IEEE 802.11a/g OFDM
31.25 MHz
HIPERLAN/2
31.25 MHz
IEEE 802.1g
DSSS-OFDM
31.25 MHz
IEEE 802.11a/g Turbo
Mode
62.5 MHz
IEEE 802.11p DSRC
15.625
MHz
Chapter 9
533
WLAN OFDM (Option B7R)
SPAN X Scale
IEEE 802.11j 10 MHz
534
15.625
MHz
Chapter 9
WLAN OFDM (Option B7R)
Trace/Detector
Trace/Detector
This key allows you to select the results shown in the trace windows. .
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Front-panel key
For more information, see Analyzer Setup, Trace/Detector on page 226.
Data
This key accesses a menu of Trace data choices for the selected trace.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector
For more information, see Analyzer Setup, Trace’Detector, Data on page 228.
The following are the SCPI string forms for the Data types that are specific to this
measurement, in alphabetical order:
Table 9-3
Trace data soft key
name
SCPI string form
CCDF
"CCDF1"
CDF
"CDF1"
Ch Frequency Response
"Ch Frequency Response1"
Common Pilot Error
"Common Pilot Error1"
Eq Impulse Response
"Eq Impulse Response1"
Error Vector Spectrum
"Error Vector Specrum1"
Error Vector Time
"Error Vector Time1"
IQ Meas
"IQ Meas1"
IQ Ref
"IQ Ref1"
Inst Ch Frequency
Response
"Inst Ch Frequency
Response1"
Inst Spectrum
"Inst Spectrum1"
Chapter 9
535
WLAN OFDM (Option B7R)
Trace/Detector
Table 9-3
PDF
"PDF1"
Preamble Error
"Preamble Error1"
Preamble Freq Error
Preamble Freq Error1
RMS Error Vector
Spectrum
RMS Error Vector
Spectrum1
RMS Error Vector Time
RMS Error Vector Time1
Raw Main Time
"Raw Main Time1"
Search Time
"Search Time1"
Spectrum
"Spectrum1"
Symbols/Errors
"Syms/Errs1"
Time
"Time1"
The following Trace Data types are available in all measurements:
Table 9-4
Soft Key Name
SCPI string form
No Data
"No Data"
Spectrum
"Spectrum1"
Inst Spectrum
"Inst Spectrum1"
Raw Main Time
"Raw Main Time1"
OBW Summary Trace 1
"OBW Summary Trc1"
OBW Summary Trace 2
"OBW Summary Trc2"
OBW Summary Trace 3
"OBW Summary Trc3"
OBW Summary Trace 4
"OBW Summary Trc4"
ACP Summary Trace 1
"ACP Summary Trc1"
ACP Summary Trace 2
" ACP Summary Trc2"
ACP Summary Trace 3
" ACP Summary Trc3"
ACP Summary Trace 4
" ACP Summary Trc4"
536
Chapter 9
WLAN OFDM (Option B7R)
Trace/Detector
Pre Demod
This key accesses the Trace Data choices which show pre-demodulation results.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data
Spectrum Averaged FFT of the Time waveform.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data, Pre Demod
Inst Spectrum The FFT of the time waveform for the current measurement. “Inst” or
Instantaneous refers to this result not being averaged like the Spectrum Trace Data result.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data, Pre Demod
Search Time The Search Length long time record acquired for the current measurement.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data, Pre Demod
Time The time record before digital demodulation and after the pulse/burst search.
The starting point is the beginning of the burst, offset by the Meas Offset and its length is
the Meas Interval.
The exception to this is that 10% more additional data on both sides is shown when the
Measurement Offset is set to zero and the Measurement Interval is set the same as the
Result Length in Manual Result Length mode. In automatic Result Length mode, this will
occur when the Measurement Offset to zero and the Measurement Interval is set to the
Chapter 9
537
WLAN OFDM (Option B7R)
Trace/Detector
Max Auto Result Length, but will not go more than 10% beyond the end of the burst.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data, Pre Demod
Raw Main Time The raw time record acquired for the current measurement. This data is
unprocessed and includes additional points acquired for settling of the filters involved in
subsequent processing, such as the demodulation filtering.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data, Pre Demod
Statistical
This key accesses the Trace Data choices which show statistical results.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data
CCDF The Complementary, Cumulative Density function (CCDF) for the selected input
channel.
The analyzer plots CCDF using units of percent (%) for the y-axis and power (dB) for the
x-axis. Power on the x-axis is relative to the signal average power.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data, Statistical
CDF The Cumulative Density Function (CDF) for the selected input channel. CDF is
computed by integrating the CCDF (Probability Density Function).
Mode
VSA
538
Chapter 9
WLAN OFDM (Option B7R)
Trace/Detector
Trace/Detector, Data, Statistical
Key Path
PDF The Probability Density Function (PDF) for the selected input channel. PDF
indicates the probability that a given level has occurred.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data, Statistical
Demod
This key accesses the Trace Data choices which show general demodulation results.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data
IQ Meas IQ Meas is the measured IQ symbol values of the subcarriers. There is one
complex value for each subcarrier for each symbol in the burst.
Normally this trace data is displayed as a constellation. The constellation display shows
both data and pilot subcarriers, the pilots and data values are shown with different colors.
With most other display formats, the data is plotted vs. subcarrier, with the points for each
symbol all plotted separately. This is the same kind of display as Error Vector Spectrum.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data, Demod
IQ Ref IQ Ref is the reference (ideal) IQ values of the subcarriers. There is one complex
value for each subcarrier for each symbol in the burst.
Normally this trace data is displayed as a constellation. The constellation shows both data
and pilot subcarrier symbols, the pilots and data values are shown with different colors.
With most other display formats, the data is plotted vs. subcarrier, with the points for each
Chapter 9
539
WLAN OFDM (Option B7R)
Trace/Detector
symbol all plotted separately. This is the same kind of display as Error Vector Spectrum.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data, Demod
Demod Error
This key accesses the Trace Data choices which show demodulation error related results.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data
Error Vector Time This trace, like Error Vector Spectrum shows each of the individual
signal error vectors for each subcarrier and symbol vs. Time (symbol) and frequency
(subcarrier). Each error vector is the vector difference, for that subcarrier at that
symbol-time, between the corresponding IQ Meas value and the IQ Ref value.
On this trace, the individual error vectors are plotted vs Time (symbol). So at each valid
symbol, there is a point plotted for each valid subcarrier (52 total, since subcarrier 0 is not
used.) In addition, a white trace is drawn, where each point is the RMS average over the
valid subcarriers, which is the same result as is plotted separately as RMS Error Vector
Time.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data, Demod Error
RMS Error Vector Time RMS Error Vector Time is the difference between IQ Meas and IQ
Ref is the error vector (which would have a complex value) at each subcarrier at each
symbol-time. This trace is the RMS average of the error vector for each valid subcarrier at
the plotted symbol, the same data shown as a white trace shown in Error Vector Time.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data, Demod Error
540
Chapter 9
WLAN OFDM (Option B7R)
Trace/Detector
Error Vector Spectrum This trace, like Error Vector Timeshows each of the individual
signal error vectors for each subcarrier and symbol vs. Time (symbol) and frequency
(subcarrier). Each error vector is the vector difference, for that subcarrier at that
symbol-time, between the corresponding IQ Meas value and the IQ Ref value.
On this trace, the individual error vectors are plotted vs frequency (subcarrier). So at each
valid subcarrier, there is a point plotted for each valid symbol. Note that subcarrier 0 is
not plotted since it is not used. In addition, a white trace is drawn, where each point is the
RMS average over the valid symbols, which is the same result as is plotted separately as
RMS Error Vector Spectrum.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data, Demod Error
RMS Error Vector Spectrum This trace is the RMS average of the error vector for each valid
symbol at the plotted subcarrier, the same data shown as a white trace shown in Error
Vector Time. Note that subcarrier 0 is not plotted since it is not used.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data, Demod Error
Common Pilot Error This trace shows the difference between the measured and ideal pilot
subcarrier symbols.
At each symbol in the burst, the measured symbol values of the four pilot subcarriers are
compared with the ideal values. The differences are averaged together, producing a single
complex value for each symbol. Normally the phase of this trace is displayed, showing how
the pilot phase changes over the burst. You can also look at the magnitude of this trace to
see signal magnitude changes over the burst.
To display in frequency units, select the Group Delay Trace Format. See Analyzer Setup
Functions, Trace/Detector, Format.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data, Demod Error
Chapter 9
541
WLAN OFDM (Option B7R)
Trace/Detector
Preamble Error Preamble Error shows the correlation between segments of the measured
preamble signal with the ideal preamble signal. You can select the desired preamble
sequence to be compared to with the EQ Training and Sync Training Sequence parameters.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data, Demod Error
Preamble Freq Error Preamble Frequency error is the difference between the measured
center frequency of the transmitted signal and the measurement center frequency. The
Preamble Frequency Error trace shows the total frequency error during the preamble
portion of the OFDM burst. This includes the constant frequency error as displayed in the
Symbols/Errors trace in addition to any time-varying frequency error.
When Sync Training Sequence is set to Short (the default for 802.11a), Preamble
Frequency Error covers both the short training sequence and the channel estimation
sequence. When the Sync type parameter is set to Chan Est, Preamble Frequency Error
covers only the channel estimation sequence.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data, Demod Error
Tables
This key accesses the Trace Data choices which are in tabular form, including demodulated
symbols tables.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data
Symbols/Errors This display contains an error summary in the upper part, and a listing of
demodulated symbols in the lower part. The error summary consists of:
542
Chapter 9
WLAN OFDM (Option B7R)
Trace/Detector
Table 9-5
Result name
Displayed
Unit
Remote Name
Remote
Unit
EVM (dB)
dB
EVMdB
dB
EVM (% rms)
%rms
EVM
%rms
Pilot EVM
dB
PilotEVM
dB
Common Pilot Error
%rms
CPE
%rms
Frequency Error
Hz
FreqErr
Hz
IQ Offset
dB
IQOffset
dB
Quadrature Error
deg
IQQuadErr
deg
Gain Imbalance
dB
IQGainImb
dB
SyncCorr
(none)
SymClkErr
(none)
Modulation Format
ModFmt
(none)
Octets
Octets
(none)
Symbols
Syms
symbols
Code Rate
CodeRate
(none)
BitRate
bps
Sync Correlation
Symbol Clock Err
Bit Rate
ppm
bps
The error summary values may be obtained using the CALC:W11A:DATA:TABL
commands.
The demodulated symbols are available as the data values for this trace and so may be
accessed using the :CALCulate:W11A:DATA command. See Common Functions, Data
Queries, CALCulate:DATA in the VSA Mode PD for more details.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data, Tables
Chapter 9
543
WLAN OFDM (Option B7R)
Trace/Detector
Response
This key accesses the Trace Data choices which show equalizer response results.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data
Ch Frequency Response Ch Frequency Response shows the equalizer channel frequency
response, which is the reciprocal of the equalizer frequency response. This is the measured
equalizer frequency response for the burst, based on analyzing the preamble of the burst.
It contains one complex value for each subcarrier, plus an interpolated value at the middle
unused subcarrier (a total of 53 values).
This trace is averaged when Averaging is turned on.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data, Response
Inst Ch Frequency Resp This is the instantaneous (non-averaged) Ch Frequency Response.
If averaging is on, the Inst Ch Frequency Response does not show the effects of averaging.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data, Response
EQ Impulse Response This shows the impulse response of the equalization filter. The
equalizer impulse response is computed by taking the reciprocal of the channel equalizer
frequency response, performing data filtering and computations that produce a result
length of 4x the FFT length, and then converting to the time domain. The Eq Impulse
Response is the computed channel impulse response used to compensate for signal channel
response degradation.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data, Response
544
Chapter 9
10
WLAN DSSS (Option B7R)
This key selects the VSA WLAN DSSS measurement.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Meas
:CONFigure:W11B
:CONFigure:W11B:NDEFault
:FETCh:W11B[n]?
:INITiate:W11B
:MEASure:W11B[n]?
:READ:W11B[n]?
This standard remote result is also available thru the CALC:DATA<n> set of queries,
where <n> is a reference to the trace number. The results assigned to each trace vary
depending on which tests are enabled. As an example, with the default trace layout, these
results in the Error Summary results are returned by CALC:W11B:DATA4:TABLE? See
Common Functions, Data Queries, CALCulate:DATA for more details.
The following table denotes the VSA WLAN DSSS specific results returned from the
(FETCh|MEASure|READ):W11B commands, and their corresponding CALC:DATA
queries, indexed by subopcode.
Note that valid results are only returned if the Symbols/Errors trace is being computed. It
must be selected though it is not necessary for it to be shown in the current Layout.
NOTE: For Trace Data SCPI commands and remote results see Help for the MEAS key.
Results table (with subopcodes):
545
WLAN DSSS (Option B7R)
Table 10-1
N
Results Returned
Not specified
Returns 22 comma-separated scalar results, corresponding exactly to
the items returned in the Error Summary:
or n=1
1. EVM (% rms)
2. EVM Peak (% peak)
3. EVM Peak Location (chip)
4. Magnitude Error (%rms)
5. Magnitude Error Peak (%)
6. Magnitude Error Peak Location (chip)
7. Phase Error (deg)
8. Phase Error Peak (deg)
9. Phase Error Peak Location (chip)
10. Frequency Error (Hz)
11. IQ Offset (ratio)
12. IQ Quadrature Error (deg)
13. IQ Gain Imbalance (ratio)
14. Sync Correlation (1.0 = ideal)
15. 802.11b EVM Peak (%)
16. Header Status (see below)
17. Mac Status (see below)
18. Burst Type (see below)
19. Bit Rate (bps)
20. Octets
21. Data Time Length (sec)
22. Symbol Clock Error (ratio)
If the results are not available, NaN (9.91e37) is returned.
Header Status enumerations:
Table 10-2
Enumeration
Meaning
0
No SFD found - the Preamble Start Frame Delimiter was not found.
546
Chapter 10
WLAN DSSS (Option B7R)
Table 10-2
Enumeration
Meaning
1
Invalid header bits - some of the bits in the PLCP Header were incorrect, but
the analyzer was able to determine the data length and data modulation
format.
2
Header CRC failed - the header looked correct except for the CRC, which did
not match the rest of the header data.
3
Invalid header phase shift - an extra (incorrect) 90 degree phase shift was
detected at the start of the header.
4
Invalid Barker1/short - the detected burst type is 1MB/sec Barker with a
short preamble, which is an invalid format.
5
Unknown - the result length was not long enough to capture all of the header
data, so the status can not be determined.
6
OK - the header appears correct and the CRC passed.
Mac Status enumerations:
Table 10-3
Enumeration
Meaning
0
Unknown - the result length was not long enough to capture all of the data,
so the MAC status can not be determined.
1
MAC FCS failed - the MAC frame checksum failed.
2
OK - the MAC frame checksum passed.
Burst Type enumerations:
Note: The Burst Type value encodes whether the preamble is the "long format" or "short
format", which affects the output value. If the long preamble format is detected, the values
are the first number shown. If a short preamble format is detected, 4096 is added to the
"long format" value and shown in (parentheses).
Table 10-4
Enumeration
Meaning
0 (4096)
1 Mbit/sec Barker spreading (BPSK chips)
1 (4097)
2 Mbit/sec Barker spreading (QPSK chips)
Chapter 10
547
WLAN DSSS (Option B7R)
Table 10-4
Enumeration
Meaning
2 (4098)
5.5 Mbit/sec CCK modulation (QPSK chips)
3 (4099)
11 Mbit/sec CCK modulation (QPSK chips)
4 (4100)
5.5 Mbit/sec PBCC modulation (QPSK chips)
5 (4101)
11 Mbit/sec PBCC modulation (QPSK chips)
6 (4102)
22 Mbit/sec PBCC modulation (8PSK chips)
7 (4103)
33 Mbit/sec PBCC modulation (8PSK chips at 16.5 MHz)
8 (4104)
DSSS-OFDM modulation (OFDM symbols)
9 (4105)
Unknown modulation format
548
Chapter 10
WLAN DSSS (Option B7R)
View/Display
View/Display
The view setup can be changed by selections from the View/Display menu, including by
pressing View Preset: Basic.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Front-panel key
Preset View
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:DISPlay:W11B:VIEW:PRESet BASic|EVM|POWer|DIAGnostic
Example
DISP:W11B:VIEW:PRES BAS
Key Path
(SCPI only)
Preset View: Basic
This preset view consists of the following traces in a Grid 2x2 layout:
1. IQ Meas Time in I-Q format
2. Spectrum in Log Mag (dB) format
3. Search Time in Log Mag (dB) format
4. Symbols/Errors
The Preset View: Basic softkey does an immediate action of changing the layout and view
to this state. This Preset View is an action, not a state.
This layout is the layout set by Meas Preset and is good for insuring that the signal is
being demodulated correctly, as well as giving visibility to many basic demodulation setup
problems.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:DISPlay:W11B:VIEW:PRESet BASic
Chapter 10
549
WLAN DSSS (Option B7R)
View/Display
Example
DISP:W11B:VIEW:PRES BAS
Key Path
View/Display
Preset View: EVM
This preset view consists of the following traces in a Stacked layout:
1. Error Vector Time in Linear Mag format
2. Symbols/Errors
This layout is for more detailed EVM analysis.
The Preset View: EVM softkey does an immediate action of changing the layout and view
to this state. This Preset View is an action, not a state.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:DISPlay:W11B:VIEW:PRESet EVM
Example
DISP:W11B:VIEW:PRES EVM
550
Chapter 10
WLAN DSSS (Option B7R)
View/Display
View/Display
Key Path
Preset View: Power
This preset view consists of the following traces in a Grid 2x2 layout:
1. Spectrum in Log Mag (dB) format
2. Time in Log Mag (dB) format
3. Search Time in Log Mag (dB) format
4. CCDF in Log Mag (Linear Unit) format
This layout is oriented towards examining the signal in the Time and Power domain.
The Preset View: Basic softkey does an immediate action of changing the layout and view
to this state. This Preset View is an action, not a state.
Mode
VSA
Chapter 10
551
WLAN DSSS (Option B7R)
View/Display
Remote Command
:DISPlay:W11B:VIEW:PRESet POWer
Example
DISP:W11B:VIEW:PRES POW
Key Path
View/Display
Preset View: Diagnostic
This preset view consists of the following traces in a Grid 2x2 layout:
1. Error Vector Time in Linear Mag format
2. IQ Meas Time in I-Q format
3. IQ Mag Error in Linear Mag format
4. IQ Phase Error in Wrap Phase format
This layout is useful for diagnosing modulation impairments and errors.
The Preset View: Basic softkey does an immediate action of changing the layout and view
552
Chapter 10
WLAN DSSS (Option B7R)
View/Display
to this state. This Preset View is an action, not a state.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:DISPlay:W11B:VIEW:PRESet DIAGnostic
Example
DISP:W11B:VIEW:PRES DIAGnostic
Key Path
View/Display
Chapter 10
553
WLAN DSSS (Option B7R)
Meas Setup
Meas Setup
This key provides a menu allowing you to select measurement parameters for the current
measurement.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Front Panel
Demod Setup
This key brings up a menu of commonly used demodulation setup parameters.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Meas Setup
Data Modulation Detect
This key allows you to select whether the data modulation format is automatically
detected or manually set to a particular data modulation format.
When set to Auto, the SIGNAL and SERVICE field data within the PLCP Header are used
to determine the data modulation format. When set to Manual, it is forced to be the value
set by Mod Format.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:W11B:DEMod:AUTO OFF|ON|0|1
[:SENSe]:W11B:DEMod:AUTO?
Example
W11B:DEM:AUTO ON
Dependencies/Couplings
Set to Default by Preset to Standard.
Preset
ON
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Key Path
Meas Setup, Demod Setup
554
Chapter 10
WLAN DSSS (Option B7R)
Meas Setup
Mod Format
This key sets the modulation format that is forced to be used when Data Modulation
Detect is set to Manual.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:W11B:DEMod
DSSS1M|DSSS2M|CCK5M5|CCK11M|PBCC5M5|PBCC11M|PBCC22M|PBC
C33M
[:SENSe]:W11B:DEMod?
Example
W11B:DEM DSSS1M
Dependencies/Couplings
Set to Default by Preset to Standard.
Preset
DSSS1M
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Range
1 Mbps DSSS | 2 Mbps DSSS | 5.5 Mbps CCK | 11 Mbps CCK |
5.5 Mbps PBCC | 11 Mbps PBCC | 22 Mbps PBCC | 33 Mbps
PBCC
Key Path
Meas Setup, Demod Setup
DSSS Formats This key brings up a selection of the available DSSS Modulation Formats.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Meas Setup, Demod Setup, Mod Format
1 Mbps DSSS Selects 1 Mbps 11 Chip DSSS Barker DBPSK Data Modulation Format.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Meas Setup, Demod Setup, Mod Format, DSSS Formats
Chapter 10
555
WLAN DSSS (Option B7R)
Meas Setup
2 Mbps DSSS Selects 2 Mbps 11 Chip DSSS Barker DQPSK Data Modulation Format.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Meas Setup, Demod Setup, Mod Format, DSSS Formats
CCK Formats This key brings up a selection of the available CCK Modulation Formats.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Meas Setup, Demod Setup, Mod Format
5.5 Mbps CCK Selects 5.5 Mbps 8 Chip CCK DQPSK Data Modulation Format.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Meas Setup, Demod Setup, Mod Format, CCK Formats
11 Mbps CCK Selects 11 Mbps 8 Chip CCK DQPSK Data Modulation Format.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Meas Setup, Demod Setup, Mod Format, CCK Formats
PBCC Formats This key brings up a selection of the available PBCC Modulation Formats.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Meas Setup, Demod Setup, Mod Format
5.5 Mbps PBCC Selects 5.5 Mbps PBCC QPSK Data Modulation Format.
Mode
VSA
556
Chapter 10
WLAN DSSS (Option B7R)
Meas Setup
Meas Setup, Demod Setup, Mod Format, PBCC Formats
Key Path
11 Mbps PBCC Selects 11 Mbps PBCC QPSK Data Modulation Format.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Meas Setup, Demod Setup, Mod Format, PBCC Formats
22 Mbps PBCC Selects 22 Mbps PBCC 8PSK Data Modulation Format.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Meas Setup, Demod Setup, Mod Format, PBCC Formats
33 Mbps PBCC Selects 33 Mbps PBCC 8PSK Data Modulation Format.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Meas Setup, Demod Setup, Mod Format, PBCC Formats
Reference Filter
Selects the Reference Filter, as well as the companion Measurement Filter.
The following table shows what Measurement filter is used for each selected Reference
Filter.
Reference
Filter
CompanionMeasurement
Filter
Rect (none)
Rect (none)
Gaussian
Rect (none)
Raised
Cosine
Root Raised Cosine (RRC)
Chapter 10
557
WLAN DSSS (Option B7R)
Meas Setup
The 802.11b standard specifies that no reference filter should be used when computing
EVM. However, a transmitter must use a transmit filter in order to meet the 802.11b
spectral mask requirement, so it may be useful to specify a reference filter when
computing EVM.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:W11B:FILTer:REFerence
RECTangular|GAUSsian|RCOSine
[:SENSe]:W11B:FILTer:REFerence?
Example
W11B:FILT:REF RECT
Dependencies/Couplings
Set to Default by Preset to Standard.
Preset
RECT
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Range
Rectangular | Gaussian | Raised Cosine
Key Path
Meas Setup, Demod Setup
Rectangular Selects the Rectangular (no) Reference Filter and the Rectangular (no)
Measurement Filter
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Meas Setup, Demod Setup, Data Modulation, Reference Filter
Gaussian Selects the Gaussian Reference Filter and the Rectangular (no) Measurement
Filter
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Meas Setup, Demod Setup, Data Modulation, Reference Filter
Raised Cosine Selects the Raised Cosine Reference Filter and the Root Raised Cosine
558
Chapter 10
WLAN DSSS (Option B7R)
Meas Setup
(RRC) Measurement Filter
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Meas Setup, Demod Setup, Data Modulation, Reference Filter
Alpha / BT
If you specify a Gaussian Reference Filter, you can set the BT (Bandwidth Time Product)
for the filter. If you specify a raised Cos Reference Filter, you can set the Alpha for the
filter.
BT describes the shape of a Gaussian filter. BT indicates the filter roll-off (or excess
bandwidth) of the Gaussian filter.
Alpha describes the shape of a Nyquist (raised cosine) filter. Alpha is also called the roll-off
or the excess bandwidth factor. A higher value for alpha increases the bandwidth that is
used in excess of the theoretical minimum.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:W11B:ALPHa <real>
[:SENSe]:W11B:ALPHa?
Example
W11B:ALPH 0.5
Dependencies/Couplings
Set to Default by Preset to Standard.
Preset
0.5
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Min
.05
Max
100.0 (Gaussian Reference Filter), 1.0 (Raised Cos Reference Filter)
Key Path
Meas Setup, Demod Setup
Preset to Standard
This immediately sets all measurement parameters to their Preset values. This is the
same as Meas Preset except that the display state is left alone.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:W11B:STANdard:PRESet I11BGDSSS
Chapter 10
559
WLAN DSSS (Option B7R)
Meas Setup
Example
W11B:STAN:PRES I11BGDSSS
Notes
The parameter is required although there is only one choice.
Key Path
Meas Setup
Meas Time
This key brings up a menu consisting of the time length and positioning demodulation
setup parameters.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Meas Setup
Search Length
Lets you specify the length of time to acquire the input signal (in seconds). This defines the
length of time that the pulse search is performed.
The analyzer searches within the specified search length and demodulates the first
complete pulse (burst). The pulse can occur anywhere within the search length. Pulses
beyond the first complete pulse are disregarded and are not demodulated. In order for the
pulse search algorithm to detect a pulse edge, the pulse must be at least 15 dB above the
noise floor. The resultant pulse is then demodulated.
Even if no pulse is found, the analyzer will attempt to demodulate starting at the
beginning of the Search Length. If a PLCP Preamble Sync pattern is found near the start
of the search length, the demodulation will be correct.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:W11B:SYNC:SLENgth <time>
[:SENSe]:W11B:SYNC:SLENgth?
Example
W11B:SYNC:SLEN 0.001
Dependencies/Couplings
The minimum is constrained to meet the number of chip
requirements of Result Length or Max Auto Result Length,
whichever is active, at the current Chip Rate.
Set to Default by Preset to Standard.
Preset
1.0 ms
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
560
Chapter 10
WLAN DSSS (Option B7R)
Meas Setup
Min
.001 ms
Max
33.70373 ms
Key Path
Meas Setup, Meas Time
Result Length
This key allows you to manually set the Result Length or to have it automatically detected.
The result length is the total number of chips included in the acquired and demodulated
data and includes the PLCP Preamble and Header.
When Result Length is Automatic, the result length is the number of chips in the current
burst, up to the limit of Max Auto Result Length
Note that when Result Length is Manual, the demodulation is not limited to the number of
chips transmitted within the burst as is done when the Result Length is Auto. The
analyzer will demodulate the total number of chips specified by Result Length, which if
longer than the burst, could lead to unexpected and incorrect data results.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:W11B:TIME:RESult:LENGth <integer>
[:SENSe]:W11B:TIME:RESult:LENGth?
[:SENSe]:W11B:TIME:RESult:AUTO OFF|ON|0|1
[:SENSe]:W11B:TIME:RESult:AUTO?
Example
W11B:TIME:RES:LENG 2816
W11B:TIME:RES:AUTO ON
Dependencies/Couplings
Search Length is increased to include the Result Length, if Result
Length is in Manual mode.
Set to Default by Preset to Standard.
Preset
2816 chips
ON
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Min
1 chip
Max
65941 chips
Key Path
Meas Setup, Meas Time
Chapter 10
561
WLAN DSSS (Option B7R)
Meas Setup
Max Auto Result Length.
Note that when Result Length is Manual, the demodulation is not limited to the number of
chips transmitted within the burst as is done when the Result Length is Auto. The
analyzer will demodulate the total number of chips specified by Result Length, which if
longer than the burst, could lead to unexpected and incorrect data results.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:W11B:TIME:RESult:LENGth <integer>
[:SENSe]:W11B:TIME:RESult:LENGth?
[:SENSe]:W11B:TIME:RESult:AUTO OFF|ON|0|1
[:SENSe]:W11B:TIME:RESult:AUTO?
Example
W11B:TIME:RES:LENG 2816
W11B:TIME:RES:AUTO ON
Dependencies/Couplings
Search Length is increased to include the Result Length, if Result
Length is in Manual mode.
Set to Default by Preset to Standard.
Preset
2816 chips
ON
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Min
1 chip
Max
65941 chips
Key Path
Meas Setup, Meas Time
Max Auto Result Length
This key has an effect only when Result Length is set to Auto. In this case, the effective
result length, the total number of chips included in the demodulated data, is automatically
determined by comparing the input signal's chip length to the Max Auto Result Length
value and using the smaller number.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:W11B:TIME:RESult:MAX <integer>
[:SENSe]:W11B:TIME:RESult:MAX ?
Example
W11B:TIME:RESult:MAX 2816
562
Chapter 10
WLAN DSSS (Option B7R)
Meas Setup
Dependencies/Couplings
Search Length is increased to include the Max Result Length, if
Result Length is in Auto mode.
Set to Default by Preset to Standard.
Preset
2816 chips
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Min
1 chip
Max
370741 chips
Key Path
Meas Setup, Meas Time
Meas Offset
Measurement Offset determines the start position, in chips, of the Meas Interval with
respect to the first Chip of the PLCP Preamble. Measurement Interval is entered in chips,
which is rounded to the nearest whole number of data symbols, as determined from the
input signal's data modulation format.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:W11B:TIME:OFFSet <integer>
[:SENSe]:W11B:TIME:OFFSet?
Example
W11B:TIME:OFFS 22
Dependencies/Couplings
The maximum is limited to Result Length or Max Auto Result
Length, whichever is active, minus Meas Interval.
Set to Default by Preset to Standard.
Preset
22 chips
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Min
0 chips
Max
See coupling
Key Path
Meas Setup, Meas Time
Meas Interval
Measurement Interval, in conjunction with Meas Offset, lets you specify an interval
(segment) of the result length data to be demodulated and analyzed. Measurement
Interval is entered in chips, which is rounded to the nearest whole number of data
Chapter 10
563
WLAN DSSS (Option B7R)
Meas Setup
symbols, as determined from the input signal's data modulation format.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:W11B:TIME:INTerval <integer>
[:SENSe]:W11B:TIME:INTerval?
Example
W11B:TIME:INT 2794
Dependencies/Couplings
The maximum is limited to Result Length or Max Auto Result
Length, whichever is active. If necessary, Meas Offset is reduced to
keep Meas Interval plus Meas Offset within Result Length or Max
Result Length, whichever is active.
Set to Default by Preset to Standard.
Preset
2794 chips
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Min
1
Max
See coupling
Key Path
Meas Setup, Meas Time
Advanced
This key accesses a menu that allows you to select lesser used demodulation parameters
for the current measurement. These settings are for advanced users and do not normally
require adjustment for most common measurements.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Meas Setup, More
Chip Rate
This key lets you set the Chip Rate for the analyzer's demodulator. This allows you the
freedom to enter nonstandard chip rates for test and analysis purposes.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:W11B:CRATe <freq>
[:SENSe]:W11B:CRATe?
564
Chapter 10
WLAN DSSS (Option B7R)
Meas Setup
Example
W11B:CRAT 11.0E6
Dependencies/Couplings
Span is forced to be at least one tenth of the Chip Rate. So the
maximum Chip Rate is one tenth of the maximum Span. Likewise,
the Span will be forced to be within ten times the Chip Rate and so
the minimum Span sets the minimum Chip Rate.
Set to Default by Preset to Standard.
Preset
11 MHz
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Min
See Coupling
Max
See Coupling
Key Path
Meas Setup, More, Advanced
Clock Adjust
Clock Adjust determines when the analyzer's digital demodulator samples the I/Q
trajectory.
The demodulator used in this measurement does not require symbol-clock timing signals
to determine the location of chip detection-decision points. Instead, the demodulator uses
an algorithm to determine chip locations.
Some digital communications systems contain non-linearities that can bias the digital
demodulator's estimation of the chip clock position. You can use clock adjust to compensate
for this "offset" and obtain a lower EVM (Error Vector Magnitude).
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:W11B:CADJust <real>
[:SENSe]:W11B:CADJust?
Example
W11B:CADJ 0.0
Dependencies/Couplings
Set to Default by Preset to Standard.
Preset
0 chips
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Min
–0.5 chips
Max
0.5 chips
Key Path
Meas Setup, More, Advanced
Chapter 10
565
WLAN DSSS (Option B7R)
Meas Setup
Track Phase
The Track Phase parameter enables tracking of phase drift within the WLAN burst. This
may be useful if the carrier frequency drifts significantly during a burst. Circular arcs in
the constellation of the IQ Meas Time trace display is an indicator of phase drift. The
Track Phase parameter can be used to remove the phase drift, which will improve the IQ
constellation trace and reduce the EVM data results. Frequency drift can also cause poor
equalizer performance, so selecting Track Phase may improve equalizer results.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:W11B:TRACk:PHASe OFF|ON|0|1
[:SENSe]:W11B:TRACk:PHASe?
Example
W11B:TRAC:PHAS OFF
Dependencies/Couplings
Set to Default by Preset to Standard.
Preset
OFF
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Key Path
Meas Setup, More, Advanced
Equalizer
Equalizer State turns the Equalizer on or off.
The Equalizer numeric entry sets the length of the equalization filter.
In general, the best Equalizer filter length is the smallest that meets your measurement
requirements. For measurements at the transmitter, the filter length may only need to be
a few chips in length. Longer filter lengths may be needed to measure multi-path
environments.
The 802.11b specification does not allow for equalization prior to computing EVM. This
means that any linear distortion, such as group delay distortion in the IF, will increase
EVM. When EVM is high the equalizer can be used as a diagnostic tool. If use of the
equalizer significantly improves the EVM result, then the channel frequency response
should be examined for flatness problems (i.e. group delay distortion). If it does not, then
the problem is more likely related to noise, non-linear distortion, or spurious error.
Mode
VSA
566
Chapter 10
WLAN DSSS (Option B7R)
Meas Setup
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:W11B:EQUalization:FLENgth
<integer>
[:SENSe]:W11B:EQUalization:FLENgth?
[:SENSe]:W11B:EQUalization[:STATe] OFF|ON|0|1
[:SENSe]:W11B:EQUalization[:STATe]?
Example
W11B:EQU:FLEN 21
W11B:EQU OFF
Restriction and Notes
Only odd values are valid. Even value entries are rounded down.
Dependencies/Couplings
The maximum Equalizer length is also limited to 2 chips less than
the result length.
Set to Default by Preset to Standard.
Preset
21
OFF
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Min
3
Max
99
Key Path
Meas Setup, More, Advanced
Descramble
Descramble Mode lets you enable/disable the WLAN 802.11b/g descrambler. With this
feature you can separately view the descrambled or raw data bits for the preamble, header
or payload data fields.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
[:SENSe]:W11B:DESCramble ALL|NONE|PREamble|PHEader
[:SENSe]:W11B:DESCramble?
Example
W11B:DESC ALL
Dependencies/Couplings
Set to Default by Preset to Standard.
Preset
ALL
Range
All | None | Preamble Only | Preamble & Header Only
Key Path
Meas Setup, More, Advanced
Chapter 10
567
WLAN DSSS (Option B7R)
Meas Setup
All The WLAN Descrambler is ON, the Preamble, Header, and Payload data bits are
descrambled.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Meas Setup, More, Advanced, Descramble
None The WLAN Descrambler is OFF, the Preamble, Header, and Payload data bits are
not descrambled.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Meas Setup, More, Advanced, Descramble
Preamble Only Only the Preamble data bits are descrambled. The Header data bits and
Payload data bits are not descrambled.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Meas Setup, More, Advanced, Descramble
Preamble & Header Only Only the Preamble and Header data bits are descrambled. The
Payload data bits are not descrambled.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Meas Setup, More, Advanced, Descramble
IQ Normalize
When set to On, the IQ trace data results (including IQ Meas Time, IQ Ref Time, IQ Mag
Err, IQ Phase Err, and Error Vector Time and corresponding Spectrum results) are
normalized.
When set to Off, the trace data results are not normalized.
When normalization is On, the analyzer normalizes or scales the demodulated trace data
568
Chapter 10
WLAN DSSS (Option B7R)
Meas Setup
results, in magnitude, to a nominal value of 1, relative to the outermost states of the ideal
(IQ Reference) constellation diagram.
Note that regardless of this setting, the Error Summary trace data results are always
normalized.
Mode
VSA
Remote Command
:CALCulate:W11B:NORMalize OFF|ON|0|1
:CALCulate:W11B:NORMalize?
Example
CALC:W11B:NORM ON
Dependencies/Couplings
Set to Default by Preset to Standard.
Preset
ON
State Saved
Saved in instrument state.
Key Path
Meas Setup, More, Advanced
Meas Preset
This immediately sets all measurement parameters to their Preset values. This presets
the display state in the same way as Preset View: Basic.
For more information, see the section under the Preset key in the Utility section.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Meas Setup, More
Chapter 10
569
WLAN DSSS (Option B7R)
Amplitude (AMPTD) Y Scale
Amplitude (AMPTD) Y Scale
This menu has controls for the input signal conditioning as well as the Y-scaling of trace
data. For more information, see Analyzer Setup Functions, AMPTD Y Scale.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Front-panel key
570
Chapter 10
WLAN DSSS (Option B7R)
Auto Couple
Auto Couple
The Auto Couple key forces all Auto / Man functions into Auto. This applies to Data
Modulation Detect and Result Length. For more information, see Analyzer Setup
Functions, Auto Couple.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Front-panel key
Chapter 10
571
WLAN DSSS (Option B7R)
BW
BW
The BW key provides access to a menu that allows you to set the FFT Window for the
spectrum measurement results.
For more information see: Analyzer Setup Functions, BW.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Front Panel
FFT Window
This key allows you to choose the Window function that is applied to the time data prior to
the FFT calculation used for Spectrum, Error Vector Spectrum, IQ Meas Spectrum, and IQ
Ref Spectrum results as well as the non-averaged (Inst) versions of these results.
For more information, see Analyzer Setup Functions, BW, FFT Window.
Mode
VSA
Preset
Flat Top
Key Path
BW
572
Chapter 10
WLAN DSSS (Option B7R)
FREQ Channel
FREQ Channel
This key provides access to a menu that allows control over the Center, Start, or Stop
Frequency settings. For more information, see Analyzer Setup Functions, FREQ Channel.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Front Panel
Chapter 10
573
WLAN DSSS (Option B7R)
Input/Output
Input/Output
This key provides access to a menu that allows you to select input/output parameters for
the measurement data. For more information, see Analyzer Setup Functions,
Input/Output.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Front-panel key
574
Chapter 10
WLAN DSSS (Option B7R)
SPAN X Scale
SPAN X Scale
This menu has softkeys for selecting measurement span and also for scaling of the X axis.
For more information, see Analyzer Setup Functions, SPAN X Scale.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Front-panel key
Span
This controls the frequency span of the measurement. See the FREQ Channel section for
details on how this interacts with Start, Stop, and Center frequencies.
Mode
VSA
Dependencies/Couplings
Limited to a factor of 10 higher and lower than Chip Rate. When
Chip Rate is changed, Span may be changed to meet this
requirement.
Preset
34.375 MHz (limited by hardware to 10 MHz or 25 MHz with
Option B25)
Key Path
SPAN X Scale
Chapter 10
575
WLAN DSSS (Option B7R)
Trace/Detector
Trace/Detector
This key allows you to select the results shown in the trace windows. For more
information, see Analyzer Setup, Trace/Detector on page 226.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Front-panel key
Data
This accesses a menu of Trace data choices for the selected trace.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector
For more information, see Analyzer Setup, Trace/Detector, Data on page 228.
The following are the SCPI string forms for the Data types that are specific to this
measurement, in alphabetical order:
Table 10-5
Trace data soft key
name
SCPI string form
CCDF
"CCDF1"
CDF
"CDF1"
Ch Frequency Response
"Ch Frequency Response1"
Eq Impulse Response
"Eq Impulse Response1"
Error Vector Spectrum
"Error Vector Spec1"
Error Vector Time
"Error Vector Time1"
Header Symbols
"Header Syms1"
IQ Mag Error
"IQ Mag Error1"
IQ Meas Spectrum
"IQ Meas Spec1"
576
Chapter 10
WLAN DSSS (Option B7R)
Trace/Detector
Table 10-5
Trace data soft key
name
SCPI string form
IQ Meas Time
"IQ Meas Time1"
IQ Phase Error
"IQ Phase Error1"
IQ Ref Spectrum
"IQ Ref Spec1"
IQ Ref Time
“IQ Ref Time1”
Inst Error Vector
Spectrum
"Inst Error Vect Spec1"
Inst IQ Meas Spectrum
"Inst IQ Meas Spec1"
Inst IQ Ref Spectrum
"Inst IQ Ref Spec1"
Inst Spectrum
"Inst Spectrum1"
PDF
"PDF1"
Preamble Symbols
"Preamble Syms1"
Raw Main Time
"Raw Main Time1"
Search Time
"Search Time1"
Spectrum
"Spectrum1"
Symbols/Errors
"Syms/Errs1"
Time
"Time1"
The following Trace Data types are available in all measurements:
Table 10-6
Soft Key Name
SCPI string form
No Data
"No Data"
Spectrum
"Spectrum1"
Inst Spectrum
"Inst Spectrum1"
Raw Main Time
"Raw Main Time1"
OBW Summary Trace 1
"OBW Summary Trc1"
OBW Summary Trace 2
"OBW Summary Trc2"
OBW Summary Trace 3
"OBW Summary Trc3"
OBW Summary Trace 4
"OBW Summary Trc4"
ACP Summary Trace 1
"ACP Summary Trc1"
Chapter 10
577
WLAN DSSS (Option B7R)
Trace/Detector
Table 10-6
Soft Key Name
SCPI string form
ACP Summary Trace 2
" ACP Summary Trc2"
ACP Summary Trace 3
" ACP Summary Trc3"
ACP Summary Trace 4
" ACP Summary Trc4"
Pre Demod
This key accesses the Trace Data choices which show pre-demodulation results.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data
Spectrum Averaged FFT of the Time waveform.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data, Pre Demod
Inst Spectrum The FFT of the time waveform for the current measurement. “Inst” or
Instantaneous refers to this result not being averaged like the Spectrum Trace Data result.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data, Pre Demod
Search Time The Search Length long time record acquired for the current measurement.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data, Pre Demod
578
Chapter 10
WLAN DSSS (Option B7R)
Trace/Detector
Time The time record before digital demodulation and after the pulse/burst search.
The starting point is the beginning of the burst, offset by the Meas Offset and its length is
the Meas Interval.
The exception to this is that 10% more additional data on both sides is shown when the
Measurement Offset is set to zero and the Measurement Interval is set the same as the
Result Length in Manual Result Length mode. In automatic Result Length mode, this will
occur when the Measurement Offset to zero and the Measurement Interval is set to the
Max Result Length, but will not go more than 10% beyond the end of the burst.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data, Pre Demod
Raw Main Time The raw time record acquired for the current measurement. This data is
unprocessed and includes additional points acquired for settling of the filters involved in
subsequent processing, such as the demodulation filtering.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data, Pre Demod
Statistical
This key accesses the Trace Data choices which show statistical results.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data
CCDF The Complementary, Cumulative Density function (CCDF) for the selected input
channel.
The analyzer plots CCDF using units of percent (%) for the y-axis and power (dB) for the
x-axis. Power on the x-axis is relative to the signal average power.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data, Statistical
Chapter 10
579
WLAN DSSS (Option B7R)
Trace/Detector
CDF The Cumulative Density Function (CDF) for the selected input channel. CDF is
computed by integrating the CCDF (Probability Density Function).
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data, Statistical
PDF The Probability Density Function (PDF) for the selected input channel. PDF
indicates the probability that a given level has occurred.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data, Statistical
Demod
This key accesses the Trace Data choices which show general demodulation results.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data
IQ Meas Time The measured time data sampled at exactly the chip times with IQ origin
offset, system gain normalization and carrier locking applied to the input signal.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data, Demod
IQ Meas Spectrum The averaged frequency spectrum of IQ Meas Time. The selected FFT
Window is applied and the FFT performed on the result. This is then averaged, if
580
Chapter 10
WLAN DSSS (Option B7R)
Trace/Detector
averaging is turned on.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data, Demod
Inst IQ Meas Spectrum The instantaneous (non-averaged) frequency spectrum of IQ Meas
Time. The selected FFT Window is applied and the FFT performed on the result.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data, Demod
IQ Ref Time The ideal representation of the measured input signal (IQ Meas Time).
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data, Demod
IQ Ref Spectrum The averaged frequency spectrum of IQ Ref Time. The selected FFT
Window is applied and the FFT performed on the result. This is then averaged, if
averaging is turned on.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data, Demod
Inst IQ Ref Spectrum The instantaneous (non-averaged) frequency spectrum of IQ Ref
Time. The selected FFT Window is applied and the FFT performed on the result.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data, Demod
Chapter 10
581
WLAN DSSS (Option B7R)
Trace/Detector
Demod Error
This key accesses the Trace Data choices which show demodulation error related results.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data
Error Vector Time The vector (IQ) difference between the IQ Meas Time and IQ Ref Time
signals.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data, Demod Error
Error Vector Spectrum The averaged frequency spectrum of Error Vector Time. The
selected FFT Window is applied and the FFT performed on the result. This is then
averaged, if averaging is turned on.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data, Demod Error
Inst Error Vector Spectrum The instantaneous (non-averaged) frequency spectrum of Error
Vector Time. The selected FFT Window is applied and the FFT performed on the result.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data, Demod Error
IQ Mag Error The difference, in magnitude, between the IQ Meas Time and IQ Ref Time
signals.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data, Demod Error
582
Chapter 10
WLAN DSSS (Option B7R)
Trace/Detector
IQ Phase Error The phase difference between the IQ Meas Time and IQ Ref Time signals.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data, Demod Error
Tables
This key accesses the Trace Data choices which are in tabular form, including demodulated
symbols tables.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data
Symbols/Errors This display contains an error summary in the upper part, and a listing of
demodulated symbols in the lower part. The error summary consists of:
Result name
Displayed
Unit
Remote Name
Remote
Unit
EVM (rms)
%rms
EVM
%rms
EVM (peak)
%pk
EVMPeak
%
EVM (peak) location
chip
EVMPeakLoc
chip
Mag error (rms)
%rms
MagErr
%rms
Mag error (peak)
%pk
MagErrPeak
%
Mag error (peak) location
chip
MagErrPeakLo
c
chip
Phase error (rms)
deg
PhaseErr
deg
Phase error (peak)
deg
PhaseErrPeak
deg
Phase error (peak)
location
chip
PhaseErrPeak
Loc
chip
Chapter 10
583
WLAN DSSS (Option B7R)
Trace/Detector
Result name
Displayed
Unit
Remote Name
Remote
Unit
Frequency Error
Hz
FreqErr
Hz
IQ Offset
dB
IQOffset
(none)
Quadrature Error
deg
IQQuadErr
deg
Gain Imbalance
dB
IQGainImb
(none)
SyncCorr
(none)
80211bEvmPea
k
%
Status
HdrStat
(none)
(included in Status above)
MacStat
(none)
Burst Type
BurstType
(none)
BitRate
bps
Octets
(none)
Sync Correlation
802.11b 1000 chip Peak
EVM
Bit Rate
%
bps
Octets
Data Len
sec
DataTimeLen
sec
Symbol Clock Err
ppm
SymClkErr
(none)
The error summary values may be obtained using the CALC:W11B:DATA:TABL
commands.
The demodulated symbols are available as the data values for this trace and so may be
accessed using the CALCulate:W11B:DATA command. See Common Functions, Data
Queries, CALCulate:DATA for more details.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data, Tables
Preamble Symbols This trace shows the 802.11b PLCP Preamble data bits.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data, Tables
584
Chapter 10
WLAN DSSS (Option B7R)
Trace/Detector
Header Symbols This trace shows the 802.11b PLCP Header data bits.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data, Tables
Response
This key accesses the Trace Data choices which show equalizer response results.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data
Ch Frequency Response When the Equalizer is On, this trace shows the frequency response
of the channel for which the equalizer is correcting. Ch Frequency Response is computed
as the inverse of the equalization filter's frequency response.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data, Response
EQ Impulse Response When the Equalizer is On, the EQ Impulse Response trace shows the
impulse response computed from the 802.11b or 802.11g preamble.
Mode
VSA
Key Path
Trace/Detector, Data, Response
Chapter 10
585
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement